1// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. 2 3package rds 4 5import ( 6 "fmt" 7 "time" 8 9 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" 10 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" 11 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" 12 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" 13 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query" 14) 15 16const opAddRoleToDBCluster = "AddRoleToDBCluster" 17 18// AddRoleToDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 19// client's request for the AddRoleToDBCluster operation. The "output" return 20// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 21// successfuly. 22// 23// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 24// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 25// 26// See AddRoleToDBCluster for more information on using the AddRoleToDBCluster 27// API call, and error handling. 28// 29// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 30// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 31// 32// 33// // Example sending a request using the AddRoleToDBClusterRequest method. 34// req, resp := client.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(params) 35// 36// err := req.Send() 37// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 38// fmt.Println(resp) 39// } 40// 41// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster 42func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) { 43 op := &request.Operation{ 44 Name: opAddRoleToDBCluster, 45 HTTPMethod: "POST", 46 HTTPPath: "/", 47 } 48 49 if input == nil { 50 input = &AddRoleToDBClusterInput{} 51 } 52 53 output = &AddRoleToDBClusterOutput{} 54 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 55 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 56 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 57 return 58} 59 60// AddRoleToDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 61// 62// Associates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Aurora DB 63// cluster. For more information, see Authorizing Amazon Aurora to Access Other 64// AWS Services On Your Behalf (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Authorizing.AWSServices.html). 65// 66// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 67// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 68// the error. 69// 70// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 71// API operation AddRoleToDBCluster for usage and error information. 72// 73// Returned Error Codes: 74// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 75// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 76// 77// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterRoleAlreadyExists" 78// The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is already associated with 79// the specified DB cluster. 80// 81// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 82// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 83// 84// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterRoleQuotaExceeded" 85// You have exceeded the maximum number of IAM roles that can be associated 86// with the specified DB cluster. 87// 88// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBCluster 89func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBCluster(input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) { 90 req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input) 91 return out, req.Send() 92} 93 94// AddRoleToDBClusterWithContext is the same as AddRoleToDBCluster with the addition of 95// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 96// 97// See AddRoleToDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 98// 99// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 100// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 101// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 102// for more information on using Contexts. 103func (c *RDS) AddRoleToDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddRoleToDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddRoleToDBClusterOutput, error) { 104 req, out := c.AddRoleToDBClusterRequest(input) 105 req.SetContext(ctx) 106 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 107 return out, req.Send() 108} 109 110const opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription = "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription" 111 112// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 113// client's request for the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription operation. The "output" return 114// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 115// successfuly. 116// 117// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 118// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 119// 120// See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for more information on using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 121// API call, and error handling. 122// 123// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 124// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 125// 126// 127// // Example sending a request using the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest method. 128// req, resp := client.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(params) 129// 130// err := req.Send() 131// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 132// fmt.Println(resp) 133// } 134// 135// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 136func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) { 137 op := &request.Operation{ 138 Name: opAddSourceIdentifierToSubscription, 139 HTTPMethod: "POST", 140 HTTPPath: "/", 141 } 142 143 if input == nil { 144 input = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput{} 145 } 146 147 output = &AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput{} 148 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 149 return 150} 151 152// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 153// 154// Adds a source identifier to an existing RDS event notification subscription. 155// 156// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 157// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 158// the error. 159// 160// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 161// API operation AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for usage and error information. 162// 163// Returned Error Codes: 164// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 165// The subscription name does not exist. 166// 167// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 168// The requested source could not be found. 169// 170// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription 171func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription(input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) { 172 req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input) 173 return out, req.Send() 174} 175 176// AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionWithContext is the same as AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription with the addition of 177// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 178// 179// See AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 180// 181// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 182// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 183// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 184// for more information on using Contexts. 185func (c *RDS) AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput, error) { 186 req, out := c.AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionRequest(input) 187 req.SetContext(ctx) 188 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 189 return out, req.Send() 190} 191 192const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource" 193 194// AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 195// client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return 196// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 197// successfuly. 198// 199// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 200// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 201// 202// See AddTagsToResource for more information on using the AddTagsToResource 203// API call, and error handling. 204// 205// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 206// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 207// 208// 209// // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method. 210// req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params) 211// 212// err := req.Send() 213// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 214// fmt.Println(resp) 215// } 216// 217// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource 218func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) { 219 op := &request.Operation{ 220 Name: opAddTagsToResource, 221 HTTPMethod: "POST", 222 HTTPPath: "/", 223 } 224 225 if input == nil { 226 input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{} 227 } 228 229 output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{} 230 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 231 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 232 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 233 return 234} 235 236// AddTagsToResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 237// 238// Adds metadata tags to an Amazon RDS resource. These tags can also be used 239// with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with Amazon RDS resources, 240// or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for Amazon RDS. 241// 242// For an overview on tagging Amazon RDS resources, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources 243// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html). 244// 245// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 246// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 247// the error. 248// 249// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 250// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information. 251// 252// Returned Error Codes: 253// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 254// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 255// 256// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 257// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 258// 259// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 260// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 261// 262// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResource 263func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { 264 req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) 265 return out, req.Send() 266} 267 268// AddTagsToResourceWithContext is the same as AddTagsToResource with the addition of 269// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 270// 271// See AddTagsToResource for details on how to use this API operation. 272// 273// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 274// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 275// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 276// for more information on using Contexts. 277func (c *RDS) AddTagsToResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddTagsToResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) { 278 req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input) 279 req.SetContext(ctx) 280 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 281 return out, req.Send() 282} 283 284const opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction = "ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction" 285 286// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 287// client's request for the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction operation. The "output" return 288// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 289// successfuly. 290// 291// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 292// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 293// 294// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for more information on using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 295// API call, and error handling. 296// 297// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 298// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 299// 300// 301// // Example sending a request using the ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest method. 302// req, resp := client.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(params) 303// 304// err := req.Send() 305// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 306// fmt.Println(resp) 307// } 308// 309// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 310func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) { 311 op := &request.Operation{ 312 Name: opApplyPendingMaintenanceAction, 313 HTTPMethod: "POST", 314 HTTPPath: "/", 315 } 316 317 if input == nil { 318 input = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput{} 319 } 320 321 output = &ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput{} 322 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 323 return 324} 325 326// ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 327// 328// Applies a pending maintenance action to a resource (for example, to a DB 329// instance). 330// 331// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 332// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 333// the error. 334// 335// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 336// API operation ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for usage and error information. 337// 338// Returned Error Codes: 339// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" 340// The specified resource ID was not found. 341// 342// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction 343func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction(input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) { 344 req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input) 345 return out, req.Send() 346} 347 348// ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext is the same as ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction with the addition of 349// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 350// 351// See ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction for details on how to use this API operation. 352// 353// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 354// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 355// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 356// for more information on using Contexts. 357func (c *RDS) ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput, error) { 358 req, out := c.ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionRequest(input) 359 req.SetContext(ctx) 360 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 361 return out, req.Send() 362} 363 364const opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress" 365 366// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 367// client's request for the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return 368// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 369// successfuly. 370// 371// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 372// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 373// 374// See AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress 375// API call, and error handling. 376// 377// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 378// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 379// 380// 381// // Example sending a request using the AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method. 382// req, resp := client.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params) 383// 384// err := req.Send() 385// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 386// fmt.Println(resp) 387// } 388// 389// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress 390func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) { 391 op := &request.Operation{ 392 Name: opAuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress, 393 HTTPMethod: "POST", 394 HTTPPath: "/", 395 } 396 397 if input == nil { 398 input = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{} 399 } 400 401 output = &AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{} 402 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 403 return 404} 405 406// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 407// 408// Enables ingress to a DBSecurityGroup using one of two forms of authorization. 409// First, EC2 or VPC security groups can be added to the DBSecurityGroup if 410// the application using the database is running on EC2 or VPC instances. Second, 411// IP ranges are available if the application accessing your database is running 412// on the Internet. Required parameters for this API are one of CIDR range, 413// EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName 414// or EC2SecurityGroupId for non-VPC). 415// 416// You can't authorize ingress from an EC2 security group in one AWS Region 417// to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. You can't authorize ingress from 418// a VPC security group in one VPC to an Amazon RDS DB instance in another. 419// 420// For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing). 421// 422// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 423// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 424// the error. 425// 426// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 427// API operation AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. 428// 429// Returned Error Codes: 430// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 431// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. 432// 433// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 434// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. 435// 436// * ErrCodeAuthorizationAlreadyExistsFault "AuthorizationAlreadyExists" 437// The specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is already authorized for the 438// specified DB security group. 439// 440// * ErrCodeAuthorizationQuotaExceededFault "AuthorizationQuotaExceeded" 441// DB security group authorization quota has been reached. 442// 443// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress 444func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { 445 req, out := c.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) 446 return out, req.Send() 447} 448 449// AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of 450// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 451// 452// See AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation. 453// 454// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 455// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 456// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 457// for more information on using Contexts. 458func (c *RDS) AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { 459 req, out := c.AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) 460 req.SetContext(ctx) 461 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 462 return out, req.Send() 463} 464 465const opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup = "CopyDBClusterParameterGroup" 466 467// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 468// client's request for the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 469// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 470// successfuly. 471// 472// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 473// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 474// 475// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 476// API call, and error handling. 477// 478// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 479// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 480// 481// 482// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 483// req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 484// 485// err := req.Send() 486// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 487// fmt.Println(resp) 488// } 489// 490// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 491func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 492 op := &request.Operation{ 493 Name: opCopyDBClusterParameterGroup, 494 HTTPMethod: "POST", 495 HTTPPath: "/", 496 } 497 498 if input == nil { 499 input = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 500 } 501 502 output = &CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 503 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 504 return 505} 506 507// CopyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 508// 509// Copies the specified DB cluster parameter group. 510// 511// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 512// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 513// the error. 514// 515// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 516// API operation CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 517// 518// Returned Error Codes: 519// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 520// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 521// 522// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 523// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 524// groups. 525// 526// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 527// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 528// 529// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroup 530func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 531 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 532 return out, req.Send() 533} 534 535// CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 536// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 537// 538// See CopyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 539// 540// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 541// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 542// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 543// for more information on using Contexts. 544func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 545 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 546 req.SetContext(ctx) 547 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 548 return out, req.Send() 549} 550 551const opCopyDBClusterSnapshot = "CopyDBClusterSnapshot" 552 553// CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 554// client's request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 555// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 556// successfuly. 557// 558// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 559// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 560// 561// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CopyDBClusterSnapshot 562// API call, and error handling. 563// 564// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 565// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 566// 567// 568// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 569// req, resp := client.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 570// 571// err := req.Send() 572// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 573// fmt.Println(resp) 574// } 575// 576// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot 577func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 578 op := &request.Operation{ 579 Name: opCopyDBClusterSnapshot, 580 HTTPMethod: "POST", 581 HTTPPath: "/", 582 } 583 584 if input == nil { 585 input = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 586 } 587 588 output = &CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 589 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 590 return 591} 592 593// CopyDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 594// 595// Copies a snapshot of a DB cluster. 596// 597// To copy a DB cluster snapshot from a shared manual DB cluster snapshot, SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 598// must be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB cluster snapshot. 599// 600// You can copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. In 601// that case, the AWS Region where you call the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action 602// is the destination AWS Region for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be 603// copied to. To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region, 604// you must provide the following values: 605// 606// * KmsKeyId - The AWS Key Management System (AWS KMS) key identifier for 607// the key to use to encrypt the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination 608// AWS Region. 609// 610// * PreSignedUrl - A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request 611// for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action to be called in the source AWS Region 612// where the DB cluster snapshot is copied from. The pre-signed URL must 613// be a valid request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot API action that can be 614// executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted DB cluster 615// snapshot to be copied. 616// 617// The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values: 618// 619// KmsKeyId - The KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt the copy 620// of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the 621// same identifier for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action that is called 622// in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the pre-signed 623// URL. 624// 625// DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot 626// will be created in. 627// 628// SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier for 629// the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be 630// in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For 631// example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from the 632// us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier looks 633// like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115. 634// 635// To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 636// Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 637// and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 638// 639// * TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The identifier for the new copy 640// of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. 641// 642// * SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier 643// for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must 644// be in the ARN format for the source AWS Region and is the same value as 645// the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier in the pre-signed URL. 646// 647// To cancel the copy operation once it is in progress, delete the target DB 648// cluster snapshot identified by TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier while that 649// DB cluster snapshot is in "copying" status. 650// 651// For more information on copying encrypted DB cluster snapshots from one AWS 652// Region to another, see Copying a DB Cluster Snapshot in the Same Account, 653// Either in the Same Region or Across Regions (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopyDBClusterSnapshot.CrossRegion) 654// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 655// 656// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 657// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 658// 659// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 660// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 661// the error. 662// 663// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 664// API operation CopyDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 665// 666// Returned Error Codes: 667// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 668// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 669// 670// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 671// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 672// 673// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 674// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 675// 676// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 677// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 678// 679// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 680// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 681// 682// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 683// Error accessing KMS key. 684// 685// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshot 686func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshot(input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 687 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 688 return out, req.Send() 689} 690 691// CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 692// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 693// 694// See CopyDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 695// 696// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 697// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 698// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 699// for more information on using Contexts. 700func (c *RDS) CopyDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 701 req, out := c.CopyDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 702 req.SetContext(ctx) 703 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 704 return out, req.Send() 705} 706 707const opCopyDBParameterGroup = "CopyDBParameterGroup" 708 709// CopyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 710// client's request for the CopyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 711// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 712// successfuly. 713// 714// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 715// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 716// 717// See CopyDBParameterGroup for more information on using the CopyDBParameterGroup 718// API call, and error handling. 719// 720// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 721// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 722// 723// 724// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBParameterGroupRequest method. 725// req, resp := client.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 726// 727// err := req.Send() 728// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 729// fmt.Println(resp) 730// } 731// 732// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup 733func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) { 734 op := &request.Operation{ 735 Name: opCopyDBParameterGroup, 736 HTTPMethod: "POST", 737 HTTPPath: "/", 738 } 739 740 if input == nil { 741 input = &CopyDBParameterGroupInput{} 742 } 743 744 output = &CopyDBParameterGroupOutput{} 745 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 746 return 747} 748 749// CopyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 750// 751// Copies the specified DB parameter group. 752// 753// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 754// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 755// the error. 756// 757// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 758// API operation CopyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 759// 760// Returned Error Codes: 761// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 762// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 763// 764// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 765// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 766// 767// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 768// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 769// groups. 770// 771// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroup 772func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroup(input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 773 req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 774 return out, req.Send() 775} 776 777// CopyDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CopyDBParameterGroup with the addition of 778// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 779// 780// See CopyDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 781// 782// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 783// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 784// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 785// for more information on using Contexts. 786func (c *RDS) CopyDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 787 req, out := c.CopyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 788 req.SetContext(ctx) 789 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 790 return out, req.Send() 791} 792 793const opCopyDBSnapshot = "CopyDBSnapshot" 794 795// CopyDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 796// client's request for the CopyDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 797// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 798// successfuly. 799// 800// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 801// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 802// 803// See CopyDBSnapshot for more information on using the CopyDBSnapshot 804// API call, and error handling. 805// 806// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 807// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 808// 809// 810// // Example sending a request using the CopyDBSnapshotRequest method. 811// req, resp := client.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(params) 812// 813// err := req.Send() 814// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 815// fmt.Println(resp) 816// } 817// 818// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshot 819func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyDBSnapshotOutput) { 820 op := &request.Operation{ 821 Name: opCopyDBSnapshot, 822 HTTPMethod: "POST", 823 HTTPPath: "/", 824 } 825 826 if input == nil { 827 input = &CopyDBSnapshotInput{} 828 } 829 830 output = &CopyDBSnapshotOutput{} 831 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 832 return 833} 834 835// CopyDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 836// 837// Copies the specified DB snapshot. The source DB snapshot must be in the "available" 838// state. 839// 840// You can copy a snapshot from one AWS Region to another. In that case, the 841// AWS Region where you call the CopyDBSnapshot action is the destination AWS 842// Region for the DB snapshot copy. 843// 844// You can't copy an encrypted, shared DB snapshot from one AWS Region to another. 845// 846// For more information about copying snapshots, see Copying a DB Snapshot (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopyDBSnapshot.html) 847// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 848// 849// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 850// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 851// the error. 852// 853// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 854// API operation CopyDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 855// 856// Returned Error Codes: 857// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" 858// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. 859// 860// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 861// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 862// 863// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 864// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. 865// 866// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 867// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 868// 869// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 870// Error accessing KMS key. 871// 872// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshot 873func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshot(input *CopyDBSnapshotInput) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 874 req, out := c.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input) 875 return out, req.Send() 876} 877 878// CopyDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as CopyDBSnapshot with the addition of 879// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 880// 881// See CopyDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 882// 883// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 884// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 885// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 886// for more information on using Contexts. 887func (c *RDS) CopyDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 888 req, out := c.CopyDBSnapshotRequest(input) 889 req.SetContext(ctx) 890 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 891 return out, req.Send() 892} 893 894const opCopyOptionGroup = "CopyOptionGroup" 895 896// CopyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 897// client's request for the CopyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return 898// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 899// successfuly. 900// 901// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 902// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 903// 904// See CopyOptionGroup for more information on using the CopyOptionGroup 905// API call, and error handling. 906// 907// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 908// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 909// 910// 911// // Example sending a request using the CopyOptionGroupRequest method. 912// req, resp := client.CopyOptionGroupRequest(params) 913// 914// err := req.Send() 915// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 916// fmt.Println(resp) 917// } 918// 919// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroup 920func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupRequest(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyOptionGroupOutput) { 921 op := &request.Operation{ 922 Name: opCopyOptionGroup, 923 HTTPMethod: "POST", 924 HTTPPath: "/", 925 } 926 927 if input == nil { 928 input = &CopyOptionGroupInput{} 929 } 930 931 output = &CopyOptionGroupOutput{} 932 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 933 return 934} 935 936// CopyOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 937// 938// Copies the specified option group. 939// 940// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 941// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 942// the error. 943// 944// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 945// API operation CopyOptionGroup for usage and error information. 946// 947// Returned Error Codes: 948// * ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault "OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault" 949// The option group you are trying to create already exists. 950// 951// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 952// The specified option group could not be found. 953// 954// * ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault "OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault" 955// The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this AWS account. 956// 957// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroup 958func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroup(input *CopyOptionGroupInput) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error) { 959 req, out := c.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input) 960 return out, req.Send() 961} 962 963// CopyOptionGroupWithContext is the same as CopyOptionGroup with the addition of 964// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 965// 966// See CopyOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 967// 968// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 969// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 970// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 971// for more information on using Contexts. 972func (c *RDS) CopyOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyOptionGroupOutput, error) { 973 req, out := c.CopyOptionGroupRequest(input) 974 req.SetContext(ctx) 975 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 976 return out, req.Send() 977} 978 979const opCreateDBCluster = "CreateDBCluster" 980 981// CreateDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 982// client's request for the CreateDBCluster operation. The "output" return 983// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 984// successfuly. 985// 986// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 987// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 988// 989// See CreateDBCluster for more information on using the CreateDBCluster 990// API call, and error handling. 991// 992// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 993// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 994// 995// 996// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterRequest method. 997// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterRequest(params) 998// 999// err := req.Send() 1000// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1001// fmt.Println(resp) 1002// } 1003// 1004// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster 1005func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterRequest(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterOutput) { 1006 op := &request.Operation{ 1007 Name: opCreateDBCluster, 1008 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1009 HTTPPath: "/", 1010 } 1011 1012 if input == nil { 1013 input = &CreateDBClusterInput{} 1014 } 1015 1016 output = &CreateDBClusterOutput{} 1017 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1018 return 1019} 1020 1021// CreateDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1022// 1023// Creates a new Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 1024// 1025// You can use the ReplicationSourceIdentifier parameter to create the DB cluster 1026// as a Read Replica of another DB cluster or Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance. 1027// For cross-region replication where the DB cluster identified by ReplicationSourceIdentifier 1028// is encrypted, you must also specify the PreSignedUrl parameter. 1029// 1030// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 1031// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 1032// 1033// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1034// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1035// the error. 1036// 1037// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1038// API operation CreateDBCluster for usage and error information. 1039// 1040// Returned Error Codes: 1041// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 1042// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 1043// 1044// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 1045// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be 1046// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 1047// Availability Zones that have more storage available. 1048// 1049// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 1050// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 1051// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 1052// 1053// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 1054// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 1055// across all DB instances. 1056// 1057// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 1058// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 1059// 1060// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 1061// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 1062// because users' change. 1063// 1064// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1065// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 1066// 1067// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 1068// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. 1069// 1070// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 1071// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 1072// are not all in a common VPC. 1073// 1074// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 1075// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 1076// 1077// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 1078// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter 1079// group. 1080// 1081// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 1082// Error accessing KMS key. 1083// 1084// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1085// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 1086// 1087// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 1088// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 1089// 1090// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 1091// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 1092// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 1093// 1094// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBCluster 1095func (c *RDS) CreateDBCluster(input *CreateDBClusterInput) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) { 1096 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input) 1097 return out, req.Send() 1098} 1099 1100// CreateDBClusterWithContext is the same as CreateDBCluster with the addition of 1101// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1102// 1103// See CreateDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 1104// 1105// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1106// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1107// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1108// for more information on using Contexts. 1109func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterOutput, error) { 1110 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterRequest(input) 1111 req.SetContext(ctx) 1112 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1113 return out, req.Send() 1114} 1115 1116const opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup = "CreateDBClusterParameterGroup" 1117 1118// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1119// client's request for the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 1120// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 1121// successfuly. 1122// 1123// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1124// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1125// 1126// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 1127// API call, and error handling. 1128// 1129// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1130// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1131// 1132// 1133// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 1134// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 1135// 1136// err := req.Send() 1137// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1138// fmt.Println(resp) 1139// } 1140// 1141// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 1142func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 1143 op := &request.Operation{ 1144 Name: opCreateDBClusterParameterGroup, 1145 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1146 HTTPPath: "/", 1147 } 1148 1149 if input == nil { 1150 input = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 1151 } 1152 1153 output = &CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 1154 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1155 return 1156} 1157 1158// CreateDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1159// 1160// Creates a new DB cluster parameter group. 1161// 1162// Parameters in a DB cluster parameter group apply to all of the instances 1163// in a DB cluster. 1164// 1165// A DB cluster parameter group is initially created with the default parameters 1166// for the database engine used by instances in the DB cluster. To provide custom 1167// values for any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating 1168// it using ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB cluster 1169// parameter group, you need to associate it with your DB cluster using ModifyDBCluster. 1170// When you associate a new DB cluster parameter group with a running DB cluster, 1171// you need to reboot the DB instances in the DB cluster without failover for 1172// the new DB cluster parameter group and associated settings to take effect. 1173// 1174// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 1175// minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter 1176// group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete 1177// the create action before the DB cluster parameter group is used as the default 1178// for a new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are 1179// critical when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the 1180// character set for the default database defined by the character_set_database 1181// parameter. You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console 1182// (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) or the DescribeDBClusterParameters 1183// command to verify that your DB cluster parameter group has been created or 1184// modified. 1185// 1186// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 1187// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 1188// 1189// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1190// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1191// the error. 1192// 1193// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1194// API operation CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 1195// 1196// Returned Error Codes: 1197// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 1198// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 1199// groups. 1200// 1201// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 1202// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 1203// 1204// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroup 1205func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroup(input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1206 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 1207 return out, req.Send() 1208} 1209 1210// CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 1211// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1212// 1213// See CreateDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1214// 1215// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1216// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1217// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1218// for more information on using Contexts. 1219func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1220 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 1221 req.SetContext(ctx) 1222 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1223 return out, req.Send() 1224} 1225 1226const opCreateDBClusterSnapshot = "CreateDBClusterSnapshot" 1227 1228// CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1229// client's request for the CreateDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 1230// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 1231// successfuly. 1232// 1233// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1234// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1235// 1236// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the CreateDBClusterSnapshot 1237// API call, and error handling. 1238// 1239// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1240// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1241// 1242// 1243// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 1244// req, resp := client.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 1245// 1246// err := req.Send() 1247// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1248// fmt.Println(resp) 1249// } 1250// 1251// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot 1252func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 1253 op := &request.Operation{ 1254 Name: opCreateDBClusterSnapshot, 1255 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1256 HTTPPath: "/", 1257 } 1258 1259 if input == nil { 1260 input = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 1261 } 1262 1263 output = &CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 1264 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1265 return 1266} 1267 1268// CreateDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1269// 1270// Creates a snapshot of a DB cluster. For more information on Amazon Aurora, 1271// see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 1272// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 1273// 1274// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1275// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1276// the error. 1277// 1278// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1279// API operation CreateDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 1280// 1281// Returned Error Codes: 1282// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 1283// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 1284// 1285// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1286// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 1287// 1288// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1289// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 1290// 1291// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 1292// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 1293// 1294// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 1295// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 1296// 1297// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshot 1298func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshot(input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 1299 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 1300 return out, req.Send() 1301} 1302 1303// CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 1304// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1305// 1306// See CreateDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 1307// 1308// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1309// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1310// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1311// for more information on using Contexts. 1312func (c *RDS) CreateDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 1313 req, out := c.CreateDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 1314 req.SetContext(ctx) 1315 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1316 return out, req.Send() 1317} 1318 1319const opCreateDBInstance = "CreateDBInstance" 1320 1321// CreateDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1322// client's request for the CreateDBInstance operation. The "output" return 1323// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 1324// successfuly. 1325// 1326// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1327// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1328// 1329// See CreateDBInstance for more information on using the CreateDBInstance 1330// API call, and error handling. 1331// 1332// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1333// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1334// 1335// 1336// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceRequest method. 1337// req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceRequest(params) 1338// 1339// err := req.Send() 1340// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1341// fmt.Println(resp) 1342// } 1343// 1344// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance 1345func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceOutput) { 1346 op := &request.Operation{ 1347 Name: opCreateDBInstance, 1348 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1349 HTTPPath: "/", 1350 } 1351 1352 if input == nil { 1353 input = &CreateDBInstanceInput{} 1354 } 1355 1356 output = &CreateDBInstanceOutput{} 1357 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1358 return 1359} 1360 1361// CreateDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1362// 1363// Creates a new DB instance. 1364// 1365// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1366// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1367// the error. 1368// 1369// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1370// API operation CreateDBInstance for usage and error information. 1371// 1372// Returned Error Codes: 1373// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 1374// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 1375// 1376// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 1377// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability 1378// Zone. 1379// 1380// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 1381// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 1382// 1383// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 1384// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. 1385// 1386// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 1387// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 1388// 1389// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 1390// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 1391// across all DB instances. 1392// 1393// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 1394// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 1395// 1396// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 1397// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 1398// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 1399// 1400// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 1401// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 1402// 1403// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 1404// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 1405// are not all in a common VPC. 1406// 1407// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 1408// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 1409// because users' change. 1410// 1411// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 1412// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 1413// 1414// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 1415// The specified option group could not be found. 1416// 1417// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 1418// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 1419// 1420// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 1421// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. 1422// 1423// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 1424// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified 1425// DB security group. 1426// 1427// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your 1428// behalf. 1429// 1430// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 1431// Error accessing KMS key. 1432// 1433// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 1434// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. 1435// 1436// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstance 1437func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstance(input *CreateDBInstanceInput) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) { 1438 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input) 1439 return out, req.Send() 1440} 1441 1442// CreateDBInstanceWithContext is the same as CreateDBInstance with the addition of 1443// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1444// 1445// See CreateDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 1446// 1447// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1448// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1449// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1450// for more information on using Contexts. 1451func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBInstanceOutput, error) { 1452 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceRequest(input) 1453 req.SetContext(ctx) 1454 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1455 return out, req.Send() 1456} 1457 1458const opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica = "CreateDBInstanceReadReplica" 1459 1460// CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1461// client's request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica operation. The "output" return 1462// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 1463// successfuly. 1464// 1465// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1466// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1467// 1468// See CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for more information on using the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 1469// API call, and error handling. 1470// 1471// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1472// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1473// 1474// 1475// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest method. 1476// req, resp := client.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(params) 1477// 1478// err := req.Send() 1479// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1480// fmt.Println(resp) 1481// } 1482// 1483// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 1484func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) { 1485 op := &request.Operation{ 1486 Name: opCreateDBInstanceReadReplica, 1487 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1488 HTTPPath: "/", 1489 } 1490 1491 if input == nil { 1492 input = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput{} 1493 } 1494 1495 output = &CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput{} 1496 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1497 return 1498} 1499 1500// CreateDBInstanceReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1501// 1502// Creates a new DB instance that acts as a Read Replica for an existing source 1503// DB instance. You can create a Read Replica for a DB instance running MySQL, 1504// MariaDB, or PostgreSQL. 1505// 1506// Amazon Aurora does not support this action. You must call the CreateDBInstance 1507// action to create a DB instance for an Aurora DB cluster. 1508// 1509// All Read Replica DB instances are created as Single-AZ deployments with backups 1510// disabled. All other DB instance attributes (including DB security groups 1511// and DB parameter groups) are inherited from the source DB instance, except 1512// as specified below. 1513// 1514// The source DB instance must have backup retention enabled. 1515// 1516// For more information, see Working with PostgreSQL, MySQL, and MariaDB Read 1517// Replicas (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_ReadRepl.html). 1518// 1519// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1520// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1521// the error. 1522// 1523// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1524// API operation CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for usage and error information. 1525// 1526// Returned Error Codes: 1527// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 1528// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 1529// 1530// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 1531// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability 1532// Zone. 1533// 1534// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 1535// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 1536// 1537// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 1538// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. 1539// 1540// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 1541// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 1542// 1543// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 1544// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 1545// across all DB instances. 1546// 1547// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 1548// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 1549// 1550// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 1551// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 1552// 1553// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 1554// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 1555// 1556// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 1557// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 1558// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 1559// 1560// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 1561// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 1562// are not all in a common VPC. 1563// 1564// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 1565// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 1566// because users' change. 1567// 1568// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 1569// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 1570// 1571// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 1572// The specified option group could not be found. 1573// 1574// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault "DBSubnetGroupNotAllowedFault" 1575// Indicates that the DBSubnetGroup should not be specified while creating read 1576// replicas that lie in the same region as the source instance. 1577// 1578// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupFault" 1579// Indicates the DBSubnetGroup does not belong to the same VPC as that of an 1580// existing cross region read replica of the same source instance. 1581// 1582// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 1583// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. 1584// 1585// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 1586// Error accessing KMS key. 1587// 1588// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 1589func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplica(input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error) { 1590 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input) 1591 return out, req.Send() 1592} 1593 1594// CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaWithContext is the same as CreateDBInstanceReadReplica with the addition of 1595// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1596// 1597// See CreateDBInstanceReadReplica for details on how to use this API operation. 1598// 1599// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1600// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1601// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1602// for more information on using Contexts. 1603func (c *RDS) CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput, error) { 1604 req, out := c.CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaRequest(input) 1605 req.SetContext(ctx) 1606 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1607 return out, req.Send() 1608} 1609 1610const opCreateDBParameterGroup = "CreateDBParameterGroup" 1611 1612// CreateDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1613// client's request for the CreateDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 1614// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 1615// successfuly. 1616// 1617// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1618// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1619// 1620// See CreateDBParameterGroup for more information on using the CreateDBParameterGroup 1621// API call, and error handling. 1622// 1623// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1624// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1625// 1626// 1627// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBParameterGroupRequest method. 1628// req, resp := client.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 1629// 1630// err := req.Send() 1631// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1632// fmt.Println(resp) 1633// } 1634// 1635// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup 1636func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) { 1637 op := &request.Operation{ 1638 Name: opCreateDBParameterGroup, 1639 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1640 HTTPPath: "/", 1641 } 1642 1643 if input == nil { 1644 input = &CreateDBParameterGroupInput{} 1645 } 1646 1647 output = &CreateDBParameterGroupOutput{} 1648 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1649 return 1650} 1651 1652// CreateDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1653// 1654// Creates a new DB parameter group. 1655// 1656// A DB parameter group is initially created with the default parameters for 1657// the database engine used by the DB instance. To provide custom values for 1658// any of the parameters, you must modify the group after creating it using 1659// ModifyDBParameterGroup. Once you've created a DB parameter group, you need 1660// to associate it with your DB instance using ModifyDBInstance. When you associate 1661// a new DB parameter group with a running DB instance, you need to reboot the 1662// DB instance without failover for the new DB parameter group and associated 1663// settings to take effect. 1664// 1665// After you create a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes 1666// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group 1667// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete 1668// the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a 1669// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical 1670// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character 1671// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. 1672// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) 1673// or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group 1674// has been created or modified. 1675// 1676// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1677// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1678// the error. 1679// 1680// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1681// API operation CreateDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 1682// 1683// Returned Error Codes: 1684// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBParameterGroupQuotaExceeded" 1685// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB parameter 1686// groups. 1687// 1688// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBParameterGroupAlreadyExists" 1689// A DB parameter group with the same name exists. 1690// 1691// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroup 1692func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroup(input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1693 req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 1694 return out, req.Send() 1695} 1696 1697// CreateDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBParameterGroup with the addition of 1698// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1699// 1700// See CreateDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1701// 1702// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1703// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1704// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1705// for more information on using Contexts. 1706func (c *RDS) CreateDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 1707 req, out := c.CreateDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 1708 req.SetContext(ctx) 1709 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1710 return out, req.Send() 1711} 1712 1713const opCreateDBSecurityGroup = "CreateDBSecurityGroup" 1714 1715// CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1716// client's request for the CreateDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 1717// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 1718// successfuly. 1719// 1720// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1721// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1722// 1723// See CreateDBSecurityGroup for more information on using the CreateDBSecurityGroup 1724// API call, and error handling. 1725// 1726// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1727// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1728// 1729// 1730// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest method. 1731// req, resp := client.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(params) 1732// 1733// err := req.Send() 1734// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1735// fmt.Println(resp) 1736// } 1737// 1738// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroup 1739func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) { 1740 op := &request.Operation{ 1741 Name: opCreateDBSecurityGroup, 1742 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1743 HTTPPath: "/", 1744 } 1745 1746 if input == nil { 1747 input = &CreateDBSecurityGroupInput{} 1748 } 1749 1750 output = &CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput{} 1751 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1752 return 1753} 1754 1755// CreateDBSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1756// 1757// Creates a new DB security group. DB security groups control access to a DB 1758// instance. 1759// 1760// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1761// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1762// the error. 1763// 1764// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1765// API operation CreateDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 1766// 1767// Returned Error Codes: 1768// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBSecurityGroupAlreadyExists" 1769// A DB security group with the name specified in DBSecurityGroupName already 1770// exists. 1771// 1772// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupQuotaExceededFault "QuotaExceeded.DBSecurityGroup" 1773// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB security 1774// groups. 1775// 1776// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotSupportedFault "DBSecurityGroupNotSupported" 1777// A DB security group is not allowed for this action. 1778// 1779// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroup 1780func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroup(input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 1781 req, out := c.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) 1782 return out, req.Send() 1783} 1784 1785// CreateDBSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBSecurityGroup with the addition of 1786// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1787// 1788// See CreateDBSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1789// 1790// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1791// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1792// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1793// for more information on using Contexts. 1794func (c *RDS) CreateDBSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 1795 req, out := c.CreateDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) 1796 req.SetContext(ctx) 1797 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1798 return out, req.Send() 1799} 1800 1801const opCreateDBSnapshot = "CreateDBSnapshot" 1802 1803// CreateDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1804// client's request for the CreateDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 1805// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 1806// successfuly. 1807// 1808// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1809// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1810// 1811// See CreateDBSnapshot for more information on using the CreateDBSnapshot 1812// API call, and error handling. 1813// 1814// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1815// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1816// 1817// 1818// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSnapshotRequest method. 1819// req, resp := client.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(params) 1820// 1821// err := req.Send() 1822// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1823// fmt.Println(resp) 1824// } 1825// 1826// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshot 1827func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSnapshotOutput) { 1828 op := &request.Operation{ 1829 Name: opCreateDBSnapshot, 1830 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1831 HTTPPath: "/", 1832 } 1833 1834 if input == nil { 1835 input = &CreateDBSnapshotInput{} 1836 } 1837 1838 output = &CreateDBSnapshotOutput{} 1839 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1840 return 1841} 1842 1843// CreateDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1844// 1845// Creates a DBSnapshot. The source DBInstance must be in "available" state. 1846// 1847// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1848// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1849// the error. 1850// 1851// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1852// API operation CreateDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 1853// 1854// Returned Error Codes: 1855// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" 1856// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. 1857// 1858// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 1859// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 1860// 1861// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 1862// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 1863// 1864// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 1865// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 1866// 1867// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshot 1868func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshot(input *CreateDBSnapshotInput) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 1869 req, out := c.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input) 1870 return out, req.Send() 1871} 1872 1873// CreateDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as CreateDBSnapshot with the addition of 1874// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1875// 1876// See CreateDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 1877// 1878// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1879// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1880// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1881// for more information on using Contexts. 1882func (c *RDS) CreateDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 1883 req, out := c.CreateDBSnapshotRequest(input) 1884 req.SetContext(ctx) 1885 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1886 return out, req.Send() 1887} 1888 1889const opCreateDBSubnetGroup = "CreateDBSubnetGroup" 1890 1891// CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1892// client's request for the CreateDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 1893// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 1894// successfuly. 1895// 1896// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1897// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1898// 1899// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the CreateDBSubnetGroup 1900// API call, and error handling. 1901// 1902// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1903// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1904// 1905// 1906// // Example sending a request using the CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 1907// req, resp := client.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 1908// 1909// err := req.Send() 1910// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1911// fmt.Println(resp) 1912// } 1913// 1914// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup 1915func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 1916 op := &request.Operation{ 1917 Name: opCreateDBSubnetGroup, 1918 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1919 HTTPPath: "/", 1920 } 1921 1922 if input == nil { 1923 input = &CreateDBSubnetGroupInput{} 1924 } 1925 1926 output = &CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 1927 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1928 return 1929} 1930 1931// CreateDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 1932// 1933// Creates a new DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least one 1934// subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region. 1935// 1936// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1937// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1938// the error. 1939// 1940// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 1941// API operation CreateDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 1942// 1943// Returned Error Codes: 1944// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupAlreadyExistsFault "DBSubnetGroupAlreadyExists" 1945// DBSubnetGroupName is already used by an existing DB subnet group. 1946// 1947// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetGroupQuotaExceeded" 1948// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB subnet groups. 1949// 1950// * ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault" 1951// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a 1952// DB subnet groups. 1953// 1954// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 1955// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 1956// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 1957// 1958// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 1959// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 1960// are not all in a common VPC. 1961// 1962// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroup 1963func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroup(input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 1964 req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 1965 return out, req.Send() 1966} 1967 1968// CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 1969// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1970// 1971// See CreateDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1972// 1973// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1974// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1975// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1976// for more information on using Contexts. 1977func (c *RDS) CreateDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 1978 req, out := c.CreateDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 1979 req.SetContext(ctx) 1980 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1981 return out, req.Send() 1982} 1983 1984const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription" 1985 1986// CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1987// client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 1988// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 1989// successfuly. 1990// 1991// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1992// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1993// 1994// See CreateEventSubscription for more information on using the CreateEventSubscription 1995// API call, and error handling. 1996// 1997// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1998// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1999// 2000// 2001// // Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method. 2002// req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 2003// 2004// err := req.Send() 2005// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2006// fmt.Println(resp) 2007// } 2008// 2009// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription 2010func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) { 2011 op := &request.Operation{ 2012 Name: opCreateEventSubscription, 2013 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2014 HTTPPath: "/", 2015 } 2016 2017 if input == nil { 2018 input = &CreateEventSubscriptionInput{} 2019 } 2020 2021 output = &CreateEventSubscriptionOutput{} 2022 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2023 return 2024} 2025 2026// CreateEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2027// 2028// Creates an RDS event notification subscription. This action requires a topic 2029// ARN (Amazon Resource Name) created by either the RDS console, the SNS console, 2030// or the SNS API. To obtain an ARN with SNS, you must create a topic in Amazon 2031// SNS and subscribe to the topic. The ARN is displayed in the SNS console. 2032// 2033// You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified of, 2034// provide a list of RDS sources (SourceIds) that triggers the events, and provide 2035// a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you want to be notified 2036// of. For example, you can specify SourceType = db-instance, SourceIds = mydbinstance1, 2037// mydbinstance2 and EventCategories = Availability, Backup. 2038// 2039// If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such as SourceType = db-instance 2040// and SourceIdentifier = myDBInstance1, you are notified of all the db-instance 2041// events for the specified source. If you specify a SourceType but do not specify 2042// a SourceIdentifier, you receive notice of the events for that source type 2043// for all your RDS sources. If you do not specify either the SourceType nor 2044// the SourceIdentifier, you are notified of events generated from all RDS sources 2045// belonging to your customer account. 2046// 2047// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2048// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2049// the error. 2050// 2051// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2052// API operation CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information. 2053// 2054// Returned Error Codes: 2055// * ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded" 2056// You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions. 2057// 2058// * ErrCodeSubscriptionAlreadyExistFault "SubscriptionAlreadyExist" 2059// The supplied subscription name already exists. 2060// 2061// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic" 2062// SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SND topic specified. 2063// 2064// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization" 2065// You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN. 2066// 2067// * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound" 2068// The SNS topic ARN does not exist. 2069// 2070// * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound" 2071// The supplied category does not exist. 2072// 2073// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 2074// The requested source could not be found. 2075// 2076// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscription 2077func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 2078 req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 2079 return out, req.Send() 2080} 2081 2082// CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateEventSubscription with the addition of 2083// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2084// 2085// See CreateEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 2086// 2087// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2088// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2089// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2090// for more information on using Contexts. 2091func (c *RDS) CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 2092 req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 2093 req.SetContext(ctx) 2094 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2095 return out, req.Send() 2096} 2097 2098const opCreateOptionGroup = "CreateOptionGroup" 2099 2100// CreateOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2101// client's request for the CreateOptionGroup operation. The "output" return 2102// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 2103// successfuly. 2104// 2105// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2106// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2107// 2108// See CreateOptionGroup for more information on using the CreateOptionGroup 2109// API call, and error handling. 2110// 2111// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2112// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2113// 2114// 2115// // Example sending a request using the CreateOptionGroupRequest method. 2116// req, resp := client.CreateOptionGroupRequest(params) 2117// 2118// err := req.Send() 2119// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2120// fmt.Println(resp) 2121// } 2122// 2123// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroup 2124func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupRequest(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateOptionGroupOutput) { 2125 op := &request.Operation{ 2126 Name: opCreateOptionGroup, 2127 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2128 HTTPPath: "/", 2129 } 2130 2131 if input == nil { 2132 input = &CreateOptionGroupInput{} 2133 } 2134 2135 output = &CreateOptionGroupOutput{} 2136 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2137 return 2138} 2139 2140// CreateOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2141// 2142// Creates a new option group. You can create up to 20 option groups. 2143// 2144// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2145// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2146// the error. 2147// 2148// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2149// API operation CreateOptionGroup for usage and error information. 2150// 2151// Returned Error Codes: 2152// * ErrCodeOptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault "OptionGroupAlreadyExistsFault" 2153// The option group you are trying to create already exists. 2154// 2155// * ErrCodeOptionGroupQuotaExceededFault "OptionGroupQuotaExceededFault" 2156// The quota of 20 option groups was exceeded for this AWS account. 2157// 2158// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroup 2159func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroup(input *CreateOptionGroupInput) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error) { 2160 req, out := c.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input) 2161 return out, req.Send() 2162} 2163 2164// CreateOptionGroupWithContext is the same as CreateOptionGroup with the addition of 2165// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2166// 2167// See CreateOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2168// 2169// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2170// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2171// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2172// for more information on using Contexts. 2173func (c *RDS) CreateOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateOptionGroupOutput, error) { 2174 req, out := c.CreateOptionGroupRequest(input) 2175 req.SetContext(ctx) 2176 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2177 return out, req.Send() 2178} 2179 2180const opDeleteDBCluster = "DeleteDBCluster" 2181 2182// DeleteDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2183// client's request for the DeleteDBCluster operation. The "output" return 2184// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 2185// successfuly. 2186// 2187// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2188// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2189// 2190// See DeleteDBCluster for more information on using the DeleteDBCluster 2191// API call, and error handling. 2192// 2193// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2194// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2195// 2196// 2197// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterRequest method. 2198// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterRequest(params) 2199// 2200// err := req.Send() 2201// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2202// fmt.Println(resp) 2203// } 2204// 2205// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster 2206func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterOutput) { 2207 op := &request.Operation{ 2208 Name: opDeleteDBCluster, 2209 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2210 HTTPPath: "/", 2211 } 2212 2213 if input == nil { 2214 input = &DeleteDBClusterInput{} 2215 } 2216 2217 output = &DeleteDBClusterOutput{} 2218 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2219 return 2220} 2221 2222// DeleteDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2223// 2224// The DeleteDBCluster action deletes a previously provisioned DB cluster. When 2225// you delete a DB cluster, all automated backups for that DB cluster are deleted 2226// and can't be recovered. Manual DB cluster snapshots of the specified DB cluster 2227// are not deleted. 2228// 2229// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html)in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 2230// 2231// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2232// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2233// the error. 2234// 2235// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2236// API operation DeleteDBCluster for usage and error information. 2237// 2238// Returned Error Codes: 2239// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 2240// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 2241// 2242// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 2243// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 2244// 2245// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault" 2246// User already has a DB cluster snapshot with the given identifier. 2247// 2248// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 2249// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 2250// 2251// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 2252// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 2253// 2254// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBCluster 2255func (c *RDS) DeleteDBCluster(input *DeleteDBClusterInput) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) { 2256 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input) 2257 return out, req.Send() 2258} 2259 2260// DeleteDBClusterWithContext is the same as DeleteDBCluster with the addition of 2261// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2262// 2263// See DeleteDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 2264// 2265// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2266// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2267// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2268// for more information on using Contexts. 2269func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterOutput, error) { 2270 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterRequest(input) 2271 req.SetContext(ctx) 2272 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2273 return out, req.Send() 2274} 2275 2276const opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup = "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup" 2277 2278// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2279// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 2280// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 2281// successfuly. 2282// 2283// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2284// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2285// 2286// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 2287// API call, and error handling. 2288// 2289// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2290// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2291// 2292// 2293// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 2294// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 2295// 2296// err := req.Send() 2297// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2298// fmt.Println(resp) 2299// } 2300// 2301// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 2302func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) { 2303 op := &request.Operation{ 2304 Name: opDeleteDBClusterParameterGroup, 2305 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2306 HTTPPath: "/", 2307 } 2308 2309 if input == nil { 2310 input = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 2311 } 2312 2313 output = &DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput{} 2314 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2315 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 2316 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2317 return 2318} 2319 2320// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2321// 2322// Deletes a specified DB cluster parameter group. The DB cluster parameter 2323// group to be deleted can't be associated with any DB clusters. 2324// 2325// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 2326// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 2327// 2328// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2329// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2330// the error. 2331// 2332// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2333// API operation DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 2334// 2335// Returned Error Codes: 2336// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 2337// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 2338// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 2339// is in this state. 2340// 2341// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 2342// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 2343// 2344// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup 2345func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 2346 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 2347 return out, req.Send() 2348} 2349 2350// DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 2351// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2352// 2353// See DeleteDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2354// 2355// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2356// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2357// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2358// for more information on using Contexts. 2359func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput, error) { 2360 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 2361 req.SetContext(ctx) 2362 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2363 return out, req.Send() 2364} 2365 2366const opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot = "DeleteDBClusterSnapshot" 2367 2368// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2369// client's request for the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot operation. The "output" return 2370// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 2371// successfuly. 2372// 2373// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2374// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2375// 2376// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 2377// API call, and error handling. 2378// 2379// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2380// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2381// 2382// 2383// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest method. 2384// req, resp := client.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(params) 2385// 2386// err := req.Send() 2387// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2388// fmt.Println(resp) 2389// } 2390// 2391// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 2392func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) { 2393 op := &request.Operation{ 2394 Name: opDeleteDBClusterSnapshot, 2395 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2396 HTTPPath: "/", 2397 } 2398 2399 if input == nil { 2400 input = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput{} 2401 } 2402 2403 output = &DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput{} 2404 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2405 return 2406} 2407 2408// DeleteDBClusterSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2409// 2410// Deletes a DB cluster snapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy 2411// operation is terminated. 2412// 2413// The DB cluster snapshot must be in the available state to be deleted. 2414// 2415// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 2416// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 2417// 2418// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2419// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2420// the error. 2421// 2422// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2423// API operation DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for usage and error information. 2424// 2425// Returned Error Codes: 2426// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 2427// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 2428// 2429// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 2430// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 2431// 2432// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshot 2433func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshot(input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 2434 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 2435 return out, req.Send() 2436} 2437 2438// DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteDBClusterSnapshot with the addition of 2439// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2440// 2441// See DeleteDBClusterSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 2442// 2443// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2444// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2445// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2446// for more information on using Contexts. 2447func (c *RDS) DeleteDBClusterSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput, error) { 2448 req, out := c.DeleteDBClusterSnapshotRequest(input) 2449 req.SetContext(ctx) 2450 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2451 return out, req.Send() 2452} 2453 2454const opDeleteDBInstance = "DeleteDBInstance" 2455 2456// DeleteDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2457// client's request for the DeleteDBInstance operation. The "output" return 2458// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 2459// successfuly. 2460// 2461// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2462// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2463// 2464// See DeleteDBInstance for more information on using the DeleteDBInstance 2465// API call, and error handling. 2466// 2467// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2468// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2469// 2470// 2471// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBInstanceRequest method. 2472// req, resp := client.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(params) 2473// 2474// err := req.Send() 2475// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2476// fmt.Println(resp) 2477// } 2478// 2479// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance 2480func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) { 2481 op := &request.Operation{ 2482 Name: opDeleteDBInstance, 2483 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2484 HTTPPath: "/", 2485 } 2486 2487 if input == nil { 2488 input = &DeleteDBInstanceInput{} 2489 } 2490 2491 output = &DeleteDBInstanceOutput{} 2492 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2493 return 2494} 2495 2496// DeleteDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2497// 2498// The DeleteDBInstance action deletes a previously provisioned DB instance. 2499// When you delete a DB instance, all automated backups for that instance are 2500// deleted and can't be recovered. Manual DB snapshots of the DB instance to 2501// be deleted by DeleteDBInstance are not deleted. 2502// 2503// If you request a final DB snapshot the status of the Amazon RDS DB instance 2504// is deleting until the DB snapshot is created. The API action DescribeDBInstance 2505// is used to monitor the status of this operation. The action can't be canceled 2506// or reverted once submitted. 2507// 2508// Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of failed, 2509// incompatible-restore, or incompatible-network, you can only delete it when 2510// the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to true. 2511// 2512// If the specified DB instance is part of an Amazon Aurora DB cluster, you 2513// can't delete the DB instance if both of the following conditions are true: 2514// 2515// * The DB cluster is a Read Replica of another Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 2516// 2517// * The DB instance is the only instance in the DB cluster. 2518// 2519// To delete a DB instance in this case, first call the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 2520// API action to promote the DB cluster so it's no longer a Read Replica. After 2521// the promotion completes, then call the DeleteDBInstance API action to delete 2522// the final instance in the DB cluster. 2523// 2524// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2525// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2526// the error. 2527// 2528// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2529// API operation DeleteDBInstance for usage and error information. 2530// 2531// Returned Error Codes: 2532// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 2533// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 2534// 2535// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 2536// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 2537// 2538// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" 2539// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. 2540// 2541// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 2542// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 2543// 2544// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 2545// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 2546// 2547// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstance 2548func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstance(input *DeleteDBInstanceInput) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) { 2549 req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input) 2550 return out, req.Send() 2551} 2552 2553// DeleteDBInstanceWithContext is the same as DeleteDBInstance with the addition of 2554// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2555// 2556// See DeleteDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 2557// 2558// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2559// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2560// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2561// for more information on using Contexts. 2562func (c *RDS) DeleteDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBInstanceOutput, error) { 2563 req, out := c.DeleteDBInstanceRequest(input) 2564 req.SetContext(ctx) 2565 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2566 return out, req.Send() 2567} 2568 2569const opDeleteDBParameterGroup = "DeleteDBParameterGroup" 2570 2571// DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2572// client's request for the DeleteDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 2573// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 2574// successfuly. 2575// 2576// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2577// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2578// 2579// See DeleteDBParameterGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBParameterGroup 2580// API call, and error handling. 2581// 2582// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2583// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2584// 2585// 2586// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest method. 2587// req, resp := client.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 2588// 2589// err := req.Send() 2590// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2591// fmt.Println(resp) 2592// } 2593// 2594// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup 2595func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) { 2596 op := &request.Operation{ 2597 Name: opDeleteDBParameterGroup, 2598 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2599 HTTPPath: "/", 2600 } 2601 2602 if input == nil { 2603 input = &DeleteDBParameterGroupInput{} 2604 } 2605 2606 output = &DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput{} 2607 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2608 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 2609 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2610 return 2611} 2612 2613// DeleteDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2614// 2615// Deletes a specified DBParameterGroup. The DBParameterGroup to be deleted 2616// can't be associated with any DB instances. 2617// 2618// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2619// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2620// the error. 2621// 2622// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2623// API operation DeleteDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 2624// 2625// Returned Error Codes: 2626// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 2627// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 2628// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 2629// is in this state. 2630// 2631// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 2632// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 2633// 2634// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroup 2635func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroup(input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 2636 req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 2637 return out, req.Send() 2638} 2639 2640// DeleteDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBParameterGroup with the addition of 2641// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2642// 2643// See DeleteDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2644// 2645// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2646// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2647// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2648// for more information on using Contexts. 2649func (c *RDS) DeleteDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput, error) { 2650 req, out := c.DeleteDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 2651 req.SetContext(ctx) 2652 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2653 return out, req.Send() 2654} 2655 2656const opDeleteDBSecurityGroup = "DeleteDBSecurityGroup" 2657 2658// DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2659// client's request for the DeleteDBSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 2660// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 2661// successfuly. 2662// 2663// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2664// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2665// 2666// See DeleteDBSecurityGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBSecurityGroup 2667// API call, and error handling. 2668// 2669// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2670// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2671// 2672// 2673// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest method. 2674// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(params) 2675// 2676// err := req.Send() 2677// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2678// fmt.Println(resp) 2679// } 2680// 2681// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroup 2682func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) { 2683 op := &request.Operation{ 2684 Name: opDeleteDBSecurityGroup, 2685 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2686 HTTPPath: "/", 2687 } 2688 2689 if input == nil { 2690 input = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput{} 2691 } 2692 2693 output = &DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput{} 2694 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2695 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 2696 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2697 return 2698} 2699 2700// DeleteDBSecurityGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2701// 2702// Deletes a DB security group. 2703// 2704// The specified DB security group must not be associated with any DB instances. 2705// 2706// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2707// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2708// the error. 2709// 2710// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2711// API operation DeleteDBSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 2712// 2713// Returned Error Codes: 2714// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 2715// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. 2716// 2717// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 2718// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. 2719// 2720// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroup 2721func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroup(input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 2722 req, out := c.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) 2723 return out, req.Send() 2724} 2725 2726// DeleteDBSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSecurityGroup with the addition of 2727// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2728// 2729// See DeleteDBSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2730// 2731// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2732// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2733// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2734// for more information on using Contexts. 2735func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 2736 req, out := c.DeleteDBSecurityGroupRequest(input) 2737 req.SetContext(ctx) 2738 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2739 return out, req.Send() 2740} 2741 2742const opDeleteDBSnapshot = "DeleteDBSnapshot" 2743 2744// DeleteDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2745// client's request for the DeleteDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 2746// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 2747// successfuly. 2748// 2749// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2750// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2751// 2752// See DeleteDBSnapshot for more information on using the DeleteDBSnapshot 2753// API call, and error handling. 2754// 2755// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2756// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2757// 2758// 2759// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSnapshotRequest method. 2760// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(params) 2761// 2762// err := req.Send() 2763// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2764// fmt.Println(resp) 2765// } 2766// 2767// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshot 2768func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) { 2769 op := &request.Operation{ 2770 Name: opDeleteDBSnapshot, 2771 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2772 HTTPPath: "/", 2773 } 2774 2775 if input == nil { 2776 input = &DeleteDBSnapshotInput{} 2777 } 2778 2779 output = &DeleteDBSnapshotOutput{} 2780 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2781 return 2782} 2783 2784// DeleteDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2785// 2786// Deletes a DBSnapshot. If the snapshot is being copied, the copy operation 2787// is terminated. 2788// 2789// The DBSnapshot must be in the available state to be deleted. 2790// 2791// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2792// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2793// the error. 2794// 2795// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2796// API operation DeleteDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 2797// 2798// Returned Error Codes: 2799// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 2800// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. 2801// 2802// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 2803// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 2804// 2805// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshot 2806func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshot(input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 2807 req, out := c.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input) 2808 return out, req.Send() 2809} 2810 2811// DeleteDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSnapshot with the addition of 2812// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2813// 2814// See DeleteDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 2815// 2816// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2817// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2818// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2819// for more information on using Contexts. 2820func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 2821 req, out := c.DeleteDBSnapshotRequest(input) 2822 req.SetContext(ctx) 2823 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2824 return out, req.Send() 2825} 2826 2827const opDeleteDBSubnetGroup = "DeleteDBSubnetGroup" 2828 2829// DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2830// client's request for the DeleteDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 2831// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 2832// successfuly. 2833// 2834// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2835// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2836// 2837// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the DeleteDBSubnetGroup 2838// API call, and error handling. 2839// 2840// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2841// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2842// 2843// 2844// // Example sending a request using the DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 2845// req, resp := client.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 2846// 2847// err := req.Send() 2848// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2849// fmt.Println(resp) 2850// } 2851// 2852// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup 2853func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 2854 op := &request.Operation{ 2855 Name: opDeleteDBSubnetGroup, 2856 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2857 HTTPPath: "/", 2858 } 2859 2860 if input == nil { 2861 input = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput{} 2862 } 2863 2864 output = &DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 2865 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2866 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 2867 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 2868 return 2869} 2870 2871// DeleteDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2872// 2873// Deletes a DB subnet group. 2874// 2875// The specified database subnet group must not be associated with any DB instances. 2876// 2877// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2878// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2879// the error. 2880// 2881// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2882// API operation DeleteDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 2883// 2884// Returned Error Codes: 2885// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 2886// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. 2887// 2888// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetStateFault" 2889// The DB subnet is not in the available state. 2890// 2891// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 2892// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 2893// 2894// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroup 2895func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroup(input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 2896 req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 2897 return out, req.Send() 2898} 2899 2900// DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 2901// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2902// 2903// See DeleteDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2904// 2905// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2906// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2907// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2908// for more information on using Contexts. 2909func (c *RDS) DeleteDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 2910 req, out := c.DeleteDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 2911 req.SetContext(ctx) 2912 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2913 return out, req.Send() 2914} 2915 2916const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription" 2917 2918// DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2919// client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 2920// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 2921// successfuly. 2922// 2923// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2924// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2925// 2926// See DeleteEventSubscription for more information on using the DeleteEventSubscription 2927// API call, and error handling. 2928// 2929// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2930// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2931// 2932// 2933// // Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method. 2934// req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 2935// 2936// err := req.Send() 2937// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2938// fmt.Println(resp) 2939// } 2940// 2941// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription 2942func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) { 2943 op := &request.Operation{ 2944 Name: opDeleteEventSubscription, 2945 HTTPMethod: "POST", 2946 HTTPPath: "/", 2947 } 2948 2949 if input == nil { 2950 input = &DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{} 2951 } 2952 2953 output = &DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput{} 2954 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2955 return 2956} 2957 2958// DeleteEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 2959// 2960// Deletes an RDS event notification subscription. 2961// 2962// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2963// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2964// the error. 2965// 2966// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 2967// API operation DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information. 2968// 2969// Returned Error Codes: 2970// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 2971// The subscription name does not exist. 2972// 2973// * ErrCodeInvalidEventSubscriptionStateFault "InvalidEventSubscriptionState" 2974// This error can occur if someone else is modifying a subscription. You should 2975// retry the action. 2976// 2977// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscription 2978func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 2979 req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 2980 return out, req.Send() 2981} 2982 2983// DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteEventSubscription with the addition of 2984// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2985// 2986// See DeleteEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 2987// 2988// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2989// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2990// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2991// for more information on using Contexts. 2992func (c *RDS) DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 2993 req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 2994 req.SetContext(ctx) 2995 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2996 return out, req.Send() 2997} 2998 2999const opDeleteOptionGroup = "DeleteOptionGroup" 3000 3001// DeleteOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3002// client's request for the DeleteOptionGroup operation. The "output" return 3003// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 3004// successfuly. 3005// 3006// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3007// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3008// 3009// See DeleteOptionGroup for more information on using the DeleteOptionGroup 3010// API call, and error handling. 3011// 3012// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3013// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3014// 3015// 3016// // Example sending a request using the DeleteOptionGroupRequest method. 3017// req, resp := client.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(params) 3018// 3019// err := req.Send() 3020// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3021// fmt.Println(resp) 3022// } 3023// 3024// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroup 3025func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteOptionGroupOutput) { 3026 op := &request.Operation{ 3027 Name: opDeleteOptionGroup, 3028 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3029 HTTPPath: "/", 3030 } 3031 3032 if input == nil { 3033 input = &DeleteOptionGroupInput{} 3034 } 3035 3036 output = &DeleteOptionGroupOutput{} 3037 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3038 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 3039 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 3040 return 3041} 3042 3043// DeleteOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3044// 3045// Deletes an existing option group. 3046// 3047// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3048// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3049// the error. 3050// 3051// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3052// API operation DeleteOptionGroup for usage and error information. 3053// 3054// Returned Error Codes: 3055// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 3056// The specified option group could not be found. 3057// 3058// * ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault "InvalidOptionGroupStateFault" 3059// The option group is not in the available state. 3060// 3061// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroup 3062func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroup(input *DeleteOptionGroupInput) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error) { 3063 req, out := c.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input) 3064 return out, req.Send() 3065} 3066 3067// DeleteOptionGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteOptionGroup with the addition of 3068// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3069// 3070// See DeleteOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 3071// 3072// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3073// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3074// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3075// for more information on using Contexts. 3076func (c *RDS) DeleteOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteOptionGroupOutput, error) { 3077 req, out := c.DeleteOptionGroupRequest(input) 3078 req.SetContext(ctx) 3079 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3080 return out, req.Send() 3081} 3082 3083const opDescribeAccountAttributes = "DescribeAccountAttributes" 3084 3085// DescribeAccountAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3086// client's request for the DescribeAccountAttributes operation. The "output" return 3087// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 3088// successfuly. 3089// 3090// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3091// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3092// 3093// See DescribeAccountAttributes for more information on using the DescribeAccountAttributes 3094// API call, and error handling. 3095// 3096// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3097// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3098// 3099// 3100// // Example sending a request using the DescribeAccountAttributesRequest method. 3101// req, resp := client.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(params) 3102// 3103// err := req.Send() 3104// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3105// fmt.Println(resp) 3106// } 3107// 3108// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeAccountAttributes 3109func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) { 3110 op := &request.Operation{ 3111 Name: opDescribeAccountAttributes, 3112 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3113 HTTPPath: "/", 3114 } 3115 3116 if input == nil { 3117 input = &DescribeAccountAttributesInput{} 3118 } 3119 3120 output = &DescribeAccountAttributesOutput{} 3121 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3122 return 3123} 3124 3125// DescribeAccountAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3126// 3127// Lists all of the attributes for a customer account. The attributes include 3128// Amazon RDS quotas for the account, such as the number of DB instances allowed. 3129// The description for a quota includes the quota name, current usage toward 3130// that quota, and the quota's maximum value. 3131// 3132// This command does not take any parameters. 3133// 3134// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3135// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3136// the error. 3137// 3138// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3139// API operation DescribeAccountAttributes for usage and error information. 3140// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeAccountAttributes 3141func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributes(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) { 3142 req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input) 3143 return out, req.Send() 3144} 3145 3146// DescribeAccountAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeAccountAttributes with the addition of 3147// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3148// 3149// See DescribeAccountAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. 3150// 3151// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3152// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3153// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3154// for more information on using Contexts. 3155func (c *RDS) DescribeAccountAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) { 3156 req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input) 3157 req.SetContext(ctx) 3158 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3159 return out, req.Send() 3160} 3161 3162const opDescribeCertificates = "DescribeCertificates" 3163 3164// DescribeCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3165// client's request for the DescribeCertificates operation. The "output" return 3166// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 3167// successfuly. 3168// 3169// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3170// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3171// 3172// See DescribeCertificates for more information on using the DescribeCertificates 3173// API call, and error handling. 3174// 3175// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3176// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3177// 3178// 3179// // Example sending a request using the DescribeCertificatesRequest method. 3180// req, resp := client.DescribeCertificatesRequest(params) 3181// 3182// err := req.Send() 3183// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3184// fmt.Println(resp) 3185// } 3186// 3187// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCertificates 3188func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeCertificatesOutput) { 3189 op := &request.Operation{ 3190 Name: opDescribeCertificates, 3191 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3192 HTTPPath: "/", 3193 } 3194 3195 if input == nil { 3196 input = &DescribeCertificatesInput{} 3197 } 3198 3199 output = &DescribeCertificatesOutput{} 3200 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3201 return 3202} 3203 3204// DescribeCertificates API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3205// 3206// Lists the set of CA certificates provided by Amazon RDS for this AWS account. 3207// 3208// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3209// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3210// the error. 3211// 3212// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3213// API operation DescribeCertificates for usage and error information. 3214// 3215// Returned Error Codes: 3216// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound" 3217// CertificateIdentifier does not refer to an existing certificate. 3218// 3219// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCertificates 3220func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificates(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) { 3221 req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input) 3222 return out, req.Send() 3223} 3224 3225// DescribeCertificatesWithContext is the same as DescribeCertificates with the addition of 3226// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3227// 3228// See DescribeCertificates for details on how to use this API operation. 3229// 3230// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3231// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3232// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3233// for more information on using Contexts. 3234func (c *RDS) DescribeCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) { 3235 req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input) 3236 req.SetContext(ctx) 3237 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3238 return out, req.Send() 3239} 3240 3241const opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups = "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups" 3242 3243// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3244// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups operation. The "output" return 3245// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 3246// successfuly. 3247// 3248// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3249// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3250// 3251// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 3252// API call, and error handling. 3253// 3254// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3255// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3256// 3257// 3258// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest method. 3259// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(params) 3260// 3261// err := req.Send() 3262// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3263// fmt.Println(resp) 3264// } 3265// 3266// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 3267func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) { 3268 op := &request.Operation{ 3269 Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameterGroups, 3270 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3271 HTTPPath: "/", 3272 } 3273 3274 if input == nil { 3275 input = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput{} 3276 } 3277 3278 output = &DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput{} 3279 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3280 return 3281} 3282 3283// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3284// 3285// Returns a list of DBClusterParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBClusterParameterGroupName 3286// parameter is specified, the list will contain only the description of the 3287// specified DB cluster parameter group. 3288// 3289// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 3290// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 3291// 3292// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3293// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3294// the error. 3295// 3296// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3297// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for usage and error information. 3298// 3299// Returned Error Codes: 3300// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 3301// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 3302// 3303// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 3304func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 3305 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input) 3306 return out, req.Send() 3307} 3308 3309// DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups with the addition of 3310// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3311// 3312// See DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 3313// 3314// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3315// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3316// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3317// for more information on using Contexts. 3318func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 3319 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsRequest(input) 3320 req.SetContext(ctx) 3321 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3322 return out, req.Send() 3323} 3324 3325const opDescribeDBClusterParameters = "DescribeDBClusterParameters" 3326 3327// DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3328// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterParameters operation. The "output" return 3329// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 3330// successfuly. 3331// 3332// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3333// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3334// 3335// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterParameters 3336// API call, and error handling. 3337// 3338// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3339// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3340// 3341// 3342// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest method. 3343// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(params) 3344// 3345// err := req.Send() 3346// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3347// fmt.Println(resp) 3348// } 3349// 3350// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters 3351func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) { 3352 op := &request.Operation{ 3353 Name: opDescribeDBClusterParameters, 3354 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3355 HTTPPath: "/", 3356 } 3357 3358 if input == nil { 3359 input = &DescribeDBClusterParametersInput{} 3360 } 3361 3362 output = &DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput{} 3363 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3364 return 3365} 3366 3367// DescribeDBClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3368// 3369// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB cluster parameter 3370// group. 3371// 3372// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 3373// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 3374// 3375// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3376// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3377// the error. 3378// 3379// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3380// API operation DescribeDBClusterParameters for usage and error information. 3381// 3382// Returned Error Codes: 3383// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 3384// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 3385// 3386// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameters 3387func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParameters(input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) { 3388 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input) 3389 return out, req.Send() 3390} 3391 3392// DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterParameters with the addition of 3393// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3394// 3395// See DescribeDBClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 3396// 3397// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3398// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3399// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3400// for more information on using Contexts. 3401func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput, error) { 3402 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterParametersRequest(input) 3403 req.SetContext(ctx) 3404 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3405 return out, req.Send() 3406} 3407 3408const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes" 3409 3410// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3411// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return 3412// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 3413// successfuly. 3414// 3415// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3416// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3417// 3418// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 3419// API call, and error handling. 3420// 3421// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3422// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3423// 3424// 3425// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest method. 3426// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(params) 3427// 3428// err := req.Send() 3429// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3430// fmt.Println(resp) 3431// } 3432// 3433// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 3434func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) { 3435 op := &request.Operation{ 3436 Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes, 3437 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3438 HTTPPath: "/", 3439 } 3440 3441 if input == nil { 3442 input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput{} 3443 } 3444 3445 output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput{} 3446 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3447 return 3448} 3449 3450// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3451// 3452// Returns a list of DB cluster snapshot attribute names and values for a manual 3453// DB cluster snapshot. 3454// 3455// When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 3456// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that 3457// are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. If all 3458// is included in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual 3459// DB cluster snapshot is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. 3460// 3461// To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB 3462// cluster snapshot, or to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, 3463// use the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 3464// 3465// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3466// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3467// the error. 3468// 3469// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3470// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. 3471// 3472// Returned Error Codes: 3473// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 3474// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 3475// 3476// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 3477func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 3478 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 3479 return out, req.Send() 3480} 3481 3482// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes with the addition of 3483// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3484// 3485// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. 3486// 3487// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3488// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3489// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3490// for more information on using Contexts. 3491func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 3492 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 3493 req.SetContext(ctx) 3494 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3495 return out, req.Send() 3496} 3497 3498const opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots = "DescribeDBClusterSnapshots" 3499 3500// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3501// client's request for the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots operation. The "output" return 3502// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 3503// successfuly. 3504// 3505// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3506// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3507// 3508// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 3509// API call, and error handling. 3510// 3511// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3512// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3513// 3514// 3515// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest method. 3516// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(params) 3517// 3518// err := req.Send() 3519// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3520// fmt.Println(resp) 3521// } 3522// 3523// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 3524func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) { 3525 op := &request.Operation{ 3526 Name: opDescribeDBClusterSnapshots, 3527 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3528 HTTPPath: "/", 3529 } 3530 3531 if input == nil { 3532 input = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput{} 3533 } 3534 3535 output = &DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput{} 3536 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3537 return 3538} 3539 3540// DescribeDBClusterSnapshots API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3541// 3542// Returns information about DB cluster snapshots. This API action supports 3543// pagination. 3544// 3545// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 3546// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 3547// 3548// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3549// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3550// the error. 3551// 3552// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3553// API operation DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for usage and error information. 3554// 3555// Returned Error Codes: 3556// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 3557// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 3558// 3559// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 3560func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshots(input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) { 3561 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input) 3562 return out, req.Send() 3563} 3564 3565// DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusterSnapshots with the addition of 3566// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3567// 3568// See DescribeDBClusterSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation. 3569// 3570// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3571// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3572// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3573// for more information on using Contexts. 3574func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput, error) { 3575 req, out := c.DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsRequest(input) 3576 req.SetContext(ctx) 3577 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3578 return out, req.Send() 3579} 3580 3581const opDescribeDBClusters = "DescribeDBClusters" 3582 3583// DescribeDBClustersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3584// client's request for the DescribeDBClusters operation. The "output" return 3585// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 3586// successfuly. 3587// 3588// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3589// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3590// 3591// See DescribeDBClusters for more information on using the DescribeDBClusters 3592// API call, and error handling. 3593// 3594// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3595// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3596// 3597// 3598// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBClustersRequest method. 3599// req, resp := client.DescribeDBClustersRequest(params) 3600// 3601// err := req.Send() 3602// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3603// fmt.Println(resp) 3604// } 3605// 3606// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters 3607func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersRequest(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBClustersOutput) { 3608 op := &request.Operation{ 3609 Name: opDescribeDBClusters, 3610 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3611 HTTPPath: "/", 3612 } 3613 3614 if input == nil { 3615 input = &DescribeDBClustersInput{} 3616 } 3617 3618 output = &DescribeDBClustersOutput{} 3619 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3620 return 3621} 3622 3623// DescribeDBClusters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3624// 3625// Returns information about provisioned Aurora DB clusters. This API supports 3626// pagination. 3627// 3628// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 3629// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 3630// 3631// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3632// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3633// the error. 3634// 3635// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3636// API operation DescribeDBClusters for usage and error information. 3637// 3638// Returned Error Codes: 3639// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 3640// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 3641// 3642// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusters 3643func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClusters(input *DescribeDBClustersInput) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) { 3644 req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input) 3645 return out, req.Send() 3646} 3647 3648// DescribeDBClustersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBClusters with the addition of 3649// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3650// 3651// See DescribeDBClusters for details on how to use this API operation. 3652// 3653// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3654// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3655// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3656// for more information on using Contexts. 3657func (c *RDS) DescribeDBClustersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBClustersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBClustersOutput, error) { 3658 req, out := c.DescribeDBClustersRequest(input) 3659 req.SetContext(ctx) 3660 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3661 return out, req.Send() 3662} 3663 3664const opDescribeDBEngineVersions = "DescribeDBEngineVersions" 3665 3666// DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3667// client's request for the DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. The "output" return 3668// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 3669// successfuly. 3670// 3671// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3672// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3673// 3674// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for more information on using the DescribeDBEngineVersions 3675// API call, and error handling. 3676// 3677// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3678// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3679// 3680// 3681// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest method. 3682// req, resp := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(params) 3683// 3684// err := req.Send() 3685// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3686// fmt.Println(resp) 3687// } 3688// 3689// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions 3690func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) { 3691 op := &request.Operation{ 3692 Name: opDescribeDBEngineVersions, 3693 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3694 HTTPPath: "/", 3695 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3696 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3697 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3698 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3699 TruncationToken: "", 3700 }, 3701 } 3702 3703 if input == nil { 3704 input = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput{} 3705 } 3706 3707 output = &DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput{} 3708 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3709 return 3710} 3711 3712// DescribeDBEngineVersions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3713// 3714// Returns a list of the available DB engines. 3715// 3716// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3717// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3718// the error. 3719// 3720// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3721// API operation DescribeDBEngineVersions for usage and error information. 3722// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersions 3723func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersions(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) { 3724 req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input) 3725 return out, req.Send() 3726} 3727 3728// DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBEngineVersions with the addition of 3729// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3730// 3731// See DescribeDBEngineVersions for details on how to use this API operation. 3732// 3733// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3734// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3735// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3736// for more information on using Contexts. 3737func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, error) { 3738 req, out := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(input) 3739 req.SetContext(ctx) 3740 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3741 return out, req.Send() 3742} 3743 3744// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation, 3745// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3746// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3747// 3748// See DescribeDBEngineVersions method for more information on how to use this operation. 3749// 3750// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3751// 3752// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBEngineVersions operation. 3753// pageNum := 0 3754// err := client.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(params, 3755// func(page *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3756// pageNum++ 3757// fmt.Println(page) 3758// return pageNum <= 3 3759// }) 3760// 3761func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages(input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3762 return c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3763} 3764 3765// DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBEngineVersionsPages except 3766// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3767// 3768// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3769// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3770// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3771// for more information on using Contexts. 3772func (c *RDS) DescribeDBEngineVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3773 p := request.Pagination{ 3774 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3775 var inCpy *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput 3776 if input != nil { 3777 tmp := *input 3778 inCpy = &tmp 3779 } 3780 req, _ := c.DescribeDBEngineVersionsRequest(inCpy) 3781 req.SetContext(ctx) 3782 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3783 return req, nil 3784 }, 3785 } 3786 3787 cont := true 3788 for p.Next() && cont { 3789 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 3790 } 3791 return p.Err() 3792} 3793 3794const opDescribeDBInstances = "DescribeDBInstances" 3795 3796// DescribeDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3797// client's request for the DescribeDBInstances operation. The "output" return 3798// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 3799// successfuly. 3800// 3801// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3802// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3803// 3804// See DescribeDBInstances for more information on using the DescribeDBInstances 3805// API call, and error handling. 3806// 3807// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3808// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3809// 3810// 3811// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBInstancesRequest method. 3812// req, resp := client.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(params) 3813// 3814// err := req.Send() 3815// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3816// fmt.Println(resp) 3817// } 3818// 3819// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances 3820func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) { 3821 op := &request.Operation{ 3822 Name: opDescribeDBInstances, 3823 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3824 HTTPPath: "/", 3825 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3826 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3827 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3828 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3829 TruncationToken: "", 3830 }, 3831 } 3832 3833 if input == nil { 3834 input = &DescribeDBInstancesInput{} 3835 } 3836 3837 output = &DescribeDBInstancesOutput{} 3838 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3839 return 3840} 3841 3842// DescribeDBInstances API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3843// 3844// Returns information about provisioned RDS instances. This API supports pagination. 3845// 3846// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3847// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3848// the error. 3849// 3850// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3851// API operation DescribeDBInstances for usage and error information. 3852// 3853// Returned Error Codes: 3854// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 3855// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 3856// 3857// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstances 3858func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstances(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) { 3859 req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input) 3860 return out, req.Send() 3861} 3862 3863// DescribeDBInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBInstances with the addition of 3864// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3865// 3866// See DescribeDBInstances for details on how to use this API operation. 3867// 3868// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3869// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3870// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3871// for more information on using Contexts. 3872func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, error) { 3873 req, out := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(input) 3874 req.SetContext(ctx) 3875 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3876 return out, req.Send() 3877} 3878 3879// DescribeDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation, 3880// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3881// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3882// 3883// See DescribeDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation. 3884// 3885// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3886// 3887// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBInstances operation. 3888// pageNum := 0 3889// err := client.DescribeDBInstancesPages(params, 3890// func(page *DescribeDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3891// pageNum++ 3892// fmt.Println(page) 3893// return pageNum <= 3 3894// }) 3895// 3896func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error { 3897 return c.DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3898} 3899 3900// DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBInstancesPages except 3901// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3902// 3903// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3904// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3905// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3906// for more information on using Contexts. 3907func (c *RDS) DescribeDBInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3908 p := request.Pagination{ 3909 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3910 var inCpy *DescribeDBInstancesInput 3911 if input != nil { 3912 tmp := *input 3913 inCpy = &tmp 3914 } 3915 req, _ := c.DescribeDBInstancesRequest(inCpy) 3916 req.SetContext(ctx) 3917 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3918 return req, nil 3919 }, 3920 } 3921 3922 cont := true 3923 for p.Next() && cont { 3924 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 3925 } 3926 return p.Err() 3927} 3928 3929const opDescribeDBLogFiles = "DescribeDBLogFiles" 3930 3931// DescribeDBLogFilesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3932// client's request for the DescribeDBLogFiles operation. The "output" return 3933// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 3934// successfuly. 3935// 3936// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3937// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3938// 3939// See DescribeDBLogFiles for more information on using the DescribeDBLogFiles 3940// API call, and error handling. 3941// 3942// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3943// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3944// 3945// 3946// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBLogFilesRequest method. 3947// req, resp := client.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(params) 3948// 3949// err := req.Send() 3950// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3951// fmt.Println(resp) 3952// } 3953// 3954// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFiles 3955func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) { 3956 op := &request.Operation{ 3957 Name: opDescribeDBLogFiles, 3958 HTTPMethod: "POST", 3959 HTTPPath: "/", 3960 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3961 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3962 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 3963 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 3964 TruncationToken: "", 3965 }, 3966 } 3967 3968 if input == nil { 3969 input = &DescribeDBLogFilesInput{} 3970 } 3971 3972 output = &DescribeDBLogFilesOutput{} 3973 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3974 return 3975} 3976 3977// DescribeDBLogFiles API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 3978// 3979// Returns a list of DB log files for the DB instance. 3980// 3981// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3982// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3983// the error. 3984// 3985// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 3986// API operation DescribeDBLogFiles for usage and error information. 3987// 3988// Returned Error Codes: 3989// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 3990// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 3991// 3992// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFiles 3993func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFiles(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error) { 3994 req, out := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input) 3995 return out, req.Send() 3996} 3997 3998// DescribeDBLogFilesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBLogFiles with the addition of 3999// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4000// 4001// See DescribeDBLogFiles for details on how to use this API operation. 4002// 4003// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4004// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4005// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4006// for more information on using Contexts. 4007func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, error) { 4008 req, out := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(input) 4009 req.SetContext(ctx) 4010 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4011 return out, req.Send() 4012} 4013 4014// DescribeDBLogFilesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation, 4015// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4016// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4017// 4018// See DescribeDBLogFiles method for more information on how to use this operation. 4019// 4020// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4021// 4022// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBLogFiles operation. 4023// pageNum := 0 4024// err := client.DescribeDBLogFilesPages(params, 4025// func(page *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4026// pageNum++ 4027// fmt.Println(page) 4028// return pageNum <= 3 4029// }) 4030// 4031func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPages(input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, bool) bool) error { 4032 return c.DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4033} 4034 4035// DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBLogFilesPages except 4036// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4037// 4038// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4039// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4040// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4041// for more information on using Contexts. 4042func (c *RDS) DescribeDBLogFilesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBLogFilesInput, fn func(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4043 p := request.Pagination{ 4044 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4045 var inCpy *DescribeDBLogFilesInput 4046 if input != nil { 4047 tmp := *input 4048 inCpy = &tmp 4049 } 4050 req, _ := c.DescribeDBLogFilesRequest(inCpy) 4051 req.SetContext(ctx) 4052 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4053 return req, nil 4054 }, 4055 } 4056 4057 cont := true 4058 for p.Next() && cont { 4059 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBLogFilesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 4060 } 4061 return p.Err() 4062} 4063 4064const opDescribeDBParameterGroups = "DescribeDBParameterGroups" 4065 4066// DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4067// client's request for the DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. The "output" return 4068// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 4069// successfuly. 4070// 4071// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4072// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4073// 4074// See DescribeDBParameterGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBParameterGroups 4075// API call, and error handling. 4076// 4077// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4078// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4079// 4080// 4081// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest method. 4082// req, resp := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(params) 4083// 4084// err := req.Send() 4085// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4086// fmt.Println(resp) 4087// } 4088// 4089// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups 4090func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) { 4091 op := &request.Operation{ 4092 Name: opDescribeDBParameterGroups, 4093 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4094 HTTPPath: "/", 4095 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4096 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4097 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4098 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4099 TruncationToken: "", 4100 }, 4101 } 4102 4103 if input == nil { 4104 input = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput{} 4105 } 4106 4107 output = &DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput{} 4108 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4109 return 4110} 4111 4112// DescribeDBParameterGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4113// 4114// Returns a list of DBParameterGroup descriptions. If a DBParameterGroupName 4115// is specified, the list will contain only the description of the specified 4116// DB parameter group. 4117// 4118// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4119// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4120// the error. 4121// 4122// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4123// API operation DescribeDBParameterGroups for usage and error information. 4124// 4125// Returned Error Codes: 4126// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 4127// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 4128// 4129// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroups 4130func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroups(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 4131 req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input) 4132 return out, req.Send() 4133} 4134 4135// DescribeDBParameterGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBParameterGroups with the addition of 4136// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4137// 4138// See DescribeDBParameterGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 4139// 4140// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4141// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4142// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4143// for more information on using Contexts. 4144func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, error) { 4145 req, out := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(input) 4146 req.SetContext(ctx) 4147 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4148 return out, req.Send() 4149} 4150 4151// DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation, 4152// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4153// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4154// 4155// See DescribeDBParameterGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 4156// 4157// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4158// 4159// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameterGroups operation. 4160// pageNum := 0 4161// err := client.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(params, 4162// func(page *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4163// pageNum++ 4164// fmt.Println(page) 4165// return pageNum <= 3 4166// }) 4167// 4168func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 4169 return c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4170} 4171 4172// DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBParameterGroupsPages except 4173// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4174// 4175// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4176// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4177// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4178// for more information on using Contexts. 4179func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameterGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4180 p := request.Pagination{ 4181 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4182 var inCpy *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput 4183 if input != nil { 4184 tmp := *input 4185 inCpy = &tmp 4186 } 4187 req, _ := c.DescribeDBParameterGroupsRequest(inCpy) 4188 req.SetContext(ctx) 4189 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4190 return req, nil 4191 }, 4192 } 4193 4194 cont := true 4195 for p.Next() && cont { 4196 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 4197 } 4198 return p.Err() 4199} 4200 4201const opDescribeDBParameters = "DescribeDBParameters" 4202 4203// DescribeDBParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4204// client's request for the DescribeDBParameters operation. The "output" return 4205// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 4206// successfuly. 4207// 4208// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4209// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4210// 4211// See DescribeDBParameters for more information on using the DescribeDBParameters 4212// API call, and error handling. 4213// 4214// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4215// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4216// 4217// 4218// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBParametersRequest method. 4219// req, resp := client.DescribeDBParametersRequest(params) 4220// 4221// err := req.Send() 4222// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4223// fmt.Println(resp) 4224// } 4225// 4226// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters 4227func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersRequest(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBParametersOutput) { 4228 op := &request.Operation{ 4229 Name: opDescribeDBParameters, 4230 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4231 HTTPPath: "/", 4232 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4233 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4234 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4235 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4236 TruncationToken: "", 4237 }, 4238 } 4239 4240 if input == nil { 4241 input = &DescribeDBParametersInput{} 4242 } 4243 4244 output = &DescribeDBParametersOutput{} 4245 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4246 return 4247} 4248 4249// DescribeDBParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4250// 4251// Returns the detailed parameter list for a particular DB parameter group. 4252// 4253// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4254// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4255// the error. 4256// 4257// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4258// API operation DescribeDBParameters for usage and error information. 4259// 4260// Returned Error Codes: 4261// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 4262// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 4263// 4264// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameters 4265func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParameters(input *DescribeDBParametersInput) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) { 4266 req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input) 4267 return out, req.Send() 4268} 4269 4270// DescribeDBParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeDBParameters with the addition of 4271// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4272// 4273// See DescribeDBParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 4274// 4275// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4276// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4277// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4278// for more information on using Contexts. 4279func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBParametersOutput, error) { 4280 req, out := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(input) 4281 req.SetContext(ctx) 4282 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4283 return out, req.Send() 4284} 4285 4286// DescribeDBParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation, 4287// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4288// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4289// 4290// See DescribeDBParameters method for more information on how to use this operation. 4291// 4292// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4293// 4294// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBParameters operation. 4295// pageNum := 0 4296// err := client.DescribeDBParametersPages(params, 4297// func(page *DescribeDBParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4298// pageNum++ 4299// fmt.Println(page) 4300// return pageNum <= 3 4301// }) 4302// 4303func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersPages(input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParametersOutput, bool) bool) error { 4304 return c.DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4305} 4306 4307// DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBParametersPages except 4308// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4309// 4310// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4311// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4312// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4313// for more information on using Contexts. 4314func (c *RDS) DescribeDBParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeDBParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4315 p := request.Pagination{ 4316 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4317 var inCpy *DescribeDBParametersInput 4318 if input != nil { 4319 tmp := *input 4320 inCpy = &tmp 4321 } 4322 req, _ := c.DescribeDBParametersRequest(inCpy) 4323 req.SetContext(ctx) 4324 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4325 return req, nil 4326 }, 4327 } 4328 4329 cont := true 4330 for p.Next() && cont { 4331 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 4332 } 4333 return p.Err() 4334} 4335 4336const opDescribeDBSecurityGroups = "DescribeDBSecurityGroups" 4337 4338// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4339// client's request for the DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return 4340// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 4341// successfuly. 4342// 4343// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4344// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4345// 4346// See DescribeDBSecurityGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 4347// API call, and error handling. 4348// 4349// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4350// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4351// 4352// 4353// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest method. 4354// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(params) 4355// 4356// err := req.Send() 4357// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4358// fmt.Println(resp) 4359// } 4360// 4361// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSecurityGroups 4362func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) { 4363 op := &request.Operation{ 4364 Name: opDescribeDBSecurityGroups, 4365 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4366 HTTPPath: "/", 4367 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4368 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4369 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4370 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4371 TruncationToken: "", 4372 }, 4373 } 4374 4375 if input == nil { 4376 input = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput{} 4377 } 4378 4379 output = &DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput{} 4380 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4381 return 4382} 4383 4384// DescribeDBSecurityGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4385// 4386// Returns a list of DBSecurityGroup descriptions. If a DBSecurityGroupName 4387// is specified, the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified 4388// DB security group. 4389// 4390// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4391// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4392// the error. 4393// 4394// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4395// API operation DescribeDBSecurityGroups for usage and error information. 4396// 4397// Returned Error Codes: 4398// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 4399// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. 4400// 4401// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSecurityGroups 4402func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroups(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { 4403 req, out := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input) 4404 return out, req.Send() 4405} 4406 4407// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSecurityGroups with the addition of 4408// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4409// 4410// See DescribeDBSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 4411// 4412// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4413// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4414// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4415// for more information on using Contexts. 4416func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { 4417 req, out := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(input) 4418 req.SetContext(ctx) 4419 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4420 return out, req.Send() 4421} 4422 4423// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation, 4424// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4425// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4426// 4427// See DescribeDBSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 4428// 4429// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4430// 4431// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSecurityGroups operation. 4432// pageNum := 0 4433// err := client.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(params, 4434// func(page *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4435// pageNum++ 4436// fmt.Println(page) 4437// return pageNum <= 3 4438// }) 4439// 4440func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 4441 return c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4442} 4443 4444// DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPages except 4445// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4446// 4447// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4448// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4449// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4450// for more information on using Contexts. 4451func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4452 p := request.Pagination{ 4453 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4454 var inCpy *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput 4455 if input != nil { 4456 tmp := *input 4457 inCpy = &tmp 4458 } 4459 req, _ := c.DescribeDBSecurityGroupsRequest(inCpy) 4460 req.SetContext(ctx) 4461 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4462 return req, nil 4463 }, 4464 } 4465 4466 cont := true 4467 for p.Next() && cont { 4468 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 4469 } 4470 return p.Err() 4471} 4472 4473const opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes = "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes" 4474 4475// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4476// client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes operation. The "output" return 4477// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 4478// successfuly. 4479// 4480// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4481// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4482// 4483// See DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for more information on using the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 4484// API call, and error handling. 4485// 4486// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4487// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4488// 4489// 4490// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest method. 4491// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(params) 4492// 4493// err := req.Send() 4494// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4495// fmt.Println(resp) 4496// } 4497// 4498// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 4499func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) { 4500 op := &request.Operation{ 4501 Name: opDescribeDBSnapshotAttributes, 4502 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4503 HTTPPath: "/", 4504 } 4505 4506 if input == nil { 4507 input = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput{} 4508 } 4509 4510 output = &DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput{} 4511 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4512 return 4513} 4514 4515// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4516// 4517// Returns a list of DB snapshot attribute names and values for a manual DB 4518// snapshot. 4519// 4520// When sharing snapshots with other AWS accounts, DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 4521// returns the restore attribute and a list of IDs for the AWS accounts that 4522// are authorized to copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. If all is included 4523// in the list of values for the restore attribute, then the manual DB snapshot 4524// is public and can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. 4525// 4526// To add or remove access for an AWS account to copy or restore a manual DB 4527// snapshot, or to make the manual DB snapshot public or private, use the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 4528// API action. 4529// 4530// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4531// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4532// the error. 4533// 4534// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4535// API operation DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for usage and error information. 4536// 4537// Returned Error Codes: 4538// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 4539// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 4540// 4541// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 4542func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes(input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 4543 req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 4544 return out, req.Send() 4545} 4546 4547// DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes with the addition of 4548// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4549// 4550// See DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes for details on how to use this API operation. 4551// 4552// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4553// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4554// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4555// for more information on using Contexts. 4556func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput, error) { 4557 req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesRequest(input) 4558 req.SetContext(ctx) 4559 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4560 return out, req.Send() 4561} 4562 4563const opDescribeDBSnapshots = "DescribeDBSnapshots" 4564 4565// DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4566// client's request for the DescribeDBSnapshots operation. The "output" return 4567// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 4568// successfuly. 4569// 4570// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4571// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4572// 4573// See DescribeDBSnapshots for more information on using the DescribeDBSnapshots 4574// API call, and error handling. 4575// 4576// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4577// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4578// 4579// 4580// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest method. 4581// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(params) 4582// 4583// err := req.Send() 4584// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4585// fmt.Println(resp) 4586// } 4587// 4588// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshots 4589func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) { 4590 op := &request.Operation{ 4591 Name: opDescribeDBSnapshots, 4592 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4593 HTTPPath: "/", 4594 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4595 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4596 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4597 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4598 TruncationToken: "", 4599 }, 4600 } 4601 4602 if input == nil { 4603 input = &DescribeDBSnapshotsInput{} 4604 } 4605 4606 output = &DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput{} 4607 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4608 return 4609} 4610 4611// DescribeDBSnapshots API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4612// 4613// Returns information about DB snapshots. This API action supports pagination. 4614// 4615// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4616// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4617// the error. 4618// 4619// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4620// API operation DescribeDBSnapshots for usage and error information. 4621// 4622// Returned Error Codes: 4623// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 4624// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 4625// 4626// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshots 4627func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshots(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error) { 4628 req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input) 4629 return out, req.Send() 4630} 4631 4632// DescribeDBSnapshotsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSnapshots with the addition of 4633// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4634// 4635// See DescribeDBSnapshots for details on how to use this API operation. 4636// 4637// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4638// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4639// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4640// for more information on using Contexts. 4641func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, error) { 4642 req, out := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(input) 4643 req.SetContext(ctx) 4644 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4645 return out, req.Send() 4646} 4647 4648// DescribeDBSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation, 4649// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4650// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4651// 4652// See DescribeDBSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation. 4653// 4654// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4655// 4656// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSnapshots operation. 4657// pageNum := 0 4658// err := client.DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(params, 4659// func(page *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4660// pageNum++ 4661// fmt.Println(page) 4662// return pageNum <= 3 4663// }) 4664// 4665func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool) error { 4666 return c.DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4667} 4668 4669// DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSnapshotsPages except 4670// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4671// 4672// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4673// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4674// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4675// for more information on using Contexts. 4676func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSnapshotsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4677 p := request.Pagination{ 4678 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4679 var inCpy *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput 4680 if input != nil { 4681 tmp := *input 4682 inCpy = &tmp 4683 } 4684 req, _ := c.DescribeDBSnapshotsRequest(inCpy) 4685 req.SetContext(ctx) 4686 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4687 return req, nil 4688 }, 4689 } 4690 4691 cont := true 4692 for p.Next() && cont { 4693 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 4694 } 4695 return p.Err() 4696} 4697 4698const opDescribeDBSubnetGroups = "DescribeDBSubnetGroups" 4699 4700// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4701// client's request for the DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return 4702// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 4703// successfuly. 4704// 4705// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4706// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4707// 4708// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for more information on using the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 4709// API call, and error handling. 4710// 4711// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4712// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4713// 4714// 4715// // Example sending a request using the DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest method. 4716// req, resp := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(params) 4717// 4718// err := req.Send() 4719// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4720// fmt.Println(resp) 4721// } 4722// 4723// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups 4724func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) { 4725 op := &request.Operation{ 4726 Name: opDescribeDBSubnetGroups, 4727 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4728 HTTPPath: "/", 4729 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4730 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4731 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4732 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4733 TruncationToken: "", 4734 }, 4735 } 4736 4737 if input == nil { 4738 input = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput{} 4739 } 4740 4741 output = &DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput{} 4742 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4743 return 4744} 4745 4746// DescribeDBSubnetGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4747// 4748// Returns a list of DBSubnetGroup descriptions. If a DBSubnetGroupName is specified, 4749// the list will contain only the descriptions of the specified DBSubnetGroup. 4750// 4751// For an overview of CIDR ranges, go to the Wikipedia Tutorial (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing). 4752// 4753// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4754// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4755// the error. 4756// 4757// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4758// API operation DescribeDBSubnetGroups for usage and error information. 4759// 4760// Returned Error Codes: 4761// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 4762// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 4763// 4764// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroups 4765func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroups(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) { 4766 req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input) 4767 return out, req.Send() 4768} 4769 4770// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeDBSubnetGroups with the addition of 4771// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4772// 4773// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 4774// 4775// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4776// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4777// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4778// for more information on using Contexts. 4779func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, error) { 4780 req, out := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(input) 4781 req.SetContext(ctx) 4782 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4783 return out, req.Send() 4784} 4785 4786// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation, 4787// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4788// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4789// 4790// See DescribeDBSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 4791// 4792// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4793// 4794// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDBSubnetGroups operation. 4795// pageNum := 0 4796// err := client.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(params, 4797// func(page *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4798// pageNum++ 4799// fmt.Println(page) 4800// return pageNum <= 3 4801// }) 4802// 4803func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 4804 return c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4805} 4806 4807// DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPages except 4808// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4809// 4810// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4811// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4812// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4813// for more information on using Contexts. 4814func (c *RDS) DescribeDBSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4815 p := request.Pagination{ 4816 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4817 var inCpy *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput 4818 if input != nil { 4819 tmp := *input 4820 inCpy = &tmp 4821 } 4822 req, _ := c.DescribeDBSubnetGroupsRequest(inCpy) 4823 req.SetContext(ctx) 4824 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4825 return req, nil 4826 }, 4827 } 4828 4829 cont := true 4830 for p.Next() && cont { 4831 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 4832 } 4833 return p.Err() 4834} 4835 4836const opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters" 4837 4838// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4839// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters operation. The "output" return 4840// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 4841// successfuly. 4842// 4843// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4844// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4845// 4846// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 4847// API call, and error handling. 4848// 4849// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4850// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4851// 4852// 4853// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest method. 4854// req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(params) 4855// 4856// err := req.Send() 4857// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4858// fmt.Println(resp) 4859// } 4860// 4861// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 4862func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) { 4863 op := &request.Operation{ 4864 Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters, 4865 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4866 HTTPPath: "/", 4867 } 4868 4869 if input == nil { 4870 input = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput{} 4871 } 4872 4873 output = &DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput{} 4874 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4875 return 4876} 4877 4878// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4879// 4880// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the cluster 4881// database engine. 4882// 4883// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 4884// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 4885// 4886// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4887// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4888// the error. 4889// 4890// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4891// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for usage and error information. 4892// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 4893func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) { 4894 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input) 4895 return out, req.Send() 4896} 4897 4898// DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters with the addition of 4899// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4900// 4901// See DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 4902// 4903// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4904// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4905// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4906// for more information on using Contexts. 4907func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput, error) { 4908 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersRequest(input) 4909 req.SetContext(ctx) 4910 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4911 return out, req.Send() 4912} 4913 4914const opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters = "DescribeEngineDefaultParameters" 4915 4916// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4917// client's request for the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. The "output" return 4918// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 4919// successfuly. 4920// 4921// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4922// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4923// 4924// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for more information on using the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 4925// API call, and error handling. 4926// 4927// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4928// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4929// 4930// 4931// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest method. 4932// req, resp := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(params) 4933// 4934// err := req.Send() 4935// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4936// fmt.Println(resp) 4937// } 4938// 4939// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 4940func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) { 4941 op := &request.Operation{ 4942 Name: opDescribeEngineDefaultParameters, 4943 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4944 HTTPPath: "/", 4945 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4946 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 4947 OutputTokens: []string{"EngineDefaults.Marker"}, 4948 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 4949 TruncationToken: "", 4950 }, 4951 } 4952 4953 if input == nil { 4954 input = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput{} 4955 } 4956 4957 output = &DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput{} 4958 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4959 return 4960} 4961 4962// DescribeEngineDefaultParameters API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 4963// 4964// Returns the default engine and system parameter information for the specified 4965// database engine. 4966// 4967// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4968// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4969// the error. 4970// 4971// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 4972// API operation DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for usage and error information. 4973// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 4974func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParameters(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) { 4975 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input) 4976 return out, req.Send() 4977} 4978 4979// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersWithContext is the same as DescribeEngineDefaultParameters with the addition of 4980// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4981// 4982// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters for details on how to use this API operation. 4983// 4984// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4985// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4986// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4987// for more information on using Contexts. 4988func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, error) { 4989 req, out := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(input) 4990 req.SetContext(ctx) 4991 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4992 return out, req.Send() 4993} 4994 4995// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation, 4996// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4997// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4998// 4999// See DescribeEngineDefaultParameters method for more information on how to use this operation. 5000// 5001// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5002// 5003// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEngineDefaultParameters operation. 5004// pageNum := 0 5005// err := client.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(params, 5006// func(page *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5007// pageNum++ 5008// fmt.Println(page) 5009// return pageNum <= 3 5010// }) 5011// 5012func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages(input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, bool) bool) error { 5013 return c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5014} 5015 5016// DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext same as DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPages except 5017// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5018// 5019// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5020// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5021// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5022// for more information on using Contexts. 5023func (c *RDS) DescribeEngineDefaultParametersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput, fn func(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5024 p := request.Pagination{ 5025 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5026 var inCpy *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput 5027 if input != nil { 5028 tmp := *input 5029 inCpy = &tmp 5030 } 5031 req, _ := c.DescribeEngineDefaultParametersRequest(inCpy) 5032 req.SetContext(ctx) 5033 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5034 return req, nil 5035 }, 5036 } 5037 5038 cont := true 5039 for p.Next() && cont { 5040 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 5041 } 5042 return p.Err() 5043} 5044 5045const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories" 5046 5047// DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5048// client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return 5049// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 5050// successfuly. 5051// 5052// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5053// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5054// 5055// See DescribeEventCategories for more information on using the DescribeEventCategories 5056// API call, and error handling. 5057// 5058// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5059// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5060// 5061// 5062// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method. 5063// req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params) 5064// 5065// err := req.Send() 5066// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5067// fmt.Println(resp) 5068// } 5069// 5070// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories 5071func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) { 5072 op := &request.Operation{ 5073 Name: opDescribeEventCategories, 5074 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5075 HTTPPath: "/", 5076 } 5077 5078 if input == nil { 5079 input = &DescribeEventCategoriesInput{} 5080 } 5081 5082 output = &DescribeEventCategoriesOutput{} 5083 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5084 return 5085} 5086 5087// DescribeEventCategories API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5088// 5089// Displays a list of categories for all event source types, or, if specified, 5090// for a specified source type. You can see a list of the event categories and 5091// source types in the Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) 5092// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 5093// 5094// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5095// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5096// the error. 5097// 5098// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5099// API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information. 5100// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategories 5101func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) { 5102 req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input) 5103 return out, req.Send() 5104} 5105 5106// DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeEventCategories with the addition of 5107// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5108// 5109// See DescribeEventCategories for details on how to use this API operation. 5110// 5111// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5112// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5113// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5114// for more information on using Contexts. 5115func (c *RDS) DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) { 5116 req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input) 5117 req.SetContext(ctx) 5118 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5119 return out, req.Send() 5120} 5121 5122const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions" 5123 5124// DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5125// client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return 5126// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 5127// successfuly. 5128// 5129// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5130// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5131// 5132// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for more information on using the DescribeEventSubscriptions 5133// API call, and error handling. 5134// 5135// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5136// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5137// 5138// 5139// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method. 5140// req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params) 5141// 5142// err := req.Send() 5143// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5144// fmt.Println(resp) 5145// } 5146// 5147// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions 5148func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) { 5149 op := &request.Operation{ 5150 Name: opDescribeEventSubscriptions, 5151 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5152 HTTPPath: "/", 5153 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5154 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5155 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5156 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5157 TruncationToken: "", 5158 }, 5159 } 5160 5161 if input == nil { 5162 input = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{} 5163 } 5164 5165 output = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput{} 5166 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5167 return 5168} 5169 5170// DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5171// 5172// Lists all the subscription descriptions for a customer account. The description 5173// for a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType, 5174// SourceID, CreationTime, and Status. 5175// 5176// If you specify a SubscriptionName, lists the description for that subscription. 5177// 5178// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5179// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5180// the error. 5181// 5182// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5183// API operation DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information. 5184// 5185// Returned Error Codes: 5186// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 5187// The subscription name does not exist. 5188// 5189// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptions 5190func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) { 5191 req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input) 5192 return out, req.Send() 5193} 5194 5195// DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeEventSubscriptions with the addition of 5196// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5197// 5198// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for details on how to use this API operation. 5199// 5200// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5201// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5202// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5203// for more information on using Contexts. 5204func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) { 5205 req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input) 5206 req.SetContext(ctx) 5207 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5208 return out, req.Send() 5209} 5210 5211// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation, 5212// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5213// iterating, return false from the fn function. 5214// 5215// See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation. 5216// 5217// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5218// 5219// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. 5220// pageNum := 0 5221// err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params, 5222// func(page *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5223// pageNum++ 5224// fmt.Println(page) 5225// return pageNum <= 3 5226// }) 5227// 5228func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 5229 return c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5230} 5231 5232// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages except 5233// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5234// 5235// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5236// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5237// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5238// for more information on using Contexts. 5239func (c *RDS) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5240 p := request.Pagination{ 5241 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5242 var inCpy *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput 5243 if input != nil { 5244 tmp := *input 5245 inCpy = &tmp 5246 } 5247 req, _ := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(inCpy) 5248 req.SetContext(ctx) 5249 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5250 return req, nil 5251 }, 5252 } 5253 5254 cont := true 5255 for p.Next() && cont { 5256 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 5257 } 5258 return p.Err() 5259} 5260 5261const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents" 5262 5263// DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5264// client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return 5265// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 5266// successfuly. 5267// 5268// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5269// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5270// 5271// See DescribeEvents for more information on using the DescribeEvents 5272// API call, and error handling. 5273// 5274// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5275// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5276// 5277// 5278// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method. 5279// req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params) 5280// 5281// err := req.Send() 5282// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5283// fmt.Println(resp) 5284// } 5285// 5286// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents 5287func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput) { 5288 op := &request.Operation{ 5289 Name: opDescribeEvents, 5290 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5291 HTTPPath: "/", 5292 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5293 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5294 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5295 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5296 TruncationToken: "", 5297 }, 5298 } 5299 5300 if input == nil { 5301 input = &DescribeEventsInput{} 5302 } 5303 5304 output = &DescribeEventsOutput{} 5305 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5306 return 5307} 5308 5309// DescribeEvents API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5310// 5311// Returns events related to DB instances, DB security groups, DB snapshots, 5312// and DB parameter groups for the past 14 days. Events specific to a particular 5313// DB instance, DB security group, database snapshot, or DB parameter group 5314// can be obtained by providing the name as a parameter. By default, the past 5315// hour of events are returned. 5316// 5317// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5318// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5319// the error. 5320// 5321// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5322// API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information. 5323// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEvents 5324func (c *RDS) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { 5325 req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) 5326 return out, req.Send() 5327} 5328 5329// DescribeEventsWithContext is the same as DescribeEvents with the addition of 5330// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5331// 5332// See DescribeEvents for details on how to use this API operation. 5333// 5334// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5335// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5336// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5337// for more information on using Contexts. 5338func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) { 5339 req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input) 5340 req.SetContext(ctx) 5341 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5342 return out, req.Send() 5343} 5344 5345// DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation, 5346// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5347// iterating, return false from the fn function. 5348// 5349// See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation. 5350// 5351// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5352// 5353// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation. 5354// pageNum := 0 5355// err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params, 5356// func(page *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5357// pageNum++ 5358// fmt.Println(page) 5359// return pageNum <= 3 5360// }) 5361// 5362func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool) error { 5363 return c.DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5364} 5365 5366// DescribeEventsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventsPages except 5367// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5368// 5369// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5370// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5371// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5372// for more information on using Contexts. 5373func (c *RDS) DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5374 p := request.Pagination{ 5375 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5376 var inCpy *DescribeEventsInput 5377 if input != nil { 5378 tmp := *input 5379 inCpy = &tmp 5380 } 5381 req, _ := c.DescribeEventsRequest(inCpy) 5382 req.SetContext(ctx) 5383 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5384 return req, nil 5385 }, 5386 } 5387 5388 cont := true 5389 for p.Next() && cont { 5390 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 5391 } 5392 return p.Err() 5393} 5394 5395const opDescribeOptionGroupOptions = "DescribeOptionGroupOptions" 5396 5397// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5398// client's request for the DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation. The "output" return 5399// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 5400// successfuly. 5401// 5402// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5403// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5404// 5405// See DescribeOptionGroupOptions for more information on using the DescribeOptionGroupOptions 5406// API call, and error handling. 5407// 5408// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5409// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5410// 5411// 5412// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest method. 5413// req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(params) 5414// 5415// err := req.Send() 5416// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5417// fmt.Println(resp) 5418// } 5419// 5420// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupOptions 5421func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) { 5422 op := &request.Operation{ 5423 Name: opDescribeOptionGroupOptions, 5424 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5425 HTTPPath: "/", 5426 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5427 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5428 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5429 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5430 TruncationToken: "", 5431 }, 5432 } 5433 5434 if input == nil { 5435 input = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput{} 5436 } 5437 5438 output = &DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput{} 5439 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5440 return 5441} 5442 5443// DescribeOptionGroupOptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5444// 5445// Describes all available options. 5446// 5447// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5448// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5449// the error. 5450// 5451// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5452// API operation DescribeOptionGroupOptions for usage and error information. 5453// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupOptions 5454func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptions(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error) { 5455 req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input) 5456 return out, req.Send() 5457} 5458 5459// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOptionGroupOptions with the addition of 5460// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5461// 5462// See DescribeOptionGroupOptions for details on how to use this API operation. 5463// 5464// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5465// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5466// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5467// for more information on using Contexts. 5468func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, error) { 5469 req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(input) 5470 req.SetContext(ctx) 5471 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5472 return out, req.Send() 5473} 5474 5475// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation, 5476// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5477// iterating, return false from the fn function. 5478// 5479// See DescribeOptionGroupOptions method for more information on how to use this operation. 5480// 5481// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5482// 5483// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroupOptions operation. 5484// pageNum := 0 5485// err := client.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(params, 5486// func(page *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5487// pageNum++ 5488// fmt.Println(page) 5489// return pageNum <= 3 5490// }) 5491// 5492func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 5493 return c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5494} 5495 5496// DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPages except 5497// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5498// 5499// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5500// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5501// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5502// for more information on using Contexts. 5503func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5504 p := request.Pagination{ 5505 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5506 var inCpy *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput 5507 if input != nil { 5508 tmp := *input 5509 inCpy = &tmp 5510 } 5511 req, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupOptionsRequest(inCpy) 5512 req.SetContext(ctx) 5513 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5514 return req, nil 5515 }, 5516 } 5517 5518 cont := true 5519 for p.Next() && cont { 5520 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 5521 } 5522 return p.Err() 5523} 5524 5525const opDescribeOptionGroups = "DescribeOptionGroups" 5526 5527// DescribeOptionGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5528// client's request for the DescribeOptionGroups operation. The "output" return 5529// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 5530// successfuly. 5531// 5532// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5533// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5534// 5535// See DescribeOptionGroups for more information on using the DescribeOptionGroups 5536// API call, and error handling. 5537// 5538// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5539// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5540// 5541// 5542// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOptionGroupsRequest method. 5543// req, resp := client.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(params) 5544// 5545// err := req.Send() 5546// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5547// fmt.Println(resp) 5548// } 5549// 5550// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroups 5551func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) { 5552 op := &request.Operation{ 5553 Name: opDescribeOptionGroups, 5554 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5555 HTTPPath: "/", 5556 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5557 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5558 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5559 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5560 TruncationToken: "", 5561 }, 5562 } 5563 5564 if input == nil { 5565 input = &DescribeOptionGroupsInput{} 5566 } 5567 5568 output = &DescribeOptionGroupsOutput{} 5569 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5570 return 5571} 5572 5573// DescribeOptionGroups API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5574// 5575// Describes the available option groups. 5576// 5577// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5578// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5579// the error. 5580// 5581// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5582// API operation DescribeOptionGroups for usage and error information. 5583// 5584// Returned Error Codes: 5585// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 5586// The specified option group could not be found. 5587// 5588// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroups 5589func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroups(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error) { 5590 req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input) 5591 return out, req.Send() 5592} 5593 5594// DescribeOptionGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeOptionGroups with the addition of 5595// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5596// 5597// See DescribeOptionGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 5598// 5599// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5600// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5601// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5602// for more information on using Contexts. 5603func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, error) { 5604 req, out := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(input) 5605 req.SetContext(ctx) 5606 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5607 return out, req.Send() 5608} 5609 5610// DescribeOptionGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation, 5611// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5612// iterating, return false from the fn function. 5613// 5614// See DescribeOptionGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 5615// 5616// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5617// 5618// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOptionGroups operation. 5619// pageNum := 0 5620// err := client.DescribeOptionGroupsPages(params, 5621// func(page *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5622// pageNum++ 5623// fmt.Println(page) 5624// return pageNum <= 3 5625// }) 5626// 5627func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPages(input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 5628 return c.DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5629} 5630 5631// DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOptionGroupsPages except 5632// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5633// 5634// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5635// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5636// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5637// for more information on using Contexts. 5638func (c *RDS) DescribeOptionGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOptionGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5639 p := request.Pagination{ 5640 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5641 var inCpy *DescribeOptionGroupsInput 5642 if input != nil { 5643 tmp := *input 5644 inCpy = &tmp 5645 } 5646 req, _ := c.DescribeOptionGroupsRequest(inCpy) 5647 req.SetContext(ctx) 5648 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5649 return req, nil 5650 }, 5651 } 5652 5653 cont := true 5654 for p.Next() && cont { 5655 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOptionGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 5656 } 5657 return p.Err() 5658} 5659 5660const opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions = "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions" 5661 5662// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5663// client's request for the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. The "output" return 5664// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 5665// successfuly. 5666// 5667// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5668// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5669// 5670// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for more information on using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 5671// API call, and error handling. 5672// 5673// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5674// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5675// 5676// 5677// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest method. 5678// req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(params) 5679// 5680// err := req.Send() 5681// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5682// fmt.Println(resp) 5683// } 5684// 5685// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 5686func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) { 5687 op := &request.Operation{ 5688 Name: opDescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions, 5689 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5690 HTTPPath: "/", 5691 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5692 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5693 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5694 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5695 TruncationToken: "", 5696 }, 5697 } 5698 5699 if input == nil { 5700 input = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput{} 5701 } 5702 5703 output = &DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput{} 5704 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5705 return 5706} 5707 5708// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5709// 5710// Returns a list of orderable DB instance options for the specified engine. 5711// 5712// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5713// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5714// the error. 5715// 5716// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5717// API operation DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for usage and error information. 5718// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 5719func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) { 5720 req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input) 5721 return out, req.Send() 5722} 5723 5724// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions with the addition of 5725// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5726// 5727// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions for details on how to use this API operation. 5728// 5729// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5730// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5731// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5732// for more information on using Contexts. 5733func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, error) { 5734 req, out := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(input) 5735 req.SetContext(ctx) 5736 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5737 return out, req.Send() 5738} 5739 5740// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation, 5741// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5742// iterating, return false from the fn function. 5743// 5744// See DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions method for more information on how to use this operation. 5745// 5746// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5747// 5748// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions operation. 5749// pageNum := 0 5750// err := client.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(params, 5751// func(page *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5752// pageNum++ 5753// fmt.Println(page) 5754// return pageNum <= 3 5755// }) 5756// 5757func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages(input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool) error { 5758 return c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5759} 5760 5761// DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPages except 5762// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5763// 5764// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5765// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5766// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5767// for more information on using Contexts. 5768func (c *RDS) DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5769 p := request.Pagination{ 5770 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5771 var inCpy *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput 5772 if input != nil { 5773 tmp := *input 5774 inCpy = &tmp 5775 } 5776 req, _ := c.DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsRequest(inCpy) 5777 req.SetContext(ctx) 5778 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5779 return req, nil 5780 }, 5781 } 5782 5783 cont := true 5784 for p.Next() && cont { 5785 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 5786 } 5787 return p.Err() 5788} 5789 5790const opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions = "DescribePendingMaintenanceActions" 5791 5792// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5793// client's request for the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions operation. The "output" return 5794// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 5795// successfuly. 5796// 5797// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5798// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5799// 5800// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for more information on using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 5801// API call, and error handling. 5802// 5803// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5804// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5805// 5806// 5807// // Example sending a request using the DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest method. 5808// req, resp := client.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(params) 5809// 5810// err := req.Send() 5811// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5812// fmt.Println(resp) 5813// } 5814// 5815// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 5816func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) { 5817 op := &request.Operation{ 5818 Name: opDescribePendingMaintenanceActions, 5819 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5820 HTTPPath: "/", 5821 } 5822 5823 if input == nil { 5824 input = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput{} 5825 } 5826 5827 output = &DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput{} 5828 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5829 return 5830} 5831 5832// DescribePendingMaintenanceActions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5833// 5834// Returns a list of resources (for example, DB instances) that have at least 5835// one pending maintenance action. 5836// 5837// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5838// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5839// the error. 5840// 5841// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5842// API operation DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for usage and error information. 5843// 5844// Returned Error Codes: 5845// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault" 5846// The specified resource ID was not found. 5847// 5848// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 5849func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActions(input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) { 5850 req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input) 5851 return out, req.Send() 5852} 5853 5854// DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext is the same as DescribePendingMaintenanceActions with the addition of 5855// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5856// 5857// See DescribePendingMaintenanceActions for details on how to use this API operation. 5858// 5859// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5860// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5861// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5862// for more information on using Contexts. 5863func (c *RDS) DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput, error) { 5864 req, out := c.DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsRequest(input) 5865 req.SetContext(ctx) 5866 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5867 return out, req.Send() 5868} 5869 5870const opDescribeReservedDBInstances = "DescribeReservedDBInstances" 5871 5872// DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5873// client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstances operation. The "output" return 5874// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 5875// successfuly. 5876// 5877// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5878// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5879// 5880// See DescribeReservedDBInstances for more information on using the DescribeReservedDBInstances 5881// API call, and error handling. 5882// 5883// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5884// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5885// 5886// 5887// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest method. 5888// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(params) 5889// 5890// err := req.Send() 5891// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5892// fmt.Println(resp) 5893// } 5894// 5895// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstances 5896func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) { 5897 op := &request.Operation{ 5898 Name: opDescribeReservedDBInstances, 5899 HTTPMethod: "POST", 5900 HTTPPath: "/", 5901 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 5902 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5903 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 5904 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 5905 TruncationToken: "", 5906 }, 5907 } 5908 5909 if input == nil { 5910 input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput{} 5911 } 5912 5913 output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput{} 5914 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5915 return 5916} 5917 5918// DescribeReservedDBInstances API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 5919// 5920// Returns information about reserved DB instances for this account, or about 5921// a specified reserved DB instance. 5922// 5923// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5924// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5925// the error. 5926// 5927// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 5928// API operation DescribeReservedDBInstances for usage and error information. 5929// 5930// Returned Error Codes: 5931// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstanceNotFound" 5932// The specified reserved DB Instance not found. 5933// 5934// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstances 5935func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstances(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error) { 5936 req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input) 5937 return out, req.Send() 5938} 5939 5940// DescribeReservedDBInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedDBInstances with the addition of 5941// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5942// 5943// See DescribeReservedDBInstances for details on how to use this API operation. 5944// 5945// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5946// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5947// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5948// for more information on using Contexts. 5949func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, error) { 5950 req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(input) 5951 req.SetContext(ctx) 5952 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5953 return out, req.Send() 5954} 5955 5956// DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation, 5957// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 5958// iterating, return false from the fn function. 5959// 5960// See DescribeReservedDBInstances method for more information on how to use this operation. 5961// 5962// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 5963// 5964// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstances operation. 5965// pageNum := 0 5966// err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(params, 5967// func(page *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 5968// pageNum++ 5969// fmt.Println(page) 5970// return pageNum <= 3 5971// }) 5972// 5973func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error { 5974 return c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 5975} 5976 5977// DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesPages except 5978// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 5979// 5980// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5981// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5982// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5983// for more information on using Contexts. 5984func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 5985 p := request.Pagination{ 5986 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 5987 var inCpy *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput 5988 if input != nil { 5989 tmp := *input 5990 inCpy = &tmp 5991 } 5992 req, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesRequest(inCpy) 5993 req.SetContext(ctx) 5994 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5995 return req, nil 5996 }, 5997 } 5998 5999 cont := true 6000 for p.Next() && cont { 6001 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 6002 } 6003 return p.Err() 6004} 6005 6006const opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings = "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings" 6007 6008// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6009// client's request for the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation. The "output" return 6010// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 6011// successfuly. 6012// 6013// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6014// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6015// 6016// See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for more information on using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 6017// API call, and error handling. 6018// 6019// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6020// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6021// 6022// 6023// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest method. 6024// req, resp := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(params) 6025// 6026// err := req.Send() 6027// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6028// fmt.Println(resp) 6029// } 6030// 6031// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 6032func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) { 6033 op := &request.Operation{ 6034 Name: opDescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings, 6035 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6036 HTTPPath: "/", 6037 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 6038 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6039 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6040 LimitToken: "MaxRecords", 6041 TruncationToken: "", 6042 }, 6043 } 6044 6045 if input == nil { 6046 input = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput{} 6047 } 6048 6049 output = &DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput{} 6050 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6051 return 6052} 6053 6054// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6055// 6056// Lists available reserved DB instance offerings. 6057// 6058// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6059// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6060// the error. 6061// 6062// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6063// API operation DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for usage and error information. 6064// 6065// Returned Error Codes: 6066// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound" 6067// Specified offering does not exist. 6068// 6069// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 6070func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) { 6071 req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input) 6072 return out, req.Send() 6073} 6074 6075// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsWithContext is the same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings with the addition of 6076// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6077// 6078// See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings for details on how to use this API operation. 6079// 6080// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6081// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6082// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6083// for more information on using Contexts. 6084func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, error) { 6085 req, out := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(input) 6086 req.SetContext(ctx) 6087 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6088 return out, req.Send() 6089} 6090 6091// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation, 6092// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 6093// iterating, return false from the fn function. 6094// 6095// See DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation. 6096// 6097// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 6098// 6099// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings operation. 6100// pageNum := 0 6101// err := client.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(params, 6102// func(page *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 6103// pageNum++ 6104// fmt.Println(page) 6105// return pageNum <= 3 6106// }) 6107// 6108func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages(input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, bool) bool) error { 6109 return c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 6110} 6111 6112// DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext same as DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPages except 6113// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 6114// 6115// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6116// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6117// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6118// for more information on using Contexts. 6119func (c *RDS) DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput, fn func(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 6120 p := request.Pagination{ 6121 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 6122 var inCpy *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput 6123 if input != nil { 6124 tmp := *input 6125 inCpy = &tmp 6126 } 6127 req, _ := c.DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsRequest(inCpy) 6128 req.SetContext(ctx) 6129 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6130 return req, nil 6131 }, 6132 } 6133 6134 cont := true 6135 for p.Next() && cont { 6136 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 6137 } 6138 return p.Err() 6139} 6140 6141const opDescribeSourceRegions = "DescribeSourceRegions" 6142 6143// DescribeSourceRegionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6144// client's request for the DescribeSourceRegions operation. The "output" return 6145// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 6146// successfuly. 6147// 6148// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6149// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6150// 6151// See DescribeSourceRegions for more information on using the DescribeSourceRegions 6152// API call, and error handling. 6153// 6154// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6155// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6156// 6157// 6158// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSourceRegionsRequest method. 6159// req, resp := client.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(params) 6160// 6161// err := req.Send() 6162// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6163// fmt.Println(resp) 6164// } 6165// 6166// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeSourceRegions 6167func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) { 6168 op := &request.Operation{ 6169 Name: opDescribeSourceRegions, 6170 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6171 HTTPPath: "/", 6172 } 6173 6174 if input == nil { 6175 input = &DescribeSourceRegionsInput{} 6176 } 6177 6178 output = &DescribeSourceRegionsOutput{} 6179 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6180 return 6181} 6182 6183// DescribeSourceRegions API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6184// 6185// Returns a list of the source AWS Regions where the current AWS Region can 6186// create a Read Replica or copy a DB snapshot from. This API action supports 6187// pagination. 6188// 6189// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6190// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6191// the error. 6192// 6193// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6194// API operation DescribeSourceRegions for usage and error information. 6195// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeSourceRegions 6196func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegions(input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) (*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, error) { 6197 req, out := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input) 6198 return out, req.Send() 6199} 6200 6201// DescribeSourceRegionsWithContext is the same as DescribeSourceRegions with the addition of 6202// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6203// 6204// See DescribeSourceRegions for details on how to use this API operation. 6205// 6206// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6207// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6208// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6209// for more information on using Contexts. 6210func (c *RDS) DescribeSourceRegionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSourceRegionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSourceRegionsOutput, error) { 6211 req, out := c.DescribeSourceRegionsRequest(input) 6212 req.SetContext(ctx) 6213 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6214 return out, req.Send() 6215} 6216 6217const opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications = "DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications" 6218 6219// DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6220// client's request for the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications operation. The "output" return 6221// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 6222// successfuly. 6223// 6224// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6225// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6226// 6227// See DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for more information on using the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 6228// API call, and error handling. 6229// 6230// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6231// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6232// 6233// 6234// // Example sending a request using the DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest method. 6235// req, resp := client.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(params) 6236// 6237// err := req.Send() 6238// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6239// fmt.Println(resp) 6240// } 6241// 6242// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 6243func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) { 6244 op := &request.Operation{ 6245 Name: opDescribeValidDBInstanceModifications, 6246 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6247 HTTPPath: "/", 6248 } 6249 6250 if input == nil { 6251 input = &DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput{} 6252 } 6253 6254 output = &DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput{} 6255 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6256 return 6257} 6258 6259// DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6260// 6261// You can call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications to learn what modifications 6262// you can make to your DB instance. You can use this information when you call 6263// ModifyDBInstance. 6264// 6265// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6266// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6267// the error. 6268// 6269// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6270// API operation DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for usage and error information. 6271// 6272// Returned Error Codes: 6273// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 6274// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 6275// 6276// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 6277// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 6278// 6279// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 6280func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications(input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) { 6281 req, out := c.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input) 6282 return out, req.Send() 6283} 6284 6285// DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext is the same as DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications with the addition of 6286// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6287// 6288// See DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications for details on how to use this API operation. 6289// 6290// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6291// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6292// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6293// for more information on using Contexts. 6294func (c *RDS) DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput, error) { 6295 req, out := c.DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsRequest(input) 6296 req.SetContext(ctx) 6297 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6298 return out, req.Send() 6299} 6300 6301const opDownloadDBLogFilePortion = "DownloadDBLogFilePortion" 6302 6303// DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6304// client's request for the DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation. The "output" return 6305// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 6306// successfuly. 6307// 6308// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6309// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6310// 6311// See DownloadDBLogFilePortion for more information on using the DownloadDBLogFilePortion 6312// API call, and error handling. 6313// 6314// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6315// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6316// 6317// 6318// // Example sending a request using the DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest method. 6319// req, resp := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(params) 6320// 6321// err := req.Send() 6322// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6323// fmt.Println(resp) 6324// } 6325// 6326// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortion 6327func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) { 6328 op := &request.Operation{ 6329 Name: opDownloadDBLogFilePortion, 6330 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6331 HTTPPath: "/", 6332 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 6333 InputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6334 OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"}, 6335 LimitToken: "NumberOfLines", 6336 TruncationToken: "AdditionalDataPending", 6337 }, 6338 } 6339 6340 if input == nil { 6341 input = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput{} 6342 } 6343 6344 output = &DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput{} 6345 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6346 return 6347} 6348 6349// DownloadDBLogFilePortion API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6350// 6351// Downloads all or a portion of the specified log file, up to 1 MB in size. 6352// 6353// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6354// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6355// the error. 6356// 6357// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6358// API operation DownloadDBLogFilePortion for usage and error information. 6359// 6360// Returned Error Codes: 6361// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 6362// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 6363// 6364// * ErrCodeDBLogFileNotFoundFault "DBLogFileNotFoundFault" 6365// LogFileName does not refer to an existing DB log file. 6366// 6367// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortion 6368func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortion(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error) { 6369 req, out := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input) 6370 return out, req.Send() 6371} 6372 6373// DownloadDBLogFilePortionWithContext is the same as DownloadDBLogFilePortion with the addition of 6374// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6375// 6376// See DownloadDBLogFilePortion for details on how to use this API operation. 6377// 6378// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6379// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6380// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6381// for more information on using Contexts. 6382func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, error) { 6383 req, out := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(input) 6384 req.SetContext(ctx) 6385 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6386 return out, req.Send() 6387} 6388 6389// DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages iterates over the pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation, 6390// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 6391// iterating, return false from the fn function. 6392// 6393// See DownloadDBLogFilePortion method for more information on how to use this operation. 6394// 6395// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 6396// 6397// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DownloadDBLogFilePortion operation. 6398// pageNum := 0 6399// err := client.DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(params, 6400// func(page *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 6401// pageNum++ 6402// fmt.Println(page) 6403// return pageNum <= 3 6404// }) 6405// 6406func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages(input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, fn func(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, bool) bool) error { 6407 return c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 6408} 6409 6410// DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext same as DownloadDBLogFilePortionPages except 6411// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 6412// 6413// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6414// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6415// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6416// for more information on using Contexts. 6417func (c *RDS) DownloadDBLogFilePortionPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput, fn func(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 6418 p := request.Pagination{ 6419 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 6420 var inCpy *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput 6421 if input != nil { 6422 tmp := *input 6423 inCpy = &tmp 6424 } 6425 req, _ := c.DownloadDBLogFilePortionRequest(inCpy) 6426 req.SetContext(ctx) 6427 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6428 return req, nil 6429 }, 6430 } 6431 6432 cont := true 6433 for p.Next() && cont { 6434 cont = fn(p.Page().(*DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) 6435 } 6436 return p.Err() 6437} 6438 6439const opFailoverDBCluster = "FailoverDBCluster" 6440 6441// FailoverDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6442// client's request for the FailoverDBCluster operation. The "output" return 6443// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 6444// successfuly. 6445// 6446// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6447// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6448// 6449// See FailoverDBCluster for more information on using the FailoverDBCluster 6450// API call, and error handling. 6451// 6452// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6453// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6454// 6455// 6456// // Example sending a request using the FailoverDBClusterRequest method. 6457// req, resp := client.FailoverDBClusterRequest(params) 6458// 6459// err := req.Send() 6460// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6461// fmt.Println(resp) 6462// } 6463// 6464// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster 6465func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterRequest(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *FailoverDBClusterOutput) { 6466 op := &request.Operation{ 6467 Name: opFailoverDBCluster, 6468 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6469 HTTPPath: "/", 6470 } 6471 6472 if input == nil { 6473 input = &FailoverDBClusterInput{} 6474 } 6475 6476 output = &FailoverDBClusterOutput{} 6477 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6478 return 6479} 6480 6481// FailoverDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6482// 6483// Forces a failover for a DB cluster. 6484// 6485// A failover for a DB cluster promotes one of the Aurora Replicas (read-only 6486// instances) in the DB cluster to be the primary instance (the cluster writer). 6487// 6488// Amazon Aurora will automatically fail over to an Aurora Replica, if one exists, 6489// when the primary instance fails. You can force a failover when you want to 6490// simulate a failure of a primary instance for testing. Because each instance 6491// in a DB cluster has its own endpoint address, you will need to clean up and 6492// re-establish any existing connections that use those endpoint addresses when 6493// the failover is complete. 6494// 6495// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 6496// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 6497// 6498// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6499// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6500// the error. 6501// 6502// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6503// API operation FailoverDBCluster for usage and error information. 6504// 6505// Returned Error Codes: 6506// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 6507// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 6508// 6509// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 6510// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 6511// 6512// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 6513// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 6514// 6515// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBCluster 6516func (c *RDS) FailoverDBCluster(input *FailoverDBClusterInput) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) { 6517 req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input) 6518 return out, req.Send() 6519} 6520 6521// FailoverDBClusterWithContext is the same as FailoverDBCluster with the addition of 6522// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6523// 6524// See FailoverDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 6525// 6526// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6527// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6528// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6529// for more information on using Contexts. 6530func (c *RDS) FailoverDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *FailoverDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*FailoverDBClusterOutput, error) { 6531 req, out := c.FailoverDBClusterRequest(input) 6532 req.SetContext(ctx) 6533 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6534 return out, req.Send() 6535} 6536 6537const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" 6538 6539// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6540// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return 6541// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 6542// successfuly. 6543// 6544// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6545// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6546// 6547// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource 6548// API call, and error handling. 6549// 6550// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6551// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6552// 6553// 6554// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method. 6555// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params) 6556// 6557// err := req.Send() 6558// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6559// fmt.Println(resp) 6560// } 6561// 6562// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource 6563func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) { 6564 op := &request.Operation{ 6565 Name: opListTagsForResource, 6566 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6567 HTTPPath: "/", 6568 } 6569 6570 if input == nil { 6571 input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{} 6572 } 6573 6574 output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{} 6575 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6576 return 6577} 6578 6579// ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6580// 6581// Lists all tags on an Amazon RDS resource. 6582// 6583// For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS 6584// Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html). 6585// 6586// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6587// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6588// the error. 6589// 6590// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6591// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. 6592// 6593// Returned Error Codes: 6594// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 6595// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 6596// 6597// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 6598// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 6599// 6600// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 6601// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 6602// 6603// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResource 6604func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 6605 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 6606 return out, req.Send() 6607} 6608 6609// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of 6610// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6611// 6612// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation. 6613// 6614// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6615// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6616// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6617// for more information on using Contexts. 6618func (c *RDS) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 6619 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 6620 req.SetContext(ctx) 6621 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6622 return out, req.Send() 6623} 6624 6625const opModifyDBCluster = "ModifyDBCluster" 6626 6627// ModifyDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6628// client's request for the ModifyDBCluster operation. The "output" return 6629// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 6630// successfuly. 6631// 6632// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6633// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6634// 6635// See ModifyDBCluster for more information on using the ModifyDBCluster 6636// API call, and error handling. 6637// 6638// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6639// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6640// 6641// 6642// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterRequest method. 6643// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterRequest(params) 6644// 6645// err := req.Send() 6646// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6647// fmt.Println(resp) 6648// } 6649// 6650// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster 6651func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterOutput) { 6652 op := &request.Operation{ 6653 Name: opModifyDBCluster, 6654 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6655 HTTPPath: "/", 6656 } 6657 6658 if input == nil { 6659 input = &ModifyDBClusterInput{} 6660 } 6661 6662 output = &ModifyDBClusterOutput{} 6663 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6664 return 6665} 6666 6667// ModifyDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6668// 6669// Modify a setting for an Amazon Aurora DB cluster. You can change one or more 6670// database configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the 6671// new values in the request. For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora 6672// on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 6673// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 6674// 6675// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6676// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6677// the error. 6678// 6679// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6680// API operation ModifyDBCluster for usage and error information. 6681// 6682// Returned Error Codes: 6683// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 6684// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 6685// 6686// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 6687// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 6688// 6689// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 6690// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 6691// across all DB instances. 6692// 6693// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 6694// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 6695// 6696// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 6697// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 6698// because users' change. 6699// 6700// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 6701// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. 6702// 6703// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 6704// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 6705// are not all in a common VPC. 6706// 6707// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 6708// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter 6709// group. 6710// 6711// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 6712// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. 6713// 6714// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 6715// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 6716// 6717// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 6718// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 6719// 6720// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBCluster 6721func (c *RDS) ModifyDBCluster(input *ModifyDBClusterInput) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) { 6722 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input) 6723 return out, req.Send() 6724} 6725 6726// ModifyDBClusterWithContext is the same as ModifyDBCluster with the addition of 6727// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6728// 6729// See ModifyDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 6730// 6731// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6732// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6733// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6734// for more information on using Contexts. 6735func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterOutput, error) { 6736 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterRequest(input) 6737 req.SetContext(ctx) 6738 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6739 return out, req.Send() 6740} 6741 6742const opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup = "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup" 6743 6744// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6745// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 6746// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 6747// successfuly. 6748// 6749// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6750// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6751// 6752// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 6753// API call, and error handling. 6754// 6755// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6756// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6757// 6758// 6759// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 6760// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 6761// 6762// err := req.Send() 6763// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6764// fmt.Println(resp) 6765// } 6766// 6767// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 6768func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) { 6769 op := &request.Operation{ 6770 Name: opModifyDBClusterParameterGroup, 6771 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6772 HTTPPath: "/", 6773 } 6774 6775 if input == nil { 6776 input = &ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 6777 } 6778 6779 output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{} 6780 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6781 return 6782} 6783 6784// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6785// 6786// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group. To modify more than 6787// one parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, 6788// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. 6789// 6790// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 6791// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 6792// 6793// Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static 6794// parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB cluster associated 6795// with the parameter group before the change can take effect. 6796// 6797// After you create a DB cluster parameter group, you should wait at least 5 6798// minutes before creating your first DB cluster that uses that DB cluster parameter 6799// group as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete 6800// the create action before the parameter group is used as the default for a 6801// new DB cluster. This is especially important for parameters that are critical 6802// when creating the default database for a DB cluster, such as the character 6803// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. 6804// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) 6805// or the DescribeDBClusterParameters command to verify that your DB cluster 6806// parameter group has been created or modified. 6807// 6808// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6809// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6810// the error. 6811// 6812// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6813// API operation ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 6814// 6815// Returned Error Codes: 6816// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 6817// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 6818// 6819// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 6820// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 6821// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 6822// is in this state. 6823// 6824// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup 6825func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 6826 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 6827 return out, req.Send() 6828} 6829 6830// ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 6831// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6832// 6833// See ModifyDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 6834// 6835// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6836// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6837// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6838// for more information on using Contexts. 6839func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 6840 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 6841 req.SetContext(ctx) 6842 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6843 return out, req.Send() 6844} 6845 6846const opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute" 6847 6848// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6849// client's request for the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return 6850// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 6851// successfuly. 6852// 6853// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6854// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6855// 6856// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 6857// API call, and error handling. 6858// 6859// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6860// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6861// 6862// 6863// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest method. 6864// req, resp := client.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(params) 6865// 6866// err := req.Send() 6867// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6868// fmt.Println(resp) 6869// } 6870// 6871// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 6872func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) { 6873 op := &request.Operation{ 6874 Name: opModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute, 6875 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6876 HTTPPath: "/", 6877 } 6878 6879 if input == nil { 6880 input = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput{} 6881 } 6882 6883 output = &ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput{} 6884 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6885 return 6886} 6887 6888// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6889// 6890// Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, 6891// a manual DB cluster snapshot. 6892// 6893// To share a manual DB cluster snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore 6894// as the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs 6895// of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB cluster 6896// snapshot. Use the value all to make the manual DB cluster snapshot public, 6897// which means that it can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not 6898// add the all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private 6899// information that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. If a manual 6900// DB cluster snapshot is encrypted, it can be shared, but only by specifying 6901// a list of authorized AWS account IDs for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't 6902// use all as a value for that parameter in this case. 6903// 6904// To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB cluster 6905// snapshot, or whether a manual DB cluster snapshot public or private, use 6906// the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes API action. 6907// 6908// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6909// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6910// the error. 6911// 6912// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 6913// API operation ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. 6914// 6915// Returned Error Codes: 6916// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 6917// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 6918// 6919// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 6920// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 6921// 6922// * ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded" 6923// You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual 6924// DB snapshot with. 6925// 6926// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 6927func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 6928 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 6929 return out, req.Send() 6930} 6931 6932// ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute with the addition of 6933// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 6934// 6935// See ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation. 6936// 6937// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 6938// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 6939// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 6940// for more information on using Contexts. 6941func (c *RDS) ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 6942 req, out := c.ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 6943 req.SetContext(ctx) 6944 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 6945 return out, req.Send() 6946} 6947 6948const opModifyDBInstance = "ModifyDBInstance" 6949 6950// ModifyDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 6951// client's request for the ModifyDBInstance operation. The "output" return 6952// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 6953// successfuly. 6954// 6955// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 6956// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 6957// 6958// See ModifyDBInstance for more information on using the ModifyDBInstance 6959// API call, and error handling. 6960// 6961// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 6962// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 6963// 6964// 6965// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBInstanceRequest method. 6966// req, resp := client.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(params) 6967// 6968// err := req.Send() 6969// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 6970// fmt.Println(resp) 6971// } 6972// 6973// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance 6974func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) { 6975 op := &request.Operation{ 6976 Name: opModifyDBInstance, 6977 HTTPMethod: "POST", 6978 HTTPPath: "/", 6979 } 6980 6981 if input == nil { 6982 input = &ModifyDBInstanceInput{} 6983 } 6984 6985 output = &ModifyDBInstanceOutput{} 6986 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 6987 return 6988} 6989 6990// ModifyDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 6991// 6992// Modifies settings for a DB instance. You can change one or more database 6993// configuration parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values 6994// in the request. To learn what modifications you can make to your DB instance, 6995// call DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications before you call ModifyDBInstance. 6996// 6997// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 6998// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 6999// the error. 7000// 7001// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7002// API operation ModifyDBInstance for usage and error information. 7003// 7004// Returned Error Codes: 7005// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 7006// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 7007// 7008// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 7009// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. 7010// 7011// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 7012// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 7013// 7014// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 7015// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 7016// 7017// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 7018// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. 7019// 7020// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 7021// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 7022// 7023// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 7024// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability 7025// Zone. 7026// 7027// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 7028// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 7029// across all DB instances. 7030// 7031// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 7032// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 7033// because users' change. 7034// 7035// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 7036// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 7037// 7038// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 7039// The specified option group could not be found. 7040// 7041// * ErrCodeDBUpgradeDependencyFailureFault "DBUpgradeDependencyFailure" 7042// The DB upgrade failed because a resource the DB depends on could not be modified. 7043// 7044// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 7045// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. 7046// 7047// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 7048// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified 7049// DB security group. 7050// 7051// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your 7052// behalf. 7053// 7054// * ErrCodeCertificateNotFoundFault "CertificateNotFound" 7055// CertificateIdentifier does not refer to an existing certificate. 7056// 7057// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 7058// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. 7059// 7060// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstance 7061func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstance(input *ModifyDBInstanceInput) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) { 7062 req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input) 7063 return out, req.Send() 7064} 7065 7066// ModifyDBInstanceWithContext is the same as ModifyDBInstance with the addition of 7067// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7068// 7069// See ModifyDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 7070// 7071// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7072// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7073// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7074// for more information on using Contexts. 7075func (c *RDS) ModifyDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBInstanceOutput, error) { 7076 req, out := c.ModifyDBInstanceRequest(input) 7077 req.SetContext(ctx) 7078 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7079 return out, req.Send() 7080} 7081 7082const opModifyDBParameterGroup = "ModifyDBParameterGroup" 7083 7084// ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7085// client's request for the ModifyDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 7086// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 7087// successfuly. 7088// 7089// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7090// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7091// 7092// See ModifyDBParameterGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBParameterGroup 7093// API call, and error handling. 7094// 7095// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7096// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7097// 7098// 7099// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest method. 7100// req, resp := client.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 7101// 7102// err := req.Send() 7103// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7104// fmt.Println(resp) 7105// } 7106// 7107// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup 7108func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) { 7109 op := &request.Operation{ 7110 Name: opModifyDBParameterGroup, 7111 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7112 HTTPPath: "/", 7113 } 7114 7115 if input == nil { 7116 input = &ModifyDBParameterGroupInput{} 7117 } 7118 7119 output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{} 7120 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7121 return 7122} 7123 7124// ModifyDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7125// 7126// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group. To modify more than one 7127// parameter, submit a list of the following: ParameterName, ParameterValue, 7128// and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified in a single request. 7129// 7130// Changes to dynamic parameters are applied immediately. Changes to static 7131// parameters require a reboot without failover to the DB instance associated 7132// with the parameter group before the change can take effect. 7133// 7134// After you modify a DB parameter group, you should wait at least 5 minutes 7135// before creating your first DB instance that uses that DB parameter group 7136// as the default parameter group. This allows Amazon RDS to fully complete 7137// the modify action before the parameter group is used as the default for a 7138// new DB instance. This is especially important for parameters that are critical 7139// when creating the default database for a DB instance, such as the character 7140// set for the default database defined by the character_set_database parameter. 7141// You can use the Parameter Groups option of the Amazon RDS console (https://console.aws.amazon.com/rds/) 7142// or the DescribeDBParameters command to verify that your DB parameter group 7143// has been created or modified. 7144// 7145// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7146// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7147// the error. 7148// 7149// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7150// API operation ModifyDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 7151// 7152// Returned Error Codes: 7153// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 7154// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 7155// 7156// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 7157// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 7158// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 7159// is in this state. 7160// 7161// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroup 7162func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroup(input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 7163 req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 7164 return out, req.Send() 7165} 7166 7167// ModifyDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBParameterGroup with the addition of 7168// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7169// 7170// See ModifyDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 7171// 7172// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7173// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7174// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7175// for more information on using Contexts. 7176func (c *RDS) ModifyDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 7177 req, out := c.ModifyDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 7178 req.SetContext(ctx) 7179 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7180 return out, req.Send() 7181} 7182 7183const opModifyDBSnapshot = "ModifyDBSnapshot" 7184 7185// ModifyDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7186// client's request for the ModifyDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 7187// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 7188// successfuly. 7189// 7190// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7191// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7192// 7193// See ModifyDBSnapshot for more information on using the ModifyDBSnapshot 7194// API call, and error handling. 7195// 7196// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7197// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7198// 7199// 7200// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSnapshotRequest method. 7201// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(params) 7202// 7203// err := req.Send() 7204// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7205// fmt.Println(resp) 7206// } 7207// 7208// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshot 7209func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) { 7210 op := &request.Operation{ 7211 Name: opModifyDBSnapshot, 7212 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7213 HTTPPath: "/", 7214 } 7215 7216 if input == nil { 7217 input = &ModifyDBSnapshotInput{} 7218 } 7219 7220 output = &ModifyDBSnapshotOutput{} 7221 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7222 return 7223} 7224 7225// ModifyDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7226// 7227// Updates a manual DB snapshot, which can be encrypted or not encrypted, with 7228// a new engine version. 7229// 7230// Amazon RDS supports upgrading DB snapshots for MySQL and Oracle. 7231// 7232// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7233// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7234// the error. 7235// 7236// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7237// API operation ModifyDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 7238// 7239// Returned Error Codes: 7240// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 7241// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 7242// 7243// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshot 7244func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshot(input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 7245 req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input) 7246 return out, req.Send() 7247} 7248 7249// ModifyDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSnapshot with the addition of 7250// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7251// 7252// See ModifyDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 7253// 7254// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7255// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7256// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7257// for more information on using Contexts. 7258func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 7259 req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotRequest(input) 7260 req.SetContext(ctx) 7261 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7262 return out, req.Send() 7263} 7264 7265const opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute = "ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute" 7266 7267// ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7268// client's request for the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute operation. The "output" return 7269// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 7270// successfuly. 7271// 7272// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7273// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7274// 7275// See ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for more information on using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 7276// API call, and error handling. 7277// 7278// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7279// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7280// 7281// 7282// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest method. 7283// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(params) 7284// 7285// err := req.Send() 7286// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7287// fmt.Println(resp) 7288// } 7289// 7290// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 7291func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) { 7292 op := &request.Operation{ 7293 Name: opModifyDBSnapshotAttribute, 7294 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7295 HTTPPath: "/", 7296 } 7297 7298 if input == nil { 7299 input = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput{} 7300 } 7301 7302 output = &ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput{} 7303 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7304 return 7305} 7306 7307// ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7308// 7309// Adds an attribute and values to, or removes an attribute and values from, 7310// a manual DB snapshot. 7311// 7312// To share a manual DB snapshot with other AWS accounts, specify restore as 7313// the AttributeName and use the ValuesToAdd parameter to add a list of IDs 7314// of the AWS accounts that are authorized to restore the manual DB snapshot. 7315// Uses the value all to make the manual DB snapshot public, which means it 7316// can be copied or restored by all AWS accounts. Do not add the all value for 7317// any manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want 7318// available to all AWS accounts. If the manual DB snapshot is encrypted, it 7319// can be shared, but only by specifying a list of authorized AWS account IDs 7320// for the ValuesToAdd parameter. You can't use all as a value for that parameter 7321// in this case. 7322// 7323// To view which AWS accounts have access to copy or restore a manual DB snapshot, 7324// or whether a manual DB snapshot public or private, use the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 7325// API action. 7326// 7327// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7328// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7329// the error. 7330// 7331// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7332// API operation ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for usage and error information. 7333// 7334// Returned Error Codes: 7335// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 7336// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 7337// 7338// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 7339// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. 7340// 7341// * ErrCodeSharedSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SharedSnapshotQuotaExceeded" 7342// You have exceeded the maximum number of accounts that you can share a manual 7343// DB snapshot with. 7344// 7345// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 7346func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute(input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 7347 req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 7348 return out, req.Send() 7349} 7350 7351// ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute with the addition of 7352// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7353// 7354// See ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute for details on how to use this API operation. 7355// 7356// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7357// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7358// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7359// for more information on using Contexts. 7360func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput, error) { 7361 req, out := c.ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeRequest(input) 7362 req.SetContext(ctx) 7363 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7364 return out, req.Send() 7365} 7366 7367const opModifyDBSubnetGroup = "ModifyDBSubnetGroup" 7368 7369// ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7370// client's request for the ModifyDBSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return 7371// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 7372// successfuly. 7373// 7374// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7375// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7376// 7377// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for more information on using the ModifyDBSubnetGroup 7378// API call, and error handling. 7379// 7380// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7381// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7382// 7383// 7384// // Example sending a request using the ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest method. 7385// req, resp := client.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(params) 7386// 7387// err := req.Send() 7388// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7389// fmt.Println(resp) 7390// } 7391// 7392// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup 7393func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) { 7394 op := &request.Operation{ 7395 Name: opModifyDBSubnetGroup, 7396 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7397 HTTPPath: "/", 7398 } 7399 7400 if input == nil { 7401 input = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput{} 7402 } 7403 7404 output = &ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput{} 7405 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7406 return 7407} 7408 7409// ModifyDBSubnetGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7410// 7411// Modifies an existing DB subnet group. DB subnet groups must contain at least 7412// one subnet in at least two AZs in the AWS Region. 7413// 7414// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7415// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7416// the error. 7417// 7418// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7419// API operation ModifyDBSubnetGroup for usage and error information. 7420// 7421// Returned Error Codes: 7422// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 7423// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 7424// 7425// * ErrCodeDBSubnetQuotaExceededFault "DBSubnetQuotaExceededFault" 7426// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of subnets in a 7427// DB subnet groups. 7428// 7429// * ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse "SubnetAlreadyInUse" 7430// The DB subnet is already in use in the Availability Zone. 7431// 7432// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 7433// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 7434// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 7435// 7436// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 7437// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 7438// are not all in a common VPC. 7439// 7440// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroup 7441func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroup(input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 7442 req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 7443 return out, req.Send() 7444} 7445 7446// ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyDBSubnetGroup with the addition of 7447// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7448// 7449// See ModifyDBSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 7450// 7451// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7452// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7453// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7454// for more information on using Contexts. 7455func (c *RDS) ModifyDBSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput, error) { 7456 req, out := c.ModifyDBSubnetGroupRequest(input) 7457 req.SetContext(ctx) 7458 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7459 return out, req.Send() 7460} 7461 7462const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription" 7463 7464// ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7465// client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return 7466// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 7467// successfuly. 7468// 7469// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7470// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7471// 7472// See ModifyEventSubscription for more information on using the ModifyEventSubscription 7473// API call, and error handling. 7474// 7475// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7476// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7477// 7478// 7479// // Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method. 7480// req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params) 7481// 7482// err := req.Send() 7483// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7484// fmt.Println(resp) 7485// } 7486// 7487// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription 7488func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) { 7489 op := &request.Operation{ 7490 Name: opModifyEventSubscription, 7491 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7492 HTTPPath: "/", 7493 } 7494 7495 if input == nil { 7496 input = &ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{} 7497 } 7498 7499 output = &ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput{} 7500 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7501 return 7502} 7503 7504// ModifyEventSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7505// 7506// Modifies an existing RDS event notification subscription. Note that you can't 7507// modify the source identifiers using this call; to change source identifiers 7508// for a subscription, use the AddSourceIdentifierToSubscription and RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 7509// calls. 7510// 7511// You can see a list of the event categories for a given SourceType in the 7512// Events (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) 7513// topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories 7514// action. 7515// 7516// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7517// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7518// the error. 7519// 7520// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7521// API operation ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information. 7522// 7523// Returned Error Codes: 7524// * ErrCodeEventSubscriptionQuotaExceededFault "EventSubscriptionQuotaExceeded" 7525// You have reached the maximum number of event subscriptions. 7526// 7527// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 7528// The subscription name does not exist. 7529// 7530// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopic" 7531// SNS has responded that there is a problem with the SND topic specified. 7532// 7533// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorization" 7534// You do not have permission to publish to the SNS topic ARN. 7535// 7536// * ErrCodeSNSTopicArnNotFoundFault "SNSTopicArnNotFound" 7537// The SNS topic ARN does not exist. 7538// 7539// * ErrCodeSubscriptionCategoryNotFoundFault "SubscriptionCategoryNotFound" 7540// The supplied category does not exist. 7541// 7542// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscription 7543func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 7544 req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 7545 return out, req.Send() 7546} 7547 7548// ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as ModifyEventSubscription with the addition of 7549// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7550// 7551// See ModifyEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 7552// 7553// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7554// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7555// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7556// for more information on using Contexts. 7557func (c *RDS) ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) { 7558 req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input) 7559 req.SetContext(ctx) 7560 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7561 return out, req.Send() 7562} 7563 7564const opModifyOptionGroup = "ModifyOptionGroup" 7565 7566// ModifyOptionGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7567// client's request for the ModifyOptionGroup operation. The "output" return 7568// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 7569// successfuly. 7570// 7571// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7572// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7573// 7574// See ModifyOptionGroup for more information on using the ModifyOptionGroup 7575// API call, and error handling. 7576// 7577// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7578// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7579// 7580// 7581// // Example sending a request using the ModifyOptionGroupRequest method. 7582// req, resp := client.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(params) 7583// 7584// err := req.Send() 7585// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7586// fmt.Println(resp) 7587// } 7588// 7589// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroup 7590func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyOptionGroupOutput) { 7591 op := &request.Operation{ 7592 Name: opModifyOptionGroup, 7593 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7594 HTTPPath: "/", 7595 } 7596 7597 if input == nil { 7598 input = &ModifyOptionGroupInput{} 7599 } 7600 7601 output = &ModifyOptionGroupOutput{} 7602 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7603 return 7604} 7605 7606// ModifyOptionGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7607// 7608// Modifies an existing option group. 7609// 7610// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7611// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7612// the error. 7613// 7614// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7615// API operation ModifyOptionGroup for usage and error information. 7616// 7617// Returned Error Codes: 7618// * ErrCodeInvalidOptionGroupStateFault "InvalidOptionGroupStateFault" 7619// The option group is not in the available state. 7620// 7621// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 7622// The specified option group could not be found. 7623// 7624// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroup 7625func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroup(input *ModifyOptionGroupInput) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error) { 7626 req, out := c.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input) 7627 return out, req.Send() 7628} 7629 7630// ModifyOptionGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyOptionGroup with the addition of 7631// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7632// 7633// See ModifyOptionGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 7634// 7635// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7636// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7637// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7638// for more information on using Contexts. 7639func (c *RDS) ModifyOptionGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyOptionGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyOptionGroupOutput, error) { 7640 req, out := c.ModifyOptionGroupRequest(input) 7641 req.SetContext(ctx) 7642 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7643 return out, req.Send() 7644} 7645 7646const opPromoteReadReplica = "PromoteReadReplica" 7647 7648// PromoteReadReplicaRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7649// client's request for the PromoteReadReplica operation. The "output" return 7650// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 7651// successfuly. 7652// 7653// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7654// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7655// 7656// See PromoteReadReplica for more information on using the PromoteReadReplica 7657// API call, and error handling. 7658// 7659// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7660// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7661// 7662// 7663// // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaRequest method. 7664// req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(params) 7665// 7666// err := req.Send() 7667// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7668// fmt.Println(resp) 7669// } 7670// 7671// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplica 7672func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaOutput) { 7673 op := &request.Operation{ 7674 Name: opPromoteReadReplica, 7675 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7676 HTTPPath: "/", 7677 } 7678 7679 if input == nil { 7680 input = &PromoteReadReplicaInput{} 7681 } 7682 7683 output = &PromoteReadReplicaOutput{} 7684 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7685 return 7686} 7687 7688// PromoteReadReplica API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7689// 7690// Promotes a Read Replica DB instance to a standalone DB instance. 7691// 7692// We recommend that you enable automated backups on your Read Replica before 7693// promoting the Read Replica. This ensures that no backup is taken during the 7694// promotion process. Once the instance is promoted to a primary instance, backups 7695// are taken based on your backup settings. 7696// 7697// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7698// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7699// the error. 7700// 7701// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7702// API operation PromoteReadReplica for usage and error information. 7703// 7704// Returned Error Codes: 7705// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 7706// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 7707// 7708// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 7709// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 7710// 7711// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplica 7712func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplica(input *PromoteReadReplicaInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error) { 7713 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input) 7714 return out, req.Send() 7715} 7716 7717// PromoteReadReplicaWithContext is the same as PromoteReadReplica with the addition of 7718// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7719// 7720// See PromoteReadReplica for details on how to use this API operation. 7721// 7722// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7723// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7724// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7725// for more information on using Contexts. 7726func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PromoteReadReplicaInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PromoteReadReplicaOutput, error) { 7727 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaRequest(input) 7728 req.SetContext(ctx) 7729 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7730 return out, req.Send() 7731} 7732 7733const opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster = "PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster" 7734 7735// PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7736// client's request for the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster operation. The "output" return 7737// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 7738// successfuly. 7739// 7740// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7741// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7742// 7743// See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for more information on using the PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 7744// API call, and error handling. 7745// 7746// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7747// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7748// 7749// 7750// // Example sending a request using the PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest method. 7751// req, resp := client.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(params) 7752// 7753// err := req.Send() 7754// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7755// fmt.Println(resp) 7756// } 7757// 7758// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 7759func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) { 7760 op := &request.Operation{ 7761 Name: opPromoteReadReplicaDBCluster, 7762 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7763 HTTPPath: "/", 7764 } 7765 7766 if input == nil { 7767 input = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput{} 7768 } 7769 7770 output = &PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput{} 7771 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7772 return 7773} 7774 7775// PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7776// 7777// Promotes a Read Replica DB cluster to a standalone DB cluster. 7778// 7779// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7780// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7781// the error. 7782// 7783// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7784// API operation PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for usage and error information. 7785// 7786// Returned Error Codes: 7787// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 7788// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 7789// 7790// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 7791// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 7792// 7793// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster 7794func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster(input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) { 7795 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input) 7796 return out, req.Send() 7797} 7798 7799// PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterWithContext is the same as PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster with the addition of 7800// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7801// 7802// See PromoteReadReplicaDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 7803// 7804// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7805// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7806// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7807// for more information on using Contexts. 7808func (c *RDS) PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput, error) { 7809 req, out := c.PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterRequest(input) 7810 req.SetContext(ctx) 7811 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7812 return out, req.Send() 7813} 7814 7815const opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering = "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering" 7816 7817// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7818// client's request for the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering operation. The "output" return 7819// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 7820// successfuly. 7821// 7822// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7823// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7824// 7825// See PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for more information on using the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering 7826// API call, and error handling. 7827// 7828// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7829// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7830// 7831// 7832// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest method. 7833// req, resp := client.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(params) 7834// 7835// err := req.Send() 7836// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7837// fmt.Println(resp) 7838// } 7839// 7840// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering 7841func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) { 7842 op := &request.Operation{ 7843 Name: opPurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering, 7844 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7845 HTTPPath: "/", 7846 } 7847 7848 if input == nil { 7849 input = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput{} 7850 } 7851 7852 output = &PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput{} 7853 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7854 return 7855} 7856 7857// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7858// 7859// Purchases a reserved DB instance offering. 7860// 7861// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7862// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7863// the error. 7864// 7865// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7866// API operation PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for usage and error information. 7867// 7868// Returned Error Codes: 7869// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFoundFault "ReservedDBInstancesOfferingNotFound" 7870// Specified offering does not exist. 7871// 7872// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "ReservedDBInstanceAlreadyExists" 7873// User already has a reservation with the given identifier. 7874// 7875// * ErrCodeReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceededFault "ReservedDBInstanceQuotaExceeded" 7876// Request would exceed the user's DB Instance quota. 7877// 7878// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering 7879func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering(input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error) { 7880 req, out := c.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input) 7881 return out, req.Send() 7882} 7883 7884// PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering with the addition of 7885// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7886// 7887// See PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering for details on how to use this API operation. 7888// 7889// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7890// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7891// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7892// for more information on using Contexts. 7893func (c *RDS) PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput, error) { 7894 req, out := c.PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingRequest(input) 7895 req.SetContext(ctx) 7896 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7897 return out, req.Send() 7898} 7899 7900const opRebootDBInstance = "RebootDBInstance" 7901 7902// RebootDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7903// client's request for the RebootDBInstance operation. The "output" return 7904// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 7905// successfuly. 7906// 7907// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7908// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 7909// 7910// See RebootDBInstance for more information on using the RebootDBInstance 7911// API call, and error handling. 7912// 7913// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 7914// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 7915// 7916// 7917// // Example sending a request using the RebootDBInstanceRequest method. 7918// req, resp := client.RebootDBInstanceRequest(params) 7919// 7920// err := req.Send() 7921// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 7922// fmt.Println(resp) 7923// } 7924// 7925// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance 7926func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceRequest(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootDBInstanceOutput) { 7927 op := &request.Operation{ 7928 Name: opRebootDBInstance, 7929 HTTPMethod: "POST", 7930 HTTPPath: "/", 7931 } 7932 7933 if input == nil { 7934 input = &RebootDBInstanceInput{} 7935 } 7936 7937 output = &RebootDBInstanceOutput{} 7938 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 7939 return 7940} 7941 7942// RebootDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 7943// 7944// You might need to reboot your DB instance, usually for maintenance reasons. 7945// For example, if you make certain modifications, or if you change the DB parameter 7946// group associated with the DB instance, you must reboot the instance for the 7947// changes to take effect. 7948// 7949// Rebooting a DB instance restarts the database engine service. Rebooting a 7950// DB instance results in a momentary outage, during which the DB instance status 7951// is set to rebooting. 7952// 7953// For more information about rebooting, see Rebooting a DB Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_RebootInstance.html). 7954// 7955// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 7956// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 7957// the error. 7958// 7959// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 7960// API operation RebootDBInstance for usage and error information. 7961// 7962// Returned Error Codes: 7963// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 7964// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 7965// 7966// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 7967// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 7968// 7969// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstance 7970func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstance(input *RebootDBInstanceInput) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) { 7971 req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input) 7972 return out, req.Send() 7973} 7974 7975// RebootDBInstanceWithContext is the same as RebootDBInstance with the addition of 7976// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 7977// 7978// See RebootDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 7979// 7980// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 7981// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 7982// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 7983// for more information on using Contexts. 7984func (c *RDS) RebootDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RebootDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RebootDBInstanceOutput, error) { 7985 req, out := c.RebootDBInstanceRequest(input) 7986 req.SetContext(ctx) 7987 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 7988 return out, req.Send() 7989} 7990 7991const opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster = "RemoveRoleFromDBCluster" 7992 7993// RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 7994// client's request for the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster operation. The "output" return 7995// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 7996// successfuly. 7997// 7998// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 7999// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8000// 8001// See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for more information on using the RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 8002// API call, and error handling. 8003// 8004// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8005// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8006// 8007// 8008// // Example sending a request using the RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest method. 8009// req, resp := client.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(params) 8010// 8011// err := req.Send() 8012// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8013// fmt.Println(resp) 8014// } 8015// 8016// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 8017func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) { 8018 op := &request.Operation{ 8019 Name: opRemoveRoleFromDBCluster, 8020 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8021 HTTPPath: "/", 8022 } 8023 8024 if input == nil { 8025 input = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput{} 8026 } 8027 8028 output = &RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput{} 8029 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8030 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 8031 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 8032 return 8033} 8034 8035// RemoveRoleFromDBCluster API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8036// 8037// Disassociates an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role from an Aurora 8038// DB cluster. For more information, see Authorizing Amazon Aurora to Access 8039// Other AWS Services On Your Behalf (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Authorizing.AWSServices.html). 8040// 8041// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8042// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8043// the error. 8044// 8045// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8046// API operation RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for usage and error information. 8047// 8048// Returned Error Codes: 8049// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 8050// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 8051// 8052// * ErrCodeDBClusterRoleNotFoundFault "DBClusterRoleNotFound" 8053// The specified IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is not associated with 8054// the specified DB cluster. 8055// 8056// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 8057// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 8058// 8059// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBCluster 8060func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBCluster(input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) { 8061 req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input) 8062 return out, req.Send() 8063} 8064 8065// RemoveRoleFromDBClusterWithContext is the same as RemoveRoleFromDBCluster with the addition of 8066// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8067// 8068// See RemoveRoleFromDBCluster for details on how to use this API operation. 8069// 8070// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8071// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8072// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8073// for more information on using Contexts. 8074func (c *RDS) RemoveRoleFromDBClusterWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput, error) { 8075 req, out := c.RemoveRoleFromDBClusterRequest(input) 8076 req.SetContext(ctx) 8077 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8078 return out, req.Send() 8079} 8080 8081const opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription = "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription" 8082 8083// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8084// client's request for the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription operation. The "output" return 8085// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 8086// successfuly. 8087// 8088// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8089// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8090// 8091// See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for more information on using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 8092// API call, and error handling. 8093// 8094// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8095// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8096// 8097// 8098// // Example sending a request using the RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest method. 8099// req, resp := client.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(params) 8100// 8101// err := req.Send() 8102// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8103// fmt.Println(resp) 8104// } 8105// 8106// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 8107func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) { 8108 op := &request.Operation{ 8109 Name: opRemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription, 8110 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8111 HTTPPath: "/", 8112 } 8113 8114 if input == nil { 8115 input = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput{} 8116 } 8117 8118 output = &RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput{} 8119 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8120 return 8121} 8122 8123// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8124// 8125// Removes a source identifier from an existing RDS event notification subscription. 8126// 8127// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8128// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8129// the error. 8130// 8131// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8132// API operation RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for usage and error information. 8133// 8134// Returned Error Codes: 8135// * ErrCodeSubscriptionNotFoundFault "SubscriptionNotFound" 8136// The subscription name does not exist. 8137// 8138// * ErrCodeSourceNotFoundFault "SourceNotFound" 8139// The requested source could not be found. 8140// 8141// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription 8142func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription(input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) { 8143 req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input) 8144 return out, req.Send() 8145} 8146 8147// RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionWithContext is the same as RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription with the addition of 8148// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8149// 8150// See RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscription for details on how to use this API operation. 8151// 8152// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8153// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8154// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8155// for more information on using Contexts. 8156func (c *RDS) RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput, error) { 8157 req, out := c.RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionRequest(input) 8158 req.SetContext(ctx) 8159 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8160 return out, req.Send() 8161} 8162 8163const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource" 8164 8165// RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8166// client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return 8167// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 8168// successfuly. 8169// 8170// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8171// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8172// 8173// See RemoveTagsFromResource for more information on using the RemoveTagsFromResource 8174// API call, and error handling. 8175// 8176// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8177// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8178// 8179// 8180// // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method. 8181// req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params) 8182// 8183// err := req.Send() 8184// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8185// fmt.Println(resp) 8186// } 8187// 8188// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource 8189func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) { 8190 op := &request.Operation{ 8191 Name: opRemoveTagsFromResource, 8192 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8193 HTTPPath: "/", 8194 } 8195 8196 if input == nil { 8197 input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{} 8198 } 8199 8200 output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{} 8201 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8202 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Remove(query.UnmarshalHandler) 8203 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 8204 return 8205} 8206 8207// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8208// 8209// Removes metadata tags from an Amazon RDS resource. 8210// 8211// For an overview on tagging an Amazon RDS resource, see Tagging Amazon RDS 8212// Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.Tagging.html). 8213// 8214// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8215// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8216// the error. 8217// 8218// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8219// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information. 8220// 8221// Returned Error Codes: 8222// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 8223// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 8224// 8225// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 8226// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 8227// 8228// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 8229// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 8230// 8231// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResource 8232func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { 8233 req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) 8234 return out, req.Send() 8235} 8236 8237// RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext is the same as RemoveTagsFromResource with the addition of 8238// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8239// 8240// See RemoveTagsFromResource for details on how to use this API operation. 8241// 8242// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8243// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8244// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8245// for more information on using Contexts. 8246func (c *RDS) RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) { 8247 req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input) 8248 req.SetContext(ctx) 8249 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8250 return out, req.Send() 8251} 8252 8253const opResetDBClusterParameterGroup = "ResetDBClusterParameterGroup" 8254 8255// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8256// client's request for the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 8257// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 8258// successfuly. 8259// 8260// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8261// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8262// 8263// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 8264// API call, and error handling. 8265// 8266// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8267// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8268// 8269// 8270// // Example sending a request using the ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest method. 8271// req, resp := client.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(params) 8272// 8273// err := req.Send() 8274// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8275// fmt.Println(resp) 8276// } 8277// 8278// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 8279func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) { 8280 op := &request.Operation{ 8281 Name: opResetDBClusterParameterGroup, 8282 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8283 HTTPPath: "/", 8284 } 8285 8286 if input == nil { 8287 input = &ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput{} 8288 } 8289 8290 output = &DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage{} 8291 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8292 return 8293} 8294 8295// ResetDBClusterParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8296// 8297// Modifies the parameters of a DB cluster parameter group to the default value. 8298// To reset specific parameters submit a list of the following: ParameterName 8299// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB cluster parameter group, specify 8300// the DBClusterParameterGroupName and ResetAllParameters parameters. 8301// 8302// When resetting the entire group, dynamic parameters are updated immediately 8303// and static parameters are set to pending-reboot to take effect on the next 8304// DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance request. You must call RebootDBInstance 8305// for every DB instance in your DB cluster that you want the updated static 8306// parameter to apply to. 8307// 8308// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 8309// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 8310// 8311// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8312// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8313// the error. 8314// 8315// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8316// API operation ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for usage and error information. 8317// 8318// Returned Error Codes: 8319// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 8320// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 8321// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 8322// is in this state. 8323// 8324// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 8325// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 8326// 8327// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroup 8328func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroup(input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 8329 req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 8330 return out, req.Send() 8331} 8332 8333// ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBClusterParameterGroup with the addition of 8334// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8335// 8336// See ResetDBClusterParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 8337// 8338// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8339// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8340// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8341// for more information on using Contexts. 8342func (c *RDS) ResetDBClusterParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 8343 req, out := c.ResetDBClusterParameterGroupRequest(input) 8344 req.SetContext(ctx) 8345 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8346 return out, req.Send() 8347} 8348 8349const opResetDBParameterGroup = "ResetDBParameterGroup" 8350 8351// ResetDBParameterGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8352// client's request for the ResetDBParameterGroup operation. The "output" return 8353// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 8354// successfuly. 8355// 8356// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8357// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8358// 8359// See ResetDBParameterGroup for more information on using the ResetDBParameterGroup 8360// API call, and error handling. 8361// 8362// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8363// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8364// 8365// 8366// // Example sending a request using the ResetDBParameterGroupRequest method. 8367// req, resp := client.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(params) 8368// 8369// err := req.Send() 8370// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8371// fmt.Println(resp) 8372// } 8373// 8374// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup 8375func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) { 8376 op := &request.Operation{ 8377 Name: opResetDBParameterGroup, 8378 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8379 HTTPPath: "/", 8380 } 8381 8382 if input == nil { 8383 input = &ResetDBParameterGroupInput{} 8384 } 8385 8386 output = &DBParameterGroupNameMessage{} 8387 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8388 return 8389} 8390 8391// ResetDBParameterGroup API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8392// 8393// Modifies the parameters of a DB parameter group to the engine/system default 8394// value. To reset specific parameters, provide a list of the following: ParameterName 8395// and ApplyMethod. To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup 8396// name and ResetAllParameters parameters. When resetting the entire group, 8397// dynamic parameters are updated immediately and static parameters are set 8398// to pending-reboot to take effect on the next DB instance restart or RebootDBInstance 8399// request. 8400// 8401// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8402// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8403// the error. 8404// 8405// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8406// API operation ResetDBParameterGroup for usage and error information. 8407// 8408// Returned Error Codes: 8409// * ErrCodeInvalidDBParameterGroupStateFault "InvalidDBParameterGroupState" 8410// The DB parameter group is in use or is in an invalid state. If you are attempting 8411// to delete the parameter group, you cannot delete it when the parameter group 8412// is in this state. 8413// 8414// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 8415// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 8416// 8417// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroup 8418func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroup(input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 8419 req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 8420 return out, req.Send() 8421} 8422 8423// ResetDBParameterGroupWithContext is the same as ResetDBParameterGroup with the addition of 8424// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8425// 8426// See ResetDBParameterGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 8427// 8428// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8429// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8430// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8431// for more information on using Contexts. 8432func (c *RDS) ResetDBParameterGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ResetDBParameterGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DBParameterGroupNameMessage, error) { 8433 req, out := c.ResetDBParameterGroupRequest(input) 8434 req.SetContext(ctx) 8435 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8436 return out, req.Send() 8437} 8438 8439const opRestoreDBClusterFromS3 = "RestoreDBClusterFromS3" 8440 8441// RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8442// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 operation. The "output" return 8443// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 8444// successfuly. 8445// 8446// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8447// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8448// 8449// See RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterFromS3 8450// API call, and error handling. 8451// 8452// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8453// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8454// 8455// 8456// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request method. 8457// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(params) 8458// 8459// err := req.Send() 8460// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8461// fmt.Println(resp) 8462// } 8463// 8464// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3 8465func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) { 8466 op := &request.Operation{ 8467 Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromS3, 8468 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8469 HTTPPath: "/", 8470 } 8471 8472 if input == nil { 8473 input = &RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input{} 8474 } 8475 8476 output = &RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output{} 8477 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8478 return 8479} 8480 8481// RestoreDBClusterFromS3 API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8482// 8483// Creates an Amazon Aurora DB cluster from data stored in an Amazon S3 bucket. 8484// Amazon RDS must be authorized to access the Amazon S3 bucket and the data 8485// must be created using the Percona XtraBackup utility as described in Migrating 8486// Data from MySQL by Using an Amazon S3 Bucket (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Migrate.MySQL.html#Aurora.Migrate.MySQL.S3). 8487// 8488// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8489// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8490// the error. 8491// 8492// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8493// API operation RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for usage and error information. 8494// 8495// Returned Error Codes: 8496// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 8497// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 8498// 8499// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 8500// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 8501// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 8502// 8503// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 8504// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 8505// across all DB instances. 8506// 8507// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 8508// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 8509// 8510// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 8511// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 8512// because users' change. 8513// 8514// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 8515// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 8516// 8517// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSubnetGroupStateFault" 8518// The DB subnet group cannot be deleted because it is in use. 8519// 8520// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 8521// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 8522// are not all in a common VPC. 8523// 8524// * ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketFault "InvalidS3BucketFault" 8525// The specified Amazon S3 bucket name could not be found or Amazon RDS is not 8526// authorized to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName 8527// and S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again. 8528// 8529// * ErrCodeDBClusterParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBClusterParameterGroupNotFound" 8530// DBClusterParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB Cluster parameter 8531// group. 8532// 8533// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 8534// Error accessing KMS key. 8535// 8536// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 8537// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 8538// 8539// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 8540// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be 8541// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 8542// Availability Zones that have more storage available. 8543// 8544// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3 8545func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3(input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error) { 8546 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input) 8547 return out, req.Send() 8548} 8549 8550// RestoreDBClusterFromS3WithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterFromS3 with the addition of 8551// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8552// 8553// See RestoreDBClusterFromS3 for details on how to use this API operation. 8554// 8555// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8556// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8557// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8558// for more information on using Contexts. 8559func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromS3WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output, error) { 8560 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromS3Request(input) 8561 req.SetContext(ctx) 8562 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8563 return out, req.Send() 8564} 8565 8566const opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot = "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot" 8567 8568// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8569// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot operation. The "output" return 8570// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 8571// successfuly. 8572// 8573// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8574// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8575// 8576// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 8577// API call, and error handling. 8578// 8579// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8580// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8581// 8582// 8583// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest method. 8584// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(params) 8585// 8586// err := req.Send() 8587// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8588// fmt.Println(resp) 8589// } 8590// 8591// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 8592func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) { 8593 op := &request.Operation{ 8594 Name: opRestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot, 8595 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8596 HTTPPath: "/", 8597 } 8598 8599 if input == nil { 8600 input = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput{} 8601 } 8602 8603 output = &RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput{} 8604 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8605 return 8606} 8607 8608// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8609// 8610// Creates a new DB cluster from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 8611// 8612// If a DB snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from the 8613// source DB snapshot with a default configuration and default security group. 8614// 8615// If a DB cluster snapshot is specified, the target DB cluster is created from 8616// the source DB cluster restore point with the same configuration as the original 8617// source DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster is created with the default 8618// security group. 8619// 8620// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 8621// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 8622// 8623// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8624// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8625// the error. 8626// 8627// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8628// API operation RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for usage and error information. 8629// 8630// Returned Error Codes: 8631// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 8632// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 8633// 8634// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 8635// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 8636// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 8637// 8638// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 8639// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 8640// across all DB instances. 8641// 8642// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 8643// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 8644// 8645// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 8646// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 8647// 8648// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 8649// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 8650// 8651// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault" 8652// The DB cluster does not have enough capacity for the current operation. 8653// 8654// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 8655// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be 8656// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 8657// Availability Zones that have more storage available. 8658// 8659// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 8660// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. 8661// 8662// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 8663// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 8664// 8665// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 8666// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 8667// across all DB instances. 8668// 8669// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 8670// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 8671// because users' change. 8672// 8673// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 8674// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. 8675// 8676// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 8677// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 8678// 8679// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 8680// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 8681// are not all in a common VPC. 8682// 8683// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 8684// The specified option group could not be found. 8685// 8686// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 8687// Error accessing KMS key. 8688// 8689// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot 8690func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot(input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) { 8691 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input) 8692 return out, req.Send() 8693} 8694 8695// RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot with the addition of 8696// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8697// 8698// See RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 8699// 8700// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8701// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8702// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8703// for more information on using Contexts. 8704func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput, error) { 8705 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotRequest(input) 8706 req.SetContext(ctx) 8707 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8708 return out, req.Send() 8709} 8710 8711const opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime = "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime" 8712 8713// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8714// client's request for the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime operation. The "output" return 8715// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 8716// successfuly. 8717// 8718// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8719// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8720// 8721// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for more information on using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 8722// API call, and error handling. 8723// 8724// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8725// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8726// 8727// 8728// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest method. 8729// req, resp := client.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(params) 8730// 8731// err := req.Send() 8732// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8733// fmt.Println(resp) 8734// } 8735// 8736// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 8737func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) { 8738 op := &request.Operation{ 8739 Name: opRestoreDBClusterToPointInTime, 8740 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8741 HTTPPath: "/", 8742 } 8743 8744 if input == nil { 8745 input = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput{} 8746 } 8747 8748 output = &RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput{} 8749 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8750 return 8751} 8752 8753// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8754// 8755// Restores a DB cluster to an arbitrary point in time. Users can restore to 8756// any point in time before LatestRestorableTime for up to BackupRetentionPeriod 8757// days. The target DB cluster is created from the source DB cluster with the 8758// same configuration as the original DB cluster, except that the new DB cluster 8759// is created with the default DB security group. 8760// 8761// This action only restores the DB cluster, not the DB instances for that DB 8762// cluster. You must invoke the CreateDBInstance action to create DB instances 8763// for the restored DB cluster, specifying the identifier of the restored DB 8764// cluster in DBClusterIdentifier. You can create DB instances only after the 8765// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime action has completed and the DB cluster is 8766// available. 8767// 8768// For more information on Amazon Aurora, see Aurora on Amazon RDS (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Aurora.html) 8769// in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 8770// 8771// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8772// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8773// the error. 8774// 8775// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8776// API operation RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for usage and error information. 8777// 8778// Returned Error Codes: 8779// * ErrCodeDBClusterAlreadyExistsFault "DBClusterAlreadyExistsFault" 8780// User already has a DB cluster with the given identifier. 8781// 8782// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 8783// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 8784// 8785// * ErrCodeDBClusterQuotaExceededFault "DBClusterQuotaExceededFault" 8786// User attempted to create a new DB cluster and the user has already reached 8787// the maximum allowed DB cluster quota. 8788// 8789// * ErrCodeDBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBClusterSnapshotNotFoundFault" 8790// DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster snapshot. 8791// 8792// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 8793// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 8794// 8795// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientDBClusterCapacityFault" 8796// The DB cluster does not have enough capacity for the current operation. 8797// 8798// * ErrCodeInsufficientStorageClusterCapacityFault "InsufficientStorageClusterCapacity" 8799// There is insufficient storage available for the current action. You may be 8800// able to resolve this error by updating your subnet group to use different 8801// Availability Zones that have more storage available. 8802// 8803// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBClusterSnapshotStateFault" 8804// The supplied value is not a valid DB cluster snapshot state. 8805// 8806// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 8807// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 8808// 8809// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 8810// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. 8811// 8812// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 8813// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. 8814// 8815// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 8816// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 8817// are not all in a common VPC. 8818// 8819// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 8820// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 8821// because users' change. 8822// 8823// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 8824// Error accessing KMS key. 8825// 8826// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 8827// The specified option group could not be found. 8828// 8829// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 8830// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 8831// across all DB instances. 8832// 8833// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime 8834func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 8835 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input) 8836 return out, req.Send() 8837} 8838 8839// RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext is the same as RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime with the addition of 8840// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8841// 8842// See RestoreDBClusterToPointInTime for details on how to use this API operation. 8843// 8844// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 8845// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 8846// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 8847// for more information on using Contexts. 8848func (c *RDS) RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 8849 req, out := c.RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeRequest(input) 8850 req.SetContext(ctx) 8851 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 8852 return out, req.Send() 8853} 8854 8855const opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot = "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot" 8856 8857// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 8858// client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot operation. The "output" return 8859// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 8860// successfuly. 8861// 8862// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 8863// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 8864// 8865// See RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 8866// API call, and error handling. 8867// 8868// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 8869// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 8870// 8871// 8872// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest method. 8873// req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(params) 8874// 8875// err := req.Send() 8876// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 8877// fmt.Println(resp) 8878// } 8879// 8880// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 8881func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) { 8882 op := &request.Operation{ 8883 Name: opRestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot, 8884 HTTPMethod: "POST", 8885 HTTPPath: "/", 8886 } 8887 8888 if input == nil { 8889 input = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput{} 8890 } 8891 8892 output = &RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput{} 8893 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 8894 return 8895} 8896 8897// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 8898// 8899// Creates a new DB instance from a DB snapshot. The target database is created 8900// from the source database restore point with the most of original configuration 8901// with the default security group and the default DB parameter group. By default, 8902// the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the 8903// instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated 8904// with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored AZ deployment 8905// and not a single-AZ deployment. 8906// 8907// If your intent is to replace your original DB instance with the new, restored 8908// DB instance, then rename your original DB instance before you call the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 8909// action. RDS does not allow two DB instances with the same name. Once you 8910// have renamed your original DB instance with a different identifier, then 8911// you can pass the original name of the DB instance as the DBInstanceIdentifier 8912// in the call to the RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot action. The result is 8913// that you will replace the original DB instance with the DB instance created 8914// from the snapshot. 8915// 8916// If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier 8917// must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. 8918// 8919// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 8920// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 8921// the error. 8922// 8923// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 8924// API operation RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for usage and error information. 8925// 8926// Returned Error Codes: 8927// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 8928// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 8929// 8930// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotNotFoundFault "DBSnapshotNotFound" 8931// DBSnapshotIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB snapshot. 8932// 8933// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 8934// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 8935// 8936// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 8937// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability 8938// Zone. 8939// 8940// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSnapshotStateFault "InvalidDBSnapshotState" 8941// The state of the DB snapshot does not allow deletion. 8942// 8943// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 8944// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 8945// across all DB instances. 8946// 8947// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 8948// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 8949// because users' change. 8950// 8951// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 8952// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. 8953// 8954// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 8955// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 8956// 8957// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 8958// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 8959// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 8960// 8961// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 8962// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 8963// are not all in a common VPC. 8964// 8965// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 8966// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 8967// 8968// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 8969// The specified option group could not be found. 8970// 8971// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 8972// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. 8973// 8974// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 8975// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified 8976// DB security group. 8977// 8978// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your 8979// behalf. 8980// 8981// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 8982// Error accessing KMS key. 8983// 8984// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 8985// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. 8986// 8987// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 8988// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. 8989// 8990// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 8991func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 8992 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input) 8993 return out, req.Send() 8994} 8995 8996// RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotWithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot with the addition of 8997// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 8998// 8999// See RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot for details on how to use this API operation. 9000// 9001// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9002// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9003// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9004// for more information on using Contexts. 9005func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput, error) { 9006 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotRequest(input) 9007 req.SetContext(ctx) 9008 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9009 return out, req.Send() 9010} 9011 9012const opRestoreDBInstanceFromS3 = "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3" 9013 9014// RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9015// client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 operation. The "output" return 9016// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 9017// successfuly. 9018// 9019// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9020// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9021// 9022// See RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 9023// API call, and error handling. 9024// 9025// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9026// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9027// 9028// 9029// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request method. 9030// req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(params) 9031// 9032// err := req.Send() 9033// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9034// fmt.Println(resp) 9035// } 9036// 9037// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 9038func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) { 9039 op := &request.Operation{ 9040 Name: opRestoreDBInstanceFromS3, 9041 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9042 HTTPPath: "/", 9043 } 9044 9045 if input == nil { 9046 input = &RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input{} 9047 } 9048 9049 output = &RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output{} 9050 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9051 return 9052} 9053 9054// RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9055// 9056// Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) supports importing MySQL 9057// databases by using backup files. You can create a backup of your on-premises 9058// database, store it on Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), and then 9059// restore the backup file onto a new Amazon RDS DB instance running MySQL. 9060// For more information, see Importing Data into an Amazon RDS MySQL DB Instance 9061// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/MySQL.Procedural.Importing.html). 9062// 9063// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9064// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9065// the error. 9066// 9067// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9068// API operation RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for usage and error information. 9069// 9070// Returned Error Codes: 9071// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 9072// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 9073// 9074// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 9075// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability 9076// Zone. 9077// 9078// * ErrCodeDBParameterGroupNotFoundFault "DBParameterGroupNotFound" 9079// DBParameterGroupName does not refer to an existing DB parameter group. 9080// 9081// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 9082// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. 9083// 9084// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 9085// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 9086// 9087// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 9088// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 9089// across all DB instances. 9090// 9091// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 9092// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 9093// 9094// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 9095// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 9096// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 9097// 9098// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 9099// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 9100// are not all in a common VPC. 9101// 9102// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 9103// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 9104// because users' change. 9105// 9106// * ErrCodeInvalidS3BucketFault "InvalidS3BucketFault" 9107// The specified Amazon S3 bucket name could not be found or Amazon RDS is not 9108// authorized to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Verify the SourceS3BucketName 9109// and S3IngestionRoleArn values and try again. 9110// 9111// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 9112// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 9113// 9114// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 9115// The specified option group could not be found. 9116// 9117// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 9118// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. 9119// 9120// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 9121// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified 9122// DB security group. 9123// 9124// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your 9125// behalf. 9126// 9127// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 9128// Error accessing KMS key. 9129// 9130// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 9131func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3(input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output, error) { 9132 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input) 9133 return out, req.Send() 9134} 9135 9136// RestoreDBInstanceFromS3WithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 with the addition of 9137// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9138// 9139// See RestoreDBInstanceFromS3 for details on how to use this API operation. 9140// 9141// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9142// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9143// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9144// for more information on using Contexts. 9145func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceFromS3WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output, error) { 9146 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Request(input) 9147 req.SetContext(ctx) 9148 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9149 return out, req.Send() 9150} 9151 9152const opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime = "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime" 9153 9154// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9155// client's request for the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime operation. The "output" return 9156// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 9157// successfuly. 9158// 9159// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9160// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9161// 9162// See RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for more information on using the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime 9163// API call, and error handling. 9164// 9165// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9166// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9167// 9168// 9169// // Example sending a request using the RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest method. 9170// req, resp := client.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(params) 9171// 9172// err := req.Send() 9173// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9174// fmt.Println(resp) 9175// } 9176// 9177// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime 9178func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) { 9179 op := &request.Operation{ 9180 Name: opRestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime, 9181 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9182 HTTPPath: "/", 9183 } 9184 9185 if input == nil { 9186 input = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput{} 9187 } 9188 9189 output = &RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput{} 9190 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9191 return 9192} 9193 9194// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9195// 9196// Restores a DB instance to an arbitrary point in time. You can restore to 9197// any point in time before the time identified by the LatestRestorableTime 9198// property. You can restore to a point up to the number of days specified by 9199// the BackupRetentionPeriod property. 9200// 9201// The target database is created with most of the original configuration, but 9202// in a system-selected availability zone, with the default security group, 9203// the default subnet group, and the default DB parameter group. By default, 9204// the new DB instance is created as a single-AZ deployment except when the 9205// instance is a SQL Server instance that has an option group that is associated 9206// with mirroring; in this case, the instance becomes a mirrored deployment 9207// and not a single-AZ deployment. 9208// 9209// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9210// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9211// the error. 9212// 9213// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9214// API operation RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for usage and error information. 9215// 9216// Returned Error Codes: 9217// * ErrCodeDBInstanceAlreadyExistsFault "DBInstanceAlreadyExists" 9218// User already has a DB instance with the given identifier. 9219// 9220// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 9221// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 9222// 9223// * ErrCodeInstanceQuotaExceededFault "InstanceQuotaExceeded" 9224// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB instances. 9225// 9226// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 9227// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability 9228// Zone. 9229// 9230// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 9231// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 9232// 9233// * ErrCodePointInTimeRestoreNotEnabledFault "PointInTimeRestoreNotEnabled" 9234// SourceDBInstanceIdentifier refers to a DB instance with BackupRetentionPeriod 9235// equal to 0. 9236// 9237// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceeded" 9238// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed amount of storage available 9239// across all DB instances. 9240// 9241// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 9242// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 9243// because users' change. 9244// 9245// * ErrCodeInvalidRestoreFault "InvalidRestoreFault" 9246// Cannot restore from vpc backup to non-vpc DB instance. 9247// 9248// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 9249// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 9250// 9251// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 9252// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 9253// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 9254// 9255// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 9256// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 9257// are not all in a common VPC. 9258// 9259// * ErrCodeProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault "ProvisionedIopsNotAvailableInAZFault" 9260// Provisioned IOPS not available in the specified Availability Zone. 9261// 9262// * ErrCodeOptionGroupNotFoundFault "OptionGroupNotFoundFault" 9263// The specified option group could not be found. 9264// 9265// * ErrCodeStorageTypeNotSupportedFault "StorageTypeNotSupported" 9266// StorageType specified cannot be associated with the DB Instance. 9267// 9268// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 9269// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified 9270// DB security group. 9271// 9272// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your 9273// behalf. 9274// 9275// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 9276// Error accessing KMS key. 9277// 9278// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 9279// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. 9280// 9281// * ErrCodeDomainNotFoundFault "DomainNotFoundFault" 9282// Domain does not refer to an existing Active Directory Domain. 9283// 9284// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime 9285func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime(input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 9286 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input) 9287 return out, req.Send() 9288} 9289 9290// RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeWithContext is the same as RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime with the addition of 9291// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9292// 9293// See RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime for details on how to use this API operation. 9294// 9295// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9296// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9297// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9298// for more information on using Contexts. 9299func (c *RDS) RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput, error) { 9300 req, out := c.RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeRequest(input) 9301 req.SetContext(ctx) 9302 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9303 return out, req.Send() 9304} 9305 9306const opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress = "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress" 9307 9308// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9309// client's request for the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress operation. The "output" return 9310// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 9311// successfuly. 9312// 9313// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9314// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9315// 9316// See RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for more information on using the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress 9317// API call, and error handling. 9318// 9319// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9320// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9321// 9322// 9323// // Example sending a request using the RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest method. 9324// req, resp := client.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(params) 9325// 9326// err := req.Send() 9327// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9328// fmt.Println(resp) 9329// } 9330// 9331// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress 9332func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (req *request.Request, output *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) { 9333 op := &request.Operation{ 9334 Name: opRevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress, 9335 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9336 HTTPPath: "/", 9337 } 9338 9339 if input == nil { 9340 input = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput{} 9341 } 9342 9343 output = &RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput{} 9344 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9345 return 9346} 9347 9348// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9349// 9350// Revokes ingress from a DBSecurityGroup for previously authorized IP ranges 9351// or EC2 or VPC Security Groups. Required parameters for this API are one of 9352// CIDRIP, EC2SecurityGroupId for VPC, or (EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either 9353// EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId). 9354// 9355// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9356// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9357// the error. 9358// 9359// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9360// API operation RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for usage and error information. 9361// 9362// Returned Error Codes: 9363// * ErrCodeDBSecurityGroupNotFoundFault "DBSecurityGroupNotFound" 9364// DBSecurityGroupName does not refer to an existing DB security group. 9365// 9366// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 9367// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified 9368// DB security group. 9369// 9370// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your 9371// behalf. 9372// 9373// * ErrCodeInvalidDBSecurityGroupStateFault "InvalidDBSecurityGroupState" 9374// The state of the DB security group does not allow deletion. 9375// 9376// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress 9377func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress(input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { 9378 req, out := c.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) 9379 return out, req.Send() 9380} 9381 9382// RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext is the same as RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress with the addition of 9383// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9384// 9385// See RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress for details on how to use this API operation. 9386// 9387// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9388// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9389// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9390// for more information on using Contexts. 9391func (c *RDS) RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput, error) { 9392 req, out := c.RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input) 9393 req.SetContext(ctx) 9394 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9395 return out, req.Send() 9396} 9397 9398const opStartDBInstance = "StartDBInstance" 9399 9400// StartDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9401// client's request for the StartDBInstance operation. The "output" return 9402// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 9403// successfuly. 9404// 9405// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9406// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9407// 9408// See StartDBInstance for more information on using the StartDBInstance 9409// API call, and error handling. 9410// 9411// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9412// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9413// 9414// 9415// // Example sending a request using the StartDBInstanceRequest method. 9416// req, resp := client.StartDBInstanceRequest(params) 9417// 9418// err := req.Send() 9419// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9420// fmt.Println(resp) 9421// } 9422// 9423// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstance 9424func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceRequest(input *StartDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartDBInstanceOutput) { 9425 op := &request.Operation{ 9426 Name: opStartDBInstance, 9427 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9428 HTTPPath: "/", 9429 } 9430 9431 if input == nil { 9432 input = &StartDBInstanceInput{} 9433 } 9434 9435 output = &StartDBInstanceOutput{} 9436 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9437 return 9438} 9439 9440// StartDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9441// 9442// Starts a DB instance that was stopped using the AWS console, the stop-db-instance 9443// AWS CLI command, or the StopDBInstance action. For more information, see 9444// Stopping and Starting a DB instance in the AWS RDS user guide. 9445// 9446// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9447// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9448// the error. 9449// 9450// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9451// API operation StartDBInstance for usage and error information. 9452// 9453// Returned Error Codes: 9454// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 9455// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 9456// 9457// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 9458// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 9459// 9460// * ErrCodeInsufficientDBInstanceCapacityFault "InsufficientDBInstanceCapacity" 9461// Specified DB instance class is not available in the specified Availability 9462// Zone. 9463// 9464// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault "DBSubnetGroupNotFoundFault" 9465// DBSubnetGroupName does not refer to an existing DB subnet group. 9466// 9467// * ErrCodeDBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "DBSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs" 9468// Subnets in the DB subnet group should cover at least two Availability Zones 9469// unless there is only one Availability Zone. 9470// 9471// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 9472// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 9473// 9474// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet" 9475// The requested subnet is invalid, or multiple subnets were requested that 9476// are not all in a common VPC. 9477// 9478// * ErrCodeInvalidVPCNetworkStateFault "InvalidVPCNetworkStateFault" 9479// DB subnet group does not cover all Availability Zones after it is created 9480// because users' change. 9481// 9482// * ErrCodeDBClusterNotFoundFault "DBClusterNotFoundFault" 9483// DBClusterIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB cluster. 9484// 9485// * ErrCodeAuthorizationNotFoundFault "AuthorizationNotFound" 9486// Specified CIDRIP or EC2 security group is not authorized for the specified 9487// DB security group. 9488// 9489// RDS may not also be authorized via IAM to perform necessary actions on your 9490// behalf. 9491// 9492// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault" 9493// Error accessing KMS key. 9494// 9495// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstance 9496func (c *RDS) StartDBInstance(input *StartDBInstanceInput) (*StartDBInstanceOutput, error) { 9497 req, out := c.StartDBInstanceRequest(input) 9498 return out, req.Send() 9499} 9500 9501// StartDBInstanceWithContext is the same as StartDBInstance with the addition of 9502// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9503// 9504// See StartDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 9505// 9506// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9507// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9508// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9509// for more information on using Contexts. 9510func (c *RDS) StartDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartDBInstanceOutput, error) { 9511 req, out := c.StartDBInstanceRequest(input) 9512 req.SetContext(ctx) 9513 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9514 return out, req.Send() 9515} 9516 9517const opStopDBInstance = "StopDBInstance" 9518 9519// StopDBInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 9520// client's request for the StopDBInstance operation. The "output" return 9521// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets 9522// successfuly. 9523// 9524// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 9525// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 9526// 9527// See StopDBInstance for more information on using the StopDBInstance 9528// API call, and error handling. 9529// 9530// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 9531// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 9532// 9533// 9534// // Example sending a request using the StopDBInstanceRequest method. 9535// req, resp := client.StopDBInstanceRequest(params) 9536// 9537// err := req.Send() 9538// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 9539// fmt.Println(resp) 9540// } 9541// 9542// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstance 9543func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceRequest(input *StopDBInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopDBInstanceOutput) { 9544 op := &request.Operation{ 9545 Name: opStopDBInstance, 9546 HTTPMethod: "POST", 9547 HTTPPath: "/", 9548 } 9549 9550 if input == nil { 9551 input = &StopDBInstanceInput{} 9552 } 9553 9554 output = &StopDBInstanceOutput{} 9555 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 9556 return 9557} 9558 9559// StopDBInstance API operation for Amazon Relational Database Service. 9560// 9561// Stops a DB instance. When you stop a DB instance, Amazon RDS retains the 9562// DB instance's metadata, including its endpoint, DB parameter group, and option 9563// group membership. Amazon RDS also retains the transaction logs so you can 9564// do a point-in-time restore if necessary. For more information, see Stopping 9565// and Starting a DB instance in the AWS RDS user guide. 9566// 9567// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 9568// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 9569// the error. 9570// 9571// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Relational Database Service's 9572// API operation StopDBInstance for usage and error information. 9573// 9574// Returned Error Codes: 9575// * ErrCodeDBInstanceNotFoundFault "DBInstanceNotFound" 9576// DBInstanceIdentifier does not refer to an existing DB instance. 9577// 9578// * ErrCodeInvalidDBInstanceStateFault "InvalidDBInstanceState" 9579// The specified DB instance is not in the available state. 9580// 9581// * ErrCodeDBSnapshotAlreadyExistsFault "DBSnapshotAlreadyExists" 9582// DBSnapshotIdentifier is already used by an existing snapshot. 9583// 9584// * ErrCodeSnapshotQuotaExceededFault "SnapshotQuotaExceeded" 9585// Request would result in user exceeding the allowed number of DB snapshots. 9586// 9587// * ErrCodeInvalidDBClusterStateFault "InvalidDBClusterStateFault" 9588// The DB cluster is not in a valid state. 9589// 9590// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstance 9591func (c *RDS) StopDBInstance(input *StopDBInstanceInput) (*StopDBInstanceOutput, error) { 9592 req, out := c.StopDBInstanceRequest(input) 9593 return out, req.Send() 9594} 9595 9596// StopDBInstanceWithContext is the same as StopDBInstance with the addition of 9597// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 9598// 9599// See StopDBInstance for details on how to use this API operation. 9600// 9601// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 9602// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 9603// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 9604// for more information on using Contexts. 9605func (c *RDS) StopDBInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopDBInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopDBInstanceOutput, error) { 9606 req, out := c.StopDBInstanceRequest(input) 9607 req.SetContext(ctx) 9608 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 9609 return out, req.Send() 9610} 9611 9612// Describes a quota for an AWS account, for example, the number of DB instances 9613// allowed. 9614// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AccountQuota 9615type AccountQuota struct { 9616 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9617 9618 // The name of the Amazon RDS quota for this AWS account. 9619 AccountQuotaName *string `type:"string"` 9620 9621 // The maximum allowed value for the quota. 9622 Max *int64 `type:"long"` 9623 9624 // The amount currently used toward the quota maximum. 9625 Used *int64 `type:"long"` 9626} 9627 9628// String returns the string representation 9629func (s AccountQuota) String() string { 9630 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9631} 9632 9633// GoString returns the string representation 9634func (s AccountQuota) GoString() string { 9635 return s.String() 9636} 9637 9638// SetAccountQuotaName sets the AccountQuotaName field's value. 9639func (s *AccountQuota) SetAccountQuotaName(v string) *AccountQuota { 9640 s.AccountQuotaName = &v 9641 return s 9642} 9643 9644// SetMax sets the Max field's value. 9645func (s *AccountQuota) SetMax(v int64) *AccountQuota { 9646 s.Max = &v 9647 return s 9648} 9649 9650// SetUsed sets the Used field's value. 9651func (s *AccountQuota) SetUsed(v int64) *AccountQuota { 9652 s.Used = &v 9653 return s 9654} 9655 9656// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBClusterMessage 9657type AddRoleToDBClusterInput struct { 9658 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9659 9660 // The name of the DB cluster to associate the IAM role with. 9661 // 9662 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 9663 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9664 9665 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to associate with the Aurora 9666 // DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole. 9667 // 9668 // RoleArn is a required field 9669 RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9670} 9671 9672// String returns the string representation 9673func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) String() string { 9674 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9675} 9676 9677// GoString returns the string representation 9678func (s AddRoleToDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 9679 return s.String() 9680} 9681 9682// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9683func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 9684 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddRoleToDBClusterInput"} 9685 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 9686 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 9687 } 9688 if s.RoleArn == nil { 9689 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) 9690 } 9691 9692 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9693 return invalidParams 9694 } 9695 return nil 9696} 9697 9698// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 9699func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput { 9700 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 9701 return s 9702} 9703 9704// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 9705func (s *AddRoleToDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *AddRoleToDBClusterInput { 9706 s.RoleArn = &v 9707 return s 9708} 9709 9710// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddRoleToDBClusterOutput 9711type AddRoleToDBClusterOutput struct { 9712 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9713} 9714 9715// String returns the string representation 9716func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) String() string { 9717 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9718} 9719 9720// GoString returns the string representation 9721func (s AddRoleToDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 9722 return s.String() 9723} 9724 9725// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionMessage 9726type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput struct { 9727 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9728 9729 // The identifier of the event source to be added. 9730 // 9731 // Constraints: 9732 // 9733 // * If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must 9734 // be supplied. 9735 // 9736 // * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must 9737 // be supplied. 9738 // 9739 // * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must 9740 // be supplied. 9741 // 9742 // * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be 9743 // supplied. 9744 // 9745 // SourceIdentifier is a required field 9746 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9747 9748 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to add a source 9749 // identifier to. 9750 // 9751 // SubscriptionName is a required field 9752 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9753} 9754 9755// String returns the string representation 9756func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) String() string { 9757 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9758} 9759 9760// GoString returns the string representation 9761func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 9762 return s.String() 9763} 9764 9765// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9766func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 9767 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput"} 9768 if s.SourceIdentifier == nil { 9769 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier")) 9770 } 9771 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 9772 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 9773 } 9774 9775 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9776 return invalidParams 9777 } 9778 return nil 9779} 9780 9781// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 9782func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput { 9783 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 9784 return s 9785} 9786 9787// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 9788func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionInput { 9789 s.SubscriptionName = &v 9790 return s 9791} 9792 9793// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionResult 9794type AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput struct { 9795 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9796 9797 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 9798 // action. 9799 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 9800} 9801 9802// String returns the string representation 9803func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 9804 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9805} 9806 9807// GoString returns the string representation 9808func (s AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 9809 return s.String() 9810} 9811 9812// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 9813func (s *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *AddSourceIdentifierToSubscriptionOutput { 9814 s.EventSubscription = v 9815 return s 9816} 9817 9818// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResourceMessage 9819type AddTagsToResourceInput struct { 9820 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9821 9822 // The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are added to. This value is an Amazon 9823 // Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 9824 // an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 9825 // 9826 // ResourceName is a required field 9827 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9828 9829 // The tags to be assigned to the Amazon RDS resource. 9830 // 9831 // Tags is a required field 9832 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` 9833} 9834 9835// String returns the string representation 9836func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string { 9837 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9838} 9839 9840// GoString returns the string representation 9841func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string { 9842 return s.String() 9843} 9844 9845// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9846func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error { 9847 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToResourceInput"} 9848 if s.ResourceName == nil { 9849 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 9850 } 9851 if s.Tags == nil { 9852 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags")) 9853 } 9854 9855 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9856 return invalidParams 9857 } 9858 return nil 9859} 9860 9861// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 9862func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *AddTagsToResourceInput { 9863 s.ResourceName = &v 9864 return s 9865} 9866 9867// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 9868func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AddTagsToResourceInput { 9869 s.Tags = v 9870 return s 9871} 9872 9873// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AddTagsToResourceOutput 9874type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct { 9875 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9876} 9877 9878// String returns the string representation 9879func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string { 9880 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9881} 9882 9883// GoString returns the string representation 9884func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string { 9885 return s.String() 9886} 9887 9888// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionMessage 9889type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput struct { 9890 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9891 9892 // The pending maintenance action to apply to this resource. 9893 // 9894 // Valid values: system-update, db-upgrade 9895 // 9896 // ApplyAction is a required field 9897 ApplyAction *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9898 9899 // A value that specifies the type of opt-in request, or undoes an opt-in request. 9900 // An opt-in request of type immediate can't be undone. 9901 // 9902 // Valid values: 9903 // 9904 // * immediate - Apply the maintenance action immediately. 9905 // 9906 // * next-maintenance - Apply the maintenance action during the next maintenance 9907 // window for the resource. 9908 // 9909 // * undo-opt-in - Cancel any existing next-maintenance opt-in requests. 9910 // 9911 // OptInType is a required field 9912 OptInType *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9913 9914 // The RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that the pending maintenance 9915 // action applies to. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 9916 // an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 9917 // 9918 // ResourceIdentifier is a required field 9919 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 9920} 9921 9922// String returns the string representation 9923func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) String() string { 9924 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9925} 9926 9927// GoString returns the string representation 9928func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) GoString() string { 9929 return s.String() 9930} 9931 9932// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9933func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) Validate() error { 9934 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput"} 9935 if s.ApplyAction == nil { 9936 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApplyAction")) 9937 } 9938 if s.OptInType == nil { 9939 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptInType")) 9940 } 9941 if s.ResourceIdentifier == nil { 9942 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceIdentifier")) 9943 } 9944 9945 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9946 return invalidParams 9947 } 9948 return nil 9949} 9950 9951// SetApplyAction sets the ApplyAction field's value. 9952func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetApplyAction(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 9953 s.ApplyAction = &v 9954 return s 9955} 9956 9957// SetOptInType sets the OptInType field's value. 9958func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetOptInType(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 9959 s.OptInType = &v 9960 return s 9961} 9962 9963// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 9964func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionInput { 9965 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 9966 return s 9967} 9968 9969// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionResult 9970type ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput struct { 9971 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9972 9973 // Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. 9974 ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `type:"structure"` 9975} 9976 9977// String returns the string representation 9978func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) String() string { 9979 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9980} 9981 9982// GoString returns the string representation 9983func (s ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) GoString() string { 9984 return s.String() 9985} 9986 9987// SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions sets the ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions field's value. 9988func (s *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput) SetResourcePendingMaintenanceActions(v *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *ApplyPendingMaintenanceActionOutput { 9989 s.ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions = v 9990 return s 9991} 9992 9993// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressMessage 9994type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { 9995 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9996 9997 // The IP range to authorize. 9998 CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` 9999 10000 // The name of the DB security group to add authorization to. 10001 // 10002 // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field 10003 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10004 10005 // Id of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId 10006 // must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName 10007 // or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. 10008 EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 10009 10010 // Name of the EC2 security group to authorize. For VPC DB security groups, 10011 // EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and 10012 // either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. 10013 EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 10014 10015 // AWS account number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in the 10016 // EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable 10017 // value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, 10018 // EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId 10019 // must be provided. 10020 EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"` 10021} 10022 10023// String returns the string representation 10024func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string { 10025 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10026} 10027 10028// GoString returns the string representation 10029func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string { 10030 return s.String() 10031} 10032 10033// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10034func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error { 10035 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput"} 10036 if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { 10037 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) 10038 } 10039 10040 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10041 return invalidParams 10042 } 10043 return nil 10044} 10045 10046// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value. 10047func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 10048 s.CIDRIP = &v 10049 return s 10050} 10051 10052// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 10053func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 10054 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 10055 return s 10056} 10057 10058// SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value. 10059func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 10060 s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v 10061 return s 10062} 10063 10064// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value. 10065func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 10066 s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v 10067 return s 10068} 10069 10070// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value. 10071func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 10072 s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v 10073 return s 10074} 10075 10076// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressResult 10077type AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct { 10078 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10079 10080 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. 10081 // 10082 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 10083 // action. 10084 DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"` 10085} 10086 10087// String returns the string representation 10088func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string { 10089 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10090} 10091 10092// GoString returns the string representation 10093func (s AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string { 10094 return s.String() 10095} 10096 10097// SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value. 10098func (s *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput { 10099 s.DBSecurityGroup = v 10100 return s 10101} 10102 10103// Contains Availability Zone information. 10104// 10105// This data type is used as an element in the following data type: 10106// 10107// * OrderableDBInstanceOption 10108// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AvailabilityZone 10109type AvailabilityZone struct { 10110 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10111 10112 // The name of the availability zone. 10113 Name *string `type:"string"` 10114} 10115 10116// String returns the string representation 10117func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string { 10118 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10119} 10120 10121// GoString returns the string representation 10122func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string { 10123 return s.String() 10124} 10125 10126// SetName sets the Name field's value. 10127func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetName(v string) *AvailabilityZone { 10128 s.Name = &v 10129 return s 10130} 10131 10132// A CA certificate for an AWS account. 10133// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Certificate 10134type Certificate struct { 10135 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10136 10137 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate. 10138 CertificateArn *string `type:"string"` 10139 10140 // The unique key that identifies a certificate. 10141 CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 10142 10143 // The type of the certificate. 10144 CertificateType *string `type:"string"` 10145 10146 // The thumbprint of the certificate. 10147 Thumbprint *string `type:"string"` 10148 10149 // The starting date from which the certificate is valid. 10150 ValidFrom *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 10151 10152 // The final date that the certificate continues to be valid. 10153 ValidTill *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 10154} 10155 10156// String returns the string representation 10157func (s Certificate) String() string { 10158 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10159} 10160 10161// GoString returns the string representation 10162func (s Certificate) GoString() string { 10163 return s.String() 10164} 10165 10166// SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value. 10167func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateArn(v string) *Certificate { 10168 s.CertificateArn = &v 10169 return s 10170} 10171 10172// SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value. 10173func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *Certificate { 10174 s.CertificateIdentifier = &v 10175 return s 10176} 10177 10178// SetCertificateType sets the CertificateType field's value. 10179func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateType(v string) *Certificate { 10180 s.CertificateType = &v 10181 return s 10182} 10183 10184// SetThumbprint sets the Thumbprint field's value. 10185func (s *Certificate) SetThumbprint(v string) *Certificate { 10186 s.Thumbprint = &v 10187 return s 10188} 10189 10190// SetValidFrom sets the ValidFrom field's value. 10191func (s *Certificate) SetValidFrom(v time.Time) *Certificate { 10192 s.ValidFrom = &v 10193 return s 10194} 10195 10196// SetValidTill sets the ValidTill field's value. 10197func (s *Certificate) SetValidTill(v time.Time) *Certificate { 10198 s.ValidTill = &v 10199 return s 10200} 10201 10202// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions. 10203// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CharacterSet 10204type CharacterSet struct { 10205 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10206 10207 // The description of the character set. 10208 CharacterSetDescription *string `type:"string"` 10209 10210 // The name of the character set. 10211 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 10212} 10213 10214// String returns the string representation 10215func (s CharacterSet) String() string { 10216 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10217} 10218 10219// GoString returns the string representation 10220func (s CharacterSet) GoString() string { 10221 return s.String() 10222} 10223 10224// SetCharacterSetDescription sets the CharacterSetDescription field's value. 10225func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetDescription(v string) *CharacterSet { 10226 s.CharacterSetDescription = &v 10227 return s 10228} 10229 10230// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 10231func (s *CharacterSet) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CharacterSet { 10232 s.CharacterSetName = &v 10233 return s 10234} 10235 10236// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroupMessage 10237type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 10238 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10239 10240 // The identifier or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster parameter 10241 // group. For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS Amazon 10242 // Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 10243 // 10244 // Constraints: 10245 // 10246 // * Must specify a valid DB cluster parameter group. 10247 // 10248 // * If the source DB cluster parameter group is in the same AWS Region as 10249 // the copy, specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-cluster-param-group, 10250 // or a valid ARN. 10251 // 10252 // * If the source DB parameter group is in a different AWS Region than the 10253 // copy, specify a valid DB cluster parameter group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-east-1:123456789012:cluster-pg:custom-cluster-group1. 10254 // 10255 // SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 10256 SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10257 10258 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 10259 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 10260 10261 // A description for the copied DB cluster parameter group. 10262 // 10263 // TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription is a required field 10264 TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10265 10266 // The identifier for the copied DB cluster parameter group. 10267 // 10268 // Constraints: 10269 // 10270 // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank 10271 // 10272 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 10273 // 10274 // * First character must be a letter 10275 // 10276 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 10277 // 10278 // Example: my-cluster-param-group1 10279 // 10280 // TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 10281 TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10282} 10283 10284// String returns the string representation 10285func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 10286 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10287} 10288 10289// GoString returns the string representation 10290func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 10291 return s.String() 10292} 10293 10294// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10295func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 10296 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 10297 if s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 10298 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier")) 10299 } 10300 if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription == nil { 10301 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription")) 10302 } 10303 if s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 10304 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier")) 10305 } 10306 10307 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10308 return invalidParams 10309 } 10310 return nil 10311} 10312 10313// SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 10314func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 10315 s.SourceDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 10316 return s 10317} 10318 10319// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 10320func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 10321 s.Tags = v 10322 return s 10323} 10324 10325// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription field's value. 10326func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 10327 s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupDescription = &v 10328 return s 10329} 10330 10331// SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 10332func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 10333 s.TargetDBClusterParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 10334 return s 10335} 10336 10337// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterParameterGroupResult 10338type CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 10339 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10340 10341 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group. 10342 // 10343 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 10344 // action. 10345 DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 10346} 10347 10348// String returns the string representation 10349func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 10350 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10351} 10352 10353// GoString returns the string representation 10354func (s CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 10355 return s.String() 10356} 10357 10358// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 10359func (s *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CopyDBClusterParameterGroupOutput { 10360 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v 10361 return s 10362} 10363 10364// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshotMessage 10365type CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 10366 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10367 10368 // True to copy all tags from the source DB cluster snapshot to the target DB 10369 // cluster snapshot, and otherwise false. The default is false. 10370 CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"` 10371 10372 // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. 10373 DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` 10374 10375 // The AWS AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB cluster snapshot. The KMS key 10376 // ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key 10377 // alias for the KMS encryption key. 10378 // 10379 // If you copy an unencrypted DB cluster snapshot and specify a value for the 10380 // KmsKeyId parameter, Amazon RDS encrypts the target DB cluster snapshot using 10381 // the specified KMS encryption key. 10382 // 10383 // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from your AWS account, you can 10384 // specify a value for KmsKeyId to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption 10385 // key. If you don't specify a value for KmsKeyId, then the copy of the DB cluster 10386 // snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB cluster snapshot. 10387 // 10388 // If you copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot that is shared from another 10389 // AWS account, then you must specify a value for KmsKeyId. 10390 // 10391 // To copy an encrypted DB cluster snapshot to another AWS Region, you must 10392 // set KmsKeyId to the KMS key ID you want to use to encrypt the copy of the 10393 // DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are 10394 // specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption 10395 // keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. 10396 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 10397 10398 // The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBClusterSnapshot 10399 // API action in the AWS Region that contains the source DB cluster snapshot 10400 // to copy. The PreSignedUrl parameter must be used when copying an encrypted 10401 // DB cluster snapshot from another AWS Region. 10402 // 10403 // The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBSClusterSnapshot 10404 // API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the 10405 // encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. The pre-signed URL request must 10406 // contain the following parameter values: 10407 // 10408 // * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt 10409 // the copy of the DB cluster snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This 10410 // is the same identifier for both the CopyDBClusterSnapshot action that 10411 // is called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the 10412 // pre-signed URL. 10413 // 10414 // * DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that the DB cluster snapshot 10415 // will be created in. 10416 // 10417 // * SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier - The DB cluster snapshot identifier 10418 // for the encrypted DB cluster snapshot to be copied. This identifier must 10419 // be in the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. 10420 // For example, if you are copying an encrypted DB cluster snapshot from 10421 // the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 10422 // looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster-snapshot:aurora-cluster1-snapshot-20161115. 10423 // 10424 // To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 10425 // Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 10426 // and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 10427 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 10428 10429 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to copy. This parameter is not 10430 // case-sensitive. 10431 // 10432 // You can't copy an encrypted, shared DB cluster snapshot from one AWS Region 10433 // to another. 10434 // 10435 // Constraints: 10436 // 10437 // * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. 10438 // 10439 // * If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify 10440 // a valid DB snapshot identifier. 10441 // 10442 // * If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify 10443 // a valid DB cluster snapshot ARN. For more information, go to Copying 10444 // a DB Snapshot or DB Cluster Snapshot (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html). 10445 // 10446 // Example: my-cluster-snapshot1 10447 // 10448 // SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 10449 SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10450 10451 // SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not 10452 // sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always 10453 // have the same region as the source ARN. 10454 SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"` 10455 10456 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 10457 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 10458 10459 // The identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot to create from the source DB 10460 // cluster snapshot. This parameter is not case-sensitive. 10461 // 10462 // Constraints: 10463 // 10464 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 10465 // 10466 // * First character must be a letter. 10467 // 10468 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 10469 // 10470 // Example: my-cluster-snapshot2 10471 // 10472 // TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 10473 TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10474} 10475 10476// String returns the string representation 10477func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 10478 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10479} 10480 10481// GoString returns the string representation 10482func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 10483 return s.String() 10484} 10485 10486// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10487func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 10488 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 10489 if s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 10490 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 10491 } 10492 if s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 10493 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 10494 } 10495 10496 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10497 return invalidParams 10498 } 10499 return nil 10500} 10501 10502// SetCopyTags sets the CopyTags field's value. 10503func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetCopyTags(v bool) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 10504 s.CopyTags = &v 10505 return s 10506} 10507 10508// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value. 10509func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 10510 s.DestinationRegion = &v 10511 return s 10512} 10513 10514// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 10515func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 10516 s.KmsKeyId = &v 10517 return s 10518} 10519 10520// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 10521func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 10522 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 10523 return s 10524} 10525 10526// SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 10527func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 10528 s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 10529 return s 10530} 10531 10532// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 10533func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 10534 s.SourceRegion = &v 10535 return s 10536} 10537 10538// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 10539func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 10540 s.Tags = v 10541 return s 10542} 10543 10544// SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 10545func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotInput { 10546 s.TargetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 10547 return s 10548} 10549 10550// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBClusterSnapshotResult 10551type CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 10552 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10553 10554 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot 10555 // 10556 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 10557 // action. 10558 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 10559} 10560 10561// String returns the string representation 10562func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 10563 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10564} 10565 10566// GoString returns the string representation 10567func (s CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 10568 return s.String() 10569} 10570 10571// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 10572func (s *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CopyDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 10573 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 10574 return s 10575} 10576 10577// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroupMessage 10578type CopyDBParameterGroupInput struct { 10579 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10580 10581 // The identifier or ARN for the source DB parameter group. For information 10582 // about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) 10583 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 10584 // 10585 // Constraints: 10586 // 10587 // * Must specify a valid DB parameter group. 10588 // 10589 // * Must specify a valid DB parameter group identifier, for example my-db-param-group, 10590 // or a valid ARN. 10591 // 10592 // SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 10593 SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10594 10595 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 10596 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 10597 10598 // A description for the copied DB parameter group. 10599 // 10600 // TargetDBParameterGroupDescription is a required field 10601 TargetDBParameterGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10602 10603 // The identifier for the copied DB parameter group. 10604 // 10605 // Constraints: 10606 // 10607 // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank 10608 // 10609 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 10610 // 10611 // * First character must be a letter 10612 // 10613 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 10614 // 10615 // Example: my-db-parameter-group 10616 // 10617 // TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier is a required field 10618 TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10619} 10620 10621// String returns the string representation 10622func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 10623 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10624} 10625 10626// GoString returns the string representation 10627func (s CopyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 10628 return s.String() 10629} 10630 10631// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10632func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 10633 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBParameterGroupInput"} 10634 if s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 10635 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier")) 10636 } 10637 if s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription == nil { 10638 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupDescription")) 10639 } 10640 if s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier == nil { 10641 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier")) 10642 } 10643 10644 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10645 return invalidParams 10646 } 10647 return nil 10648} 10649 10650// SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 10651func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetSourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 10652 s.SourceDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 10653 return s 10654} 10655 10656// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 10657func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 10658 s.Tags = v 10659 return s 10660} 10661 10662// SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription sets the TargetDBParameterGroupDescription field's value. 10663func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupDescription(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 10664 s.TargetDBParameterGroupDescription = &v 10665 return s 10666} 10667 10668// SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier sets the TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier field's value. 10669func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupInput) SetTargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBParameterGroupInput { 10670 s.TargetDBParameterGroupIdentifier = &v 10671 return s 10672} 10673 10674// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBParameterGroupResult 10675type CopyDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 10676 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10677 10678 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group. 10679 // 10680 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 10681 // action. 10682 DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 10683} 10684 10685// String returns the string representation 10686func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 10687 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10688} 10689 10690// GoString returns the string representation 10691func (s CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 10692 return s.String() 10693} 10694 10695// SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value. 10696func (s *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CopyDBParameterGroupOutput { 10697 s.DBParameterGroup = v 10698 return s 10699} 10700 10701// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshotMessage 10702type CopyDBSnapshotInput struct { 10703 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10704 10705 // True to copy all tags from the source DB snapshot to the target DB snapshot, 10706 // and otherwise false. The default is false. 10707 CopyTags *bool `type:"boolean"` 10708 10709 // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. 10710 DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` 10711 10712 // The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted DB snapshot. The KMS key ID is the Amazon 10713 // Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS 10714 // encryption key. 10715 // 10716 // If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from your AWS account, you can specify 10717 // a value for this parameter to encrypt the copy with a new KMS encryption 10718 // key. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, then the copy of the 10719 // DB snapshot is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB snapshot. 10720 // 10721 // If you copy an encrypted DB snapshot that is shared from another AWS account, 10722 // then you must specify a value for this parameter. 10723 // 10724 // If you specify this parameter when you copy an unencrypted snapshot, the 10725 // copy is encrypted. 10726 // 10727 // If you copy an encrypted snapshot to a different AWS Region, then you must 10728 // specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys are 10729 // specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use encryption 10730 // keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. 10731 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 10732 10733 // The name of an option group to associate with the copy of the snapshot. 10734 // 10735 // Specify this option if you are copying a snapshot from one AWS Region to 10736 // another, and your DB instance uses a nondefault option group. If your source 10737 // DB instance uses Transparent Data Encryption for Oracle or Microsoft SQL 10738 // Server, you must specify this option when copying across AWS Regions. For 10739 // more information, see Option Group Considerations (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_CopySnapshot.html#USER_CopySnapshot.Options). 10740 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 10741 10742 // The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CopyDBSnapshot 10743 // API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB snapshot 10744 // to copy. 10745 // 10746 // You must specify this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from 10747 // another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. You can specify the --source-region 10748 // option instead of this parameter when you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from 10749 // another AWS Region by using the AWS CLI. 10750 // 10751 // The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CopyDBSnapshot API action 10752 // that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted 10753 // DB snapshot to be copied. The presigned URL request must contain the following 10754 // parameter values: 10755 // 10756 // * DestinationRegion - The AWS Region that the encrypted DB snapshot is 10757 // copied to. This AWS Region is the same one where the CopyDBSnapshot action 10758 // is called that contains this presigned URL. 10759 // 10760 // For example, if you copy an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS 10761 // Region to the us-east-1 AWS Region, then you call the CopyDBSnapshot action 10762 // in the us-east-1 AWS Region and provide a presigned URL that contains 10763 // a call to the CopyDBSnapshot action in the us-west-2 AWS Region. For this 10764 // example, the DestinationRegion in the presigned URL must be set to the 10765 // us-east-1 AWS Region. 10766 // 10767 // * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt 10768 // the copy of the DB snapshot in the destination AWS Region. This is the 10769 // same identifier for both the CopyDBSnapshot action that is called in the 10770 // destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. 10771 // 10772 // 10773 // * SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier - The DB snapshot identifier for the encrypted 10774 // snapshot to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource 10775 // Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying 10776 // an encrypted DB snapshot from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier 10777 // looks like the following example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20161115. 10778 // 10779 // 10780 // To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 10781 // Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 10782 // and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 10783 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 10784 10785 // The identifier for the source DB snapshot. 10786 // 10787 // If the source snapshot is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify a valid 10788 // DB snapshot identifier. For example, you might specify rds:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805. 10789 // 10790 // If the source snapshot is in a different AWS Region than the copy, specify 10791 // a valid DB snapshot ARN. For example, you might specify arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805. 10792 // 10793 // If you are copying from a shared manual DB snapshot, this parameter must 10794 // be the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the shared DB snapshot. 10795 // 10796 // If you are copying an encrypted snapshot this parameter must be in the ARN 10797 // format for the source AWS Region, and must match the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier 10798 // in the PreSignedUrl parameter. 10799 // 10800 // Constraints: 10801 // 10802 // * Must specify a valid system snapshot in the "available" state. 10803 // 10804 // Example: rds:mydb-2012-04-02-00-01 10805 // 10806 // Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:snapshot:mysql-instance1-snapshot-20130805 10807 // 10808 // SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 10809 SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10810 10811 // SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not 10812 // sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always 10813 // have the same region as the source ARN. 10814 SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"` 10815 10816 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 10817 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 10818 10819 // The identifier for the copy of the snapshot. 10820 // 10821 // Constraints: 10822 // 10823 // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank 10824 // 10825 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 10826 // 10827 // * First character must be a letter 10828 // 10829 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 10830 // 10831 // Example: my-db-snapshot 10832 // 10833 // TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 10834 TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10835} 10836 10837// String returns the string representation 10838func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 10839 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10840} 10841 10842// GoString returns the string representation 10843func (s CopyDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 10844 return s.String() 10845} 10846 10847// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10848func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 10849 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyDBSnapshotInput"} 10850 if s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 10851 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier")) 10852 } 10853 if s.TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 10854 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier")) 10855 } 10856 10857 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10858 return invalidParams 10859 } 10860 return nil 10861} 10862 10863// SetCopyTags sets the CopyTags field's value. 10864func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetCopyTags(v bool) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 10865 s.CopyTags = &v 10866 return s 10867} 10868 10869// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value. 10870func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 10871 s.DestinationRegion = &v 10872 return s 10873} 10874 10875// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 10876func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 10877 s.KmsKeyId = &v 10878 return s 10879} 10880 10881// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 10882func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 10883 s.OptionGroupName = &v 10884 return s 10885} 10886 10887// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 10888func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 10889 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 10890 return s 10891} 10892 10893// SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 10894func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 10895 s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 10896 return s 10897} 10898 10899// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 10900func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 10901 s.SourceRegion = &v 10902 return s 10903} 10904 10905// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 10906func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 10907 s.Tags = v 10908 return s 10909} 10910 10911// SetTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 10912func (s *CopyDBSnapshotInput) SetTargetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CopyDBSnapshotInput { 10913 s.TargetDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 10914 return s 10915} 10916 10917// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyDBSnapshotResult 10918type CopyDBSnapshotOutput struct { 10919 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10920 10921 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 10922 // 10923 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 10924 DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` 10925} 10926 10927// String returns the string representation 10928func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 10929 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10930} 10931 10932// GoString returns the string representation 10933func (s CopyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 10934 return s.String() 10935} 10936 10937// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. 10938func (s *CopyDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *CopyDBSnapshotOutput { 10939 s.DBSnapshot = v 10940 return s 10941} 10942 10943// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroupMessage 10944type CopyOptionGroupInput struct { 10945 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10946 10947 // The identifier or ARN for the source option group. For information about 10948 // creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 10949 // 10950 // Constraints: 10951 // 10952 // * Must specify a valid option group. 10953 // 10954 // * If the source option group is in the same AWS Region as the copy, specify 10955 // a valid option group identifier, for example my-option-group, or a valid 10956 // ARN. 10957 // 10958 // * If the source option group is in a different AWS Region than the copy, 10959 // specify a valid option group ARN, for example arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:og:special-options. 10960 // 10961 // SourceOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field 10962 SourceOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10963 10964 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 10965 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 10966 10967 // The description for the copied option group. 10968 // 10969 // TargetOptionGroupDescription is a required field 10970 TargetOptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10971 10972 // The identifier for the copied option group. 10973 // 10974 // Constraints: 10975 // 10976 // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank 10977 // 10978 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 10979 // 10980 // * First character must be a letter 10981 // 10982 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 10983 // 10984 // Example: my-option-group 10985 // 10986 // TargetOptionGroupIdentifier is a required field 10987 TargetOptionGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 10988} 10989 10990// String returns the string representation 10991func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) String() string { 10992 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10993} 10994 10995// GoString returns the string representation 10996func (s CopyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { 10997 return s.String() 10998} 10999 11000// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11001func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { 11002 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyOptionGroupInput"} 11003 if s.SourceOptionGroupIdentifier == nil { 11004 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceOptionGroupIdentifier")) 11005 } 11006 if s.TargetOptionGroupDescription == nil { 11007 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetOptionGroupDescription")) 11008 } 11009 if s.TargetOptionGroupIdentifier == nil { 11010 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetOptionGroupIdentifier")) 11011 } 11012 11013 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11014 return invalidParams 11015 } 11016 return nil 11017} 11018 11019// SetSourceOptionGroupIdentifier sets the SourceOptionGroupIdentifier field's value. 11020func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetSourceOptionGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput { 11021 s.SourceOptionGroupIdentifier = &v 11022 return s 11023} 11024 11025// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 11026func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CopyOptionGroupInput { 11027 s.Tags = v 11028 return s 11029} 11030 11031// SetTargetOptionGroupDescription sets the TargetOptionGroupDescription field's value. 11032func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTargetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput { 11033 s.TargetOptionGroupDescription = &v 11034 return s 11035} 11036 11037// SetTargetOptionGroupIdentifier sets the TargetOptionGroupIdentifier field's value. 11038func (s *CopyOptionGroupInput) SetTargetOptionGroupIdentifier(v string) *CopyOptionGroupInput { 11039 s.TargetOptionGroupIdentifier = &v 11040 return s 11041} 11042 11043// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CopyOptionGroupResult 11044type CopyOptionGroupOutput struct { 11045 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11046 11047 OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"` 11048} 11049 11050// String returns the string representation 11051func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) String() string { 11052 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11053} 11054 11055// GoString returns the string representation 11056func (s CopyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { 11057 return s.String() 11058} 11059 11060// SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value. 11061func (s *CopyOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *CopyOptionGroupOutput { 11062 s.OptionGroup = v 11063 return s 11064} 11065 11066// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterMessage 11067type CreateDBClusterInput struct { 11068 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11069 11070 // A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster can be 11071 // created in. For information on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions 11072 // and Availability Zones (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). 11073 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 11074 11075 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify 11076 // a minimum value of 1. 11077 // 11078 // Default: 1 11079 // 11080 // Constraints: 11081 // 11082 // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 11083 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 11084 11085 // A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the 11086 // specified CharacterSet. 11087 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 11088 11089 // The DB cluster identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 11090 // 11091 // Constraints: 11092 // 11093 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 11094 // 11095 // * First character must be a letter. 11096 // 11097 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 11098 // 11099 // Example: my-cluster1 11100 // 11101 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 11102 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11103 11104 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with this DB cluster. 11105 // If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 is used. 11106 // 11107 // Constraints: 11108 // 11109 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 11110 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 11111 11112 // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB cluster. 11113 // 11114 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 11115 // default. 11116 // 11117 // Example: mySubnetgroup 11118 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 11119 11120 // The name for your database of up to 64 alpha-numeric characters. If you do 11121 // not provide a name, Amazon RDS will not create a database in the DB cluster 11122 // you are creating. 11123 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 11124 11125 // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. 11126 DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` 11127 11128 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 11129 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 11130 // 11131 // Default: false 11132 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 11133 11134 // The name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. 11135 // 11136 // Valid Values: aurora, aurora-postgresql 11137 // 11138 // Engine is a required field 11139 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11140 11141 // The version number of the database engine to use. 11142 // 11143 // Aurora 11144 // 11145 // Example: 5.6.10a 11146 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 11147 11148 // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. 11149 // 11150 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 11151 // key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns 11152 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use 11153 // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. 11154 // 11155 // If an encryption key is not specified in KmsKeyId: 11156 // 11157 // * If ReplicationSourceIdentifier identifies an encrypted source, then 11158 // Amazon RDS will use the encryption key used to encrypt the source. Otherwise, 11159 // Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. 11160 // 11161 // * If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true and ReplicationSourceIdentifier 11162 // is not specified, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption key. 11163 // 11164 // AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS 11165 // account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. 11166 // 11167 // If you create a Read Replica of an encrypted DB cluster in another AWS Region, 11168 // you must set KmsKeyId to a KMS key ID that is valid in the destination AWS 11169 // Region. This key is used to encrypt the Read Replica in that AWS Region. 11170 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 11171 11172 // The password for the master database user. This password can contain any 11173 // printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 11174 // 11175 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 11176 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 11177 11178 // The name of the master user for the DB cluster. 11179 // 11180 // Constraints: 11181 // 11182 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 11183 // 11184 // * First character must be a letter. 11185 // 11186 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 11187 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 11188 11189 // A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the 11190 // specified option group. 11191 // 11192 // Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. The option group 11193 // can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. 11194 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 11195 11196 // The port number on which the instances in the DB cluster accept connections. 11197 // 11198 // Default: 3306 if engine is set as aurora or 5432 if set to aurora-postgresql. 11199 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 11200 11201 // A URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBCluster 11202 // action to be called in the source AWS Region where the DB cluster is replicated 11203 // from. You only need to specify PreSignedUrl when you are performing cross-region 11204 // replication from an encrypted DB cluster. 11205 // 11206 // The pre-signed URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBCluster API action 11207 // that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the encrypted 11208 // DB cluster to be copied. 11209 // 11210 // The pre-signed URL request must contain the following parameter values: 11211 // 11212 // * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt 11213 // the copy of the DB cluster in the destination AWS Region. This should 11214 // refer to the same KMS key for both the CreateDBCluster action that is 11215 // called in the destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the 11216 // pre-signed URL. 11217 // 11218 // * DestinationRegion - The name of the AWS Region that Aurora Read Replica 11219 // will be created in. 11220 // 11221 // * ReplicationSourceIdentifier - The DB cluster identifier for the encrypted 11222 // DB cluster to be copied. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource 11223 // Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are copying 11224 // an encrypted DB cluster from the us-west-2 AWS Region, then your ReplicationSourceIdentifier 11225 // would look like Example: arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:cluster:aurora-cluster1. 11226 // 11227 // To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 11228 // Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 11229 // and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 11230 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 11231 11232 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 11233 // backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 11234 // 11235 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 11236 // of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting 11237 // the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 11238 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 11239 // 11240 // Constraints: 11241 // 11242 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 11243 // 11244 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 11245 // 11246 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 11247 // 11248 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 11249 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 11250 11251 // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 11252 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 11253 // 11254 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 11255 // 11256 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 11257 // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see 11258 // the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window 11259 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 11260 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 11261 // 11262 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 11263 // 11264 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 11265 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 11266 11267 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source DB instance or DB cluster if 11268 // this DB cluster is created as a Read Replica. 11269 ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 11270 11271 // SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not 11272 // sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always 11273 // have the same region as the source ARN. 11274 SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"` 11275 11276 // Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. 11277 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 11278 11279 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 11280 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 11281 11282 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB cluster. 11283 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 11284} 11285 11286// String returns the string representation 11287func (s CreateDBClusterInput) String() string { 11288 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11289} 11290 11291// GoString returns the string representation 11292func (s CreateDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 11293 return s.String() 11294} 11295 11296// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11297func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 11298 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterInput"} 11299 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 11300 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 11301 } 11302 if s.Engine == nil { 11303 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 11304 } 11305 11306 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11307 return invalidParams 11308 } 11309 return nil 11310} 11311 11312// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 11313func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11314 s.AvailabilityZones = v 11315 return s 11316} 11317 11318// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 11319func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11320 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 11321 return s 11322} 11323 11324// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 11325func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11326 s.CharacterSetName = &v 11327 return s 11328} 11329 11330// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 11331func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11332 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 11333 return s 11334} 11335 11336// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 11337func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11338 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 11339 return s 11340} 11341 11342// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 11343func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11344 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 11345 return s 11346} 11347 11348// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 11349func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11350 s.DatabaseName = &v 11351 return s 11352} 11353 11354// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value. 11355func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11356 s.DestinationRegion = &v 11357 return s 11358} 11359 11360// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 11361func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11362 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 11363 return s 11364} 11365 11366// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 11367func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11368 s.Engine = &v 11369 return s 11370} 11371 11372// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 11373func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11374 s.EngineVersion = &v 11375 return s 11376} 11377 11378// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 11379func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11380 s.KmsKeyId = &v 11381 return s 11382} 11383 11384// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 11385func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11386 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 11387 return s 11388} 11389 11390// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 11391func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11392 s.MasterUsername = &v 11393 return s 11394} 11395 11396// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 11397func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11398 s.OptionGroupName = &v 11399 return s 11400} 11401 11402// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 11403func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11404 s.Port = &v 11405 return s 11406} 11407 11408// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 11409func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11410 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 11411 return s 11412} 11413 11414// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 11415func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11416 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 11417 return s 11418} 11419 11420// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 11421func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11422 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 11423 return s 11424} 11425 11426// SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value. 11427func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11428 s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v 11429 return s 11430} 11431 11432// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 11433func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11434 s.SourceRegion = &v 11435 return s 11436} 11437 11438// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 11439func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11440 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 11441 return s 11442} 11443 11444// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 11445func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11446 s.Tags = v 11447 return s 11448} 11449 11450// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 11451func (s *CreateDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBClusterInput { 11452 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 11453 return s 11454} 11455 11456// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterResult 11457type CreateDBClusterOutput struct { 11458 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11459 11460 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 11461 // 11462 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 11463 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 11464} 11465 11466// String returns the string representation 11467func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) String() string { 11468 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11469} 11470 11471// GoString returns the string representation 11472func (s CreateDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 11473 return s.String() 11474} 11475 11476// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 11477func (s *CreateDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *CreateDBClusterOutput { 11478 s.DBCluster = v 11479 return s 11480} 11481 11482// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroupMessage 11483type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 11484 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11485 11486 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 11487 // 11488 // Constraints: 11489 // 11490 // * Must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 11491 // 11492 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 11493 // 11494 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 11495 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11496 11497 // The DB cluster parameter group family name. A DB cluster parameter group 11498 // can be associated with one and only one DB cluster parameter group family, 11499 // and can be applied only to a DB cluster running a database engine and engine 11500 // version compatible with that DB cluster parameter group family. 11501 // 11502 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 11503 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11504 11505 // The description for the DB cluster parameter group. 11506 // 11507 // Description is a required field 11508 Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11509 11510 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 11511 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 11512} 11513 11514// String returns the string representation 11515func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 11516 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11517} 11518 11519// GoString returns the string representation 11520func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 11521 return s.String() 11522} 11523 11524// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11525func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 11526 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 11527 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 11528 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 11529 } 11530 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 11531 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 11532 } 11533 if s.Description == nil { 11534 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description")) 11535 } 11536 11537 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11538 return invalidParams 11539 } 11540 return nil 11541} 11542 11543// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 11544func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 11545 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 11546 return s 11547} 11548 11549// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 11550func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 11551 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 11552 return s 11553} 11554 11555// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 11556func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 11557 s.Description = &v 11558 return s 11559} 11560 11561// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 11562func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 11563 s.Tags = v 11564 return s 11565} 11566 11567// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterParameterGroupResult 11568type CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 11569 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11570 11571 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group. 11572 // 11573 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 11574 // action. 11575 DBClusterParameterGroup *DBClusterParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 11576} 11577 11578// String returns the string representation 11579func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 11580 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11581} 11582 11583// GoString returns the string representation 11584func (s CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 11585 return s.String() 11586} 11587 11588// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 11589func (s *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v *DBClusterParameterGroup) *CreateDBClusterParameterGroupOutput { 11590 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = v 11591 return s 11592} 11593 11594// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshotMessage 11595type CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 11596 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11597 11598 // The identifier of the DB cluster to create a snapshot for. This parameter 11599 // is not case-sensitive. 11600 // 11601 // Constraints: 11602 // 11603 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 11604 // 11605 // Example: my-cluster1 11606 // 11607 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 11608 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11609 11610 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot. This parameter is stored as a 11611 // lowercase string. 11612 // 11613 // Constraints: 11614 // 11615 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 11616 // 11617 // * First character must be a letter. 11618 // 11619 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 11620 // 11621 // Example: my-cluster1-snapshot1 11622 // 11623 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 11624 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11625 11626 // The tags to be assigned to the DB cluster snapshot. 11627 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 11628} 11629 11630// String returns the string representation 11631func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 11632 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11633} 11634 11635// GoString returns the string representation 11636func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 11637 return s.String() 11638} 11639 11640// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11641func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 11642 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 11643 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 11644 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 11645 } 11646 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 11647 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 11648 } 11649 11650 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11651 return invalidParams 11652 } 11653 return nil 11654} 11655 11656// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 11657func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 11658 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 11659 return s 11660} 11661 11662// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 11663func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 11664 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 11665 return s 11666} 11667 11668// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 11669func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotInput { 11670 s.Tags = v 11671 return s 11672} 11673 11674// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBClusterSnapshotResult 11675type CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 11676 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11677 11678 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot 11679 // 11680 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 11681 // action. 11682 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 11683} 11684 11685// String returns the string representation 11686func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 11687 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11688} 11689 11690// GoString returns the string representation 11691func (s CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 11692 return s.String() 11693} 11694 11695// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 11696func (s *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *CreateDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 11697 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 11698 return s 11699} 11700 11701// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceMessage 11702type CreateDBInstanceInput struct { 11703 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11704 11705 // The amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. 11706 // 11707 // Type: Integer 11708 // 11709 // Amazon Aurora 11710 // 11711 // Not applicable. Aurora cluster volumes automatically grow as the amount of 11712 // data in your database increases, though you are only charged for the space 11713 // that you use in an Aurora cluster volume. 11714 // 11715 // MySQL 11716 // 11717 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 11718 // 11719 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 5 to 16384. 11720 // 11721 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. 11722 // 11723 // * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. 11724 // 11725 // MariaDB 11726 // 11727 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 11728 // 11729 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 5 to 16384. 11730 // 11731 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. 11732 // 11733 // * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. 11734 // 11735 // PostgreSQL 11736 // 11737 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 11738 // 11739 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 5 to 16384. 11740 // 11741 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. 11742 // 11743 // * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 5 to 3072. 11744 // 11745 // Oracle 11746 // 11747 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 11748 // 11749 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): Must be an integer from 10 to 16384. 11750 // 11751 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. 11752 // 11753 // * Magnetic storage (standard): Must be an integer from 10 to 3072. 11754 // 11755 // SQL Server 11756 // 11757 // Constraints to the amount of storage for each storage type are the following: 11758 // 11759 // * General Purpose (SSD) storage (gp2): 11760 // 11761 // Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. 11762 // 11763 // Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 16384. 11764 // 11765 // * Provisioned IOPS storage (io1): 11766 // 11767 // Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 16384. 11768 // 11769 // Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 100 to 16384. 11770 // 11771 // * Magnetic storage (standard): 11772 // 11773 // Enterprise and Standard editions: Must be an integer from 200 to 1024. 11774 // 11775 // Web and Express editions: Must be an integer from 20 to 1024. 11776 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 11777 11778 // Indicates that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the DB 11779 // instance during the maintenance window. 11780 // 11781 // Default: true 11782 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 11783 11784 // The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information 11785 // on AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability Zones 11786 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). 11787 // 11788 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS 11789 // Region. 11790 // 11791 // Example: us-east-1d 11792 // 11793 // Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ 11794 // parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the 11795 // same AWS Region as the current endpoint. 11796 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 11797 11798 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this 11799 // parameter to a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 11800 // 0 disables automated backups. 11801 // 11802 // Amazon Aurora 11803 // 11804 // Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by 11805 // the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 11806 // 11807 // Default: 1 11808 // 11809 // Constraints: 11810 // 11811 // * Must be a value from 0 to 35 11812 // 11813 // * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas 11814 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 11815 11816 // For supported engines, indicates that the DB instance should be associated 11817 // with the specified CharacterSet. 11818 // 11819 // Amazon Aurora 11820 // 11821 // Not applicable. The character set is managed by the DB cluster. For more 11822 // information, see CreateDBCluster. 11823 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 11824 11825 // True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, 11826 // and otherwise false. The default is false. 11827 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 11828 11829 // The identifier of the DB cluster that the instance will belong to. 11830 // 11831 // For information on creating a DB cluster, see CreateDBCluster. 11832 // 11833 // Type: String 11834 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 11835 11836 // The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. 11837 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all 11838 // database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability 11839 // for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 11840 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 11841 // 11842 // DBInstanceClass is a required field 11843 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11844 11845 // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 11846 // 11847 // Constraints: 11848 // 11849 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 11850 // 11851 // * First character must be a letter. 11852 // 11853 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 11854 // 11855 // Example: mydbinstance 11856 // 11857 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 11858 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 11859 11860 // The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you 11861 // use. 11862 // 11863 // Type: String 11864 // 11865 // MySQL 11866 // 11867 // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this 11868 // parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. 11869 // 11870 // Constraints: 11871 // 11872 // * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. 11873 // 11874 // * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine 11875 // 11876 // MariaDB 11877 // 11878 // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this 11879 // parameter is not specified, no database is created in the DB instance. 11880 // 11881 // Constraints: 11882 // 11883 // * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. 11884 // 11885 // * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine 11886 // 11887 // PostgreSQL 11888 // 11889 // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. If this 11890 // parameter is not specified, the default "postgres" database is created in 11891 // the DB instance. 11892 // 11893 // Constraints: 11894 // 11895 // * Must contain 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or underscores. 11896 // 11897 // * Must begin with a letter or an underscore. Subsequent characters can 11898 // be letters, underscores, or digits (0-9). 11899 // 11900 // * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine 11901 // 11902 // Oracle 11903 // 11904 // The Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. If you specify null, 11905 // the default value ORCL is used. You can't specify the string NULL, or any 11906 // other reserved word, for DBName. 11907 // 11908 // Default: ORCL 11909 // 11910 // Constraints: 11911 // 11912 // * Cannot be longer than 8 characters 11913 // 11914 // SQL Server 11915 // 11916 // Not applicable. Must be null. 11917 // 11918 // Amazon Aurora 11919 // 11920 // The name of the database to create when the primary instance of the DB cluster 11921 // is created. If this parameter is not specified, no database is created in 11922 // the DB instance. 11923 // 11924 // Constraints: 11925 // 11926 // * Must contain 1 to 64 letters or numbers. 11927 // 11928 // * Cannot be a word reserved by the specified database engine 11929 DBName *string `type:"string"` 11930 11931 // The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If 11932 // this argument is omitted, the default DBParameterGroup for the specified 11933 // engine is used. 11934 // 11935 // Constraints: 11936 // 11937 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 11938 // 11939 // * First character must be a letter 11940 // 11941 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 11942 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 11943 11944 // A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. 11945 // 11946 // Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. 11947 DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 11948 11949 // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. 11950 // 11951 // If there is no DB subnet group, then it is a non-VPC DB instance. 11952 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 11953 11954 // Specify the Active Directory Domain to create the instance in. 11955 Domain *string `type:"string"` 11956 11957 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 11958 // Directory Service. 11959 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 11960 11961 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 11962 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 11963 // 11964 // You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines: 11965 // 11966 // Amazon Aurora 11967 // 11968 // Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed 11969 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 11970 // 11971 // MySQL 11972 // 11973 // * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher 11974 // 11975 // * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher 11976 // 11977 // Default: false 11978 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 11979 11980 // True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false. 11981 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 11982 11983 // The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. 11984 // 11985 // Not every database engine is available for every AWS Region. 11986 // 11987 // Valid Values: 11988 // 11989 // * aurora 11990 // 11991 // * aurora-postgresql 11992 // 11993 // * mariadb 11994 // 11995 // * mysql 11996 // 11997 // * oracle-ee 11998 // 11999 // * oracle-se2 12000 // 12001 // * oracle-se1 12002 // 12003 // * oracle-se 12004 // 12005 // * postgres 12006 // 12007 // * sqlserver-ee 12008 // 12009 // * sqlserver-se 12010 // 12011 // * sqlserver-ex 12012 // 12013 // * sqlserver-web 12014 // 12015 // Engine is a required field 12016 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12017 12018 // The version number of the database engine to use. 12019 // 12020 // The following are the database engines and major and minor versions that 12021 // are available with Amazon RDS. Not every database engine is available for 12022 // every AWS Region. 12023 // 12024 // Amazon Aurora 12025 // 12026 // Not applicable. The version number of the database engine to be used by the 12027 // DB instance is managed by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12028 // 12029 // MariaDB 12030 // 12031 // * 10.1.26 (supported in all AWS Regions) 12032 // 12033 // * 10.1.23 (supported in all AWS Regions) 12034 // 12035 // * 10.1.19 (supported in all AWS Regions) 12036 // 12037 // * 10.1.14 (supported in all AWS Regions except us-east-2) 12038 // 12039 // 10.0.32 (supported in all AWS Regions) 12040 // 12041 // * 10.0.31 (supported in all AWS Regions) 12042 // 12043 // * 10.0.28 (supported in all AWS Regions) 12044 // 12045 // * 10.0.24 (supported in all AWS Regions) 12046 // 12047 // * 10.0.17 (supported in all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, 12048 // eu-west-2) 12049 // 12050 // Microsoft SQL Server 2017 12051 // 12052 // 14.00.1000.169.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) 12053 // 12054 // Microsoft SQL Server 2016 12055 // 12056 // 13.00.4451.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) 12057 // 12058 // * 13.00.4422.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) 12059 // 12060 // * 13.00.2164.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) 12061 // 12062 // Microsoft SQL Server 2014 12063 // 12064 // 12.00.5546.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) 12065 // 12066 // * 12.00.5000.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) 12067 // 12068 // * 12.00.4422.0.v1 (supported for all editions except Enterprise Edition, 12069 // and all AWS Regions except ca-central-1 and eu-west-2) 12070 // 12071 // Microsoft SQL Server 2012 12072 // 12073 // 11.00.6594.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) 12074 // 12075 // * 11.00.6020.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions) 12076 // 12077 // * 11.00.5058.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except 12078 // us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) 12079 // 12080 // * 11.00.2100.60.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except 12081 // us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) 12082 // 12083 // Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 12084 // 12085 // 10.50.6529.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except us-east-2, 12086 // ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) 12087 // 12088 // * 10.50.6000.34.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except 12089 // us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) 12090 // 12091 // * 10.50.2789.0.v1 (supported for all editions, and all AWS Regions except 12092 // us-east-2, ca-central-1, and eu-west-2) 12093 // 12094 // MySQL 12095 // 12096 // 5.7.19 (supported in all AWS regions) 12097 // 12098 // * 5.7.17 (supported in all AWS regions) 12099 // 12100 // * 5.7.16 (supported in all AWS regions) 12101 // 12102 // * 5.6.37 (supported in all AWS Regions) 12103 // 12104 // * 5.6.35 (supported in all AWS Regions) 12105 // 12106 // * 5.6.34 (supported in all AWS Regions) 12107 // 12108 // * 5.6.29 (supported in all AWS Regions) 12109 // 12110 // * 5.6.27 (supported in all AWS Regions except us-east-2, ca-central-1, 12111 // eu-west-2) 12112 // 12113 // 5.5.57(supported in all AWS Regions) 12114 // 12115 // 5.5.54(supported in all AWS Regions) 12116 // 12117 // 5.5.53(supported in all AWS Regions) 12118 // 12119 // 5.5.46(supported in all AWS Regions) 12120 // 12121 // Oracle 12c 12122 // 12123 // 12.1.0.2.v9(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) 12124 // 12125 // 12.1.0.2.v8(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) 12126 // 12127 // 12.1.0.2.v7(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) 12128 // 12129 // 12.1.0.2.v6(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) 12130 // 12131 // 12.1.0.2.v5(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) 12132 // 12133 // 12.1.0.2.v4(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) 12134 // 12135 // 12.1.0.2.v3(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) 12136 // 12137 // 12.1.0.2.v2(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) 12138 // 12139 // 12.1.0.2.v1(supported for EE in all AWS regions, and SE2 in all AWS regions except us-gov-west-1) 12140 // 12141 // Oracle 11g 12142 // 12143 // 11.2.0.4.v13(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) 12144 // 12145 // 11.2.0.4.v12(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) 12146 // 12147 // 11.2.0.4.v11(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) 12148 // 12149 // 11.2.0.4.v10(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) 12150 // 12151 // 11.2.0.4.v9(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) 12152 // 12153 // 11.2.0.4.v8(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) 12154 // 12155 // 11.2.0.4.v7(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) 12156 // 12157 // 11.2.0.4.v6(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) 12158 // 12159 // 11.2.0.4.v5(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) 12160 // 12161 // 11.2.0.4.v4(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) 12162 // 12163 // 11.2.0.4.v3(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) 12164 // 12165 // 11.2.0.4.v1(supported for EE, SE1, and SE, in all AWS regions) 12166 // 12167 // PostgreSQL 12168 // 12169 // Version 9.6.x: 9.6.5 | 9.6.3 | 9.6.2 | 9.6.1 12170 // 12171 // Version 9.5.x: 9.5.9 | 9.5.7 | 9.5.6 | 9.5.4 | 9.5.2 12172 // 12173 // Version 9.4.x: 9.4.14 | 9.4.12 | 9.4.11 | 9.4.9 | 9.4.7 12174 // 12175 // Version 9.3.x: 9.3.19 | 9.3.17 | 9.3.16 | 9.3.14 | 9.3.12 12176 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 12177 12178 // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be 12179 // initially allocated for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops 12180 // values, see see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance 12181 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS). 12182 // 12183 // Constraints: Must be a multiple between 1 and 50 of the storage amount for 12184 // the DB instance. Must also be an integer multiple of 1000. For example, if 12185 // the size of your DB instance is 500 GiB, then your Iops value can be 2000, 12186 // 3000, 4000, or 5000. 12187 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 12188 12189 // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. 12190 // 12191 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 12192 // key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns 12193 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can 12194 // use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. 12195 // 12196 // Amazon Aurora 12197 // 12198 // Not applicable. The KMS key identifier is managed by the DB cluster. For 12199 // more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12200 // 12201 // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value 12202 // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption 12203 // key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your 12204 // AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. 12205 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 12206 12207 // License model information for this DB instance. 12208 // 12209 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 12210 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 12211 12212 // The password for the master user. The password can include any printable 12213 // ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 12214 // 12215 // Amazon Aurora 12216 // 12217 // Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. 12218 // For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12219 // 12220 // MariaDB 12221 // 12222 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 12223 // 12224 // Microsoft SQL Server 12225 // 12226 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. 12227 // 12228 // MySQL 12229 // 12230 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 12231 // 12232 // Oracle 12233 // 12234 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. 12235 // 12236 // PostgreSQL 12237 // 12238 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. 12239 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 12240 12241 // The name for the master user. 12242 // 12243 // Amazon Aurora 12244 // 12245 // Not applicable. The name for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. 12246 // For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12247 // 12248 // MariaDB 12249 // 12250 // Constraints: 12251 // 12252 // * Required for MariaDB. 12253 // 12254 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 12255 // 12256 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 12257 // 12258 // Microsoft SQL Server 12259 // 12260 // Constraints: 12261 // 12262 // * Required for SQL Server. 12263 // 12264 // * Must be 1 to 128 letters or numbers. 12265 // 12266 // * The first character must be a letter. 12267 // 12268 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 12269 // 12270 // MySQL 12271 // 12272 // Constraints: 12273 // 12274 // * Required for MySQL. 12275 // 12276 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 12277 // 12278 // * First character must be a letter. 12279 // 12280 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 12281 // 12282 // Oracle 12283 // 12284 // Constraints: 12285 // 12286 // * Required for Oracle. 12287 // 12288 // * Must be 1 to 30 letters or numbers. 12289 // 12290 // * First character must be a letter. 12291 // 12292 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 12293 // 12294 // PostgreSQL 12295 // 12296 // Constraints: 12297 // 12298 // * Required for PostgreSQL. 12299 // 12300 // * Must be 1 to 63 letters or numbers. 12301 // 12302 // * First character must be a letter. 12303 // 12304 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 12305 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 12306 12307 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 12308 // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 12309 // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. 12310 // 12311 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 12312 // to a value other than 0. 12313 // 12314 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 12315 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 12316 12317 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics 12318 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 12319 // For information on creating a monitoring role, go to Setting Up and Enabling 12320 // Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling). 12321 // 12322 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 12323 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 12324 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 12325 12326 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You can't set the 12327 // AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ parameter is set to true. 12328 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 12329 12330 // Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option 12331 // group. 12332 // 12333 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 12334 // can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed 12335 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 12336 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 12337 12338 // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The 12339 // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the 12340 // KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. 12341 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 12342 12343 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 12344 // 12345 // MySQL 12346 // 12347 // Default: 3306 12348 // 12349 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 12350 // 12351 // Type: Integer 12352 // 12353 // MariaDB 12354 // 12355 // Default: 3306 12356 // 12357 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 12358 // 12359 // Type: Integer 12360 // 12361 // PostgreSQL 12362 // 12363 // Default: 5432 12364 // 12365 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 12366 // 12367 // Type: Integer 12368 // 12369 // Oracle 12370 // 12371 // Default: 1521 12372 // 12373 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 12374 // 12375 // SQL Server 12376 // 12377 // Default: 1433 12378 // 12379 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152 through 12380 // 49156. 12381 // 12382 // Amazon Aurora 12383 // 12384 // Default: 3306 12385 // 12386 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 12387 // 12388 // Type: Integer 12389 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 12390 12391 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 12392 // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. For more 12393 // information, see The Backup Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow). 12394 // 12395 // Amazon Aurora 12396 // 12397 // Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed 12398 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12399 // 12400 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 12401 // of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting 12402 // the Preferred DB Instance Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow). 12403 // 12404 // Constraints: 12405 // 12406 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 12407 // 12408 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 12409 // 12410 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 12411 // 12412 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 12413 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 12414 12415 // The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 12416 // Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance 12417 // Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance). 12418 // 12419 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 12420 // 12421 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 12422 // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. 12423 // 12424 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 12425 // 12426 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 12427 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 12428 12429 // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to 12430 // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For 12431 // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance). 12432 // 12433 // Default: 1 12434 // 12435 // Valid Values: 0 - 15 12436 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 12437 12438 // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true 12439 // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, 12440 // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal 12441 // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. 12442 // 12443 // Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been 12444 // requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. 12445 // 12446 // * Default VPC: true 12447 // 12448 // * VPC: false 12449 // 12450 // If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible 12451 // value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific 12452 // DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible 12453 // value has not been set, the DB instance is private. 12454 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 12455 12456 // Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. 12457 // 12458 // Amazon Aurora 12459 // 12460 // Not applicable. The encryption for DB instances is managed by the DB cluster. 12461 // For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12462 // 12463 // Default: false 12464 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 12465 12466 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 12467 // 12468 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 12469 // 12470 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 12471 // 12472 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard 12473 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 12474 12475 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 12476 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 12477 12478 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 12479 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 12480 12481 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 12482 // device. 12483 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 12484 12485 // The time zone of the DB instance. The time zone parameter is currently supported 12486 // only by Microsoft SQL Server (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html#SQLServer.Concepts.General.TimeZone). 12487 Timezone *string `type:"string"` 12488 12489 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. 12490 // 12491 // Amazon Aurora 12492 // 12493 // Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed 12494 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see CreateDBCluster. 12495 // 12496 // Default: The default EC2 VPC security group for the DB subnet group's VPC. 12497 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 12498} 12499 12500// String returns the string representation 12501func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) String() string { 12502 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12503} 12504 12505// GoString returns the string representation 12506func (s CreateDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 12507 return s.String() 12508} 12509 12510// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12511func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 12512 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceInput"} 12513 if s.DBInstanceClass == nil { 12514 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass")) 12515 } 12516 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 12517 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 12518 } 12519 if s.Engine == nil { 12520 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 12521 } 12522 12523 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12524 return invalidParams 12525 } 12526 return nil 12527} 12528 12529// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 12530func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12531 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 12532 return s 12533} 12534 12535// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 12536func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12537 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 12538 return s 12539} 12540 12541// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 12542func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12543 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 12544 return s 12545} 12546 12547// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 12548func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12549 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 12550 return s 12551} 12552 12553// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 12554func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12555 s.CharacterSetName = &v 12556 return s 12557} 12558 12559// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 12560func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12561 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 12562 return s 12563} 12564 12565// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 12566func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12567 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 12568 return s 12569} 12570 12571// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 12572func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12573 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 12574 return s 12575} 12576 12577// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 12578func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12579 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 12580 return s 12581} 12582 12583// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 12584func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12585 s.DBName = &v 12586 return s 12587} 12588 12589// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 12590func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12591 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 12592 return s 12593} 12594 12595// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 12596func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12597 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 12598 return s 12599} 12600 12601// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 12602func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12603 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 12604 return s 12605} 12606 12607// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 12608func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12609 s.Domain = &v 12610 return s 12611} 12612 12613// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 12614func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12615 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 12616 return s 12617} 12618 12619// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 12620func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12621 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 12622 return s 12623} 12624 12625// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 12626func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12627 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 12628 return s 12629} 12630 12631// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 12632func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngine(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12633 s.Engine = &v 12634 return s 12635} 12636 12637// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 12638func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12639 s.EngineVersion = &v 12640 return s 12641} 12642 12643// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 12644func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12645 s.Iops = &v 12646 return s 12647} 12648 12649// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 12650func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12651 s.KmsKeyId = &v 12652 return s 12653} 12654 12655// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 12656func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12657 s.LicenseModel = &v 12658 return s 12659} 12660 12661// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 12662func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12663 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 12664 return s 12665} 12666 12667// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 12668func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUsername(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12669 s.MasterUsername = &v 12670 return s 12671} 12672 12673// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 12674func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12675 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 12676 return s 12677} 12678 12679// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 12680func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12681 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 12682 return s 12683} 12684 12685// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 12686func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12687 s.MultiAZ = &v 12688 return s 12689} 12690 12691// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 12692func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12693 s.OptionGroupName = &v 12694 return s 12695} 12696 12697// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 12698func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12699 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 12700 return s 12701} 12702 12703// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 12704func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12705 s.Port = &v 12706 return s 12707} 12708 12709// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 12710func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12711 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 12712 return s 12713} 12714 12715// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 12716func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12717 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 12718 return s 12719} 12720 12721// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 12722func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12723 s.PromotionTier = &v 12724 return s 12725} 12726 12727// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 12728func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12729 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 12730 return s 12731} 12732 12733// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 12734func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12735 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 12736 return s 12737} 12738 12739// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 12740func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12741 s.StorageType = &v 12742 return s 12743} 12744 12745// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 12746func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12747 s.Tags = v 12748 return s 12749} 12750 12751// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 12752func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12753 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 12754 return s 12755} 12756 12757// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 12758func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12759 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 12760 return s 12761} 12762 12763// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. 12764func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetTimezone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12765 s.Timezone = &v 12766 return s 12767} 12768 12769// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 12770func (s *CreateDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateDBInstanceInput { 12771 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 12772 return s 12773} 12774 12775// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceResult 12776type CreateDBInstanceOutput struct { 12777 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12778 12779 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 12780 // 12781 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 12782 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 12783} 12784 12785// String returns the string representation 12786func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 12787 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12788} 12789 12790// GoString returns the string representation 12791func (s CreateDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 12792 return s.String() 12793} 12794 12795// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 12796func (s *CreateDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceOutput { 12797 s.DBInstance = v 12798 return s 12799} 12800 12801// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaMessage 12802type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput struct { 12803 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12804 12805 // Indicates that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to the Read 12806 // Replica during the maintenance window. 12807 // 12808 // Default: Inherits from the source DB instance 12809 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 12810 12811 // The Amazon EC2 Availability Zone that the Read Replica is created in. 12812 // 12813 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS 12814 // Region. 12815 // 12816 // Example: us-east-1d 12817 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 12818 12819 // True to copy all tags from the Read Replica to snapshots of the Read Replica, 12820 // and otherwise false. The default is false. 12821 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 12822 12823 // The compute and memory capacity of the Read Replica, for example, db.m4.large. 12824 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all 12825 // database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability 12826 // for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 12827 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 12828 // 12829 // Default: Inherits from the source DB instance. 12830 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 12831 12832 // The DB instance identifier of the Read Replica. This identifier is the unique 12833 // key that identifies a DB instance. This parameter is stored as a lowercase 12834 // string. 12835 // 12836 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 12837 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 12838 12839 // Specifies a DB subnet group for the DB instance. The new DB instance is created 12840 // in the VPC associated with the DB subnet group. If no DB subnet group is 12841 // specified, then the new DB instance is not created in a VPC. 12842 // 12843 // Constraints: 12844 // 12845 // * Can only be specified if the source DB instance identifier specifies 12846 // a DB instance in another AWS Region. 12847 // 12848 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 12849 // 12850 // * The specified DB subnet group must be in the same AWS Region in which 12851 // the operation is running. 12852 // 12853 // * All Read Replicas in one AWS Region that are created from the same source 12854 // DB instance must either:> 12855 // 12856 // Specify DB subnet groups from the same VPC. All these Read Replicas are created 12857 // in the same VPC. 12858 // 12859 // Not specify a DB subnet group. All these Read Replicas are created outside 12860 // of any VPC. 12861 // 12862 // Example: mySubnetgroup 12863 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 12864 12865 // DestinationRegion is used for presigning the request to a given region. 12866 DestinationRegion *string `type:"string"` 12867 12868 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 12869 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 12870 // 12871 // You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines 12872 // 12873 // * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher 12874 // 12875 // * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher 12876 // 12877 // * Aurora 5.6 or higher. 12878 // 12879 // Default: false 12880 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 12881 12882 // True to enable Performance Insights for the read replica, and otherwise false. 12883 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 12884 12885 // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be 12886 // initially allocated for the DB instance. 12887 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 12888 12889 // The AWS KMS key ID for an encrypted Read Replica. The KMS key ID is the Amazon 12890 // Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the KMS key alias for the KMS 12891 // encryption key. 12892 // 12893 // If you specify this parameter when you create a Read Replica from an unencrypted 12894 // DB instance, the Read Replica is encrypted. 12895 // 12896 // If you create an encrypted Read Replica in the same AWS Region as the source 12897 // DB instance, then you do not have to specify a value for this parameter. 12898 // The Read Replica is encrypted with the same KMS key as the source DB instance. 12899 // 12900 // If you create an encrypted Read Replica in a different AWS Region, then you 12901 // must specify a KMS key for the destination AWS Region. KMS encryption keys 12902 // are specific to the AWS Region that they are created in, and you can't use 12903 // encryption keys from one AWS Region in another AWS Region. 12904 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 12905 12906 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 12907 // are collected for the Read Replica. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 12908 // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. 12909 // 12910 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 12911 // to a value other than 0. 12912 // 12913 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 12914 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 12915 12916 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics 12917 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 12918 // For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role 12919 // for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole). 12920 // 12921 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 12922 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 12923 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 12924 12925 // The option group the DB instance is associated with. If omitted, the default 12926 // option group for the engine specified is used. 12927 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 12928 12929 // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The 12930 // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the 12931 // KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. 12932 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 12933 12934 // The port number that the DB instance uses for connections. 12935 // 12936 // Default: Inherits from the source DB instance 12937 // 12938 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 12939 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 12940 12941 // The URL that contains a Signature Version 4 signed request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 12942 // API action in the source AWS Region that contains the source DB instance. 12943 // 12944 // You must specify this parameter when you create an encrypted Read Replica 12945 // from another AWS Region by using the Amazon RDS API. You can specify the 12946 // --source-region option instead of this parameter when you create an encrypted 12947 // Read Replica from another AWS Region by using the AWS CLI. 12948 // 12949 // The presigned URL must be a valid request for the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 12950 // API action that can be executed in the source AWS Region that contains the 12951 // encrypted source DB instance. The presigned URL request must contain the 12952 // following parameter values: 12953 // 12954 // * DestinationRegion - The AWS Region that the encrypted Read Replica is 12955 // created in. This AWS Region is the same one where the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 12956 // action is called that contains this presigned URL. 12957 // 12958 // For example, if you create an encrypted DB instance in the us-west-1 AWS 12959 // Region, from a source DB instance in the us-east-2 AWS Region, then you 12960 // call the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica action in the us-east-1 AWS Region 12961 // and provide a presigned URL that contains a call to the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 12962 // action in the us-west-2 AWS Region. For this example, the DestinationRegion 12963 // in the presigned URL must be set to the us-east-1 AWS Region. 12964 // 12965 // * KmsKeyId - The AWS KMS key identifier for the key to use to encrypt 12966 // the Read Replica in the destination AWS Region. This is the same identifier 12967 // for both the CreateDBInstanceReadReplica action that is called in the 12968 // destination AWS Region, and the action contained in the presigned URL. 12969 // 12970 // 12971 // * SourceDBInstanceIdentifier - The DB instance identifier for the encrypted 12972 // DB instance to be replicated. This identifier must be in the Amazon Resource 12973 // Name (ARN) format for the source AWS Region. For example, if you are creating 12974 // an encrypted Read Replica from a DB instance in the us-west-2 AWS Region, 12975 // then your SourceDBInstanceIdentifier looks like the following example: 12976 // arn:aws:rds:us-west-2:123456789012:instance:mysql-instance1-20161115. 12977 // 12978 // 12979 // To learn how to generate a Signature Version 4 signed request, see Authenticating 12980 // Requests: Using Query Parameters (AWS Signature Version 4) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sigv4-query-string-auth.html) 12981 // and Signature Version 4 Signing Process (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/signature-version-4.html). 12982 PreSignedUrl *string `type:"string"` 12983 12984 // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true 12985 // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, 12986 // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal 12987 // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. 12988 // 12989 // Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been 12990 // requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. 12991 // 12992 // * Default VPC:true 12993 // 12994 // * VPC:false 12995 // 12996 // If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible 12997 // value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific 12998 // DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible 12999 // value has not been set, the DB instance is private. 13000 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 13001 13002 // The identifier of the DB instance that will act as the source for the Read 13003 // Replica. Each DB instance can have up to five Read Replicas. 13004 // 13005 // Constraints: 13006 // 13007 // * Must be the identifier of an existing MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL 13008 // DB instance. 13009 // 13010 // * Can specify a DB instance that is a MySQL Read Replica only if the source 13011 // is running MySQL 5.6. 13012 // 13013 // * Can specify a DB instance that is a PostgreSQL DB instance only if the 13014 // source is running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 or later (9.4.7 and higher for cross-region 13015 // replication). 13016 // 13017 // * The specified DB instance must have automatic backups enabled, its backup 13018 // retention period must be greater than 0. 13019 // 13020 // * If the source DB instance is in the same AWS Region as the Read Replica, 13021 // specify a valid DB instance identifier. 13022 // 13023 // * If the source DB instance is in a different AWS Region than the Read 13024 // Replica, specify a valid DB instance ARN. For more information, go to 13025 // Constructing a Amazon RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 13026 // 13027 // SourceDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 13028 SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13029 13030 // SourceRegion is the source region where the resource exists. This is not 13031 // sent over the wire and is only used for presigning. This value should always 13032 // have the same region as the source ARN. 13033 SourceRegion *string `type:"string" ignore:"true"` 13034 13035 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the Read Replica. 13036 // 13037 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 13038 // 13039 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 13040 // 13041 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard 13042 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 13043 13044 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 13045 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 13046} 13047 13048// String returns the string representation 13049func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) String() string { 13050 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13051} 13052 13053// GoString returns the string representation 13054func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) GoString() string { 13055 return s.String() 13056} 13057 13058// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13059func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) Validate() error { 13060 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput"} 13061 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 13062 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 13063 } 13064 if s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 13065 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceIdentifier")) 13066 } 13067 13068 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13069 return invalidParams 13070 } 13071 return nil 13072} 13073 13074// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 13075func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13076 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 13077 return s 13078} 13079 13080// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 13081func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13082 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 13083 return s 13084} 13085 13086// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 13087func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13088 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 13089 return s 13090} 13091 13092// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 13093func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13094 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 13095 return s 13096} 13097 13098// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 13099func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13100 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 13101 return s 13102} 13103 13104// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 13105func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13106 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 13107 return s 13108} 13109 13110// SetDestinationRegion sets the DestinationRegion field's value. 13111func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetDestinationRegion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13112 s.DestinationRegion = &v 13113 return s 13114} 13115 13116// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 13117func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13118 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 13119 return s 13120} 13121 13122// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 13123func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13124 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 13125 return s 13126} 13127 13128// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 13129func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetIops(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13130 s.Iops = &v 13131 return s 13132} 13133 13134// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 13135func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13136 s.KmsKeyId = &v 13137 return s 13138} 13139 13140// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 13141func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13142 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 13143 return s 13144} 13145 13146// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 13147func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13148 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 13149 return s 13150} 13151 13152// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 13153func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13154 s.OptionGroupName = &v 13155 return s 13156} 13157 13158// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 13159func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13160 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 13161 return s 13162} 13163 13164// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 13165func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13166 s.Port = &v 13167 return s 13168} 13169 13170// SetPreSignedUrl sets the PreSignedUrl field's value. 13171func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPreSignedUrl(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13172 s.PreSignedUrl = &v 13173 return s 13174} 13175 13176// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 13177func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13178 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 13179 return s 13180} 13181 13182// SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the SourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 13183func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13184 s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 13185 return s 13186} 13187 13188// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 13189func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetSourceRegion(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13190 s.SourceRegion = &v 13191 return s 13192} 13193 13194// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 13195func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetStorageType(v string) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13196 s.StorageType = &v 13197 return s 13198} 13199 13200// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 13201func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaInput { 13202 s.Tags = v 13203 return s 13204} 13205 13206// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaResult 13207type CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput struct { 13208 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13209 13210 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 13211 // 13212 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 13213 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 13214} 13215 13216// String returns the string representation 13217func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) String() string { 13218 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13219} 13220 13221// GoString returns the string representation 13222func (s CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string { 13223 return s.String() 13224} 13225 13226// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 13227func (s *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *CreateDBInstanceReadReplicaOutput { 13228 s.DBInstance = v 13229 return s 13230} 13231 13232// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroupMessage 13233type CreateDBParameterGroupInput struct { 13234 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13235 13236 // The DB parameter group family name. A DB parameter group can be associated 13237 // with one and only one DB parameter group family, and can be applied only 13238 // to a DB instance running a database engine and engine version compatible 13239 // with that DB parameter group family. 13240 // 13241 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 13242 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13243 13244 // The name of the DB parameter group. 13245 // 13246 // Constraints: 13247 // 13248 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 13249 // 13250 // * First character must be a letter 13251 // 13252 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 13253 // 13254 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 13255 // 13256 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 13257 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13258 13259 // The description for the DB parameter group. 13260 // 13261 // Description is a required field 13262 Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13263 13264 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 13265 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 13266} 13267 13268// String returns the string representation 13269func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 13270 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13271} 13272 13273// GoString returns the string representation 13274func (s CreateDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 13275 return s.String() 13276} 13277 13278// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13279func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 13280 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBParameterGroupInput"} 13281 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 13282 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 13283 } 13284 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 13285 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 13286 } 13287 if s.Description == nil { 13288 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Description")) 13289 } 13290 13291 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13292 return invalidParams 13293 } 13294 return nil 13295} 13296 13297// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 13298func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 13299 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 13300 return s 13301} 13302 13303// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 13304func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 13305 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 13306 return s 13307} 13308 13309// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 13310func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 13311 s.Description = &v 13312 return s 13313} 13314 13315// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 13316func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBParameterGroupInput { 13317 s.Tags = v 13318 return s 13319} 13320 13321// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBParameterGroupResult 13322type CreateDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 13323 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13324 13325 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group. 13326 // 13327 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 13328 // action. 13329 DBParameterGroup *DBParameterGroup `type:"structure"` 13330} 13331 13332// String returns the string representation 13333func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 13334 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13335} 13336 13337// GoString returns the string representation 13338func (s CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 13339 return s.String() 13340} 13341 13342// SetDBParameterGroup sets the DBParameterGroup field's value. 13343func (s *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput) SetDBParameterGroup(v *DBParameterGroup) *CreateDBParameterGroupOutput { 13344 s.DBParameterGroup = v 13345 return s 13346} 13347 13348// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroupMessage 13349type CreateDBSecurityGroupInput struct { 13350 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13351 13352 // The description for the DB security group. 13353 // 13354 // DBSecurityGroupDescription is a required field 13355 DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13356 13357 // The name for the DB security group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 13358 // 13359 // Constraints: 13360 // 13361 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 13362 // 13363 // * First character must be a letter 13364 // 13365 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 13366 // 13367 // * Must not be "Default" 13368 // 13369 // Example: mysecuritygroup 13370 // 13371 // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field 13372 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13373 13374 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 13375 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 13376} 13377 13378// String returns the string representation 13379func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 13380 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13381} 13382 13383// GoString returns the string representation 13384func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 13385 return s.String() 13386} 13387 13388// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13389func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 13390 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSecurityGroupInput"} 13391 if s.DBSecurityGroupDescription == nil { 13392 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupDescription")) 13393 } 13394 if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { 13395 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) 13396 } 13397 13398 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13399 return invalidParams 13400 } 13401 return nil 13402} 13403 13404// SetDBSecurityGroupDescription sets the DBSecurityGroupDescription field's value. 13405func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput { 13406 s.DBSecurityGroupDescription = &v 13407 return s 13408} 13409 13410// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 13411func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput { 13412 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 13413 return s 13414} 13415 13416// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 13417func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSecurityGroupInput { 13418 s.Tags = v 13419 return s 13420} 13421 13422// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSecurityGroupResult 13423type CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput struct { 13424 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13425 13426 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. 13427 // 13428 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 13429 // action. 13430 DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"` 13431} 13432 13433// String returns the string representation 13434func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 13435 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13436} 13437 13438// GoString returns the string representation 13439func (s CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 13440 return s.String() 13441} 13442 13443// SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value. 13444func (s *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *CreateDBSecurityGroupOutput { 13445 s.DBSecurityGroup = v 13446 return s 13447} 13448 13449// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshotMessage 13450type CreateDBSnapshotInput struct { 13451 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13452 13453 // The identifier of the DB instance that you want to create the snapshot of. 13454 // 13455 // Constraints: 13456 // 13457 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 13458 // 13459 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 13460 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13461 13462 // The identifier for the DB snapshot. 13463 // 13464 // Constraints: 13465 // 13466 // * Cannot be null, empty, or blank 13467 // 13468 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 13469 // 13470 // * First character must be a letter 13471 // 13472 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 13473 // 13474 // Example: my-snapshot-id 13475 // 13476 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 13477 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13478 13479 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 13480 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 13481} 13482 13483// String returns the string representation 13484func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 13485 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13486} 13487 13488// GoString returns the string representation 13489func (s CreateDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 13490 return s.String() 13491} 13492 13493// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13494func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 13495 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSnapshotInput"} 13496 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 13497 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 13498 } 13499 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 13500 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 13501 } 13502 13503 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13504 return invalidParams 13505 } 13506 return nil 13507} 13508 13509// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 13510func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBSnapshotInput { 13511 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 13512 return s 13513} 13514 13515// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 13516func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *CreateDBSnapshotInput { 13517 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 13518 return s 13519} 13520 13521// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 13522func (s *CreateDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSnapshotInput { 13523 s.Tags = v 13524 return s 13525} 13526 13527// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSnapshotResult 13528type CreateDBSnapshotOutput struct { 13529 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13530 13531 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 13532 // 13533 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 13534 DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` 13535} 13536 13537// String returns the string representation 13538func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 13539 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13540} 13541 13542// GoString returns the string representation 13543func (s CreateDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 13544 return s.String() 13545} 13546 13547// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. 13548func (s *CreateDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *CreateDBSnapshotOutput { 13549 s.DBSnapshot = v 13550 return s 13551} 13552 13553// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroupMessage 13554type CreateDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 13555 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13556 13557 // The description for the DB subnet group. 13558 // 13559 // DBSubnetGroupDescription is a required field 13560 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13561 13562 // The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 13563 // 13564 // Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 letters, numbers, periods, underscores, 13565 // spaces, or hyphens. Must not be default. 13566 // 13567 // Example: mySubnetgroup 13568 // 13569 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 13570 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13571 13572 // The EC2 Subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. 13573 // 13574 // SubnetIds is a required field 13575 SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` 13576 13577 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 13578 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 13579} 13580 13581// String returns the string representation 13582func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 13583 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13584} 13585 13586// GoString returns the string representation 13587func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 13588 return s.String() 13589} 13590 13591// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13592func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 13593 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateDBSubnetGroupInput"} 13594 if s.DBSubnetGroupDescription == nil { 13595 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupDescription")) 13596 } 13597 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 13598 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 13599 } 13600 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 13601 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 13602 } 13603 13604 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13605 return invalidParams 13606 } 13607 return nil 13608} 13609 13610// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 13611func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 13612 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 13613 return s 13614} 13615 13616// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 13617func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 13618 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 13619 return s 13620} 13621 13622// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 13623func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 13624 s.SubnetIds = v 13625 return s 13626} 13627 13628// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 13629func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateDBSubnetGroupInput { 13630 s.Tags = v 13631 return s 13632} 13633 13634// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateDBSubnetGroupResult 13635type CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 13636 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13637 13638 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group. 13639 // 13640 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 13641 // action. 13642 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 13643} 13644 13645// String returns the string representation 13646func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 13647 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13648} 13649 13650// GoString returns the string representation 13651func (s CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 13652 return s.String() 13653} 13654 13655// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 13656func (s *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *CreateDBSubnetGroupOutput { 13657 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 13658 return s 13659} 13660 13661// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscriptionMessage 13662type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct { 13663 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13664 13665 // A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, set to false to 13666 // create the subscription but not active it. 13667 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 13668 13669 // A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. 13670 // You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events 13671 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) 13672 // topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories 13673 // action. 13674 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 13675 13676 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. 13677 // The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to 13678 // it. 13679 // 13680 // SnsTopicArn is a required field 13681 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13682 13683 // The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events are returned. 13684 // If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier 13685 // must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and 13686 // hyphens; it can't end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 13687 // 13688 // Constraints: 13689 // 13690 // * If SourceIds are supplied, SourceType must also be provided. 13691 // 13692 // * If the source type is a DB instance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must 13693 // be supplied. 13694 // 13695 // * If the source type is a DB security group, a DBSecurityGroupName must 13696 // be supplied. 13697 // 13698 // * If the source type is a DB parameter group, a DBParameterGroupName must 13699 // be supplied. 13700 // 13701 // * If the source type is a DB snapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be 13702 // supplied. 13703 SourceIds []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"` 13704 13705 // The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want 13706 // to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter 13707 // to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are returned. 13708 // 13709 // Valid values: db-instance | db-cluster | db-parameter-group | db-security-group 13710 // | db-snapshot | db-cluster-snapshot 13711 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 13712 13713 // The name of the subscription. 13714 // 13715 // Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters. 13716 // 13717 // SubscriptionName is a required field 13718 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13719 13720 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 13721 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 13722} 13723 13724// String returns the string representation 13725func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 13726 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13727} 13728 13729// GoString returns the string representation 13730func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 13731 return s.String() 13732} 13733 13734// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13735func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 13736 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateEventSubscriptionInput"} 13737 if s.SnsTopicArn == nil { 13738 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnsTopicArn")) 13739 } 13740 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 13741 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 13742 } 13743 13744 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13745 return invalidParams 13746 } 13747 return nil 13748} 13749 13750// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 13751func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 13752 s.Enabled = &v 13753 return s 13754} 13755 13756// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 13757func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 13758 s.EventCategories = v 13759 return s 13760} 13761 13762// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 13763func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 13764 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 13765 return s 13766} 13767 13768// SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value. 13769func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 13770 s.SourceIds = v 13771 return s 13772} 13773 13774// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 13775func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 13776 s.SourceType = &v 13777 return s 13778} 13779 13780// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 13781func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 13782 s.SubscriptionName = &v 13783 return s 13784} 13785 13786// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 13787func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput { 13788 s.Tags = v 13789 return s 13790} 13791 13792// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateEventSubscriptionResult 13793type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 13794 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13795 13796 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 13797 // action. 13798 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 13799} 13800 13801// String returns the string representation 13802func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 13803 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13804} 13805 13806// GoString returns the string representation 13807func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 13808 return s.String() 13809} 13810 13811// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 13812func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput { 13813 s.EventSubscription = v 13814 return s 13815} 13816 13817// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroupMessage 13818type CreateOptionGroupInput struct { 13819 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13820 13821 // Specifies the name of the engine that this option group should be associated 13822 // with. 13823 // 13824 // EngineName is a required field 13825 EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13826 13827 // Specifies the major version of the engine that this option group should be 13828 // associated with. 13829 // 13830 // MajorEngineVersion is a required field 13831 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13832 13833 // The description of the option group. 13834 // 13835 // OptionGroupDescription is a required field 13836 OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13837 13838 // Specifies the name of the option group to be created. 13839 // 13840 // Constraints: 13841 // 13842 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 13843 // 13844 // * First character must be a letter 13845 // 13846 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 13847 // 13848 // Example: myoptiongroup 13849 // 13850 // OptionGroupName is a required field 13851 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 13852 13853 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 13854 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 13855} 13856 13857// String returns the string representation 13858func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) String() string { 13859 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13860} 13861 13862// GoString returns the string representation 13863func (s CreateOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { 13864 return s.String() 13865} 13866 13867// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13868func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { 13869 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateOptionGroupInput"} 13870 if s.EngineName == nil { 13871 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName")) 13872 } 13873 if s.MajorEngineVersion == nil { 13874 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MajorEngineVersion")) 13875 } 13876 if s.OptionGroupDescription == nil { 13877 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupDescription")) 13878 } 13879 if s.OptionGroupName == nil { 13880 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName")) 13881 } 13882 13883 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13884 return invalidParams 13885 } 13886 return nil 13887} 13888 13889// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 13890func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetEngineName(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 13891 s.EngineName = &v 13892 return s 13893} 13894 13895// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 13896func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 13897 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 13898 return s 13899} 13900 13901// SetOptionGroupDescription sets the OptionGroupDescription field's value. 13902func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 13903 s.OptionGroupDescription = &v 13904 return s 13905} 13906 13907// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 13908func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 13909 s.OptionGroupName = &v 13910 return s 13911} 13912 13913// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 13914func (s *CreateOptionGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateOptionGroupInput { 13915 s.Tags = v 13916 return s 13917} 13918 13919// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CreateOptionGroupResult 13920type CreateOptionGroupOutput struct { 13921 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13922 13923 OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"` 13924} 13925 13926// String returns the string representation 13927func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) String() string { 13928 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13929} 13930 13931// GoString returns the string representation 13932func (s CreateOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { 13933 return s.String() 13934} 13935 13936// SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value. 13937func (s *CreateOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *CreateOptionGroupOutput { 13938 s.OptionGroup = v 13939 return s 13940} 13941 13942// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 13943// 13944// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 13945// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBCluster 13946type DBCluster struct { 13947 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13948 13949 // For all database engines except Amazon Aurora, AllocatedStorage specifies 13950 // the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). For Aurora, AllocatedStorage 13951 // always returns 1, because Aurora DB cluster storage size is not fixed, but 13952 // instead automatically adjusts as needed. 13953 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 13954 13955 // Provides a list of the AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles that 13956 // are associated with the DB cluster. IAM roles that are associated with a 13957 // DB cluster grant permission for the DB cluster to access other AWS services 13958 // on your behalf. 13959 AssociatedRoles []*DBClusterRole `locationNameList:"DBClusterRole" type:"list"` 13960 13961 // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster 13962 // can be created in. 13963 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 13964 13965 // Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. 13966 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 13967 13968 // If present, specifies the name of the character set that this cluster is 13969 // associated with. 13970 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 13971 13972 // Identifies the clone group to which the DB cluster is associated. 13973 CloneGroupId *string `type:"string"` 13974 13975 // Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated 13976 // Time (UTC). 13977 ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 13978 13979 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster. 13980 DBClusterArn *string `type:"string"` 13981 13982 // Contains a user-supplied DB cluster identifier. This identifier is the unique 13983 // key that identifies a DB cluster. 13984 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 13985 13986 // Provides the list of instances that make up the DB cluster. 13987 DBClusterMembers []*DBClusterMember `locationNameList:"DBClusterMember" type:"list"` 13988 13989 // Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB cluster. 13990 DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBClusterOptionGroup" type:"list"` 13991 13992 // Specifies the name of the DB cluster parameter group for the DB cluster. 13993 DBClusterParameterGroup *string `type:"string"` 13994 13995 // Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB cluster, 13996 // including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. 13997 DBSubnetGroup *string `type:"string"` 13998 13999 // Contains the name of the initial database of this DB cluster that was provided 14000 // at create time, if one was specified when the DB cluster was created. This 14001 // same name is returned for the life of the DB cluster. 14002 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 14003 14004 // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB cluster. This identifier 14005 // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB 14006 // cluster is accessed. 14007 DbClusterResourceId *string `type:"string"` 14008 14009 // Specifies the earliest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 14010 // restore. 14011 EarliestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 14012 14013 // Specifies the connection endpoint for the primary instance of the DB cluster. 14014 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 14015 14016 // Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB cluster. 14017 Engine *string `type:"string"` 14018 14019 // Indicates the database engine version. 14020 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 14021 14022 // Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. 14023 HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` 14024 14025 // True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database 14026 // accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 14027 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 14028 14029 // If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted 14030 // DB cluster. 14031 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 14032 14033 // Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 14034 // restore. 14035 LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 14036 14037 // Contains the master username for the DB cluster. 14038 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 14039 14040 // Specifies whether the DB cluster has instances in multiple Availability Zones. 14041 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 14042 14043 // Specifies the progress of the operation as a percentage. 14044 PercentProgress *string `type:"string"` 14045 14046 // Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. 14047 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 14048 14049 // Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created 14050 // if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod. 14051 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 14052 14053 // Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, 14054 // in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 14055 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 14056 14057 // Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this 14058 // DB cluster. 14059 ReadReplicaIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaIdentifier" type:"list"` 14060 14061 // The reader endpoint for the DB cluster. The reader endpoint for a DB cluster 14062 // load-balances connections across the Aurora Replicas that are available in 14063 // a DB cluster. As clients request new connections to the reader endpoint, 14064 // Aurora distributes the connection requests among the Aurora Replicas in the 14065 // DB cluster. This functionality can help balance your read workload across 14066 // multiple Aurora Replicas in your DB cluster. 14067 // 14068 // If a failover occurs, and the Aurora Replica that you are connected to is 14069 // promoted to be the primary instance, your connection is dropped. To continue 14070 // sending your read workload to other Aurora Replicas in the cluster, you can 14071 // then reconnect to the reader endpoint. 14072 ReaderEndpoint *string `type:"string"` 14073 14074 // Contains the identifier of the source DB cluster if this DB cluster is a 14075 // Read Replica. 14076 ReplicationSourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14077 14078 // Specifies the current state of this DB cluster. 14079 Status *string `type:"string"` 14080 14081 // Specifies whether the DB cluster is encrypted. 14082 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 14083 14084 // Provides a list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster belongs to. 14085 VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` 14086} 14087 14088// String returns the string representation 14089func (s DBCluster) String() string { 14090 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14091} 14092 14093// GoString returns the string representation 14094func (s DBCluster) GoString() string { 14095 return s.String() 14096} 14097 14098// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 14099func (s *DBCluster) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBCluster { 14100 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 14101 return s 14102} 14103 14104// SetAssociatedRoles sets the AssociatedRoles field's value. 14105func (s *DBCluster) SetAssociatedRoles(v []*DBClusterRole) *DBCluster { 14106 s.AssociatedRoles = v 14107 return s 14108} 14109 14110// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 14111func (s *DBCluster) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBCluster { 14112 s.AvailabilityZones = v 14113 return s 14114} 14115 14116// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 14117func (s *DBCluster) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBCluster { 14118 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 14119 return s 14120} 14121 14122// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 14123func (s *DBCluster) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBCluster { 14124 s.CharacterSetName = &v 14125 return s 14126} 14127 14128// SetCloneGroupId sets the CloneGroupId field's value. 14129func (s *DBCluster) SetCloneGroupId(v string) *DBCluster { 14130 s.CloneGroupId = &v 14131 return s 14132} 14133 14134// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value. 14135func (s *DBCluster) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 14136 s.ClusterCreateTime = &v 14137 return s 14138} 14139 14140// SetDBClusterArn sets the DBClusterArn field's value. 14141func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterArn(v string) *DBCluster { 14142 s.DBClusterArn = &v 14143 return s 14144} 14145 14146// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 14147func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster { 14148 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 14149 return s 14150} 14151 14152// SetDBClusterMembers sets the DBClusterMembers field's value. 14153func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterMembers(v []*DBClusterMember) *DBCluster { 14154 s.DBClusterMembers = v 14155 return s 14156} 14157 14158// SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships sets the DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships field's value. 14159func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterOptionGroupMemberships(v []*DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) *DBCluster { 14160 s.DBClusterOptionGroupMemberships = v 14161 return s 14162} 14163 14164// SetDBClusterParameterGroup sets the DBClusterParameterGroup field's value. 14165func (s *DBCluster) SetDBClusterParameterGroup(v string) *DBCluster { 14166 s.DBClusterParameterGroup = &v 14167 return s 14168} 14169 14170// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 14171func (s *DBCluster) SetDBSubnetGroup(v string) *DBCluster { 14172 s.DBSubnetGroup = &v 14173 return s 14174} 14175 14176// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 14177func (s *DBCluster) SetDatabaseName(v string) *DBCluster { 14178 s.DatabaseName = &v 14179 return s 14180} 14181 14182// SetDbClusterResourceId sets the DbClusterResourceId field's value. 14183func (s *DBCluster) SetDbClusterResourceId(v string) *DBCluster { 14184 s.DbClusterResourceId = &v 14185 return s 14186} 14187 14188// SetEarliestRestorableTime sets the EarliestRestorableTime field's value. 14189func (s *DBCluster) SetEarliestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 14190 s.EarliestRestorableTime = &v 14191 return s 14192} 14193 14194// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 14195func (s *DBCluster) SetEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster { 14196 s.Endpoint = &v 14197 return s 14198} 14199 14200// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 14201func (s *DBCluster) SetEngine(v string) *DBCluster { 14202 s.Engine = &v 14203 return s 14204} 14205 14206// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 14207func (s *DBCluster) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBCluster { 14208 s.EngineVersion = &v 14209 return s 14210} 14211 14212// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value. 14213func (s *DBCluster) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *DBCluster { 14214 s.HostedZoneId = &v 14215 return s 14216} 14217 14218// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 14219func (s *DBCluster) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBCluster { 14220 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 14221 return s 14222} 14223 14224// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 14225func (s *DBCluster) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBCluster { 14226 s.KmsKeyId = &v 14227 return s 14228} 14229 14230// SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value. 14231func (s *DBCluster) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBCluster { 14232 s.LatestRestorableTime = &v 14233 return s 14234} 14235 14236// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 14237func (s *DBCluster) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBCluster { 14238 s.MasterUsername = &v 14239 return s 14240} 14241 14242// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 14243func (s *DBCluster) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBCluster { 14244 s.MultiAZ = &v 14245 return s 14246} 14247 14248// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 14249func (s *DBCluster) SetPercentProgress(v string) *DBCluster { 14250 s.PercentProgress = &v 14251 return s 14252} 14253 14254// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 14255func (s *DBCluster) SetPort(v int64) *DBCluster { 14256 s.Port = &v 14257 return s 14258} 14259 14260// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 14261func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBCluster { 14262 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 14263 return s 14264} 14265 14266// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 14267func (s *DBCluster) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBCluster { 14268 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 14269 return s 14270} 14271 14272// SetReadReplicaIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaIdentifiers field's value. 14273func (s *DBCluster) SetReadReplicaIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBCluster { 14274 s.ReadReplicaIdentifiers = v 14275 return s 14276} 14277 14278// SetReaderEndpoint sets the ReaderEndpoint field's value. 14279func (s *DBCluster) SetReaderEndpoint(v string) *DBCluster { 14280 s.ReaderEndpoint = &v 14281 return s 14282} 14283 14284// SetReplicationSourceIdentifier sets the ReplicationSourceIdentifier field's value. 14285func (s *DBCluster) SetReplicationSourceIdentifier(v string) *DBCluster { 14286 s.ReplicationSourceIdentifier = &v 14287 return s 14288} 14289 14290// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 14291func (s *DBCluster) SetStatus(v string) *DBCluster { 14292 s.Status = &v 14293 return s 14294} 14295 14296// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 14297func (s *DBCluster) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBCluster { 14298 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 14299 return s 14300} 14301 14302// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value. 14303func (s *DBCluster) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBCluster { 14304 s.VpcSecurityGroups = v 14305 return s 14306} 14307 14308// Contains information about an instance that is part of a DB cluster. 14309// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterMember 14310type DBClusterMember struct { 14311 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14312 14313 // Specifies the status of the DB cluster parameter group for this member of 14314 // the DB cluster. 14315 DBClusterParameterGroupStatus *string `type:"string"` 14316 14317 // Specifies the instance identifier for this member of the DB cluster. 14318 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14319 14320 // Value that is true if the cluster member is the primary instance for the 14321 // DB cluster and false otherwise. 14322 IsClusterWriter *bool `type:"boolean"` 14323 14324 // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to 14325 // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For 14326 // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance). 14327 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 14328} 14329 14330// String returns the string representation 14331func (s DBClusterMember) String() string { 14332 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14333} 14334 14335// GoString returns the string representation 14336func (s DBClusterMember) GoString() string { 14337 return s.String() 14338} 14339 14340// SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus sets the DBClusterParameterGroupStatus field's value. 14341func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBClusterParameterGroupStatus(v string) *DBClusterMember { 14342 s.DBClusterParameterGroupStatus = &v 14343 return s 14344} 14345 14346// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 14347func (s *DBClusterMember) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterMember { 14348 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 14349 return s 14350} 14351 14352// SetIsClusterWriter sets the IsClusterWriter field's value. 14353func (s *DBClusterMember) SetIsClusterWriter(v bool) *DBClusterMember { 14354 s.IsClusterWriter = &v 14355 return s 14356} 14357 14358// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 14359func (s *DBClusterMember) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBClusterMember { 14360 s.PromotionTier = &v 14361 return s 14362} 14363 14364// Contains status information for a DB cluster option group. 14365// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterOptionGroupStatus 14366type DBClusterOptionGroupStatus struct { 14367 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14368 14369 // Specifies the name of the DB cluster option group. 14370 DBClusterOptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 14371 14372 // Specifies the status of the DB cluster option group. 14373 Status *string `type:"string"` 14374} 14375 14376// String returns the string representation 14377func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) String() string { 14378 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14379} 14380 14381// GoString returns the string representation 14382func (s DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) GoString() string { 14383 return s.String() 14384} 14385 14386// SetDBClusterOptionGroupName sets the DBClusterOptionGroupName field's value. 14387func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetDBClusterOptionGroupName(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus { 14388 s.DBClusterOptionGroupName = &v 14389 return s 14390} 14391 14392// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 14393func (s *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterOptionGroupStatus { 14394 s.Status = &v 14395 return s 14396} 14397 14398// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster parameter group. 14399// 14400// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 14401// action. 14402// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterParameterGroup 14403type DBClusterParameterGroup struct { 14404 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14405 14406 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster parameter group. 14407 DBClusterParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 14408 14409 // Provides the name of the DB cluster parameter group. 14410 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 14411 14412 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB cluster parameter 14413 // group is compatible with. 14414 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 14415 14416 // Provides the customer-specified description for this DB cluster parameter 14417 // group. 14418 Description *string `type:"string"` 14419} 14420 14421// String returns the string representation 14422func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) String() string { 14423 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14424} 14425 14426// GoString returns the string representation 14427func (s DBClusterParameterGroup) GoString() string { 14428 return s.String() 14429} 14430 14431// SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn sets the DBClusterParameterGroupArn field's value. 14432func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 14433 s.DBClusterParameterGroupArn = &v 14434 return s 14435} 14436 14437// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 14438func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 14439 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 14440 return s 14441} 14442 14443// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 14444func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 14445 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 14446 return s 14447} 14448 14449// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 14450func (s *DBClusterParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroup { 14451 s.Description = &v 14452 return s 14453} 14454 14455// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage 14456type DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage struct { 14457 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14458 14459 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 14460 // 14461 // Constraints: 14462 // 14463 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. 14464 // 14465 // * First character must be a letter 14466 // 14467 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 14468 // 14469 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 14470 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 14471} 14472 14473// String returns the string representation 14474func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string { 14475 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14476} 14477 14478// GoString returns the string representation 14479func (s DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string { 14480 return s.String() 14481} 14482 14483// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 14484func (s *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DBClusterParameterGroupNameMessage { 14485 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 14486 return s 14487} 14488 14489// Describes an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is associated 14490// with a DB cluster. 14491// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterRole 14492type DBClusterRole struct { 14493 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14494 14495 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that is associated with the 14496 // DB cluster. 14497 RoleArn *string `type:"string"` 14498 14499 // Describes the state of association between the IAM role and the DB cluster. 14500 // The Status property returns one of the following values: 14501 // 14502 // * ACTIVE - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster and can 14503 // be used to access other AWS services on your behalf. 14504 // 14505 // * PENDING - the IAM role ARN is being associated with the DB cluster. 14506 // 14507 // * INVALID - the IAM role ARN is associated with the DB cluster, but the 14508 // DB cluster is unable to assume the IAM role in order to access other AWS 14509 // services on your behalf. 14510 Status *string `type:"string"` 14511} 14512 14513// String returns the string representation 14514func (s DBClusterRole) String() string { 14515 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14516} 14517 14518// GoString returns the string representation 14519func (s DBClusterRole) GoString() string { 14520 return s.String() 14521} 14522 14523// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 14524func (s *DBClusterRole) SetRoleArn(v string) *DBClusterRole { 14525 s.RoleArn = &v 14526 return s 14527} 14528 14529// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 14530func (s *DBClusterRole) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterRole { 14531 s.Status = &v 14532 return s 14533} 14534 14535// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot 14536// 14537// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 14538// action. 14539// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterSnapshot 14540type DBClusterSnapshot struct { 14541 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14542 14543 // Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). 14544 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 14545 14546 // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the DB cluster 14547 // snapshot can be restored in. 14548 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 14549 14550 // Specifies the time when the DB cluster was created, in Universal Coordinated 14551 // Time (UTC). 14552 ClusterCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 14553 14554 // Specifies the DB cluster identifier of the DB cluster that this DB cluster 14555 // snapshot was created from. 14556 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14557 14558 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB cluster snapshot. 14559 DBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` 14560 14561 // Specifies the identifier for the DB cluster snapshot. 14562 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14563 14564 // Specifies the name of the database engine. 14565 Engine *string `type:"string"` 14566 14567 // Provides the version of the database engine for this DB cluster snapshot. 14568 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 14569 14570 // True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database 14571 // accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 14572 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 14573 14574 // If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted 14575 // DB cluster snapshot. 14576 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 14577 14578 // Provides the license model information for this DB cluster snapshot. 14579 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 14580 14581 // Provides the master username for the DB cluster snapshot. 14582 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 14583 14584 // Specifies the percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. 14585 PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"` 14586 14587 // Specifies the port that the DB cluster was listening on at the time of the 14588 // snapshot. 14589 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 14590 14591 // Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time 14592 // (UTC). 14593 SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 14594 14595 // Provides the type of the DB cluster snapshot. 14596 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 14597 14598 // If the DB cluster snapshot was copied from a source DB cluster snapshot, 14599 // the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the source DB cluster snapshot, otherwise, 14600 // a null value. 14601 SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` 14602 14603 // Specifies the status of this DB cluster snapshot. 14604 Status *string `type:"string"` 14605 14606 // Specifies whether the DB cluster snapshot is encrypted. 14607 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 14608 14609 // Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB cluster snapshot. 14610 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 14611} 14612 14613// String returns the string representation 14614func (s DBClusterSnapshot) String() string { 14615 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14616} 14617 14618// GoString returns the string representation 14619func (s DBClusterSnapshot) GoString() string { 14620 return s.String() 14621} 14622 14623// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 14624func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14625 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 14626 return s 14627} 14628 14629// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 14630func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14631 s.AvailabilityZones = v 14632 return s 14633} 14634 14635// SetClusterCreateTime sets the ClusterCreateTime field's value. 14636func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetClusterCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14637 s.ClusterCreateTime = &v 14638 return s 14639} 14640 14641// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 14642func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14643 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 14644 return s 14645} 14646 14647// SetDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the DBClusterSnapshotArn field's value. 14648func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14649 s.DBClusterSnapshotArn = &v 14650 return s 14651} 14652 14653// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 14654func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14655 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 14656 return s 14657} 14658 14659// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 14660func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14661 s.Engine = &v 14662 return s 14663} 14664 14665// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 14666func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14667 s.EngineVersion = &v 14668 return s 14669} 14670 14671// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 14672func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14673 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 14674 return s 14675} 14676 14677// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 14678func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14679 s.KmsKeyId = &v 14680 return s 14681} 14682 14683// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 14684func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14685 s.LicenseModel = &v 14686 return s 14687} 14688 14689// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 14690func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14691 s.MasterUsername = &v 14692 return s 14693} 14694 14695// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 14696func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14697 s.PercentProgress = &v 14698 return s 14699} 14700 14701// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 14702func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14703 s.Port = &v 14704 return s 14705} 14706 14707// SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value. 14708func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14709 s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v 14710 return s 14711} 14712 14713// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 14714func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14715 s.SnapshotType = &v 14716 return s 14717} 14718 14719// SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn sets the SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn field's value. 14720func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetSourceDBClusterSnapshotArn(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14721 s.SourceDBClusterSnapshotArn = &v 14722 return s 14723} 14724 14725// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 14726func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14727 s.Status = &v 14728 return s 14729} 14730 14731// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 14732func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14733 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 14734 return s 14735} 14736 14737// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 14738func (s *DBClusterSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBClusterSnapshot { 14739 s.VpcId = &v 14740 return s 14741} 14742 14743// Contains the name and values of a manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 14744// 14745// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 14746// to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 14747// API action. 14748// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterSnapshotAttribute 14749type DBClusterSnapshotAttribute struct { 14750 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14751 14752 // The name of the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 14753 // 14754 // The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have 14755 // permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, 14756 // see the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 14757 AttributeName *string `type:"string"` 14758 14759 // The value(s) for the manual DB cluster snapshot attribute. 14760 // 14761 // If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a 14762 // list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the 14763 // manual DB cluster snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual 14764 // DB cluster snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or 14765 // restore. 14766 AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 14767} 14768 14769// String returns the string representation 14770func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) String() string { 14771 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14772} 14773 14774// GoString returns the string representation 14775func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string { 14776 return s.String() 14777} 14778 14779// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 14780func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute { 14781 s.AttributeName = &v 14782 return s 14783} 14784 14785// SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value. 14786func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttribute { 14787 s.AttributeValues = v 14788 return s 14789} 14790 14791// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 14792// API action. 14793// 14794// Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 14795// to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see 14796// the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 14797// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult 14798type DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult struct { 14799 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14800 14801 // The list of attributes and values for the manual DB cluster snapshot. 14802 DBClusterSnapshotAttributes []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"` 14803 14804 // The identifier of the manual DB cluster snapshot that the attributes apply 14805 // to. 14806 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14807} 14808 14809// String returns the string representation 14810func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string { 14811 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14812} 14813 14814// GoString returns the string representation 14815func (s DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string { 14816 return s.String() 14817} 14818 14819// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributes field's value. 14820func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBClusterSnapshotAttribute) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult { 14821 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributes = v 14822 return s 14823} 14824 14825// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 14826func (s *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult { 14827 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 14828 return s 14829} 14830 14831// This data type is used as a response element in the action DescribeDBEngineVersions. 14832// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBEngineVersion 14833type DBEngineVersion struct { 14834 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14835 14836 // The description of the database engine. 14837 DBEngineDescription *string `type:"string"` 14838 14839 // The description of the database engine version. 14840 DBEngineVersionDescription *string `type:"string"` 14841 14842 // The name of the DB parameter group family for the database engine. 14843 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 14844 14845 // The default character set for new instances of this engine version, if the 14846 // CharacterSetName parameter of the CreateDBInstance API is not specified. 14847 DefaultCharacterSet *CharacterSet `type:"structure"` 14848 14849 // The name of the database engine. 14850 Engine *string `type:"string"` 14851 14852 // The version number of the database engine. 14853 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 14854 14855 // A list of the character sets supported by this engine for the CharacterSetName 14856 // parameter of the CreateDBInstance action. 14857 SupportedCharacterSets []*CharacterSet `locationNameList:"CharacterSet" type:"list"` 14858 14859 // A list of the time zones supported by this engine for the Timezone parameter 14860 // of the CreateDBInstance action. 14861 SupportedTimezones []*Timezone `locationNameList:"Timezone" type:"list"` 14862 14863 // A list of engine versions that this database engine version can be upgraded 14864 // to. 14865 ValidUpgradeTarget []*UpgradeTarget `locationNameList:"UpgradeTarget" type:"list"` 14866} 14867 14868// String returns the string representation 14869func (s DBEngineVersion) String() string { 14870 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14871} 14872 14873// GoString returns the string representation 14874func (s DBEngineVersion) GoString() string { 14875 return s.String() 14876} 14877 14878// SetDBEngineDescription sets the DBEngineDescription field's value. 14879func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 14880 s.DBEngineDescription = &v 14881 return s 14882} 14883 14884// SetDBEngineVersionDescription sets the DBEngineVersionDescription field's value. 14885func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBEngineVersionDescription(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 14886 s.DBEngineVersionDescription = &v 14887 return s 14888} 14889 14890// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 14891func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 14892 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 14893 return s 14894} 14895 14896// SetDefaultCharacterSet sets the DefaultCharacterSet field's value. 14897func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetDefaultCharacterSet(v *CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion { 14898 s.DefaultCharacterSet = v 14899 return s 14900} 14901 14902// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 14903func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngine(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 14904 s.Engine = &v 14905 return s 14906} 14907 14908// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 14909func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBEngineVersion { 14910 s.EngineVersion = &v 14911 return s 14912} 14913 14914// SetSupportedCharacterSets sets the SupportedCharacterSets field's value. 14915func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedCharacterSets(v []*CharacterSet) *DBEngineVersion { 14916 s.SupportedCharacterSets = v 14917 return s 14918} 14919 14920// SetSupportedTimezones sets the SupportedTimezones field's value. 14921func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetSupportedTimezones(v []*Timezone) *DBEngineVersion { 14922 s.SupportedTimezones = v 14923 return s 14924} 14925 14926// SetValidUpgradeTarget sets the ValidUpgradeTarget field's value. 14927func (s *DBEngineVersion) SetValidUpgradeTarget(v []*UpgradeTarget) *DBEngineVersion { 14928 s.ValidUpgradeTarget = v 14929 return s 14930} 14931 14932// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 14933// 14934// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 14935// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBInstance 14936type DBInstance struct { 14937 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14938 14939 // Specifies the allocated storage size specified in gibibytes. 14940 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 14941 14942 // Indicates that minor version patches are applied automatically. 14943 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 14944 14945 // Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance is located in. 14946 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 14947 14948 // Specifies the number of days for which automatic DB snapshots are retained. 14949 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 14950 14951 // The identifier of the CA certificate for this DB instance. 14952 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14953 14954 // If present, specifies the name of the character set that this instance is 14955 // associated with. 14956 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 14957 14958 // Specifies whether tags are copied from the DB instance to snapshots of the 14959 // DB instance. 14960 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 14961 14962 // If the DB instance is a member of a DB cluster, contains the name of the 14963 // DB cluster that the DB instance is a member of. 14964 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14965 14966 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB instance. 14967 DBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"` 14968 14969 // Contains the name of the compute and memory capacity class of the DB instance. 14970 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 14971 14972 // Contains a user-supplied database identifier. This identifier is the unique 14973 // key that identifies a DB instance. 14974 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 14975 14976 // Specifies the current state of this database. 14977 DBInstanceStatus *string `type:"string"` 14978 14979 // The meaning of this parameter differs according to the database engine you 14980 // use. For example, this value returns MySQL, MariaDB, or PostgreSQL information 14981 // when returning values from CreateDBInstanceReadReplica since Read Replicas 14982 // are only supported for these engines. 14983 // 14984 // MySQL, MariaDB, SQL Server, PostgreSQL 14985 // 14986 // Contains the name of the initial database of this instance that was provided 14987 // at create time, if one was specified when the DB instance was created. This 14988 // same name is returned for the life of the DB instance. 14989 // 14990 // Type: String 14991 // 14992 // Oracle 14993 // 14994 // Contains the Oracle System ID (SID) of the created DB instance. Not shown 14995 // when the returned parameters do not apply to an Oracle DB instance. 14996 DBName *string `type:"string"` 14997 14998 // Provides the list of DB parameter groups applied to this DB instance. 14999 DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroupStatus `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"` 15000 15001 // Provides List of DB security group elements containing only DBSecurityGroup.Name 15002 // and DBSecurityGroup.Status subelements. 15003 DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"` 15004 15005 // Specifies information on the subnet group associated with the DB instance, 15006 // including the name, description, and subnets in the subnet group. 15007 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 15008 15009 // Specifies the port that the DB instance listens on. If the DB instance is 15010 // part of a DB cluster, this can be a different port than the DB cluster port. 15011 DbInstancePort *int64 `type:"integer"` 15012 15013 // The AWS Region-unique, immutable identifier for the DB instance. This identifier 15014 // is found in AWS CloudTrail log entries whenever the AWS KMS key for the DB 15015 // instance is accessed. 15016 DbiResourceId *string `type:"string"` 15017 15018 // The Active Directory Domain membership records associated with the DB instance. 15019 DomainMemberships []*DomainMembership `locationNameList:"DomainMembership" type:"list"` 15020 15021 // Specifies the connection endpoint. 15022 Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"` 15023 15024 // Provides the name of the database engine to be used for this DB instance. 15025 Engine *string `type:"string"` 15026 15027 // Indicates the database engine version. 15028 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 15029 15030 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon CloudWatch Logs log stream that 15031 // receives the Enhanced Monitoring metrics data for the DB instance. 15032 EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn *string `type:"string"` 15033 15034 // True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database 15035 // accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 15036 // 15037 // IAM database authentication can be enabled for the following database engines 15038 // 15039 // * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher 15040 // 15041 // * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher 15042 // 15043 // * Aurora 5.6 or higher. To enable IAM database authentication for Aurora, 15044 // see DBCluster Type. 15045 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 15046 15047 // Provides the date and time the DB instance was created. 15048 InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 15049 15050 // Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value. 15051 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 15052 15053 // If StorageEncrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted 15054 // DB instance. 15055 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 15056 15057 // Specifies the latest time to which a database can be restored with point-in-time 15058 // restore. 15059 LatestRestorableTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 15060 15061 // License model information for this DB instance. 15062 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 15063 15064 // Contains the master username for the DB instance. 15065 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 15066 15067 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 15068 // are collected for the DB instance. 15069 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 15070 15071 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send Enhanced Monitoring metrics 15072 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. 15073 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 15074 15075 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. 15076 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 15077 15078 // Provides the list of option group memberships for this DB instance. 15079 OptionGroupMemberships []*OptionGroupMembership `locationNameList:"OptionGroupMembership" type:"list"` 15080 15081 // Specifies that changes to the DB instance are pending. This element is only 15082 // included when changes are pending. Specific changes are identified by subelements. 15083 PendingModifiedValues *PendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"` 15084 15085 // True if Performance Insights is enabled for the DB instance, and otherwise 15086 // false. 15087 PerformanceInsightsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 15088 15089 // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The 15090 // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the 15091 // KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. 15092 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 15093 15094 // Specifies the daily time range during which automated backups are created 15095 // if automated backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod. 15096 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 15097 15098 // Specifies the weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, 15099 // in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 15100 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 15101 15102 // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to 15103 // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For 15104 // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance). 15105 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 15106 15107 // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true 15108 // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, 15109 // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal 15110 // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. 15111 // 15112 // Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been 15113 // requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. 15114 // 15115 // * Default VPC:true 15116 // 15117 // * VPC:false 15118 // 15119 // If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible 15120 // value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific 15121 // DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible 15122 // value has not been set, the DB instance is private. 15123 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 15124 15125 // Contains one or more identifiers of Aurora DB clusters that are Read Replicas 15126 // of this DB instance. 15127 ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifier" type:"list"` 15128 15129 // Contains one or more identifiers of the Read Replicas associated with this 15130 // DB instance. 15131 ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers []*string `locationNameList:"ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifier" type:"list"` 15132 15133 // Contains the identifier of the source DB instance if this DB instance is 15134 // a Read Replica. 15135 ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15136 15137 // If present, specifies the name of the secondary Availability Zone for a DB 15138 // instance with multi-AZ support. 15139 SecondaryAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 15140 15141 // The status of a Read Replica. If the instance is not a Read Replica, this 15142 // is blank. 15143 StatusInfos []*DBInstanceStatusInfo `locationNameList:"DBInstanceStatusInfo" type:"list"` 15144 15145 // Specifies whether the DB instance is encrypted. 15146 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 15147 15148 // Specifies the storage type associated with DB instance. 15149 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 15150 15151 // The ARN from the key store with which the instance is associated for TDE 15152 // encryption. 15153 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 15154 15155 // The time zone of the DB instance. In most cases, the Timezone element is 15156 // empty. Timezone content appears only for Microsoft SQL Server DB instances 15157 // that were created with a time zone specified. 15158 Timezone *string `type:"string"` 15159 15160 // Provides a list of VPC security group elements that the DB instance belongs 15161 // to. 15162 VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` 15163} 15164 15165// String returns the string representation 15166func (s DBInstance) String() string { 15167 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15168} 15169 15170// GoString returns the string representation 15171func (s DBInstance) GoString() string { 15172 return s.String() 15173} 15174 15175// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 15176func (s *DBInstance) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBInstance { 15177 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 15178 return s 15179} 15180 15181// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 15182func (s *DBInstance) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *DBInstance { 15183 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 15184 return s 15185} 15186 15187// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 15188func (s *DBInstance) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance { 15189 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 15190 return s 15191} 15192 15193// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 15194func (s *DBInstance) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *DBInstance { 15195 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 15196 return s 15197} 15198 15199// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 15200func (s *DBInstance) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 15201 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 15202 return s 15203} 15204 15205// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 15206func (s *DBInstance) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *DBInstance { 15207 s.CharacterSetName = &v 15208 return s 15209} 15210 15211// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 15212func (s *DBInstance) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *DBInstance { 15213 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 15214 return s 15215} 15216 15217// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 15218func (s *DBInstance) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 15219 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 15220 return s 15221} 15222 15223// SetDBInstanceArn sets the DBInstanceArn field's value. 15224func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceArn(v string) *DBInstance { 15225 s.DBInstanceArn = &v 15226 return s 15227} 15228 15229// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 15230func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DBInstance { 15231 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 15232 return s 15233} 15234 15235// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 15236func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 15237 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 15238 return s 15239} 15240 15241// SetDBInstanceStatus sets the DBInstanceStatus field's value. 15242func (s *DBInstance) SetDBInstanceStatus(v string) *DBInstance { 15243 s.DBInstanceStatus = &v 15244 return s 15245} 15246 15247// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 15248func (s *DBInstance) SetDBName(v string) *DBInstance { 15249 s.DBName = &v 15250 return s 15251} 15252 15253// SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value. 15254func (s *DBInstance) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroupStatus) *DBInstance { 15255 s.DBParameterGroups = v 15256 return s 15257} 15258 15259// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 15260func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*DBSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 15261 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 15262 return s 15263} 15264 15265// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 15266func (s *DBInstance) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *DBInstance { 15267 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 15268 return s 15269} 15270 15271// SetDbInstancePort sets the DbInstancePort field's value. 15272func (s *DBInstance) SetDbInstancePort(v int64) *DBInstance { 15273 s.DbInstancePort = &v 15274 return s 15275} 15276 15277// SetDbiResourceId sets the DbiResourceId field's value. 15278func (s *DBInstance) SetDbiResourceId(v string) *DBInstance { 15279 s.DbiResourceId = &v 15280 return s 15281} 15282 15283// SetDomainMemberships sets the DomainMemberships field's value. 15284func (s *DBInstance) SetDomainMemberships(v []*DomainMembership) *DBInstance { 15285 s.DomainMemberships = v 15286 return s 15287} 15288 15289// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 15290func (s *DBInstance) SetEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *DBInstance { 15291 s.Endpoint = v 15292 return s 15293} 15294 15295// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 15296func (s *DBInstance) SetEngine(v string) *DBInstance { 15297 s.Engine = &v 15298 return s 15299} 15300 15301// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 15302func (s *DBInstance) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBInstance { 15303 s.EngineVersion = &v 15304 return s 15305} 15306 15307// SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn sets the EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn field's value. 15308func (s *DBInstance) SetEnhancedMonitoringResourceArn(v string) *DBInstance { 15309 s.EnhancedMonitoringResourceArn = &v 15310 return s 15311} 15312 15313// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 15314func (s *DBInstance) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance { 15315 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 15316 return s 15317} 15318 15319// SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value. 15320func (s *DBInstance) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance { 15321 s.InstanceCreateTime = &v 15322 return s 15323} 15324 15325// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 15326func (s *DBInstance) SetIops(v int64) *DBInstance { 15327 s.Iops = &v 15328 return s 15329} 15330 15331// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 15332func (s *DBInstance) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBInstance { 15333 s.KmsKeyId = &v 15334 return s 15335} 15336 15337// SetLatestRestorableTime sets the LatestRestorableTime field's value. 15338func (s *DBInstance) SetLatestRestorableTime(v time.Time) *DBInstance { 15339 s.LatestRestorableTime = &v 15340 return s 15341} 15342 15343// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 15344func (s *DBInstance) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBInstance { 15345 s.LicenseModel = &v 15346 return s 15347} 15348 15349// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 15350func (s *DBInstance) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBInstance { 15351 s.MasterUsername = &v 15352 return s 15353} 15354 15355// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 15356func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *DBInstance { 15357 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 15358 return s 15359} 15360 15361// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 15362func (s *DBInstance) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *DBInstance { 15363 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 15364 return s 15365} 15366 15367// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 15368func (s *DBInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DBInstance { 15369 s.MultiAZ = &v 15370 return s 15371} 15372 15373// SetOptionGroupMemberships sets the OptionGroupMemberships field's value. 15374func (s *DBInstance) SetOptionGroupMemberships(v []*OptionGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 15375 s.OptionGroupMemberships = v 15376 return s 15377} 15378 15379// SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value. 15380func (s *DBInstance) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *PendingModifiedValues) *DBInstance { 15381 s.PendingModifiedValues = v 15382 return s 15383} 15384 15385// SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled sets the PerformanceInsightsEnabled field's value. 15386func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsEnabled(v bool) *DBInstance { 15387 s.PerformanceInsightsEnabled = &v 15388 return s 15389} 15390 15391// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 15392func (s *DBInstance) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *DBInstance { 15393 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 15394 return s 15395} 15396 15397// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 15398func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *DBInstance { 15399 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 15400 return s 15401} 15402 15403// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 15404func (s *DBInstance) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *DBInstance { 15405 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 15406 return s 15407} 15408 15409// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 15410func (s *DBInstance) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *DBInstance { 15411 s.PromotionTier = &v 15412 return s 15413} 15414 15415// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 15416func (s *DBInstance) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *DBInstance { 15417 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 15418 return s 15419} 15420 15421// SetReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers field's value. 15422func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance { 15423 s.ReadReplicaDBClusterIdentifiers = v 15424 return s 15425} 15426 15427// SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers sets the ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers field's value. 15428func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers(v []*string) *DBInstance { 15429 s.ReadReplicaDBInstanceIdentifiers = v 15430 return s 15431} 15432 15433// SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 15434func (s *DBInstance) SetReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBInstance { 15435 s.ReadReplicaSourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 15436 return s 15437} 15438 15439// SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone sets the SecondaryAvailabilityZone field's value. 15440func (s *DBInstance) SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBInstance { 15441 s.SecondaryAvailabilityZone = &v 15442 return s 15443} 15444 15445// SetStatusInfos sets the StatusInfos field's value. 15446func (s *DBInstance) SetStatusInfos(v []*DBInstanceStatusInfo) *DBInstance { 15447 s.StatusInfos = v 15448 return s 15449} 15450 15451// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 15452func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *DBInstance { 15453 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 15454 return s 15455} 15456 15457// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 15458func (s *DBInstance) SetStorageType(v string) *DBInstance { 15459 s.StorageType = &v 15460 return s 15461} 15462 15463// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 15464func (s *DBInstance) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBInstance { 15465 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 15466 return s 15467} 15468 15469// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. 15470func (s *DBInstance) SetTimezone(v string) *DBInstance { 15471 s.Timezone = &v 15472 return s 15473} 15474 15475// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value. 15476func (s *DBInstance) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *DBInstance { 15477 s.VpcSecurityGroups = v 15478 return s 15479} 15480 15481// Provides a list of status information for a DB instance. 15482// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBInstanceStatusInfo 15483type DBInstanceStatusInfo struct { 15484 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15485 15486 // Details of the error if there is an error for the instance. If the instance 15487 // is not in an error state, this value is blank. 15488 Message *string `type:"string"` 15489 15490 // Boolean value that is true if the instance is operating normally, or false 15491 // if the instance is in an error state. 15492 Normal *bool `type:"boolean"` 15493 15494 // Status of the DB instance. For a StatusType of read replica, the values can 15495 // be replicating, error, stopped, or terminated. 15496 Status *string `type:"string"` 15497 15498 // This value is currently "read replication." 15499 StatusType *string `type:"string"` 15500} 15501 15502// String returns the string representation 15503func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) String() string { 15504 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15505} 15506 15507// GoString returns the string representation 15508func (s DBInstanceStatusInfo) GoString() string { 15509 return s.String() 15510} 15511 15512// SetMessage sets the Message field's value. 15513func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetMessage(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 15514 s.Message = &v 15515 return s 15516} 15517 15518// SetNormal sets the Normal field's value. 15519func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetNormal(v bool) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 15520 s.Normal = &v 15521 return s 15522} 15523 15524// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 15525func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatus(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 15526 s.Status = &v 15527 return s 15528} 15529 15530// SetStatusType sets the StatusType field's value. 15531func (s *DBInstanceStatusInfo) SetStatusType(v string) *DBInstanceStatusInfo { 15532 s.StatusType = &v 15533 return s 15534} 15535 15536// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB parameter group. 15537// 15538// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBParameterGroups 15539// action. 15540// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBParameterGroup 15541type DBParameterGroup struct { 15542 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15543 15544 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB parameter group. 15545 DBParameterGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 15546 15547 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group family that this DB parameter 15548 // group is compatible with. 15549 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 15550 15551 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group. 15552 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15553 15554 // Provides the customer-specified description for this DB parameter group. 15555 Description *string `type:"string"` 15556} 15557 15558// String returns the string representation 15559func (s DBParameterGroup) String() string { 15560 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15561} 15562 15563// GoString returns the string representation 15564func (s DBParameterGroup) GoString() string { 15565 return s.String() 15566} 15567 15568// SetDBParameterGroupArn sets the DBParameterGroupArn field's value. 15569func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupArn(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 15570 s.DBParameterGroupArn = &v 15571 return s 15572} 15573 15574// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 15575func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 15576 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 15577 return s 15578} 15579 15580// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 15581func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 15582 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 15583 return s 15584} 15585 15586// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 15587func (s *DBParameterGroup) SetDescription(v string) *DBParameterGroup { 15588 s.Description = &v 15589 return s 15590} 15591 15592// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the ModifyDBParameterGroup 15593// or ResetDBParameterGroup action. 15594// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBParameterGroupNameMessage 15595type DBParameterGroupNameMessage struct { 15596 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15597 15598 // Provides the name of the DB parameter group. 15599 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15600} 15601 15602// String returns the string representation 15603func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) String() string { 15604 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15605} 15606 15607// GoString returns the string representation 15608func (s DBParameterGroupNameMessage) GoString() string { 15609 return s.String() 15610} 15611 15612// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 15613func (s *DBParameterGroupNameMessage) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroupNameMessage { 15614 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 15615 return s 15616} 15617 15618// The status of the DB parameter group. 15619// 15620// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: 15621// 15622// * CreateDBInstance 15623// 15624// * CreateDBInstanceReadReplica 15625// 15626// * DeleteDBInstance 15627// 15628// * ModifyDBInstance 15629// 15630// * RebootDBInstance 15631// 15632// * RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 15633// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBParameterGroupStatus 15634type DBParameterGroupStatus struct { 15635 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15636 15637 // The name of the DP parameter group. 15638 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15639 15640 // The status of parameter updates. 15641 ParameterApplyStatus *string `type:"string"` 15642} 15643 15644// String returns the string representation 15645func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) String() string { 15646 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15647} 15648 15649// GoString returns the string representation 15650func (s DBParameterGroupStatus) GoString() string { 15651 return s.String() 15652} 15653 15654// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 15655func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus { 15656 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 15657 return s 15658} 15659 15660// SetParameterApplyStatus sets the ParameterApplyStatus field's value. 15661func (s *DBParameterGroupStatus) SetParameterApplyStatus(v string) *DBParameterGroupStatus { 15662 s.ParameterApplyStatus = &v 15663 return s 15664} 15665 15666// Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. 15667// 15668// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 15669// action. 15670// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSecurityGroup 15671type DBSecurityGroup struct { 15672 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15673 15674 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB security group. 15675 DBSecurityGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 15676 15677 // Provides the description of the DB security group. 15678 DBSecurityGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 15679 15680 // Specifies the name of the DB security group. 15681 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15682 15683 // Contains a list of EC2SecurityGroup elements. 15684 EC2SecurityGroups []*EC2SecurityGroup `locationNameList:"EC2SecurityGroup" type:"list"` 15685 15686 // Contains a list of IPRange elements. 15687 IPRanges []*IPRange `locationNameList:"IPRange" type:"list"` 15688 15689 // Provides the AWS ID of the owner of a specific DB security group. 15690 OwnerId *string `type:"string"` 15691 15692 // Provides the VpcId of the DB security group. 15693 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 15694} 15695 15696// String returns the string representation 15697func (s DBSecurityGroup) String() string { 15698 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15699} 15700 15701// GoString returns the string representation 15702func (s DBSecurityGroup) GoString() string { 15703 return s.String() 15704} 15705 15706// SetDBSecurityGroupArn sets the DBSecurityGroupArn field's value. 15707func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupArn(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 15708 s.DBSecurityGroupArn = &v 15709 return s 15710} 15711 15712// SetDBSecurityGroupDescription sets the DBSecurityGroupDescription field's value. 15713func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupDescription(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 15714 s.DBSecurityGroupDescription = &v 15715 return s 15716} 15717 15718// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 15719func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 15720 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 15721 return s 15722} 15723 15724// SetEC2SecurityGroups sets the EC2SecurityGroups field's value. 15725func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroups(v []*EC2SecurityGroup) *DBSecurityGroup { 15726 s.EC2SecurityGroups = v 15727 return s 15728} 15729 15730// SetIPRanges sets the IPRanges field's value. 15731func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetIPRanges(v []*IPRange) *DBSecurityGroup { 15732 s.IPRanges = v 15733 return s 15734} 15735 15736// SetOwnerId sets the OwnerId field's value. 15737func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetOwnerId(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 15738 s.OwnerId = &v 15739 return s 15740} 15741 15742// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 15743func (s *DBSecurityGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSecurityGroup { 15744 s.VpcId = &v 15745 return s 15746} 15747 15748// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: 15749// 15750// * ModifyDBInstance 15751// 15752// * RebootDBInstance 15753// 15754// * RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshot 15755// 15756// * RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTime 15757// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSecurityGroupMembership 15758type DBSecurityGroupMembership struct { 15759 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15760 15761 // The name of the DB security group. 15762 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15763 15764 // The status of the DB security group. 15765 Status *string `type:"string"` 15766} 15767 15768// String returns the string representation 15769func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) String() string { 15770 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15771} 15772 15773// GoString returns the string representation 15774func (s DBSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { 15775 return s.String() 15776} 15777 15778// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 15779func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership { 15780 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 15781 return s 15782} 15783 15784// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 15785func (s *DBSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DBSecurityGroupMembership { 15786 s.Status = &v 15787 return s 15788} 15789 15790// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 15791// 15792// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 15793// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSnapshot 15794type DBSnapshot struct { 15795 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15796 15797 // Specifies the allocated storage size in gibibytes (GiB). 15798 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 15799 15800 // Specifies the name of the Availability Zone the DB instance was located in 15801 // at the time of the DB snapshot. 15802 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 15803 15804 // Specifies the DB instance identifier of the DB instance this DB snapshot 15805 // was created from. 15806 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15807 15808 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB snapshot. 15809 DBSnapshotArn *string `type:"string"` 15810 15811 // Specifies the identifier for the DB snapshot. 15812 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15813 15814 // Specifies whether the DB snapshot is encrypted. 15815 Encrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 15816 15817 // Specifies the name of the database engine. 15818 Engine *string `type:"string"` 15819 15820 // Specifies the version of the database engine. 15821 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 15822 15823 // True if mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts to database 15824 // accounts is enabled, and otherwise false. 15825 IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 15826 15827 // Specifies the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated 15828 // Time (UTC). 15829 InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 15830 15831 // Specifies the Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value of the DB 15832 // instance at the time of the snapshot. 15833 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 15834 15835 // If Encrypted is true, the AWS KMS key identifier for the encrypted DB snapshot. 15836 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 15837 15838 // License model information for the restored DB instance. 15839 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 15840 15841 // Provides the master username for the DB snapshot. 15842 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 15843 15844 // Provides the option group name for the DB snapshot. 15845 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 15846 15847 // The percentage of the estimated data that has been transferred. 15848 PercentProgress *int64 `type:"integer"` 15849 15850 // Specifies the port that the database engine was listening on at the time 15851 // of the snapshot. 15852 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 15853 15854 // Provides the time when the snapshot was taken, in Universal Coordinated Time 15855 // (UTC). 15856 SnapshotCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 15857 15858 // Provides the type of the DB snapshot. 15859 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 15860 15861 // The DB snapshot Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that the DB snapshot was copied 15862 // from. It only has value in case of cross-customer or cross-region copy. 15863 SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 15864 15865 // The AWS Region that the DB snapshot was created in or copied from. 15866 SourceRegion *string `type:"string"` 15867 15868 // Specifies the status of this DB snapshot. 15869 Status *string `type:"string"` 15870 15871 // Specifies the storage type associated with DB snapshot. 15872 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 15873 15874 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 15875 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 15876 15877 // The time zone of the DB snapshot. In most cases, the Timezone element is 15878 // empty. Timezone content appears only for snapshots taken from Microsoft SQL 15879 // Server DB instances that were created with a time zone specified. 15880 Timezone *string `type:"string"` 15881 15882 // Provides the VPC ID associated with the DB snapshot. 15883 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 15884} 15885 15886// String returns the string representation 15887func (s DBSnapshot) String() string { 15888 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15889} 15890 15891// GoString returns the string representation 15892func (s DBSnapshot) GoString() string { 15893 return s.String() 15894} 15895 15896// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 15897func (s *DBSnapshot) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *DBSnapshot { 15898 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 15899 return s 15900} 15901 15902// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 15903func (s *DBSnapshot) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *DBSnapshot { 15904 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 15905 return s 15906} 15907 15908// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 15909func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot { 15910 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 15911 return s 15912} 15913 15914// SetDBSnapshotArn sets the DBSnapshotArn field's value. 15915func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBSnapshotArn(v string) *DBSnapshot { 15916 s.DBSnapshotArn = &v 15917 return s 15918} 15919 15920// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 15921func (s *DBSnapshot) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot { 15922 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 15923 return s 15924} 15925 15926// SetEncrypted sets the Encrypted field's value. 15927func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEncrypted(v bool) *DBSnapshot { 15928 s.Encrypted = &v 15929 return s 15930} 15931 15932// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 15933func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEngine(v string) *DBSnapshot { 15934 s.Engine = &v 15935 return s 15936} 15937 15938// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 15939func (s *DBSnapshot) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DBSnapshot { 15940 s.EngineVersion = &v 15941 return s 15942} 15943 15944// SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled sets the IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled field's value. 15945func (s *DBSnapshot) SetIAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled(v bool) *DBSnapshot { 15946 s.IAMDatabaseAuthenticationEnabled = &v 15947 return s 15948} 15949 15950// SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value. 15951func (s *DBSnapshot) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot { 15952 s.InstanceCreateTime = &v 15953 return s 15954} 15955 15956// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 15957func (s *DBSnapshot) SetIops(v int64) *DBSnapshot { 15958 s.Iops = &v 15959 return s 15960} 15961 15962// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 15963func (s *DBSnapshot) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *DBSnapshot { 15964 s.KmsKeyId = &v 15965 return s 15966} 15967 15968// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 15969func (s *DBSnapshot) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DBSnapshot { 15970 s.LicenseModel = &v 15971 return s 15972} 15973 15974// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 15975func (s *DBSnapshot) SetMasterUsername(v string) *DBSnapshot { 15976 s.MasterUsername = &v 15977 return s 15978} 15979 15980// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 15981func (s *DBSnapshot) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DBSnapshot { 15982 s.OptionGroupName = &v 15983 return s 15984} 15985 15986// SetPercentProgress sets the PercentProgress field's value. 15987func (s *DBSnapshot) SetPercentProgress(v int64) *DBSnapshot { 15988 s.PercentProgress = &v 15989 return s 15990} 15991 15992// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 15993func (s *DBSnapshot) SetPort(v int64) *DBSnapshot { 15994 s.Port = &v 15995 return s 15996} 15997 15998// SetSnapshotCreateTime sets the SnapshotCreateTime field's value. 15999func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSnapshotCreateTime(v time.Time) *DBSnapshot { 16000 s.SnapshotCreateTime = &v 16001 return s 16002} 16003 16004// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 16005func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16006 s.SnapshotType = &v 16007 return s 16008} 16009 16010// SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 16011func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSourceDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16012 s.SourceDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 16013 return s 16014} 16015 16016// SetSourceRegion sets the SourceRegion field's value. 16017func (s *DBSnapshot) SetSourceRegion(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16018 s.SourceRegion = &v 16019 return s 16020} 16021 16022// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 16023func (s *DBSnapshot) SetStatus(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16024 s.Status = &v 16025 return s 16026} 16027 16028// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 16029func (s *DBSnapshot) SetStorageType(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16030 s.StorageType = &v 16031 return s 16032} 16033 16034// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 16035func (s *DBSnapshot) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16036 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 16037 return s 16038} 16039 16040// SetTimezone sets the Timezone field's value. 16041func (s *DBSnapshot) SetTimezone(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16042 s.Timezone = &v 16043 return s 16044} 16045 16046// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 16047func (s *DBSnapshot) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSnapshot { 16048 s.VpcId = &v 16049 return s 16050} 16051 16052// Contains the name and values of a manual DB snapshot attribute 16053// 16054// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to 16055// restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 16056// API. 16057// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSnapshotAttribute 16058type DBSnapshotAttribute struct { 16059 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16060 16061 // The name of the manual DB snapshot attribute. 16062 // 16063 // The attribute named restore refers to the list of AWS accounts that have 16064 // permission to copy or restore the manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, 16065 // see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action. 16066 AttributeName *string `type:"string"` 16067 16068 // The value or values for the manual DB snapshot attribute. 16069 // 16070 // If the AttributeName field is set to restore, then this element returns a 16071 // list of IDs of the AWS accounts that are authorized to copy or restore the 16072 // manual DB snapshot. If a value of all is in the list, then the manual DB 16073 // snapshot is public and available for any AWS account to copy or restore. 16074 AttributeValues []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 16075} 16076 16077// String returns the string representation 16078func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) String() string { 16079 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16080} 16081 16082// GoString returns the string representation 16083func (s DBSnapshotAttribute) GoString() string { 16084 return s.String() 16085} 16086 16087// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 16088func (s *DBSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeName(v string) *DBSnapshotAttribute { 16089 s.AttributeName = &v 16090 return s 16091} 16092 16093// SetAttributeValues sets the AttributeValues field's value. 16094func (s *DBSnapshotAttribute) SetAttributeValues(v []*string) *DBSnapshotAttribute { 16095 s.AttributeValues = v 16096 return s 16097} 16098 16099// Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 16100// API action. 16101// 16102// Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to 16103// copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 16104// API action. 16105// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSnapshotAttributesResult 16106type DBSnapshotAttributesResult struct { 16107 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16108 16109 // The list of attributes and values for the manual DB snapshot. 16110 DBSnapshotAttributes []*DBSnapshotAttribute `locationNameList:"DBSnapshotAttribute" type:"list"` 16111 16112 // The identifier of the manual DB snapshot that the attributes apply to. 16113 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16114} 16115 16116// String returns the string representation 16117func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) String() string { 16118 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16119} 16120 16121// GoString returns the string representation 16122func (s DBSnapshotAttributesResult) GoString() string { 16123 return s.String() 16124} 16125 16126// SetDBSnapshotAttributes sets the DBSnapshotAttributes field's value. 16127func (s *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBSnapshotAttributes(v []*DBSnapshotAttribute) *DBSnapshotAttributesResult { 16128 s.DBSnapshotAttributes = v 16129 return s 16130} 16131 16132// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 16133func (s *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DBSnapshotAttributesResult { 16134 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 16135 return s 16136} 16137 16138// Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group. 16139// 16140// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 16141// action. 16142// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSubnetGroup 16143type DBSubnetGroup struct { 16144 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16145 16146 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the DB subnet group. 16147 DBSubnetGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 16148 16149 // Provides the description of the DB subnet group. 16150 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 16151 16152 // The name of the DB subnet group. 16153 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 16154 16155 // Provides the status of the DB subnet group. 16156 SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"` 16157 16158 // Contains a list of Subnet elements. 16159 Subnets []*Subnet `locationNameList:"Subnet" type:"list"` 16160 16161 // Provides the VpcId of the DB subnet group. 16162 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 16163} 16164 16165// String returns the string representation 16166func (s DBSubnetGroup) String() string { 16167 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16168} 16169 16170// GoString returns the string representation 16171func (s DBSubnetGroup) GoString() string { 16172 return s.String() 16173} 16174 16175// SetDBSubnetGroupArn sets the DBSubnetGroupArn field's value. 16176func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupArn(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 16177 s.DBSubnetGroupArn = &v 16178 return s 16179} 16180 16181// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 16182func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 16183 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 16184 return s 16185} 16186 16187// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 16188func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 16189 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 16190 return s 16191} 16192 16193// SetSubnetGroupStatus sets the SubnetGroupStatus field's value. 16194func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnetGroupStatus(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 16195 s.SubnetGroupStatus = &v 16196 return s 16197} 16198 16199// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value. 16200func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetSubnets(v []*Subnet) *DBSubnetGroup { 16201 s.Subnets = v 16202 return s 16203} 16204 16205// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 16206func (s *DBSubnetGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *DBSubnetGroup { 16207 s.VpcId = &v 16208 return s 16209} 16210 16211// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterMessage 16212type DeleteDBClusterInput struct { 16213 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16214 16215 // The DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster to be deleted. This parameter 16216 // isn't case-sensitive. 16217 // 16218 // Constraints: 16219 // 16220 // * Must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier. 16221 // 16222 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 16223 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16224 16225 // The DB cluster snapshot identifier of the new DB cluster snapshot created 16226 // when SkipFinalSnapshot is set to false. 16227 // 16228 // Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter 16229 // to true results in an error. 16230 // 16231 // Constraints: 16232 // 16233 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 16234 // 16235 // * First character must be a letter 16236 // 16237 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 16238 FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16239 16240 // Determines whether a final DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster 16241 // is deleted. If true is specified, no DB cluster snapshot is created. If false 16242 // is specified, a DB cluster snapshot is created before the DB cluster is deleted. 16243 // 16244 // You must specify a FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter if SkipFinalSnapshot 16245 // is false. 16246 // 16247 // Default: false 16248 SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 16249} 16250 16251// String returns the string representation 16252func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) String() string { 16253 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16254} 16255 16256// GoString returns the string representation 16257func (s DeleteDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 16258 return s.String() 16259} 16260 16261// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16262func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 16263 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterInput"} 16264 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 16265 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 16266 } 16267 16268 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16269 return invalidParams 16270 } 16271 return nil 16272} 16273 16274// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 16275func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 16276 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 16277 return s 16278} 16279 16280// SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 16281func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 16282 s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 16283 return s 16284} 16285 16286// SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value. 16287func (s *DeleteDBClusterInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBClusterInput { 16288 s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v 16289 return s 16290} 16291 16292// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterResult 16293type DeleteDBClusterOutput struct { 16294 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16295 16296 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 16297 // 16298 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 16299 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 16300} 16301 16302// String returns the string representation 16303func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) String() string { 16304 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16305} 16306 16307// GoString returns the string representation 16308func (s DeleteDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 16309 return s.String() 16310} 16311 16312// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 16313func (s *DeleteDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *DeleteDBClusterOutput { 16314 s.DBCluster = v 16315 return s 16316} 16317 16318// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupMessage 16319type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 16320 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16321 16322 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group. 16323 // 16324 // Constraints: 16325 // 16326 // * Must be the name of an existing DB cluster parameter group. 16327 // 16328 // * You can't delete a default DB cluster parameter group. 16329 // 16330 // * Cannot be associated with any DB clusters. 16331 // 16332 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 16333 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16334} 16335 16336// String returns the string representation 16337func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 16338 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16339} 16340 16341// GoString returns the string representation 16342func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 16343 return s.String() 16344} 16345 16346// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16347func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 16348 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 16349 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 16350 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 16351 } 16352 16353 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16354 return invalidParams 16355 } 16356 return nil 16357} 16358 16359// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 16360func (s *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 16361 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 16362 return s 16363} 16364 16365// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput 16366type DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput struct { 16367 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16368} 16369 16370// String returns the string representation 16371func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 16372 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16373} 16374 16375// GoString returns the string representation 16376func (s DeleteDBClusterParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 16377 return s.String() 16378} 16379 16380// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshotMessage 16381type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput struct { 16382 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16383 16384 // The identifier of the DB cluster snapshot to delete. 16385 // 16386 // Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB cluster snapshot in the available 16387 // state. 16388 // 16389 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 16390 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16391} 16392 16393// String returns the string representation 16394func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) String() string { 16395 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16396} 16397 16398// GoString returns the string representation 16399func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 16400 return s.String() 16401} 16402 16403// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16404func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 16405 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput"} 16406 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 16407 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 16408 } 16409 16410 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16411 return invalidParams 16412 } 16413 return nil 16414} 16415 16416// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 16417func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotInput { 16418 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 16419 return s 16420} 16421 16422// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBClusterSnapshotResult 16423type DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput struct { 16424 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16425 16426 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB cluster snapshot 16427 // 16428 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 16429 // action. 16430 DBClusterSnapshot *DBClusterSnapshot `type:"structure"` 16431} 16432 16433// String returns the string representation 16434func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) String() string { 16435 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16436} 16437 16438// GoString returns the string representation 16439func (s DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 16440 return s.String() 16441} 16442 16443// SetDBClusterSnapshot sets the DBClusterSnapshot field's value. 16444func (s *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshot(v *DBClusterSnapshot) *DeleteDBClusterSnapshotOutput { 16445 s.DBClusterSnapshot = v 16446 return s 16447} 16448 16449// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstanceMessage 16450type DeleteDBInstanceInput struct { 16451 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16452 16453 // The DB instance identifier for the DB instance to be deleted. This parameter 16454 // isn't case-sensitive. 16455 // 16456 // Constraints: 16457 // 16458 // * Must match the name of an existing DB instance. 16459 // 16460 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 16461 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16462 16463 // The DBSnapshotIdentifier of the new DBSnapshot created when SkipFinalSnapshot 16464 // is set to false. 16465 // 16466 // Specifying this parameter and also setting the SkipFinalShapshot parameter 16467 // to true results in an error. 16468 // 16469 // Constraints: 16470 // 16471 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters or numbers. 16472 // 16473 // * First character must be a letter 16474 // 16475 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 16476 // 16477 // * Cannot be specified when deleting a Read Replica. 16478 FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16479 16480 // Determines whether a final DB snapshot is created before the DB instance 16481 // is deleted. If true is specified, no DBSnapshot is created. If false is specified, 16482 // a DB snapshot is created before the DB instance is deleted. 16483 // 16484 // Note that when a DB instance is in a failure state and has a status of 'failed', 16485 // 'incompatible-restore', or 'incompatible-network', it can only be deleted 16486 // when the SkipFinalSnapshot parameter is set to "true". 16487 // 16488 // Specify true when deleting a Read Replica. 16489 // 16490 // The FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier parameter must be specified if SkipFinalSnapshot 16491 // is false. 16492 // 16493 // Default: false 16494 SkipFinalSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 16495} 16496 16497// String returns the string representation 16498func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) String() string { 16499 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16500} 16501 16502// GoString returns the string representation 16503func (s DeleteDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 16504 return s.String() 16505} 16506 16507// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16508func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 16509 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBInstanceInput"} 16510 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 16511 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 16512 } 16513 16514 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16515 return invalidParams 16516 } 16517 return nil 16518} 16519 16520// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 16521func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 16522 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 16523 return s 16524} 16525 16526// SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 16527func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetFinalDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 16528 s.FinalDBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 16529 return s 16530} 16531 16532// SetSkipFinalSnapshot sets the SkipFinalSnapshot field's value. 16533func (s *DeleteDBInstanceInput) SetSkipFinalSnapshot(v bool) *DeleteDBInstanceInput { 16534 s.SkipFinalSnapshot = &v 16535 return s 16536} 16537 16538// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBInstanceResult 16539type DeleteDBInstanceOutput struct { 16540 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16541 16542 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 16543 // 16544 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 16545 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 16546} 16547 16548// String returns the string representation 16549func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 16550 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16551} 16552 16553// GoString returns the string representation 16554func (s DeleteDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 16555 return s.String() 16556} 16557 16558// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 16559func (s *DeleteDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *DeleteDBInstanceOutput { 16560 s.DBInstance = v 16561 return s 16562} 16563 16564// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroupMessage 16565type DeleteDBParameterGroupInput struct { 16566 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16567 16568 // The name of the DB parameter group. 16569 // 16570 // Constraints: 16571 // 16572 // * Must be the name of an existing DB parameter group 16573 // 16574 // * You can't delete a default DB parameter group 16575 // 16576 // * Cannot be associated with any DB instances 16577 // 16578 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 16579 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16580} 16581 16582// String returns the string representation 16583func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 16584 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16585} 16586 16587// GoString returns the string representation 16588func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 16589 return s.String() 16590} 16591 16592// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16593func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 16594 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBParameterGroupInput"} 16595 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 16596 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 16597 } 16598 16599 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16600 return invalidParams 16601 } 16602 return nil 16603} 16604 16605// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 16606func (s *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBParameterGroupInput { 16607 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 16608 return s 16609} 16610 16611// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput 16612type DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput struct { 16613 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16614} 16615 16616// String returns the string representation 16617func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) String() string { 16618 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16619} 16620 16621// GoString returns the string representation 16622func (s DeleteDBParameterGroupOutput) GoString() string { 16623 return s.String() 16624} 16625 16626// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroupMessage 16627type DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput struct { 16628 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16629 16630 // The name of the DB security group to delete. 16631 // 16632 // You can't delete the default DB security group. 16633 // 16634 // Constraints: 16635 // 16636 // * Must be 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 16637 // 16638 // * First character must be a letter 16639 // 16640 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 16641 // 16642 // * Must not be "Default" 16643 // 16644 // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field 16645 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16646} 16647 16648// String returns the string representation 16649func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 16650 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16651} 16652 16653// GoString returns the string representation 16654func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 16655 return s.String() 16656} 16657 16658// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16659func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 16660 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput"} 16661 if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { 16662 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) 16663 } 16664 16665 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16666 return invalidParams 16667 } 16668 return nil 16669} 16670 16671// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 16672func (s *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSecurityGroupInput { 16673 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 16674 return s 16675} 16676 16677// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput 16678type DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput struct { 16679 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16680} 16681 16682// String returns the string representation 16683func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 16684 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16685} 16686 16687// GoString returns the string representation 16688func (s DeleteDBSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 16689 return s.String() 16690} 16691 16692// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshotMessage 16693type DeleteDBSnapshotInput struct { 16694 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16695 16696 // The DBSnapshot identifier. 16697 // 16698 // Constraints: Must be the name of an existing DB snapshot in the available 16699 // state. 16700 // 16701 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 16702 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16703} 16704 16705// String returns the string representation 16706func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 16707 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16708} 16709 16710// GoString returns the string representation 16711func (s DeleteDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 16712 return s.String() 16713} 16714 16715// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16716func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 16717 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSnapshotInput"} 16718 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 16719 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 16720 } 16721 16722 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16723 return invalidParams 16724 } 16725 return nil 16726} 16727 16728// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 16729func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DeleteDBSnapshotInput { 16730 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 16731 return s 16732} 16733 16734// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSnapshotResult 16735type DeleteDBSnapshotOutput struct { 16736 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16737 16738 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 16739 // 16740 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 16741 DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` 16742} 16743 16744// String returns the string representation 16745func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 16746 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16747} 16748 16749// GoString returns the string representation 16750func (s DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 16751 return s.String() 16752} 16753 16754// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. 16755func (s *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *DeleteDBSnapshotOutput { 16756 s.DBSnapshot = v 16757 return s 16758} 16759 16760// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroupMessage 16761type DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 16762 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16763 16764 // The name of the database subnet group to delete. 16765 // 16766 // You can't delete the default subnet group. 16767 // 16768 // Constraints: 16769 // 16770 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 16771 // default. 16772 // 16773 // Example: mySubnetgroup 16774 // 16775 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 16776 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16777} 16778 16779// String returns the string representation 16780func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 16781 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16782} 16783 16784// GoString returns the string representation 16785func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 16786 return s.String() 16787} 16788 16789// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16790func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 16791 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput"} 16792 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 16793 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 16794 } 16795 16796 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16797 return invalidParams 16798 } 16799 return nil 16800} 16801 16802// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 16803func (s *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DeleteDBSubnetGroupInput { 16804 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 16805 return s 16806} 16807 16808// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput 16809type DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 16810 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16811} 16812 16813// String returns the string representation 16814func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 16815 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16816} 16817 16818// GoString returns the string representation 16819func (s DeleteDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 16820 return s.String() 16821} 16822 16823// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscriptionMessage 16824type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct { 16825 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16826 16827 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to delete. 16828 // 16829 // SubscriptionName is a required field 16830 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16831} 16832 16833// String returns the string representation 16834func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 16835 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16836} 16837 16838// GoString returns the string representation 16839func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 16840 return s.String() 16841} 16842 16843// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16844func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 16845 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteEventSubscriptionInput"} 16846 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 16847 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 16848 } 16849 16850 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16851 return invalidParams 16852 } 16853 return nil 16854} 16855 16856// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 16857func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput { 16858 s.SubscriptionName = &v 16859 return s 16860} 16861 16862// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteEventSubscriptionResult 16863type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 16864 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16865 16866 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 16867 // action. 16868 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 16869} 16870 16871// String returns the string representation 16872func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 16873 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16874} 16875 16876// GoString returns the string representation 16877func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 16878 return s.String() 16879} 16880 16881// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 16882func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput { 16883 s.EventSubscription = v 16884 return s 16885} 16886 16887// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroupMessage 16888type DeleteOptionGroupInput struct { 16889 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16890 16891 // The name of the option group to be deleted. 16892 // 16893 // You can't delete default option groups. 16894 // 16895 // OptionGroupName is a required field 16896 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 16897} 16898 16899// String returns the string representation 16900func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) String() string { 16901 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16902} 16903 16904// GoString returns the string representation 16905func (s DeleteOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { 16906 return s.String() 16907} 16908 16909// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16910func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { 16911 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteOptionGroupInput"} 16912 if s.OptionGroupName == nil { 16913 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName")) 16914 } 16915 16916 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16917 return invalidParams 16918 } 16919 return nil 16920} 16921 16922// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 16923func (s *DeleteOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DeleteOptionGroupInput { 16924 s.OptionGroupName = &v 16925 return s 16926} 16927 16928// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DeleteOptionGroupOutput 16929type DeleteOptionGroupOutput struct { 16930 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16931} 16932 16933// String returns the string representation 16934func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) String() string { 16935 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16936} 16937 16938// GoString returns the string representation 16939func (s DeleteOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { 16940 return s.String() 16941} 16942 16943// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeAccountAttributesMessage 16944type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct { 16945 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16946} 16947 16948// String returns the string representation 16949func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String() string { 16950 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16951} 16952 16953// GoString returns the string representation 16954func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) GoString() string { 16955 return s.String() 16956} 16957 16958// Data returned by the DescribeAccountAttributes action. 16959// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/AccountAttributesMessage 16960type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct { 16961 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16962 16963 // A list of AccountQuota objects. Within this list, each quota has a name, 16964 // a count of usage toward the quota maximum, and a maximum value for the quota. 16965 AccountQuotas []*AccountQuota `locationNameList:"AccountQuota" type:"list"` 16966} 16967 16968// String returns the string representation 16969func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String() string { 16970 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16971} 16972 16973// GoString returns the string representation 16974func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) GoString() string { 16975 return s.String() 16976} 16977 16978// SetAccountQuotas sets the AccountQuotas field's value. 16979func (s *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) SetAccountQuotas(v []*AccountQuota) *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput { 16980 s.AccountQuotas = v 16981 return s 16982} 16983 16984// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeCertificatesMessage 16985type DescribeCertificatesInput struct { 16986 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16987 16988 // The user-supplied certificate identifier. If this parameter is specified, 16989 // information for only the identified certificate is returned. This parameter 16990 // isn't case-sensitive. 16991 // 16992 // Constraints: 16993 // 16994 // * Must match an existing CertificateIdentifier. 16995 CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 16996 16997 // This parameter is not currently supported. 16998 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 16999 17000 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates 17001 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 17002 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 17003 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17004 17005 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 17006 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 17007 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 17008 // 17009 // Default: 100 17010 // 17011 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 17012 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 17013} 17014 17015// String returns the string representation 17016func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) String() string { 17017 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17018} 17019 17020// GoString returns the string representation 17021func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) GoString() string { 17022 return s.String() 17023} 17024 17025// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17026func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) Validate() error { 17027 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeCertificatesInput"} 17028 if s.Filters != nil { 17029 for i, v := range s.Filters { 17030 if v == nil { 17031 continue 17032 } 17033 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17034 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17035 } 17036 } 17037 } 17038 17039 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17040 return invalidParams 17041 } 17042 return nil 17043} 17044 17045// SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value. 17046func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *DescribeCertificatesInput { 17047 s.CertificateIdentifier = &v 17048 return s 17049} 17050 17051// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 17052func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeCertificatesInput { 17053 s.Filters = v 17054 return s 17055} 17056 17057// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17058func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCertificatesInput { 17059 s.Marker = &v 17060 return s 17061} 17062 17063// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 17064func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeCertificatesInput { 17065 s.MaxRecords = &v 17066 return s 17067} 17068 17069// Data returned by the DescribeCertificates action. 17070// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/CertificateMessage 17071type DescribeCertificatesOutput struct { 17072 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17073 17074 // The list of Certificate objects for the AWS account. 17075 Certificates []*Certificate `locationNameList:"Certificate" type:"list"` 17076 17077 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeCertificates 17078 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 17079 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 17080 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17081} 17082 17083// String returns the string representation 17084func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) String() string { 17085 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17086} 17087 17088// GoString returns the string representation 17089func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) GoString() string { 17090 return s.String() 17091} 17092 17093// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value. 17094func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *DescribeCertificatesOutput { 17095 s.Certificates = v 17096 return s 17097} 17098 17099// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17100func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCertificatesOutput { 17101 s.Marker = &v 17102 return s 17103} 17104 17105// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsMessage 17106type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput struct { 17107 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17108 17109 // The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return details for. 17110 // 17111 // Constraints: 17112 // 17113 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 17114 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 17115 17116 // This parameter is not currently supported. 17117 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 17118 17119 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 17120 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 17121 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 17122 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17123 17124 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 17125 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 17126 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 17127 // 17128 // Default: 100 17129 // 17130 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 17131 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 17132} 17133 17134// String returns the string representation 17135func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) String() string { 17136 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17137} 17138 17139// GoString returns the string representation 17140func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string { 17141 return s.String() 17142} 17143 17144// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17145func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error { 17146 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput"} 17147 if s.Filters != nil { 17148 for i, v := range s.Filters { 17149 if v == nil { 17150 continue 17151 } 17152 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17153 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17154 } 17155 } 17156 } 17157 17158 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17159 return invalidParams 17160 } 17161 return nil 17162} 17163 17164// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 17165func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 17166 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 17167 return s 17168} 17169 17170// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 17171func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 17172 s.Filters = v 17173 return s 17174} 17175 17176// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17177func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 17178 s.Marker = &v 17179 return s 17180} 17181 17182// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 17183func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsInput { 17184 s.MaxRecords = &v 17185 return s 17186} 17187 17188// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterParameterGroupsMessage 17189type DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput struct { 17190 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17191 17192 // A list of DB cluster parameter groups. 17193 DBClusterParameterGroups []*DBClusterParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBClusterParameterGroup" type:"list"` 17194 17195 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameterGroups 17196 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 17197 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 17198 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17199} 17200 17201// String returns the string representation 17202func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) String() string { 17203 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17204} 17205 17206// GoString returns the string representation 17207func (s DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 17208 return s.String() 17209} 17210 17211// SetDBClusterParameterGroups sets the DBClusterParameterGroups field's value. 17212func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBClusterParameterGroups(v []*DBClusterParameterGroup) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput { 17213 s.DBClusterParameterGroups = v 17214 return s 17215} 17216 17217// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17218func (s *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParameterGroupsOutput { 17219 s.Marker = &v 17220 return s 17221} 17222 17223// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterParametersMessage 17224type DescribeDBClusterParametersInput struct { 17225 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17226 17227 // The name of a specific DB cluster parameter group to return parameter details 17228 // for. 17229 // 17230 // Constraints: 17231 // 17232 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 17233 // 17234 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 17235 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17236 17237 // This parameter is not currently supported. 17238 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 17239 17240 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters 17241 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 17242 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 17243 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17244 17245 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 17246 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 17247 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 17248 // 17249 // Default: 100 17250 // 17251 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 17252 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 17253 17254 // A value that indicates to return only parameters for a specific source. Parameter 17255 // sources can be engine, service, or customer. 17256 Source *string `type:"string"` 17257} 17258 17259// String returns the string representation 17260func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) String() string { 17261 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17262} 17263 17264// GoString returns the string representation 17265func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) GoString() string { 17266 return s.String() 17267} 17268 17269// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17270func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) Validate() error { 17271 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterParametersInput"} 17272 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 17273 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 17274 } 17275 if s.Filters != nil { 17276 for i, v := range s.Filters { 17277 if v == nil { 17278 continue 17279 } 17280 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17281 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17282 } 17283 } 17284 } 17285 17286 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17287 return invalidParams 17288 } 17289 return nil 17290} 17291 17292// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 17293func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 17294 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 17295 return s 17296} 17297 17298// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 17299func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 17300 s.Filters = v 17301 return s 17302} 17303 17304// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17305func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 17306 s.Marker = &v 17307 return s 17308} 17309 17310// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 17311func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 17312 s.MaxRecords = &v 17313 return s 17314} 17315 17316// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 17317func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersInput { 17318 s.Source = &v 17319 return s 17320} 17321 17322// Provides details about a DB cluster parameter group including the parameters 17323// in the DB cluster parameter group. 17324// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterParameterGroupDetails 17325type DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput struct { 17326 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17327 17328 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterParameters 17329 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 17330 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 17331 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17332 17333 // Provides a list of parameters for the DB cluster parameter group. 17334 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 17335} 17336 17337// String returns the string representation 17338func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) String() string { 17339 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17340} 17341 17342// GoString returns the string representation 17343func (s DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string { 17344 return s.String() 17345} 17346 17347// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17348func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput { 17349 s.Marker = &v 17350 return s 17351} 17352 17353// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 17354func (s *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBClusterParametersOutput { 17355 s.Parameters = v 17356 return s 17357} 17358 17359// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesMessage 17360type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput struct { 17361 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17362 17363 // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to describe the attributes for. 17364 // 17365 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 17366 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 17367} 17368 17369// String returns the string representation 17370func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string { 17371 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17372} 17373 17374// GoString returns the string representation 17375func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string { 17376 return s.String() 17377} 17378 17379// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17380func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error { 17381 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput"} 17382 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 17383 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 17384 } 17385 17386 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17387 return invalidParams 17388 } 17389 return nil 17390} 17391 17392// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 17393func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesInput { 17394 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 17395 return s 17396} 17397 17398// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult 17399type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput struct { 17400 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17401 17402 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 17403 // API action. 17404 // 17405 // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 17406 // to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see 17407 // the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 17408 DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 17409} 17410 17411// String returns the string representation 17412func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string { 17413 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17414} 17415 17416// GoString returns the string representation 17417func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string { 17418 return s.String() 17419} 17420 17421// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 17422func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributesOutput { 17423 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v 17424 return s 17425} 17426 17427// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsMessage 17428type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput struct { 17429 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17430 17431 // The ID of the DB cluster to retrieve the list of DB cluster snapshots for. 17432 // This parameter can't be used in conjunction with the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier 17433 // parameter. This parameter is not case-sensitive. 17434 // 17435 // Constraints: 17436 // 17437 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 17438 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 17439 17440 // A specific DB cluster snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't 17441 // be used in conjunction with the DBClusterIdentifier parameter. This value 17442 // is stored as a lowercase string. 17443 // 17444 // Constraints: 17445 // 17446 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBClusterSnapshot. 17447 // 17448 // * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter 17449 // must also be specified. 17450 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 17451 17452 // This parameter is not currently supported. 17453 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 17454 17455 // True to include manual DB cluster snapshots that are public and can be copied 17456 // or restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default is false. 17457 // The default is false. 17458 // 17459 // You can share a manual DB cluster snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute 17460 // API action. 17461 IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"` 17462 17463 // True to include shared manual DB cluster snapshots from other AWS accounts 17464 // that this AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise 17465 // false. The default is false. 17466 // 17467 // You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB cluster snapshot 17468 // from another AWS account by the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 17469 IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"` 17470 17471 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 17472 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 17473 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 17474 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17475 17476 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 17477 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 17478 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 17479 // 17480 // Default: 100 17481 // 17482 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 17483 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 17484 17485 // The type of DB cluster snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the 17486 // following values: 17487 // 17488 // * automated - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been automatically 17489 // taken by Amazon RDS for my AWS account. 17490 // 17491 // * manual - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been taken by my 17492 // AWS account. 17493 // 17494 // * shared - Return all manual DB cluster snapshots that have been shared 17495 // to my AWS account. 17496 // 17497 // * public - Return all DB cluster snapshots that have been marked as public. 17498 // 17499 // If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual 17500 // DB cluster snapshots are returned. You can include shared DB cluster snapshots 17501 // with these results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can 17502 // include public DB cluster snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic 17503 // parameter to true. 17504 // 17505 // The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType 17506 // values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply 17507 // when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply 17508 // when SnapshotType is set to public. 17509 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 17510} 17511 17512// String returns the string representation 17513func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) String() string { 17514 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17515} 17516 17517// GoString returns the string representation 17518func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) GoString() string { 17519 return s.String() 17520} 17521 17522// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17523func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) Validate() error { 17524 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput"} 17525 if s.Filters != nil { 17526 for i, v := range s.Filters { 17527 if v == nil { 17528 continue 17529 } 17530 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17531 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17532 } 17533 } 17534 } 17535 17536 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17537 return invalidParams 17538 } 17539 return nil 17540} 17541 17542// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 17543func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 17544 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 17545 return s 17546} 17547 17548// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 17549func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 17550 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 17551 return s 17552} 17553 17554// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 17555func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 17556 s.Filters = v 17557 return s 17558} 17559 17560// SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value. 17561func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 17562 s.IncludePublic = &v 17563 return s 17564} 17565 17566// SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value. 17567func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 17568 s.IncludeShared = &v 17569 return s 17570} 17571 17572// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17573func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 17574 s.Marker = &v 17575 return s 17576} 17577 17578// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 17579func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 17580 s.MaxRecords = &v 17581 return s 17582} 17583 17584// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 17585func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsInput { 17586 s.SnapshotType = &v 17587 return s 17588} 17589 17590// Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user as the result of a call 17591// to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshots action. 17592// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterSnapshotMessage 17593type DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput struct { 17594 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17595 17596 // Provides a list of DB cluster snapshots for the user. 17597 DBClusterSnapshots []*DBClusterSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBClusterSnapshot" type:"list"` 17598 17599 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusterSnapshots 17600 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 17601 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 17602 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17603} 17604 17605// String returns the string representation 17606func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) String() string { 17607 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17608} 17609 17610// GoString returns the string representation 17611func (s DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string { 17612 return s.String() 17613} 17614 17615// SetDBClusterSnapshots sets the DBClusterSnapshots field's value. 17616func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshots(v []*DBClusterSnapshot) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput { 17617 s.DBClusterSnapshots = v 17618 return s 17619} 17620 17621// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17622func (s *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClusterSnapshotsOutput { 17623 s.Marker = &v 17624 return s 17625} 17626 17627// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBClustersMessage 17628type DescribeDBClustersInput struct { 17629 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17630 17631 // The user-supplied DB cluster identifier. If this parameter is specified, 17632 // information from only the specific DB cluster is returned. This parameter 17633 // isn't case-sensitive. 17634 // 17635 // Constraints: 17636 // 17637 // * If supplied, must match an existing DBClusterIdentifier. 17638 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 17639 17640 // A filter that specifies one or more DB clusters to describe. 17641 // 17642 // Supported filters: 17643 // 17644 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 17645 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information 17646 // about the DB clusters identified by these ARNs. 17647 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 17648 17649 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBClusters request. 17650 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 17651 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 17652 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17653 17654 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 17655 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 17656 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 17657 // 17658 // Default: 100 17659 // 17660 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 17661 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 17662} 17663 17664// String returns the string representation 17665func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) String() string { 17666 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17667} 17668 17669// GoString returns the string representation 17670func (s DescribeDBClustersInput) GoString() string { 17671 return s.String() 17672} 17673 17674// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17675func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) Validate() error { 17676 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBClustersInput"} 17677 if s.Filters != nil { 17678 for i, v := range s.Filters { 17679 if v == nil { 17680 continue 17681 } 17682 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17683 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17684 } 17685 } 17686 } 17687 17688 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17689 return invalidParams 17690 } 17691 return nil 17692} 17693 17694// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 17695func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 17696 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 17697 return s 17698} 17699 17700// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 17701func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 17702 s.Filters = v 17703 return s 17704} 17705 17706// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17707func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 17708 s.Marker = &v 17709 return s 17710} 17711 17712// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 17713func (s *DescribeDBClustersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBClustersInput { 17714 s.MaxRecords = &v 17715 return s 17716} 17717 17718// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBClusters 17719// action. 17720// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBClusterMessage 17721type DescribeDBClustersOutput struct { 17722 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17723 17724 // Contains a list of DB clusters for the user. 17725 DBClusters []*DBCluster `locationNameList:"DBCluster" type:"list"` 17726 17727 // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBClusters request. 17728 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17729} 17730 17731// String returns the string representation 17732func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) String() string { 17733 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17734} 17735 17736// GoString returns the string representation 17737func (s DescribeDBClustersOutput) GoString() string { 17738 return s.String() 17739} 17740 17741// SetDBClusters sets the DBClusters field's value. 17742func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetDBClusters(v []*DBCluster) *DescribeDBClustersOutput { 17743 s.DBClusters = v 17744 return s 17745} 17746 17747// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17748func (s *DescribeDBClustersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBClustersOutput { 17749 s.Marker = &v 17750 return s 17751} 17752 17753// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBEngineVersionsMessage 17754type DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput struct { 17755 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17756 17757 // The name of a specific DB parameter group family to return details for. 17758 // 17759 // Constraints: 17760 // 17761 // * If supplied, must match an existing DBParameterGroupFamily. 17762 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 17763 17764 // Indicates that only the default version of the specified engine or engine 17765 // and major version combination is returned. 17766 DefaultOnly *bool `type:"boolean"` 17767 17768 // The database engine to return. 17769 Engine *string `type:"string"` 17770 17771 // The database engine version to return. 17772 // 17773 // Example: 5.1.49 17774 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 17775 17776 // Not currently supported. 17777 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 17778 17779 // If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the CharacterSetName 17780 // parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported 17781 // character sets for each engine version. 17782 ListSupportedCharacterSets *bool `type:"boolean"` 17783 17784 // If this parameter is specified and the requested engine supports the TimeZone 17785 // parameter for CreateDBInstance, the response includes a list of supported 17786 // time zones for each engine version. 17787 ListSupportedTimezones *bool `type:"boolean"` 17788 17789 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 17790 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 17791 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 17792 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17793 17794 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the 17795 // MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included 17796 // in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. 17797 // 17798 // Default: 100 17799 // 17800 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 17801 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 17802} 17803 17804// String returns the string representation 17805func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) String() string { 17806 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17807} 17808 17809// GoString returns the string representation 17810func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) GoString() string { 17811 return s.String() 17812} 17813 17814// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17815func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) Validate() error { 17816 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput"} 17817 if s.Filters != nil { 17818 for i, v := range s.Filters { 17819 if v == nil { 17820 continue 17821 } 17822 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17823 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17824 } 17825 } 17826 } 17827 17828 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17829 return invalidParams 17830 } 17831 return nil 17832} 17833 17834// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 17835func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 17836 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 17837 return s 17838} 17839 17840// SetDefaultOnly sets the DefaultOnly field's value. 17841func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetDefaultOnly(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 17842 s.DefaultOnly = &v 17843 return s 17844} 17845 17846// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 17847func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 17848 s.Engine = &v 17849 return s 17850} 17851 17852// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 17853func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 17854 s.EngineVersion = &v 17855 return s 17856} 17857 17858// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 17859func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 17860 s.Filters = v 17861 return s 17862} 17863 17864// SetListSupportedCharacterSets sets the ListSupportedCharacterSets field's value. 17865func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedCharacterSets(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 17866 s.ListSupportedCharacterSets = &v 17867 return s 17868} 17869 17870// SetListSupportedTimezones sets the ListSupportedTimezones field's value. 17871func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetListSupportedTimezones(v bool) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 17872 s.ListSupportedTimezones = &v 17873 return s 17874} 17875 17876// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17877func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 17878 s.Marker = &v 17879 return s 17880} 17881 17882// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 17883func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsInput { 17884 s.MaxRecords = &v 17885 return s 17886} 17887 17888// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBEngineVersions 17889// action. 17890// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBEngineVersionMessage 17891type DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput struct { 17892 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17893 17894 // A list of DBEngineVersion elements. 17895 DBEngineVersions []*DBEngineVersion `locationNameList:"DBEngineVersion" type:"list"` 17896 17897 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 17898 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 17899 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 17900 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17901} 17902 17903// String returns the string representation 17904func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) String() string { 17905 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17906} 17907 17908// GoString returns the string representation 17909func (s DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) GoString() string { 17910 return s.String() 17911} 17912 17913// SetDBEngineVersions sets the DBEngineVersions field's value. 17914func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetDBEngineVersions(v []*DBEngineVersion) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput { 17915 s.DBEngineVersions = v 17916 return s 17917} 17918 17919// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 17920func (s *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBEngineVersionsOutput { 17921 s.Marker = &v 17922 return s 17923} 17924 17925// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBInstancesMessage 17926type DescribeDBInstancesInput struct { 17927 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17928 17929 // The user-supplied instance identifier. If this parameter is specified, information 17930 // from only the specific DB instance is returned. This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 17931 // 17932 // Constraints: 17933 // 17934 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 17935 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 17936 17937 // A filter that specifies one or more DB instances to describe. 17938 // 17939 // Supported filters: 17940 // 17941 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 17942 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information 17943 // about the DB instances associated with the DB clusters identified by these 17944 // ARNs. 17945 // 17946 // * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance Amazon 17947 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include information 17948 // about the DB instances identified by these ARNs. 17949 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 17950 17951 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBInstances request. 17952 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 17953 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 17954 Marker *string `type:"string"` 17955 17956 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 17957 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 17958 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 17959 // 17960 // Default: 100 17961 // 17962 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 17963 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 17964} 17965 17966// String returns the string representation 17967func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) String() string { 17968 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17969} 17970 17971// GoString returns the string representation 17972func (s DescribeDBInstancesInput) GoString() string { 17973 return s.String() 17974} 17975 17976// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17977func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) Validate() error { 17978 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBInstancesInput"} 17979 if s.Filters != nil { 17980 for i, v := range s.Filters { 17981 if v == nil { 17982 continue 17983 } 17984 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17985 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17986 } 17987 } 17988 } 17989 17990 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17991 return invalidParams 17992 } 17993 return nil 17994} 17995 17996// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 17997func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 17998 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 17999 return s 18000} 18001 18002// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 18003func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 18004 s.Filters = v 18005 return s 18006} 18007 18008// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18009func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 18010 s.Marker = &v 18011 return s 18012} 18013 18014// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 18015func (s *DescribeDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBInstancesInput { 18016 s.MaxRecords = &v 18017 return s 18018} 18019 18020// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBInstances 18021// action. 18022// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBInstanceMessage 18023type DescribeDBInstancesOutput struct { 18024 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18025 18026 // A list of DBInstance instances. 18027 DBInstances []*DBInstance `locationNameList:"DBInstance" type:"list"` 18028 18029 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 18030 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 18031 // the value specified by MaxRecords . 18032 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18033} 18034 18035// String returns the string representation 18036func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) String() string { 18037 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18038} 18039 18040// GoString returns the string representation 18041func (s DescribeDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string { 18042 return s.String() 18043} 18044 18045// SetDBInstances sets the DBInstances field's value. 18046func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetDBInstances(v []*DBInstance) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput { 18047 s.DBInstances = v 18048 return s 18049} 18050 18051// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18052func (s *DescribeDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBInstancesOutput { 18053 s.Marker = &v 18054 return s 18055} 18056 18057// This data type is used as a response element to DescribeDBLogFiles. 18058// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFilesDetails 18059type DescribeDBLogFilesDetails struct { 18060 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18061 18062 // A POSIX timestamp when the last log entry was written. 18063 LastWritten *int64 `type:"long"` 18064 18065 // The name of the log file for the specified DB instance. 18066 LogFileName *string `type:"string"` 18067 18068 // The size, in bytes, of the log file for the specified DB instance. 18069 Size *int64 `type:"long"` 18070} 18071 18072// String returns the string representation 18073func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) String() string { 18074 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18075} 18076 18077// GoString returns the string representation 18078func (s DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) GoString() string { 18079 return s.String() 18080} 18081 18082// SetLastWritten sets the LastWritten field's value. 18083func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetLastWritten(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails { 18084 s.LastWritten = &v 18085 return s 18086} 18087 18088// SetLogFileName sets the LogFileName field's value. 18089func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetLogFileName(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails { 18090 s.LogFileName = &v 18091 return s 18092} 18093 18094// SetSize sets the Size field's value. 18095func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) SetSize(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesDetails { 18096 s.Size = &v 18097 return s 18098} 18099 18100// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFilesMessage 18101type DescribeDBLogFilesInput struct { 18102 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18103 18104 // The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files 18105 // you want to list. 18106 // 18107 // Constraints: 18108 // 18109 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 18110 // 18111 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 18112 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 18113 18114 // Filters the available log files for files written since the specified date, 18115 // in POSIX timestamp format with milliseconds. 18116 FileLastWritten *int64 `type:"long"` 18117 18118 // Filters the available log files for files larger than the specified size. 18119 FileSize *int64 `type:"long"` 18120 18121 // Filters the available log files for log file names that contain the specified 18122 // string. 18123 FilenameContains *string `type:"string"` 18124 18125 // This parameter is not currently supported. 18126 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 18127 18128 // The pagination token provided in the previous request. If this parameter 18129 // is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 18130 // MaxRecords. 18131 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18132 18133 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 18134 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 18135 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 18136 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 18137} 18138 18139// String returns the string representation 18140func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) String() string { 18141 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18142} 18143 18144// GoString returns the string representation 18145func (s DescribeDBLogFilesInput) GoString() string { 18146 return s.String() 18147} 18148 18149// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18150func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) Validate() error { 18151 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBLogFilesInput"} 18152 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 18153 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 18154 } 18155 if s.Filters != nil { 18156 for i, v := range s.Filters { 18157 if v == nil { 18158 continue 18159 } 18160 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18161 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18162 } 18163 } 18164 } 18165 18166 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18167 return invalidParams 18168 } 18169 return nil 18170} 18171 18172// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 18173func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 18174 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 18175 return s 18176} 18177 18178// SetFileLastWritten sets the FileLastWritten field's value. 18179func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFileLastWritten(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 18180 s.FileLastWritten = &v 18181 return s 18182} 18183 18184// SetFileSize sets the FileSize field's value. 18185func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFileSize(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 18186 s.FileSize = &v 18187 return s 18188} 18189 18190// SetFilenameContains sets the FilenameContains field's value. 18191func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFilenameContains(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 18192 s.FilenameContains = &v 18193 return s 18194} 18195 18196// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 18197func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 18198 s.Filters = v 18199 return s 18200} 18201 18202// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18203func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 18204 s.Marker = &v 18205 return s 18206} 18207 18208// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 18209func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBLogFilesInput { 18210 s.MaxRecords = &v 18211 return s 18212} 18213 18214// The response from a call to DescribeDBLogFiles. 18215// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBLogFilesResponse 18216type DescribeDBLogFilesOutput struct { 18217 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18218 18219 // The DB log files returned. 18220 DescribeDBLogFiles []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails `locationNameList:"DescribeDBLogFilesDetails" type:"list"` 18221 18222 // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DescribeDBLogFiles request. 18223 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18224} 18225 18226// String returns the string representation 18227func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) String() string { 18228 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18229} 18230 18231// GoString returns the string representation 18232func (s DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) GoString() string { 18233 return s.String() 18234} 18235 18236// SetDescribeDBLogFiles sets the DescribeDBLogFiles field's value. 18237func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) SetDescribeDBLogFiles(v []*DescribeDBLogFilesDetails) *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput { 18238 s.DescribeDBLogFiles = v 18239 return s 18240} 18241 18242// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18243func (s *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBLogFilesOutput { 18244 s.Marker = &v 18245 return s 18246} 18247 18248// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParameterGroupsMessage 18249type DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput struct { 18250 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18251 18252 // The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. 18253 // 18254 // Constraints: 18255 // 18256 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 18257 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 18258 18259 // This parameter is not currently supported. 18260 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 18261 18262 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameterGroups 18263 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 18264 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 18265 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18266 18267 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 18268 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 18269 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 18270 // 18271 // Default: 100 18272 // 18273 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 18274 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 18275} 18276 18277// String returns the string representation 18278func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) String() string { 18279 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18280} 18281 18282// GoString returns the string representation 18283func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) GoString() string { 18284 return s.String() 18285} 18286 18287// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18288func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) Validate() error { 18289 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput"} 18290 if s.Filters != nil { 18291 for i, v := range s.Filters { 18292 if v == nil { 18293 continue 18294 } 18295 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18296 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18297 } 18298 } 18299 } 18300 18301 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18302 return invalidParams 18303 } 18304 return nil 18305} 18306 18307// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 18308func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 18309 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 18310 return s 18311} 18312 18313// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 18314func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 18315 s.Filters = v 18316 return s 18317} 18318 18319// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18320func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 18321 s.Marker = &v 18322 return s 18323} 18324 18325// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 18326func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsInput { 18327 s.MaxRecords = &v 18328 return s 18329} 18330 18331// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameterGroups 18332// action. 18333// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBParameterGroupsMessage 18334type DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput struct { 18335 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18336 18337 // A list of DBParameterGroup instances. 18338 DBParameterGroups []*DBParameterGroup `locationNameList:"DBParameterGroup" type:"list"` 18339 18340 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 18341 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 18342 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 18343 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18344} 18345 18346// String returns the string representation 18347func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) String() string { 18348 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18349} 18350 18351// GoString returns the string representation 18352func (s DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 18353 return s.String() 18354} 18355 18356// SetDBParameterGroups sets the DBParameterGroups field's value. 18357func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetDBParameterGroups(v []*DBParameterGroup) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput { 18358 s.DBParameterGroups = v 18359 return s 18360} 18361 18362// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18363func (s *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParameterGroupsOutput { 18364 s.Marker = &v 18365 return s 18366} 18367 18368// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBParametersMessage 18369type DescribeDBParametersInput struct { 18370 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18371 18372 // The name of a specific DB parameter group to return details for. 18373 // 18374 // Constraints: 18375 // 18376 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 18377 // 18378 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 18379 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 18380 18381 // This parameter is not currently supported. 18382 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 18383 18384 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBParameters 18385 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 18386 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 18387 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18388 18389 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 18390 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 18391 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 18392 // 18393 // Default: 100 18394 // 18395 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 18396 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 18397 18398 // The parameter types to return. 18399 // 18400 // Default: All parameter types returned 18401 // 18402 // Valid Values: user | system | engine-default 18403 Source *string `type:"string"` 18404} 18405 18406// String returns the string representation 18407func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) String() string { 18408 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18409} 18410 18411// GoString returns the string representation 18412func (s DescribeDBParametersInput) GoString() string { 18413 return s.String() 18414} 18415 18416// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18417func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) Validate() error { 18418 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBParametersInput"} 18419 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 18420 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 18421 } 18422 if s.Filters != nil { 18423 for i, v := range s.Filters { 18424 if v == nil { 18425 continue 18426 } 18427 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18428 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18429 } 18430 } 18431 } 18432 18433 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18434 return invalidParams 18435 } 18436 return nil 18437} 18438 18439// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 18440func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 18441 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 18442 return s 18443} 18444 18445// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 18446func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 18447 s.Filters = v 18448 return s 18449} 18450 18451// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18452func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 18453 s.Marker = &v 18454 return s 18455} 18456 18457// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 18458func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 18459 s.MaxRecords = &v 18460 return s 18461} 18462 18463// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 18464func (s *DescribeDBParametersInput) SetSource(v string) *DescribeDBParametersInput { 18465 s.Source = &v 18466 return s 18467} 18468 18469// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBParameters 18470// action. 18471// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBParameterGroupDetails 18472type DescribeDBParametersOutput struct { 18473 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18474 18475 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 18476 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 18477 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 18478 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18479 18480 // A list of Parameter values. 18481 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 18482} 18483 18484// String returns the string representation 18485func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) String() string { 18486 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18487} 18488 18489// GoString returns the string representation 18490func (s DescribeDBParametersOutput) GoString() string { 18491 return s.String() 18492} 18493 18494// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18495func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBParametersOutput { 18496 s.Marker = &v 18497 return s 18498} 18499 18500// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 18501func (s *DescribeDBParametersOutput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *DescribeDBParametersOutput { 18502 s.Parameters = v 18503 return s 18504} 18505 18506// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSecurityGroupsMessage 18507type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput struct { 18508 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18509 18510 // The name of the DB security group to return details for. 18511 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 18512 18513 // This parameter is not currently supported. 18514 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 18515 18516 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSecurityGroups 18517 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 18518 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 18519 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18520 18521 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 18522 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 18523 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 18524 // 18525 // Default: 100 18526 // 18527 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 18528 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 18529} 18530 18531// String returns the string representation 18532func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) String() string { 18533 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18534} 18535 18536// GoString returns the string representation 18537func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string { 18538 return s.String() 18539} 18540 18541// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18542func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error { 18543 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput"} 18544 if s.Filters != nil { 18545 for i, v := range s.Filters { 18546 if v == nil { 18547 continue 18548 } 18549 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18550 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18551 } 18552 } 18553 } 18554 18555 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18556 return invalidParams 18557 } 18558 return nil 18559} 18560 18561// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 18562func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { 18563 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 18564 return s 18565} 18566 18567// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 18568func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { 18569 s.Filters = v 18570 return s 18571} 18572 18573// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18574func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { 18575 s.Marker = &v 18576 return s 18577} 18578 18579// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 18580func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsInput { 18581 s.MaxRecords = &v 18582 return s 18583} 18584 18585// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 18586// action. 18587// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSecurityGroupMessage 18588type DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput struct { 18589 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18590 18591 // A list of DBSecurityGroup instances. 18592 DBSecurityGroups []*DBSecurityGroup `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"` 18593 18594 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 18595 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 18596 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 18597 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18598} 18599 18600// String returns the string representation 18601func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string { 18602 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18603} 18604 18605// GoString returns the string representation 18606func (s DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 18607 return s.String() 18608} 18609 18610// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 18611func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*DBSecurityGroup) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput { 18612 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 18613 return s 18614} 18615 18616// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18617func (s *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSecurityGroupsOutput { 18618 s.Marker = &v 18619 return s 18620} 18621 18622// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesMessage 18623type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput struct { 18624 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18625 18626 // The identifier for the DB snapshot to describe the attributes for. 18627 // 18628 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 18629 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 18630} 18631 18632// String returns the string representation 18633func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) String() string { 18634 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18635} 18636 18637// GoString returns the string representation 18638func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) GoString() string { 18639 return s.String() 18640} 18641 18642// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18643func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) Validate() error { 18644 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput"} 18645 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 18646 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 18647 } 18648 18649 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18650 return invalidParams 18651 } 18652 return nil 18653} 18654 18655// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 18656func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesInput { 18657 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 18658 return s 18659} 18660 18661// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesResult 18662type DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput struct { 18663 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18664 18665 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 18666 // API action. 18667 // 18668 // Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to 18669 // copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 18670 // API action. 18671 DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 18672} 18673 18674// String returns the string representation 18675func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) String() string { 18676 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18677} 18678 18679// GoString returns the string representation 18680func (s DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) GoString() string { 18681 return s.String() 18682} 18683 18684// SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 18685func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput) SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) *DescribeDBSnapshotAttributesOutput { 18686 s.DBSnapshotAttributesResult = v 18687 return s 18688} 18689 18690// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSnapshotsMessage 18691type DescribeDBSnapshotsInput struct { 18692 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18693 18694 // The ID of the DB instance to retrieve the list of DB snapshots for. This 18695 // parameter can't be used in conjunction with DBSnapshotIdentifier. This parameter 18696 // is not case-sensitive. 18697 // 18698 // Constraints: 18699 // 18700 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 18701 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 18702 18703 // A specific DB snapshot identifier to describe. This parameter can't be used 18704 // in conjunction with DBInstanceIdentifier. This value is stored as a lowercase 18705 // string. 18706 // 18707 // Constraints: 18708 // 18709 // * If supplied, must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot. 18710 // 18711 // * If this identifier is for an automated snapshot, the SnapshotType parameter 18712 // must also be specified. 18713 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 18714 18715 // This parameter is not currently supported. 18716 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 18717 18718 // True to include manual DB snapshots that are public and can be copied or 18719 // restored by any AWS account, and otherwise false. The default is false. 18720 // 18721 // You can share a manual DB snapshot as public by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 18722 // API. 18723 IncludePublic *bool `type:"boolean"` 18724 18725 // True to include shared manual DB snapshots from other AWS accounts that this 18726 // AWS account has been given permission to copy or restore, and otherwise false. 18727 // The default is false. 18728 // 18729 // You can give an AWS account permission to restore a manual DB snapshot from 18730 // another AWS account by using the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute API action. 18731 IncludeShared *bool `type:"boolean"` 18732 18733 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSnapshots request. 18734 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 18735 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 18736 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18737 18738 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 18739 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 18740 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 18741 // 18742 // Default: 100 18743 // 18744 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 18745 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 18746 18747 // The type of snapshots to be returned. You can specify one of the following 18748 // values: 18749 // 18750 // * automated - Return all DB snapshots that have been automatically taken 18751 // by Amazon RDS for my AWS account. 18752 // 18753 // * manual - Return all DB snapshots that have been taken by my AWS account. 18754 // 18755 // * shared - Return all manual DB snapshots that have been shared to my 18756 // AWS account. 18757 // 18758 // * public - Return all DB snapshots that have been marked as public. 18759 // 18760 // If you don't specify a SnapshotType value, then both automated and manual 18761 // snapshots are returned. Shared and public DB snapshots are not included in 18762 // the returned results by default. You can include shared snapshots with these 18763 // results by setting the IncludeShared parameter to true. You can include public 18764 // snapshots with these results by setting the IncludePublic parameter to true. 18765 // 18766 // The IncludeShared and IncludePublic parameters don't apply for SnapshotType 18767 // values of manual or automated. The IncludePublic parameter doesn't apply 18768 // when SnapshotType is set to shared. The IncludeShared parameter doesn't apply 18769 // when SnapshotType is set to public. 18770 SnapshotType *string `type:"string"` 18771} 18772 18773// String returns the string representation 18774func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) String() string { 18775 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18776} 18777 18778// GoString returns the string representation 18779func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) GoString() string { 18780 return s.String() 18781} 18782 18783// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18784func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) Validate() error { 18785 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSnapshotsInput"} 18786 if s.Filters != nil { 18787 for i, v := range s.Filters { 18788 if v == nil { 18789 continue 18790 } 18791 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18792 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18793 } 18794 } 18795 } 18796 18797 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18798 return invalidParams 18799 } 18800 return nil 18801} 18802 18803// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 18804func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 18805 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 18806 return s 18807} 18808 18809// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 18810func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 18811 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 18812 return s 18813} 18814 18815// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 18816func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 18817 s.Filters = v 18818 return s 18819} 18820 18821// SetIncludePublic sets the IncludePublic field's value. 18822func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetIncludePublic(v bool) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 18823 s.IncludePublic = &v 18824 return s 18825} 18826 18827// SetIncludeShared sets the IncludeShared field's value. 18828func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetIncludeShared(v bool) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 18829 s.IncludeShared = &v 18830 return s 18831} 18832 18833// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18834func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 18835 s.Marker = &v 18836 return s 18837} 18838 18839// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 18840func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 18841 s.MaxRecords = &v 18842 return s 18843} 18844 18845// SetSnapshotType sets the SnapshotType field's value. 18846func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput) SetSnapshotType(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsInput { 18847 s.SnapshotType = &v 18848 return s 18849} 18850 18851// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSnapshots 18852// action. 18853// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSnapshotMessage 18854type DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput struct { 18855 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18856 18857 // A list of DBSnapshot instances. 18858 DBSnapshots []*DBSnapshot `locationNameList:"DBSnapshot" type:"list"` 18859 18860 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 18861 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 18862 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 18863 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18864} 18865 18866// String returns the string representation 18867func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) String() string { 18868 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18869} 18870 18871// GoString returns the string representation 18872func (s DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) GoString() string { 18873 return s.String() 18874} 18875 18876// SetDBSnapshots sets the DBSnapshots field's value. 18877func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) SetDBSnapshots(v []*DBSnapshot) *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput { 18878 s.DBSnapshots = v 18879 return s 18880} 18881 18882// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18883func (s *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSnapshotsOutput { 18884 s.Marker = &v 18885 return s 18886} 18887 18888// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeDBSubnetGroupsMessage 18889type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput struct { 18890 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18891 18892 // The name of the DB subnet group to return details for. 18893 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 18894 18895 // This parameter is not currently supported. 18896 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 18897 18898 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeDBSubnetGroups 18899 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 18900 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 18901 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18902 18903 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 18904 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 18905 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 18906 // 18907 // Default: 100 18908 // 18909 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 18910 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 18911} 18912 18913// String returns the string representation 18914func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) String() string { 18915 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18916} 18917 18918// GoString returns the string representation 18919func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string { 18920 return s.String() 18921} 18922 18923// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18924func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) Validate() error { 18925 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput"} 18926 if s.Filters != nil { 18927 for i, v := range s.Filters { 18928 if v == nil { 18929 continue 18930 } 18931 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 18932 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18933 } 18934 } 18935 } 18936 18937 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18938 return invalidParams 18939 } 18940 return nil 18941} 18942 18943// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 18944func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 18945 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 18946 return s 18947} 18948 18949// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 18950func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 18951 s.Filters = v 18952 return s 18953} 18954 18955// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18956func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 18957 s.Marker = &v 18958 return s 18959} 18960 18961// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 18962func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsInput { 18963 s.MaxRecords = &v 18964 return s 18965} 18966 18967// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 18968// action. 18969// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DBSubnetGroupMessage 18970type DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput struct { 18971 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18972 18973 // A list of DBSubnetGroup instances. 18974 DBSubnetGroups []*DBSubnetGroup `locationNameList:"DBSubnetGroup" type:"list"` 18975 18976 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 18977 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 18978 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 18979 Marker *string `type:"string"` 18980} 18981 18982// String returns the string representation 18983func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string { 18984 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18985} 18986 18987// GoString returns the string representation 18988func (s DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 18989 return s.String() 18990} 18991 18992// SetDBSubnetGroups sets the DBSubnetGroups field's value. 18993func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetDBSubnetGroups(v []*DBSubnetGroup) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput { 18994 s.DBSubnetGroups = v 18995 return s 18996} 18997 18998// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 18999func (s *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeDBSubnetGroupsOutput { 19000 s.Marker = &v 19001 return s 19002} 19003 19004// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersMessage 19005type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput struct { 19006 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19007 19008 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group family to return engine parameter 19009 // information for. 19010 // 19011 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 19012 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 19013 19014 // This parameter is not currently supported. 19015 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19016 19017 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParameters 19018 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 19019 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 19020 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19021 19022 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 19023 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 19024 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 19025 // 19026 // Default: 100 19027 // 19028 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 19029 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 19030} 19031 19032// String returns the string representation 19033func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) String() string { 19034 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19035} 19036 19037// GoString returns the string representation 19038func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) GoString() string { 19039 return s.String() 19040} 19041 19042// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19043func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) Validate() error { 19044 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput"} 19045 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 19046 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 19047 } 19048 if s.Filters != nil { 19049 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19050 if v == nil { 19051 continue 19052 } 19053 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19054 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19055 } 19056 } 19057 } 19058 19059 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19060 return invalidParams 19061 } 19062 return nil 19063} 19064 19065// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 19066func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 19067 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 19068 return s 19069} 19070 19071// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19072func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 19073 s.Filters = v 19074 return s 19075} 19076 19077// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19078func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 19079 s.Marker = &v 19080 return s 19081} 19082 19083// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 19084func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersInput { 19085 s.MaxRecords = &v 19086 return s 19087} 19088 19089// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersResult 19090type DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput struct { 19091 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19092 19093 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 19094 // action. 19095 EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"` 19096} 19097 19098// String returns the string representation 19099func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) String() string { 19100 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19101} 19102 19103// GoString returns the string representation 19104func (s DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) GoString() string { 19105 return s.String() 19106} 19107 19108// SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value. 19109func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultClusterParametersOutput { 19110 s.EngineDefaults = v 19111 return s 19112} 19113 19114// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParametersMessage 19115type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput struct { 19116 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19117 19118 // The name of the DB parameter group family. 19119 // 19120 // DBParameterGroupFamily is a required field 19121 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 19122 19123 // Not currently supported. 19124 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19125 19126 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 19127 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 19128 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 19129 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19130 19131 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 19132 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 19133 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 19134 // 19135 // Default: 100 19136 // 19137 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 19138 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 19139} 19140 19141// String returns the string representation 19142func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) String() string { 19143 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19144} 19145 19146// GoString returns the string representation 19147func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) GoString() string { 19148 return s.String() 19149} 19150 19151// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19152func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) Validate() error { 19153 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput"} 19154 if s.DBParameterGroupFamily == nil { 19155 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupFamily")) 19156 } 19157 if s.Filters != nil { 19158 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19159 if v == nil { 19160 continue 19161 } 19162 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19163 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19164 } 19165 } 19166 } 19167 19168 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19169 return invalidParams 19170 } 19171 return nil 19172} 19173 19174// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 19175func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 19176 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 19177 return s 19178} 19179 19180// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19181func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 19182 s.Filters = v 19183 return s 19184} 19185 19186// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19187func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 19188 s.Marker = &v 19189 return s 19190} 19191 19192// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 19193func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersInput { 19194 s.MaxRecords = &v 19195 return s 19196} 19197 19198// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEngineDefaultParametersResult 19199type DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput struct { 19200 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19201 19202 // Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 19203 // action. 19204 EngineDefaults *EngineDefaults `type:"structure"` 19205} 19206 19207// String returns the string representation 19208func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) String() string { 19209 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19210} 19211 19212// GoString returns the string representation 19213func (s DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) GoString() string { 19214 return s.String() 19215} 19216 19217// SetEngineDefaults sets the EngineDefaults field's value. 19218func (s *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput) SetEngineDefaults(v *EngineDefaults) *DescribeEngineDefaultParametersOutput { 19219 s.EngineDefaults = v 19220 return s 19221} 19222 19223// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventCategoriesMessage 19224type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct { 19225 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19226 19227 // This parameter is not currently supported. 19228 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19229 19230 // The type of source that is generating the events. 19231 // 19232 // Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot 19233 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 19234} 19235 19236// String returns the string representation 19237func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string { 19238 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19239} 19240 19241// GoString returns the string representation 19242func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string { 19243 return s.String() 19244} 19245 19246// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19247func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate() error { 19248 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventCategoriesInput"} 19249 if s.Filters != nil { 19250 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19251 if v == nil { 19252 continue 19253 } 19254 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19255 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19256 } 19257 } 19258 } 19259 19260 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19261 return invalidParams 19262 } 19263 return nil 19264} 19265 19266// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19267func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput { 19268 s.Filters = v 19269 return s 19270} 19271 19272// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 19273func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput { 19274 s.SourceType = &v 19275 return s 19276} 19277 19278// Data returned from the DescribeEventCategories action. 19279// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EventCategoriesMessage 19280type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct { 19281 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19282 19283 // A list of EventCategoriesMap data types. 19284 EventCategoriesMapList []*EventCategoriesMap `locationNameList:"EventCategoriesMap" type:"list"` 19285} 19286 19287// String returns the string representation 19288func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string { 19289 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19290} 19291 19292// GoString returns the string representation 19293func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string { 19294 return s.String() 19295} 19296 19297// SetEventCategoriesMapList sets the EventCategoriesMapList field's value. 19298func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) SetEventCategoriesMapList(v []*EventCategoriesMap) *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput { 19299 s.EventCategoriesMapList = v 19300 return s 19301} 19302 19303// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventSubscriptionsMessage 19304type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct { 19305 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19306 19307 // This parameter is not currently supported. 19308 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19309 19310 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 19311 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 19312 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 19313 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19314 19315 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 19316 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 19317 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 19318 // 19319 // Default: 100 19320 // 19321 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 19322 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 19323 19324 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to describe. 19325 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"` 19326} 19327 19328// String returns the string representation 19329func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string { 19330 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19331} 19332 19333// GoString returns the string representation 19334func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string { 19335 return s.String() 19336} 19337 19338// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19339func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) Validate() error { 19340 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput"} 19341 if s.Filters != nil { 19342 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19343 if v == nil { 19344 continue 19345 } 19346 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19347 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19348 } 19349 } 19350 } 19351 19352 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19353 return invalidParams 19354 } 19355 return nil 19356} 19357 19358// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19359func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 19360 s.Filters = v 19361 return s 19362} 19363 19364// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19365func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 19366 s.Marker = &v 19367 return s 19368} 19369 19370// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 19371func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 19372 s.MaxRecords = &v 19373 return s 19374} 19375 19376// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 19377func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput { 19378 s.SubscriptionName = &v 19379 return s 19380} 19381 19382// Data returned by the DescribeEventSubscriptions action. 19383// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EventSubscriptionsMessage 19384type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct { 19385 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19386 19387 // A list of EventSubscriptions data types. 19388 EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `locationNameList:"EventSubscription" type:"list"` 19389 19390 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 19391 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 19392 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 19393 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19394} 19395 19396// String returns the string representation 19397func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string { 19398 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19399} 19400 19401// GoString returns the string representation 19402func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string { 19403 return s.String() 19404} 19405 19406// SetEventSubscriptionsList sets the EventSubscriptionsList field's value. 19407func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetEventSubscriptionsList(v []*EventSubscription) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput { 19408 s.EventSubscriptionsList = v 19409 return s 19410} 19411 19412// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19413func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput { 19414 s.Marker = &v 19415 return s 19416} 19417 19418// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeEventsMessage 19419type DescribeEventsInput struct { 19420 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19421 19422 // The number of minutes to retrieve events for. 19423 // 19424 // Default: 60 19425 Duration *int64 `type:"integer"` 19426 19427 // The end of the time interval for which to retrieve events, specified in ISO 19428 // 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia 19429 // page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) 19430 // 19431 // Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z 19432 EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 19433 19434 // A list of event categories that trigger notifications for a event notification 19435 // subscription. 19436 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 19437 19438 // This parameter is not currently supported. 19439 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19440 19441 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeEvents request. 19442 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 19443 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 19444 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19445 19446 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 19447 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 19448 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 19449 // 19450 // Default: 100 19451 // 19452 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 19453 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 19454 19455 // The identifier of the event source for which events are returned. If not 19456 // specified, then all sources are included in the response. 19457 // 19458 // Constraints: 19459 // 19460 // * If SourceIdentifier is supplied, SourceType must also be provided. 19461 // 19462 // * If the source type is DBInstance, then a DBInstanceIdentifier must be 19463 // supplied. 19464 // 19465 // * If the source type is DBSecurityGroup, a DBSecurityGroupName must be 19466 // supplied. 19467 // 19468 // * If the source type is DBParameterGroup, a DBParameterGroupName must 19469 // be supplied. 19470 // 19471 // * If the source type is DBSnapshot, a DBSnapshotIdentifier must be supplied. 19472 // 19473 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 19474 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 19475 19476 // The event source to retrieve events for. If no value is specified, all events 19477 // are returned. 19478 SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"` 19479 19480 // The beginning of the time interval to retrieve events for, specified in ISO 19481 // 8601 format. For more information about ISO 8601, go to the ISO8601 Wikipedia 19482 // page. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) 19483 // 19484 // Example: 2009-07-08T18:00Z 19485 StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 19486} 19487 19488// String returns the string representation 19489func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string { 19490 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19491} 19492 19493// GoString returns the string representation 19494func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string { 19495 return s.String() 19496} 19497 19498// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19499func (s *DescribeEventsInput) Validate() error { 19500 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventsInput"} 19501 if s.Filters != nil { 19502 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19503 if v == nil { 19504 continue 19505 } 19506 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19507 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19508 } 19509 } 19510 } 19511 19512 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19513 return invalidParams 19514 } 19515 return nil 19516} 19517 19518// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 19519func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput { 19520 s.Duration = &v 19521 return s 19522} 19523 19524// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value. 19525func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput { 19526 s.EndTime = &v 19527 return s 19528} 19529 19530// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 19531func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *DescribeEventsInput { 19532 s.EventCategories = v 19533 return s 19534} 19535 19536// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19537func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventsInput { 19538 s.Filters = v 19539 return s 19540} 19541 19542// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19543func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 19544 s.Marker = &v 19545 return s 19546} 19547 19548// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 19549func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput { 19550 s.MaxRecords = &v 19551 return s 19552} 19553 19554// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 19555func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 19556 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 19557 return s 19558} 19559 19560// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 19561func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventsInput { 19562 s.SourceType = &v 19563 return s 19564} 19565 19566// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. 19567func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput { 19568 s.StartTime = &v 19569 return s 19570} 19571 19572// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEvents action. 19573// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EventsMessage 19574type DescribeEventsOutput struct { 19575 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19576 19577 // A list of Event instances. 19578 Events []*Event `locationNameList:"Event" type:"list"` 19579 19580 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous Events request. If this 19581 // parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, 19582 // up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 19583 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19584} 19585 19586// String returns the string representation 19587func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string { 19588 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19589} 19590 19591// GoString returns the string representation 19592func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string { 19593 return s.String() 19594} 19595 19596// SetEvents sets the Events field's value. 19597func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetEvents(v []*Event) *DescribeEventsOutput { 19598 s.Events = v 19599 return s 19600} 19601 19602// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19603func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsOutput { 19604 s.Marker = &v 19605 return s 19606} 19607 19608// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupOptionsMessage 19609type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput struct { 19610 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19611 19612 // A required parameter. Options available for the given engine name are described. 19613 // 19614 // EngineName is a required field 19615 EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 19616 19617 // This parameter is not currently supported. 19618 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19619 19620 // If specified, filters the results to include only options for the specified 19621 // major engine version. 19622 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 19623 19624 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 19625 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 19626 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 19627 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19628 19629 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 19630 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 19631 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 19632 // 19633 // Default: 100 19634 // 19635 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 19636 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 19637} 19638 19639// String returns the string representation 19640func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) String() string { 19641 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19642} 19643 19644// GoString returns the string representation 19645func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) GoString() string { 19646 return s.String() 19647} 19648 19649// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19650func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) Validate() error { 19651 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput"} 19652 if s.EngineName == nil { 19653 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName")) 19654 } 19655 if s.Filters != nil { 19656 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19657 if v == nil { 19658 continue 19659 } 19660 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19661 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19662 } 19663 } 19664 } 19665 19666 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19667 return invalidParams 19668 } 19669 return nil 19670} 19671 19672// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 19673func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetEngineName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 19674 s.EngineName = &v 19675 return s 19676} 19677 19678// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19679func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 19680 s.Filters = v 19681 return s 19682} 19683 19684// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 19685func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 19686 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 19687 return s 19688} 19689 19690// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19691func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 19692 s.Marker = &v 19693 return s 19694} 19695 19696// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 19697func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsInput { 19698 s.MaxRecords = &v 19699 return s 19700} 19701 19702// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionGroupOptionsMessage 19703type DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput struct { 19704 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19705 19706 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 19707 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 19708 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 19709 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19710 19711 // List of available option group options. 19712 OptionGroupOptions []*OptionGroupOption `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOption" type:"list"` 19713} 19714 19715// String returns the string representation 19716func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) String() string { 19717 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19718} 19719 19720// GoString returns the string representation 19721func (s DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) GoString() string { 19722 return s.String() 19723} 19724 19725// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19726func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput { 19727 s.Marker = &v 19728 return s 19729} 19730 19731// SetOptionGroupOptions sets the OptionGroupOptions field's value. 19732func (s *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput) SetOptionGroupOptions(v []*OptionGroupOption) *DescribeOptionGroupOptionsOutput { 19733 s.OptionGroupOptions = v 19734 return s 19735} 19736 19737// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOptionGroupsMessage 19738type DescribeOptionGroupsInput struct { 19739 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19740 19741 // Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with 19742 // a specific database engine. 19743 EngineName *string `type:"string"` 19744 19745 // This parameter is not currently supported. 19746 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19747 19748 // Filters the list of option groups to only include groups associated with 19749 // a specific database engine version. If specified, then EngineName must also 19750 // be specified. 19751 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 19752 19753 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOptionGroups 19754 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 19755 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 19756 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19757 19758 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 19759 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 19760 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 19761 // 19762 // Default: 100 19763 // 19764 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 19765 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 19766 19767 // The name of the option group to describe. Cannot be supplied together with 19768 // EngineName or MajorEngineVersion. 19769 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 19770} 19771 19772// String returns the string representation 19773func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) String() string { 19774 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19775} 19776 19777// GoString returns the string representation 19778func (s DescribeOptionGroupsInput) GoString() string { 19779 return s.String() 19780} 19781 19782// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19783func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) Validate() error { 19784 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOptionGroupsInput"} 19785 if s.Filters != nil { 19786 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19787 if v == nil { 19788 continue 19789 } 19790 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19791 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19792 } 19793 } 19794 } 19795 19796 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19797 return invalidParams 19798 } 19799 return nil 19800} 19801 19802// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 19803func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetEngineName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 19804 s.EngineName = &v 19805 return s 19806} 19807 19808// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19809func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 19810 s.Filters = v 19811 return s 19812} 19813 19814// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 19815func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 19816 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 19817 return s 19818} 19819 19820// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19821func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 19822 s.Marker = &v 19823 return s 19824} 19825 19826// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 19827func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 19828 s.MaxRecords = &v 19829 return s 19830} 19831 19832// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 19833func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsInput { 19834 s.OptionGroupName = &v 19835 return s 19836} 19837 19838// List of option groups. 19839// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionGroups 19840type DescribeOptionGroupsOutput struct { 19841 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19842 19843 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 19844 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 19845 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 19846 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19847 19848 // List of option groups. 19849 OptionGroupsList []*OptionGroup `locationNameList:"OptionGroup" type:"list"` 19850} 19851 19852// String returns the string representation 19853func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) String() string { 19854 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19855} 19856 19857// GoString returns the string representation 19858func (s DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 19859 return s.String() 19860} 19861 19862// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19863func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput { 19864 s.Marker = &v 19865 return s 19866} 19867 19868// SetOptionGroupsList sets the OptionGroupsList field's value. 19869func (s *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput) SetOptionGroupsList(v []*OptionGroup) *DescribeOptionGroupsOutput { 19870 s.OptionGroupsList = v 19871 return s 19872} 19873 19874// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsMessage 19875type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput struct { 19876 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19877 19878 // The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 19879 // available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. 19880 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 19881 19882 // The name of the engine to retrieve DB instance options for. 19883 // 19884 // Engine is a required field 19885 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 19886 19887 // The engine version filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 19888 // available offerings matching the specified engine version. 19889 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 19890 19891 // This parameter is not currently supported. 19892 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 19893 19894 // The license model filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available 19895 // offerings matching the specified license model. 19896 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 19897 19898 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 19899 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 19900 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 19901 Marker *string `type:"string"` 19902 19903 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 19904 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 19905 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 19906 // 19907 // Default: 100 19908 // 19909 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 19910 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 19911 19912 // The VPC filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available VPC 19913 // or non-VPC offerings. 19914 Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"` 19915} 19916 19917// String returns the string representation 19918func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) String() string { 19919 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19920} 19921 19922// GoString returns the string representation 19923func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) GoString() string { 19924 return s.String() 19925} 19926 19927// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19928func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) Validate() error { 19929 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput"} 19930 if s.Engine == nil { 19931 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 19932 } 19933 if s.Filters != nil { 19934 for i, v := range s.Filters { 19935 if v == nil { 19936 continue 19937 } 19938 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 19939 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 19940 } 19941 } 19942 } 19943 19944 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19945 return invalidParams 19946 } 19947 return nil 19948} 19949 19950// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 19951func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 19952 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 19953 return s 19954} 19955 19956// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 19957func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngine(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 19958 s.Engine = &v 19959 return s 19960} 19961 19962// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 19963func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 19964 s.EngineVersion = &v 19965 return s 19966} 19967 19968// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 19969func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 19970 s.Filters = v 19971 return s 19972} 19973 19974// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 19975func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 19976 s.LicenseModel = &v 19977 return s 19978} 19979 19980// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 19981func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 19982 s.Marker = &v 19983 return s 19984} 19985 19986// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 19987func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 19988 s.MaxRecords = &v 19989 return s 19990} 19991 19992// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 19993func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput) SetVpc(v bool) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsInput { 19994 s.Vpc = &v 19995 return s 19996} 19997 19998// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 19999// action. 20000// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OrderableDBInstanceOptionsMessage 20001type DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput struct { 20002 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20003 20004 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous OrderableDBInstanceOptions 20005 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 20006 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 20007 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20008 20009 // An OrderableDBInstanceOption structure containing information about orderable 20010 // options for the DB instance. 20011 OrderableDBInstanceOptions []*OrderableDBInstanceOption `locationNameList:"OrderableDBInstanceOption" type:"list"` 20012} 20013 20014// String returns the string representation 20015func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) String() string { 20016 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20017} 20018 20019// GoString returns the string representation 20020func (s DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) GoString() string { 20021 return s.String() 20022} 20023 20024// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20025func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput { 20026 s.Marker = &v 20027 return s 20028} 20029 20030// SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions sets the OrderableDBInstanceOptions field's value. 20031func (s *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput) SetOrderableDBInstanceOptions(v []*OrderableDBInstanceOption) *DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptionsOutput { 20032 s.OrderableDBInstanceOptions = v 20033 return s 20034} 20035 20036// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsMessage 20037type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput struct { 20038 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20039 20040 // A filter that specifies one or more resources to return pending maintenance 20041 // actions for. 20042 // 20043 // Supported filters: 20044 // 20045 // * db-cluster-id - Accepts DB cluster identifiers and DB cluster Amazon 20046 // Resource Names (ARNs). The results list will only include pending maintenance 20047 // actions for the DB clusters identified by these ARNs. 20048 // 20049 // * db-instance-id - Accepts DB instance identifiers and DB instance ARNs. 20050 // The results list will only include pending maintenance actions for the 20051 // DB instances identified by these ARNs. 20052 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 20053 20054 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 20055 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 20056 // beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords. 20057 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20058 20059 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 20060 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 20061 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 20062 // 20063 // Default: 100 20064 // 20065 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 20066 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 20067 20068 // The ARN of a resource to return pending maintenance actions for. 20069 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 20070} 20071 20072// String returns the string representation 20073func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) String() string { 20074 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20075} 20076 20077// GoString returns the string representation 20078func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) GoString() string { 20079 return s.String() 20080} 20081 20082// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20083func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) Validate() error { 20084 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput"} 20085 if s.Filters != nil { 20086 for i, v := range s.Filters { 20087 if v == nil { 20088 continue 20089 } 20090 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 20091 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20092 } 20093 } 20094 } 20095 20096 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20097 return invalidParams 20098 } 20099 return nil 20100} 20101 20102// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 20103func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 20104 s.Filters = v 20105 return s 20106} 20107 20108// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20109func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 20110 s.Marker = &v 20111 return s 20112} 20113 20114// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 20115func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 20116 s.MaxRecords = &v 20117 return s 20118} 20119 20120// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 20121func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsInput { 20122 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 20123 return s 20124} 20125 20126// Data returned from the DescribePendingMaintenanceActions action. 20127// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PendingMaintenanceActionsMessage 20128type DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput struct { 20129 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20130 20131 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribePendingMaintenanceActions 20132 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 20133 // beyond the marker, up to a number of records specified by MaxRecords. 20134 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20135 20136 // A list of the pending maintenance actions for the resource. 20137 PendingMaintenanceActions []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions `locationNameList:"ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions" type:"list"` 20138} 20139 20140// String returns the string representation 20141func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) String() string { 20142 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20143} 20144 20145// GoString returns the string representation 20146func (s DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) GoString() string { 20147 return s.String() 20148} 20149 20150// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20151func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput { 20152 s.Marker = &v 20153 return s 20154} 20155 20156// SetPendingMaintenanceActions sets the PendingMaintenanceActions field's value. 20157func (s *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput) SetPendingMaintenanceActions(v []*ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) *DescribePendingMaintenanceActionsOutput { 20158 s.PendingMaintenanceActions = v 20159 return s 20160} 20161 20162// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesMessage 20163type DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput struct { 20164 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20165 20166 // The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those 20167 // reservations matching the specified DB instances class. 20168 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 20169 20170 // The duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter 20171 // to show only reservations for this duration. 20172 // 20173 // Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000 20174 Duration *string `type:"string"` 20175 20176 // This parameter is not currently supported. 20177 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 20178 20179 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 20180 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 20181 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 20182 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20183 20184 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the 20185 // MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included 20186 // in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. 20187 // 20188 // Default: 100 20189 // 20190 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 20191 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 20192 20193 // The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only those reservations 20194 // matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter. 20195 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 20196 20197 // The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available 20198 // offerings matching the specified offering type. 20199 // 20200 // Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront" 20201 OfferingType *string `type:"string"` 20202 20203 // The product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only 20204 // those reservations matching the specified product description. 20205 ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` 20206 20207 // The reserved DB instance identifier filter value. Specify this parameter 20208 // to show only the reservation that matches the specified reservation ID. 20209 ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"` 20210 20211 // The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only 20212 // purchased reservations matching the specified offering identifier. 20213 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` 20214} 20215 20216// String returns the string representation 20217func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) String() string { 20218 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20219} 20220 20221// GoString returns the string representation 20222func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) GoString() string { 20223 return s.String() 20224} 20225 20226// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20227func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) Validate() error { 20228 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput"} 20229 if s.Filters != nil { 20230 for i, v := range s.Filters { 20231 if v == nil { 20232 continue 20233 } 20234 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 20235 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20236 } 20237 } 20238 } 20239 20240 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20241 return invalidParams 20242 } 20243 return nil 20244} 20245 20246// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 20247func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 20248 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 20249 return s 20250} 20251 20252// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 20253func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetDuration(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 20254 s.Duration = &v 20255 return s 20256} 20257 20258// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 20259func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 20260 s.Filters = v 20261 return s 20262} 20263 20264// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20265func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 20266 s.Marker = &v 20267 return s 20268} 20269 20270// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 20271func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 20272 s.MaxRecords = &v 20273 return s 20274} 20275 20276// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 20277func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 20278 s.MultiAZ = &v 20279 return s 20280} 20281 20282// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 20283func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 20284 s.OfferingType = &v 20285 return s 20286} 20287 20288// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. 20289func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetProductDescription(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 20290 s.ProductDescription = &v 20291 return s 20292} 20293 20294// SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value. 20295func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 20296 s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v 20297 return s 20298} 20299 20300// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 20301func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesInput { 20302 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 20303 return s 20304} 20305 20306// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsMessage 20307type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput struct { 20308 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20309 20310 // The DB instance class filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 20311 // available offerings matching the specified DB instance class. 20312 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 20313 20314 // Duration filter value, specified in years or seconds. Specify this parameter 20315 // to show only reservations for this duration. 20316 // 20317 // Valid Values: 1 | 3 | 31536000 | 94608000 20318 Duration *string `type:"string"` 20319 20320 // This parameter is not currently supported. 20321 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 20322 20323 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 20324 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 20325 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 20326 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20327 20328 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more than the 20329 // MaxRecords value is available, a pagination token called a marker is included 20330 // in the response so that the following results can be retrieved. 20331 // 20332 // Default: 100 20333 // 20334 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 20335 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 20336 20337 // The Multi-AZ filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available 20338 // offerings matching the specified Multi-AZ parameter. 20339 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 20340 20341 // The offering type filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the available 20342 // offerings matching the specified offering type. 20343 // 20344 // Valid Values: "Partial Upfront" | "All Upfront" | "No Upfront" 20345 OfferingType *string `type:"string"` 20346 20347 // Product description filter value. Specify this parameter to show only the 20348 // available offerings matching the specified product description. 20349 ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` 20350 20351 // The offering identifier filter value. Specify this parameter to show only 20352 // the available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier. 20353 // 20354 // Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706 20355 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` 20356} 20357 20358// String returns the string representation 20359func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) String() string { 20360 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20361} 20362 20363// GoString returns the string representation 20364func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) GoString() string { 20365 return s.String() 20366} 20367 20368// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20369func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) Validate() error { 20370 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput"} 20371 if s.Filters != nil { 20372 for i, v := range s.Filters { 20373 if v == nil { 20374 continue 20375 } 20376 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 20377 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20378 } 20379 } 20380 } 20381 20382 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20383 return invalidParams 20384 } 20385 return nil 20386} 20387 20388// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 20389func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 20390 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 20391 return s 20392} 20393 20394// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 20395func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetDuration(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 20396 s.Duration = &v 20397 return s 20398} 20399 20400// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 20401func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 20402 s.Filters = v 20403 return s 20404} 20405 20406// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20407func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 20408 s.Marker = &v 20409 return s 20410} 20411 20412// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 20413func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 20414 s.MaxRecords = &v 20415 return s 20416} 20417 20418// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 20419func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 20420 s.MultiAZ = &v 20421 return s 20422} 20423 20424// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 20425func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 20426 s.OfferingType = &v 20427 return s 20428} 20429 20430// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. 20431func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetProductDescription(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 20432 s.ProductDescription = &v 20433 return s 20434} 20435 20436// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 20437func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsInput { 20438 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 20439 return s 20440} 20441 20442// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 20443// action. 20444// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ReservedDBInstancesOfferingMessage 20445type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput struct { 20446 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20447 20448 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 20449 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 20450 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 20451 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20452 20453 // A list of reserved DB instance offerings. 20454 ReservedDBInstancesOfferings []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstancesOffering" type:"list"` 20455} 20456 20457// String returns the string representation 20458func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) String() string { 20459 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20460} 20461 20462// GoString returns the string representation 20463func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) GoString() string { 20464 return s.String() 20465} 20466 20467// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20468func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput { 20469 s.Marker = &v 20470 return s 20471} 20472 20473// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferings sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferings field's value. 20474func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferings(v []*ReservedDBInstancesOffering) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferingsOutput { 20475 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferings = v 20476 return s 20477} 20478 20479// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeReservedDBInstances 20480// action. 20481// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ReservedDBInstanceMessage 20482type DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput struct { 20483 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20484 20485 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 20486 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 20487 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 20488 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20489 20490 // A list of reserved DB instances. 20491 ReservedDBInstances []*ReservedDBInstance `locationNameList:"ReservedDBInstance" type:"list"` 20492} 20493 20494// String returns the string representation 20495func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) String() string { 20496 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20497} 20498 20499// GoString returns the string representation 20500func (s DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) GoString() string { 20501 return s.String() 20502} 20503 20504// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20505func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput { 20506 s.Marker = &v 20507 return s 20508} 20509 20510// SetReservedDBInstances sets the ReservedDBInstances field's value. 20511func (s *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput) SetReservedDBInstances(v []*ReservedDBInstance) *DescribeReservedDBInstancesOutput { 20512 s.ReservedDBInstances = v 20513 return s 20514} 20515 20516// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeSourceRegionsMessage 20517type DescribeSourceRegionsInput struct { 20518 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20519 20520 // This parameter is not currently supported. 20521 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 20522 20523 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous DescribeSourceRegions 20524 // request. If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records 20525 // beyond the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords. 20526 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20527 20528 // The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records 20529 // exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker 20530 // is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved. 20531 // 20532 // Default: 100 20533 // 20534 // Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100. 20535 MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"` 20536 20537 // The source AWS Region name. For example, us-east-1. 20538 // 20539 // Constraints: 20540 // 20541 // * Must specify a valid AWS Region name. 20542 RegionName *string `type:"string"` 20543} 20544 20545// String returns the string representation 20546func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) String() string { 20547 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20548} 20549 20550// GoString returns the string representation 20551func (s DescribeSourceRegionsInput) GoString() string { 20552 return s.String() 20553} 20554 20555// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20556func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) Validate() error { 20557 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSourceRegionsInput"} 20558 if s.Filters != nil { 20559 for i, v := range s.Filters { 20560 if v == nil { 20561 continue 20562 } 20563 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 20564 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20565 } 20566 } 20567 } 20568 20569 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20570 return invalidParams 20571 } 20572 return nil 20573} 20574 20575// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 20576func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { 20577 s.Filters = v 20578 return s 20579} 20580 20581// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20582func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { 20583 s.Marker = &v 20584 return s 20585} 20586 20587// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value. 20588func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { 20589 s.MaxRecords = &v 20590 return s 20591} 20592 20593// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value. 20594func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsInput) SetRegionName(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsInput { 20595 s.RegionName = &v 20596 return s 20597} 20598 20599// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeSourceRegions 20600// action. 20601// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/SourceRegionMessage 20602type DescribeSourceRegionsOutput struct { 20603 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20604 20605 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter 20606 // is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to 20607 // the value specified by MaxRecords. 20608 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20609 20610 // A list of SourceRegion instances that contains each source AWS Region that 20611 // the current AWS Region can get a Read Replica or a DB snapshot from. 20612 SourceRegions []*SourceRegion `locationNameList:"SourceRegion" type:"list"` 20613} 20614 20615// String returns the string representation 20616func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) String() string { 20617 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20618} 20619 20620// GoString returns the string representation 20621func (s DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) GoString() string { 20622 return s.String() 20623} 20624 20625// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20626func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput { 20627 s.Marker = &v 20628 return s 20629} 20630 20631// SetSourceRegions sets the SourceRegions field's value. 20632func (s *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput) SetSourceRegions(v []*SourceRegion) *DescribeSourceRegionsOutput { 20633 s.SourceRegions = v 20634 return s 20635} 20636 20637// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage 20638type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput struct { 20639 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20640 20641 // The customer identifier or the ARN of your DB instance. 20642 // 20643 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 20644 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 20645} 20646 20647// String returns the string representation 20648func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) String() string { 20649 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20650} 20651 20652// GoString returns the string representation 20653func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) GoString() string { 20654 return s.String() 20655} 20656 20657// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20658func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) Validate() error { 20659 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput"} 20660 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 20661 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 20662 } 20663 20664 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20665 return invalidParams 20666 } 20667 return nil 20668} 20669 20670// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 20671func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsInput { 20672 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 20673 return s 20674} 20675 20676// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsResult 20677type DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput struct { 20678 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20679 20680 // Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 20681 // Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 20682 // action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance. 20683 ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage `type:"structure"` 20684} 20685 20686// String returns the string representation 20687func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) String() string { 20688 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20689} 20690 20691// GoString returns the string representation 20692func (s DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) GoString() string { 20693 return s.String() 20694} 20695 20696// SetValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage sets the ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage field's value. 20697func (s *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput) SetValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage(v *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) *DescribeValidDBInstanceModificationsOutput { 20698 s.ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage = v 20699 return s 20700} 20701 20702// An Active Directory Domain membership record associated with the DB instance. 20703// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DomainMembership 20704type DomainMembership struct { 20705 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20706 20707 // The identifier of the Active Directory Domain. 20708 Domain *string `type:"string"` 20709 20710 // The fully qualified domain name of the Active Directory Domain. 20711 FQDN *string `type:"string"` 20712 20713 // The name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the Directory 20714 // Service. 20715 IAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 20716 20717 // The status of the DB instance's Active Directory Domain membership, such 20718 // as joined, pending-join, failed etc). 20719 Status *string `type:"string"` 20720} 20721 20722// String returns the string representation 20723func (s DomainMembership) String() string { 20724 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20725} 20726 20727// GoString returns the string representation 20728func (s DomainMembership) GoString() string { 20729 return s.String() 20730} 20731 20732// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 20733func (s *DomainMembership) SetDomain(v string) *DomainMembership { 20734 s.Domain = &v 20735 return s 20736} 20737 20738// SetFQDN sets the FQDN field's value. 20739func (s *DomainMembership) SetFQDN(v string) *DomainMembership { 20740 s.FQDN = &v 20741 return s 20742} 20743 20744// SetIAMRoleName sets the IAMRoleName field's value. 20745func (s *DomainMembership) SetIAMRoleName(v string) *DomainMembership { 20746 s.IAMRoleName = &v 20747 return s 20748} 20749 20750// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 20751func (s *DomainMembership) SetStatus(v string) *DomainMembership { 20752 s.Status = &v 20753 return s 20754} 20755 20756// A range of double values. 20757// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DoubleRange 20758type DoubleRange struct { 20759 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20760 20761 // The minimum value in the range. 20762 From *float64 `type:"double"` 20763 20764 // The maximum value in the range. 20765 To *float64 `type:"double"` 20766} 20767 20768// String returns the string representation 20769func (s DoubleRange) String() string { 20770 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20771} 20772 20773// GoString returns the string representation 20774func (s DoubleRange) GoString() string { 20775 return s.String() 20776} 20777 20778// SetFrom sets the From field's value. 20779func (s *DoubleRange) SetFrom(v float64) *DoubleRange { 20780 s.From = &v 20781 return s 20782} 20783 20784// SetTo sets the To field's value. 20785func (s *DoubleRange) SetTo(v float64) *DoubleRange { 20786 s.To = &v 20787 return s 20788} 20789 20790// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortionMessage 20791type DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput struct { 20792 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20793 20794 // The customer-assigned name of the DB instance that contains the log files 20795 // you want to list. 20796 // 20797 // Constraints: 20798 // 20799 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 20800 // 20801 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 20802 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 20803 20804 // The name of the log file to be downloaded. 20805 // 20806 // LogFileName is a required field 20807 LogFileName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 20808 20809 // The pagination token provided in the previous request or "0". If the Marker 20810 // parameter is specified the response includes only records beyond the marker 20811 // until the end of the file or up to NumberOfLines. 20812 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20813 20814 // The number of lines to download. If the number of lines specified results 20815 // in a file over 1 MB in size, the file is truncated at 1 MB in size. 20816 // 20817 // If the NumberOfLines parameter is specified, then the block of lines returned 20818 // can be from the beginning or the end of the log file, depending on the value 20819 // of the Marker parameter. 20820 // 20821 // * If neither Marker or NumberOfLines are specified, the entire log file 20822 // is returned up to a maximum of 10000 lines, starting with the most recent 20823 // log entries first. 20824 // 20825 // * If NumberOfLines is specified and Marker is not specified, then the 20826 // most recent lines from the end of the log file are returned. 20827 // 20828 // * If Marker is specified as "0", then the specified number of lines from 20829 // the beginning of the log file are returned. 20830 // 20831 // * You can download the log file in blocks of lines by specifying the size 20832 // of the block using the NumberOfLines parameter, and by specifying a value 20833 // of "0" for the Marker parameter in your first request. Include the Marker 20834 // value returned in the response as the Marker value for the next request, 20835 // continuing until the AdditionalDataPending response element returns false. 20836 NumberOfLines *int64 `type:"integer"` 20837} 20838 20839// String returns the string representation 20840func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) String() string { 20841 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20842} 20843 20844// GoString returns the string representation 20845func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) GoString() string { 20846 return s.String() 20847} 20848 20849// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20850func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) Validate() error { 20851 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput"} 20852 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 20853 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 20854 } 20855 if s.LogFileName == nil { 20856 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LogFileName")) 20857 } 20858 20859 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20860 return invalidParams 20861 } 20862 return nil 20863} 20864 20865// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 20866func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { 20867 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 20868 return s 20869} 20870 20871// SetLogFileName sets the LogFileName field's value. 20872func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetLogFileName(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { 20873 s.LogFileName = &v 20874 return s 20875} 20876 20877// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20878func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetMarker(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { 20879 s.Marker = &v 20880 return s 20881} 20882 20883// SetNumberOfLines sets the NumberOfLines field's value. 20884func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput) SetNumberOfLines(v int64) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionInput { 20885 s.NumberOfLines = &v 20886 return s 20887} 20888 20889// This data type is used as a response element to DownloadDBLogFilePortion. 20890// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/DownloadDBLogFilePortionDetails 20891type DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput struct { 20892 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20893 20894 // Boolean value that if true, indicates there is more data to be downloaded. 20895 AdditionalDataPending *bool `type:"boolean"` 20896 20897 // Entries from the specified log file. 20898 LogFileData *string `type:"string"` 20899 20900 // A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent DownloadDBLogFilePortion 20901 // request. 20902 Marker *string `type:"string"` 20903} 20904 20905// String returns the string representation 20906func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) String() string { 20907 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20908} 20909 20910// GoString returns the string representation 20911func (s DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) GoString() string { 20912 return s.String() 20913} 20914 20915// SetAdditionalDataPending sets the AdditionalDataPending field's value. 20916func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetAdditionalDataPending(v bool) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput { 20917 s.AdditionalDataPending = &v 20918 return s 20919} 20920 20921// SetLogFileData sets the LogFileData field's value. 20922func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetLogFileData(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput { 20923 s.LogFileData = &v 20924 return s 20925} 20926 20927// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 20928func (s *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DownloadDBLogFilePortionOutput { 20929 s.Marker = &v 20930 return s 20931} 20932 20933// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: 20934// 20935// * AuthorizeDBSecurityGroupIngress 20936// 20937// * DescribeDBSecurityGroups 20938// 20939// * RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngress 20940// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EC2SecurityGroup 20941type EC2SecurityGroup struct { 20942 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20943 20944 // Specifies the id of the EC2 security group. 20945 EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 20946 20947 // Specifies the name of the EC2 security group. 20948 EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 20949 20950 // Specifies the AWS ID of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in 20951 // the EC2SecurityGroupName field. 20952 EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"` 20953 20954 // Provides the status of the EC2 security group. Status can be "authorizing", 20955 // "authorized", "revoking", and "revoked". 20956 Status *string `type:"string"` 20957} 20958 20959// String returns the string representation 20960func (s EC2SecurityGroup) String() string { 20961 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20962} 20963 20964// GoString returns the string representation 20965func (s EC2SecurityGroup) GoString() string { 20966 return s.String() 20967} 20968 20969// SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value. 20970func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { 20971 s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v 20972 return s 20973} 20974 20975// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value. 20976func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { 20977 s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v 20978 return s 20979} 20980 20981// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value. 20982func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { 20983 s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v 20984 return s 20985} 20986 20987// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 20988func (s *EC2SecurityGroup) SetStatus(v string) *EC2SecurityGroup { 20989 s.Status = &v 20990 return s 20991} 20992 20993// This data type is used as a response element in the following actions: 20994// 20995// * CreateDBInstance 20996// 20997// * DescribeDBInstances 20998// 20999// * DeleteDBInstance 21000// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Endpoint 21001type Endpoint struct { 21002 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21003 21004 // Specifies the DNS address of the DB instance. 21005 Address *string `type:"string"` 21006 21007 // Specifies the ID that Amazon Route 53 assigns when you create a hosted zone. 21008 HostedZoneId *string `type:"string"` 21009 21010 // Specifies the port that the database engine is listening on. 21011 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 21012} 21013 21014// String returns the string representation 21015func (s Endpoint) String() string { 21016 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21017} 21018 21019// GoString returns the string representation 21020func (s Endpoint) GoString() string { 21021 return s.String() 21022} 21023 21024// SetAddress sets the Address field's value. 21025func (s *Endpoint) SetAddress(v string) *Endpoint { 21026 s.Address = &v 21027 return s 21028} 21029 21030// SetHostedZoneId sets the HostedZoneId field's value. 21031func (s *Endpoint) SetHostedZoneId(v string) *Endpoint { 21032 s.HostedZoneId = &v 21033 return s 21034} 21035 21036// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 21037func (s *Endpoint) SetPort(v int64) *Endpoint { 21038 s.Port = &v 21039 return s 21040} 21041 21042// Contains the result of a successful invocation of the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 21043// action. 21044// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EngineDefaults 21045type EngineDefaults struct { 21046 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21047 21048 // Specifies the name of the DB parameter group family that the engine default 21049 // parameters apply to. 21050 DBParameterGroupFamily *string `type:"string"` 21051 21052 // An optional pagination token provided by a previous EngineDefaults request. 21053 // If this parameter is specified, the response includes only records beyond 21054 // the marker, up to the value specified by MaxRecords . 21055 Marker *string `type:"string"` 21056 21057 // Contains a list of engine default parameters. 21058 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 21059} 21060 21061// String returns the string representation 21062func (s EngineDefaults) String() string { 21063 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21064} 21065 21066// GoString returns the string representation 21067func (s EngineDefaults) GoString() string { 21068 return s.String() 21069} 21070 21071// SetDBParameterGroupFamily sets the DBParameterGroupFamily field's value. 21072func (s *EngineDefaults) SetDBParameterGroupFamily(v string) *EngineDefaults { 21073 s.DBParameterGroupFamily = &v 21074 return s 21075} 21076 21077// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value. 21078func (s *EngineDefaults) SetMarker(v string) *EngineDefaults { 21079 s.Marker = &v 21080 return s 21081} 21082 21083// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 21084func (s *EngineDefaults) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *EngineDefaults { 21085 s.Parameters = v 21086 return s 21087} 21088 21089// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEvents action. 21090// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Event 21091type Event struct { 21092 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21093 21094 // Specifies the date and time of the event. 21095 Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 21096 21097 // Specifies the category for the event. 21098 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 21099 21100 // Provides the text of this event. 21101 Message *string `type:"string"` 21102 21103 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event. 21104 SourceArn *string `type:"string"` 21105 21106 // Provides the identifier for the source of the event. 21107 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 21108 21109 // Specifies the source type for this event. 21110 SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"` 21111} 21112 21113// String returns the string representation 21114func (s Event) String() string { 21115 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21116} 21117 21118// GoString returns the string representation 21119func (s Event) GoString() string { 21120 return s.String() 21121} 21122 21123// SetDate sets the Date field's value. 21124func (s *Event) SetDate(v time.Time) *Event { 21125 s.Date = &v 21126 return s 21127} 21128 21129// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 21130func (s *Event) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *Event { 21131 s.EventCategories = v 21132 return s 21133} 21134 21135// SetMessage sets the Message field's value. 21136func (s *Event) SetMessage(v string) *Event { 21137 s.Message = &v 21138 return s 21139} 21140 21141// SetSourceArn sets the SourceArn field's value. 21142func (s *Event) SetSourceArn(v string) *Event { 21143 s.SourceArn = &v 21144 return s 21145} 21146 21147// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 21148func (s *Event) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *Event { 21149 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 21150 return s 21151} 21152 21153// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 21154func (s *Event) SetSourceType(v string) *Event { 21155 s.SourceType = &v 21156 return s 21157} 21158 21159// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventCategories 21160// action. 21161// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EventCategoriesMap 21162type EventCategoriesMap struct { 21163 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21164 21165 // The event categories for the specified source type 21166 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 21167 21168 // The source type that the returned categories belong to 21169 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 21170} 21171 21172// String returns the string representation 21173func (s EventCategoriesMap) String() string { 21174 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21175} 21176 21177// GoString returns the string representation 21178func (s EventCategoriesMap) GoString() string { 21179 return s.String() 21180} 21181 21182// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 21183func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *EventCategoriesMap { 21184 s.EventCategories = v 21185 return s 21186} 21187 21188// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 21189func (s *EventCategoriesMap) SetSourceType(v string) *EventCategoriesMap { 21190 s.SourceType = &v 21191 return s 21192} 21193 21194// Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 21195// action. 21196// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/EventSubscription 21197type EventSubscription struct { 21198 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21199 21200 // The RDS event notification subscription Id. 21201 CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"` 21202 21203 // The AWS customer account associated with the RDS event notification subscription. 21204 CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"` 21205 21206 // A Boolean value indicating if the subscription is enabled. True indicates 21207 // the subscription is enabled. 21208 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 21209 21210 // A list of event categories for the RDS event notification subscription. 21211 EventCategoriesList []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 21212 21213 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the event subscription. 21214 EventSubscriptionArn *string `type:"string"` 21215 21216 // The topic ARN of the RDS event notification subscription. 21217 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"` 21218 21219 // A list of source IDs for the RDS event notification subscription. 21220 SourceIdsList []*string `locationNameList:"SourceId" type:"list"` 21221 21222 // The source type for the RDS event notification subscription. 21223 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 21224 21225 // The status of the RDS event notification subscription. 21226 // 21227 // Constraints: 21228 // 21229 // Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission 21230 // | topic-not-exist 21231 // 21232 // The status "no-permission" indicates that RDS no longer has permission to 21233 // post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the topic 21234 // was deleted after the subscription was created. 21235 Status *string `type:"string"` 21236 21237 // The time the RDS event notification subscription was created. 21238 SubscriptionCreationTime *string `type:"string"` 21239} 21240 21241// String returns the string representation 21242func (s EventSubscription) String() string { 21243 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21244} 21245 21246// GoString returns the string representation 21247func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string { 21248 return s.String() 21249} 21250 21251// SetCustSubscriptionId sets the CustSubscriptionId field's value. 21252func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustSubscriptionId(v string) *EventSubscription { 21253 s.CustSubscriptionId = &v 21254 return s 21255} 21256 21257// SetCustomerAwsId sets the CustomerAwsId field's value. 21258func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustomerAwsId(v string) *EventSubscription { 21259 s.CustomerAwsId = &v 21260 return s 21261} 21262 21263// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 21264func (s *EventSubscription) SetEnabled(v bool) *EventSubscription { 21265 s.Enabled = &v 21266 return s 21267} 21268 21269// SetEventCategoriesList sets the EventCategoriesList field's value. 21270func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventCategoriesList(v []*string) *EventSubscription { 21271 s.EventCategoriesList = v 21272 return s 21273} 21274 21275// SetEventSubscriptionArn sets the EventSubscriptionArn field's value. 21276func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventSubscriptionArn(v string) *EventSubscription { 21277 s.EventSubscriptionArn = &v 21278 return s 21279} 21280 21281// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 21282func (s *EventSubscription) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *EventSubscription { 21283 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 21284 return s 21285} 21286 21287// SetSourceIdsList sets the SourceIdsList field's value. 21288func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceIdsList(v []*string) *EventSubscription { 21289 s.SourceIdsList = v 21290 return s 21291} 21292 21293// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 21294func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceType(v string) *EventSubscription { 21295 s.SourceType = &v 21296 return s 21297} 21298 21299// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 21300func (s *EventSubscription) SetStatus(v string) *EventSubscription { 21301 s.Status = &v 21302 return s 21303} 21304 21305// SetSubscriptionCreationTime sets the SubscriptionCreationTime field's value. 21306func (s *EventSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreationTime(v string) *EventSubscription { 21307 s.SubscriptionCreationTime = &v 21308 return s 21309} 21310 21311// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBClusterMessage 21312type FailoverDBClusterInput struct { 21313 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21314 21315 // A DB cluster identifier to force a failover for. This parameter is not case-sensitive. 21316 // 21317 // Constraints: 21318 // 21319 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 21320 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 21321 21322 // The name of the instance to promote to the primary instance. 21323 // 21324 // You must specify the instance identifier for an Aurora Replica in the DB 21325 // cluster. For example, mydbcluster-replica1. 21326 TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 21327} 21328 21329// String returns the string representation 21330func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) String() string { 21331 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21332} 21333 21334// GoString returns the string representation 21335func (s FailoverDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 21336 return s.String() 21337} 21338 21339// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 21340func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput { 21341 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 21342 return s 21343} 21344 21345// SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 21346func (s *FailoverDBClusterInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *FailoverDBClusterInput { 21347 s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 21348 return s 21349} 21350 21351// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/FailoverDBClusterResult 21352type FailoverDBClusterOutput struct { 21353 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21354 21355 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 21356 // 21357 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 21358 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 21359} 21360 21361// String returns the string representation 21362func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) String() string { 21363 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21364} 21365 21366// GoString returns the string representation 21367func (s FailoverDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 21368 return s.String() 21369} 21370 21371// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 21372func (s *FailoverDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *FailoverDBClusterOutput { 21373 s.DBCluster = v 21374 return s 21375} 21376 21377// This type is not currently supported. 21378// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Filter 21379type Filter struct { 21380 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21381 21382 // This parameter is not currently supported. 21383 // 21384 // Name is a required field 21385 Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21386 21387 // This parameter is not currently supported. 21388 // 21389 // Values is a required field 21390 Values []*string `locationNameList:"Value" type:"list" required:"true"` 21391} 21392 21393// String returns the string representation 21394func (s Filter) String() string { 21395 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21396} 21397 21398// GoString returns the string representation 21399func (s Filter) GoString() string { 21400 return s.String() 21401} 21402 21403// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21404func (s *Filter) Validate() error { 21405 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Filter"} 21406 if s.Name == nil { 21407 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 21408 } 21409 if s.Values == nil { 21410 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values")) 21411 } 21412 21413 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21414 return invalidParams 21415 } 21416 return nil 21417} 21418 21419// SetName sets the Name field's value. 21420func (s *Filter) SetName(v string) *Filter { 21421 s.Name = &v 21422 return s 21423} 21424 21425// SetValues sets the Values field's value. 21426func (s *Filter) SetValues(v []*string) *Filter { 21427 s.Values = v 21428 return s 21429} 21430 21431// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 21432// action. 21433// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/IPRange 21434type IPRange struct { 21435 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21436 21437 // Specifies the IP range. 21438 CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` 21439 21440 // Specifies the status of the IP range. Status can be "authorizing", "authorized", 21441 // "revoking", and "revoked". 21442 Status *string `type:"string"` 21443} 21444 21445// String returns the string representation 21446func (s IPRange) String() string { 21447 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21448} 21449 21450// GoString returns the string representation 21451func (s IPRange) GoString() string { 21452 return s.String() 21453} 21454 21455// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value. 21456func (s *IPRange) SetCIDRIP(v string) *IPRange { 21457 s.CIDRIP = &v 21458 return s 21459} 21460 21461// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 21462func (s *IPRange) SetStatus(v string) *IPRange { 21463 s.Status = &v 21464 return s 21465} 21466 21467// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ListTagsForResourceMessage 21468type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { 21469 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21470 21471 // This parameter is not currently supported. 21472 Filters []*Filter `locationNameList:"Filter" type:"list"` 21473 21474 // The Amazon RDS resource with tags to be listed. This value is an Amazon Resource 21475 // Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing an RDS 21476 // Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 21477 // 21478 // ResourceName is a required field 21479 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21480} 21481 21482// String returns the string representation 21483func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string { 21484 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21485} 21486 21487// GoString returns the string representation 21488func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string { 21489 return s.String() 21490} 21491 21492// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21493func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error { 21494 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"} 21495 if s.ResourceName == nil { 21496 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 21497 } 21498 if s.Filters != nil { 21499 for i, v := range s.Filters { 21500 if v == nil { 21501 continue 21502 } 21503 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 21504 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21505 } 21506 } 21507 } 21508 21509 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21510 return invalidParams 21511 } 21512 return nil 21513} 21514 21515// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value. 21516func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 21517 s.Filters = v 21518 return s 21519} 21520 21521// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 21522func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 21523 s.ResourceName = &v 21524 return s 21525} 21526 21527// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/TagListMessage 21528type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct { 21529 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21530 21531 // List of tags returned by the ListTagsForResource operation. 21532 TagList []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 21533} 21534 21535// String returns the string representation 21536func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string { 21537 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21538} 21539 21540// GoString returns the string representation 21541func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string { 21542 return s.String() 21543} 21544 21545// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value. 21546func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOutput { 21547 s.TagList = v 21548 return s 21549} 21550 21551// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterMessage 21552type ModifyDBClusterInput struct { 21553 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21554 21555 // A value that specifies whether the modifications in this request and any 21556 // pending modifications are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless 21557 // of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow setting for the DB cluster. If this parameter 21558 // is set to false, changes to the DB cluster are applied during the next maintenance 21559 // window. 21560 // 21561 // The ApplyImmediately parameter only affects the NewDBClusterIdentifier and 21562 // MasterUserPassword values. If you set the ApplyImmediately parameter value 21563 // to false, then changes to the NewDBClusterIdentifier and MasterUserPassword 21564 // values are applied during the next maintenance window. All other changes 21565 // are applied immediately, regardless of the value of the ApplyImmediately 21566 // parameter. 21567 // 21568 // Default: false 21569 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 21570 21571 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. You must specify 21572 // a minimum value of 1. 21573 // 21574 // Default: 1 21575 // 21576 // Constraints: 21577 // 21578 // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 21579 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 21580 21581 // The DB cluster identifier for the cluster being modified. This parameter 21582 // is not case-sensitive. 21583 // 21584 // Constraints: 21585 // 21586 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 21587 // 21588 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 21589 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21590 21591 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to use for the DB cluster. 21592 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 21593 21594 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 21595 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 21596 // 21597 // Default: false 21598 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 21599 21600 // The new password for the master database user. This password can contain 21601 // any printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 21602 // 21603 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 21604 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 21605 21606 // The new DB cluster identifier for the DB cluster when renaming a DB cluster. 21607 // This value is stored as a lowercase string. 21608 // 21609 // Constraints: 21610 // 21611 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 21612 // 21613 // * The first character must be a letter 21614 // 21615 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 21616 // 21617 // Example: my-cluster2 21618 NewDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 21619 21620 // A value that indicates that the DB cluster should be associated with the 21621 // specified option group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage 21622 // except in the following case, and the change is applied during the next maintenance 21623 // window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. 21624 // If the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this 21625 // change can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections 21626 // are rejected but existing connections are not interrupted. 21627 // 21628 // Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. The option group 21629 // can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. 21630 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 21631 21632 // The port number on which the DB cluster accepts connections. 21633 // 21634 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 21635 // 21636 // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. 21637 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 21638 21639 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 21640 // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 21641 // 21642 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 21643 // of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting 21644 // the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 21645 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 21646 // 21647 // Constraints: 21648 // 21649 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 21650 // 21651 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 21652 // 21653 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 21654 // 21655 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 21656 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 21657 21658 // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 21659 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 21660 // 21661 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 21662 // 21663 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 21664 // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see 21665 // the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window 21666 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 21667 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 21668 // 21669 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 21670 // 21671 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 21672 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 21673 21674 // A list of VPC security groups that the DB cluster will belong to. 21675 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 21676} 21677 21678// String returns the string representation 21679func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) String() string { 21680 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21681} 21682 21683// GoString returns the string representation 21684func (s ModifyDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 21685 return s.String() 21686} 21687 21688// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21689func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 21690 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterInput"} 21691 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 21692 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 21693 } 21694 21695 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21696 return invalidParams 21697 } 21698 return nil 21699} 21700 21701// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 21702func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 21703 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 21704 return s 21705} 21706 21707// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 21708func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 21709 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 21710 return s 21711} 21712 21713// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 21714func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 21715 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 21716 return s 21717} 21718 21719// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 21720func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 21721 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 21722 return s 21723} 21724 21725// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 21726func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 21727 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 21728 return s 21729} 21730 21731// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 21732func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 21733 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 21734 return s 21735} 21736 21737// SetNewDBClusterIdentifier sets the NewDBClusterIdentifier field's value. 21738func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetNewDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 21739 s.NewDBClusterIdentifier = &v 21740 return s 21741} 21742 21743// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 21744func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 21745 s.OptionGroupName = &v 21746 return s 21747} 21748 21749// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 21750func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPort(v int64) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 21751 s.Port = &v 21752 return s 21753} 21754 21755// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 21756func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 21757 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 21758 return s 21759} 21760 21761// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 21762func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 21763 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 21764 return s 21765} 21766 21767// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 21768func (s *ModifyDBClusterInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterInput { 21769 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 21770 return s 21771} 21772 21773// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterResult 21774type ModifyDBClusterOutput struct { 21775 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21776 21777 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 21778 // 21779 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 21780 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 21781} 21782 21783// String returns the string representation 21784func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) String() string { 21785 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21786} 21787 21788// GoString returns the string representation 21789func (s ModifyDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 21790 return s.String() 21791} 21792 21793// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 21794func (s *ModifyDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *ModifyDBClusterOutput { 21795 s.DBCluster = v 21796 return s 21797} 21798 21799// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupMessage 21800type ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 21801 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21802 21803 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to modify. 21804 // 21805 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 21806 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21807 21808 // A list of parameters in the DB cluster parameter group to modify. 21809 // 21810 // Parameters is a required field 21811 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` 21812} 21813 21814// String returns the string representation 21815func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 21816 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21817} 21818 21819// GoString returns the string representation 21820func (s ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 21821 return s.String() 21822} 21823 21824// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21825func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 21826 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 21827 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 21828 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 21829 } 21830 if s.Parameters == nil { 21831 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters")) 21832 } 21833 21834 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21835 return invalidParams 21836 } 21837 return nil 21838} 21839 21840// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 21841func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 21842 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 21843 return s 21844} 21845 21846// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 21847func (s *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 21848 s.Parameters = v 21849 return s 21850} 21851 21852// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeMessage 21853type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput struct { 21854 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21855 21856 // The name of the DB cluster snapshot attribute to modify. 21857 // 21858 // To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual 21859 // DB cluster snapshot, set this value to restore. 21860 // 21861 // AttributeName is a required field 21862 AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21863 21864 // The identifier for the DB cluster snapshot to modify the attributes for. 21865 // 21866 // DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 21867 DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 21868 21869 // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified 21870 // by AttributeName. 21871 // 21872 // To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot, 21873 // set this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the 21874 // manual DB cluster snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the 21875 // all value for any manual DB cluster snapshots that contain private information 21876 // that you don't want available to all AWS accounts. 21877 ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 21878 21879 // A list of DB cluster snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified 21880 // by AttributeName. 21881 // 21882 // To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual 21883 // DB cluster snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, 21884 // or all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the 21885 // DB cluster snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID 21886 // is explicitly added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore a 21887 // manual DB cluster snapshot. 21888 ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 21889} 21890 21891// String returns the string representation 21892func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string { 21893 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21894} 21895 21896// GoString returns the string representation 21897func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string { 21898 return s.String() 21899} 21900 21901// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21902func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error { 21903 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput"} 21904 if s.AttributeName == nil { 21905 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName")) 21906 } 21907 if s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 21908 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier")) 21909 } 21910 21911 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21912 return invalidParams 21913 } 21914 return nil 21915} 21916 21917// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 21918func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 21919 s.AttributeName = &v 21920 return s 21921} 21922 21923// SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 21924func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBClusterSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 21925 s.DBClusterSnapshotIdentifier = &v 21926 return s 21927} 21928 21929// SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value. 21930func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 21931 s.ValuesToAdd = v 21932 return s 21933} 21934 21935// SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value. 21936func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeInput { 21937 s.ValuesToRemove = v 21938 return s 21939} 21940 21941// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeResult 21942type ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput struct { 21943 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21944 21945 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBClusterSnapshotAttributes 21946 // API action. 21947 // 21948 // Manual DB cluster snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts 21949 // to copy or restore a manual DB cluster snapshot. For more information, see 21950 // the ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttribute API action. 21951 DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 21952} 21953 21954// String returns the string representation 21955func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string { 21956 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21957} 21958 21959// GoString returns the string representation 21960func (s ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string { 21961 return s.String() 21962} 21963 21964// SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 21965func (s *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBClusterSnapshotAttributeOutput { 21966 s.DBClusterSnapshotAttributesResult = v 21967 return s 21968} 21969 21970// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstanceMessage 21971type ModifyDBInstanceInput struct { 21972 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21973 21974 // The new amount of storage (in gibibytes) to allocate for the DB instance. 21975 // 21976 // For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL, the value supplied must be at 21977 // least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not at least 10% 21978 // greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they are 10% greater 21979 // than the current value. 21980 // 21981 // For the valid values for allocated storage for each engine, see CreateDBInstance. 21982 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 21983 21984 // Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter 21985 // does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as 21986 // soon as possible. 21987 // 21988 // Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value for 21989 // the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the DB 21990 // instance's current version. 21991 AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 21992 21993 // Specifies whether the modifications in this request and any pending modifications 21994 // are asynchronously applied as soon as possible, regardless of the PreferredMaintenanceWindow 21995 // setting for the DB instance. 21996 // 21997 // If this parameter is set to false, changes to the DB instance are applied 21998 // during the next maintenance window. Some parameter changes can cause an outage 21999 // and are applied on the next call to RebootDBInstance, or the next failure 22000 // reboot. Review the table of parameters in Modifying a DB Instance and Using 22001 // the Apply Immediately Parameter (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Overview.DBInstance.Modifying.html) 22002 // to see the impact that setting ApplyImmediately to true or false has for 22003 // each modified parameter and to determine when the changes are applied. 22004 // 22005 // Default: false 22006 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 22007 22008 // Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB 22009 // instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter does not 22010 // result in an outage except in the following case and the change is asynchronously 22011 // applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this parameter is set 22012 // to true during the maintenance window, and a newer minor version is available, 22013 // and RDS has enabled auto patching for that engine version. 22014 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 22015 22016 // The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to 22017 // a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated 22018 // backups. 22019 // 22020 // Changing this parameter can result in an outage if you change from 0 to a 22021 // non-zero value or from a non-zero value to 0. These changes are applied during 22022 // the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set 22023 // to true for this request. If you change the parameter from one non-zero value 22024 // to another non-zero value, the change is asynchronously applied as soon as 22025 // possible. 22026 // 22027 // Amazon Aurora 22028 // 22029 // Not applicable. The retention period for automated backups is managed by 22030 // the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 22031 // 22032 // Default: Uses existing setting 22033 // 22034 // Constraints: 22035 // 22036 // * Must be a value from 0 to 35 22037 // 22038 // * Can be specified for a MySQL Read Replica only if the source is running 22039 // MySQL 5.6 22040 // 22041 // * Can be specified for a PostgreSQL Read Replica only if the source is 22042 // running PostgreSQL 9.3.5 22043 // 22044 // * Cannot be set to 0 if the DB instance is a source to Read Replicas 22045 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 22046 22047 // Indicates the certificate that needs to be associated with the instance. 22048 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 22049 22050 // True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, 22051 // and otherwise false. The default is false. 22052 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 22053 22054 // The new compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. 22055 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all 22056 // database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability 22057 // for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 22058 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 22059 // 22060 // If you modify the DB instance class, an outage occurs during the change. 22061 // The change is applied during the next maintenance window, unless ApplyImmediately 22062 // is specified as true for this request. 22063 // 22064 // Default: Uses existing setting 22065 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 22066 22067 // The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 22068 // 22069 // Constraints: 22070 // 22071 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 22072 // 22073 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 22074 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 22075 22076 // The name of the DB parameter group to apply to the DB instance. Changing 22077 // this setting does not result in an outage. The parameter group name itself 22078 // is changed immediately, but the actual parameter changes are not applied 22079 // until you reboot the instance without failover. The db instance will NOT 22080 // be rebooted automatically and the parameter changes will NOT be applied during 22081 // the next maintenance window. 22082 // 22083 // Default: Uses existing setting 22084 // 22085 // Constraints: The DB parameter group must be in the same DB parameter group 22086 // family as this DB instance. 22087 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 22088 22089 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 22090 // 22091 // The value of the DBPortNumber parameter must not match any of the port values 22092 // specified for options in the option group for the DB instance. 22093 // 22094 // Your database will restart when you change the DBPortNumber value regardless 22095 // of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter. 22096 // 22097 // MySQL 22098 // 22099 // Default: 3306 22100 // 22101 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 22102 // 22103 // MariaDB 22104 // 22105 // Default: 3306 22106 // 22107 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 22108 // 22109 // PostgreSQL 22110 // 22111 // Default: 5432 22112 // 22113 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 22114 // 22115 // Type: Integer 22116 // 22117 // Oracle 22118 // 22119 // Default: 1521 22120 // 22121 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 22122 // 22123 // SQL Server 22124 // 22125 // Default: 1433 22126 // 22127 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 except for 1434, 3389, 47001, 49152, and 49152 through 22128 // 49156. 22129 // 22130 // Amazon Aurora 22131 // 22132 // Default: 3306 22133 // 22134 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 22135 DBPortNumber *int64 `type:"integer"` 22136 22137 // A list of DB security groups to authorize on this DB instance. Changing this 22138 // setting does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied 22139 // as soon as possible. 22140 // 22141 // Constraints: 22142 // 22143 // * If supplied, must match existing DBSecurityGroups. 22144 DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 22145 22146 // The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. You can use this parameter to 22147 // move your DB instance to a different VPC. If your DB instance is not in a 22148 // VPC, you can also use this parameter to move your DB instance into a VPC. 22149 // For more information, see Updating the VPC for a DB Instance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_VPC.WorkingWithRDSInstanceinaVPC.html#USER_VPC.Non-VPC2VPC). 22150 // 22151 // Changing the subnet group causes an outage during the change. The change 22152 // is applied during the next maintenance window, unless you specify true for 22153 // the ApplyImmediately parameter. 22154 // 22155 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 22156 // 22157 // Example: mySubnetGroup 22158 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 22159 22160 // The Active Directory Domain to move the instance to. Specify none to remove 22161 // the instance from its current domain. The domain must be created prior to 22162 // this operation. Currently only a Microsoft SQL Server instance can be created 22163 // in a Active Directory Domain. 22164 Domain *string `type:"string"` 22165 22166 // The name of the IAM role to use when making API calls to the Directory Service. 22167 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 22168 22169 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 22170 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 22171 // 22172 // You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines 22173 // 22174 // Amazon Aurora 22175 // 22176 // Not applicable. Mapping AWS IAM accounts to database accounts is managed 22177 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 22178 // 22179 // MySQL 22180 // 22181 // * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher 22182 // 22183 // * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher 22184 // 22185 // Default: false 22186 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 22187 22188 // True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false. 22189 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 22190 22191 // The version number of the database engine to upgrade to. Changing this parameter 22192 // results in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance 22193 // window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. 22194 // 22195 // For major version upgrades, if a nondefault DB parameter group is currently 22196 // in use, a new DB parameter group in the DB parameter group family for the 22197 // new engine version must be specified. The new DB parameter group can be the 22198 // default for that DB parameter group family. 22199 // 22200 // For a list of valid engine versions, see CreateDBInstance. 22201 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 22202 22203 // The new Provisioned IOPS (I/O operations per second) value for the RDS instance. 22204 // 22205 // Changing this setting does not result in an outage and the change is applied 22206 // during the next maintenance window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter 22207 // is set to true for this request. If you are migrating from Provisioned IOPS 22208 // to standard storage, set this value to 0. The DB instance will require a 22209 // reboot for the change in storage type to take effect. 22210 // 22211 // If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to 22212 // using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard 22213 // storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends 22214 // on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard 22215 // or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number 22216 // of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, 22217 // but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, 22218 // the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. 22219 // While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. 22220 // No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including 22221 // modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating 22222 // a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. 22223 // 22224 // Constraints: For MariaDB, MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL, the value supplied 22225 // must be at least 10% greater than the current value. Values that are not 22226 // at least 10% greater than the existing value are rounded up so that they 22227 // are 10% greater than the current value. 22228 // 22229 // Default: Uses existing setting 22230 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 22231 22232 // The license model for the DB instance. 22233 // 22234 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 22235 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 22236 22237 // The new password for the master user. The password can include any printable 22238 // ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 22239 // 22240 // Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously 22241 // applied as soon as possible. Between the time of the request and the completion 22242 // of the request, the MasterUserPassword element exists in the PendingModifiedValues 22243 // element of the operation response. 22244 // 22245 // Amazon Aurora 22246 // 22247 // Not applicable. The password for the master user is managed by the DB cluster. 22248 // For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 22249 // 22250 // Default: Uses existing setting 22251 // 22252 // MariaDB 22253 // 22254 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 22255 // 22256 // Microsoft SQL Server 22257 // 22258 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. 22259 // 22260 // MySQL 22261 // 22262 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 22263 // 22264 // Oracle 22265 // 22266 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 30 characters. 22267 // 22268 // PostgreSQL 22269 // 22270 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 128 characters. 22271 // 22272 // Amazon RDS API actions never return the password, so this action provides 22273 // a way to regain access to a primary instance user if the password is lost. 22274 // This includes restoring privileges that might have been accidentally revoked. 22275 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 22276 22277 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 22278 // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 22279 // metrics, specify 0. The default is 0. 22280 // 22281 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 22282 // to a value other than 0. 22283 // 22284 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 22285 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 22286 22287 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics 22288 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 22289 // For information on creating a monitoring role, go to To create an IAM role 22290 // for Amazon RDS Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.IAMRole). 22291 // 22292 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 22293 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 22294 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 22295 22296 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. Changing this parameter 22297 // does not result in an outage and the change is applied during the next maintenance 22298 // window unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. 22299 // 22300 // Constraints: Cannot be specified if the DB instance is a Read Replica. 22301 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 22302 22303 // The new DB instance identifier for the DB instance when renaming a DB instance. 22304 // When you change the DB instance identifier, an instance reboot will occur 22305 // immediately if you set Apply Immediately to true, or will occur during the 22306 // next maintenance window if Apply Immediately to false. This value is stored 22307 // as a lowercase string. 22308 // 22309 // Constraints: 22310 // 22311 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 22312 // 22313 // * The first character must be a letter. 22314 // 22315 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 22316 // 22317 // Example: mydbinstance 22318 NewDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 22319 22320 // Indicates that the DB instance should be associated with the specified option 22321 // group. Changing this parameter does not result in an outage except in the 22322 // following case and the change is applied during the next maintenance window 22323 // unless the ApplyImmediately parameter is set to true for this request. If 22324 // the parameter change results in an option group that enables OEM, this change 22325 // can cause a brief (sub-second) period during which new connections are rejected 22326 // but existing connections are not interrupted. 22327 // 22328 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 22329 // can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed 22330 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 22331 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 22332 22333 // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The 22334 // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), KMS key identifier, or the 22335 // KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. 22336 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 22337 22338 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 22339 // backups are enabled, as determined by the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 22340 // Changing this parameter does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously 22341 // applied as soon as possible. 22342 // 22343 // Amazon Aurora 22344 // 22345 // Not applicable. The daily time range for creating automated backups is managed 22346 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 22347 // 22348 // Constraints: 22349 // 22350 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi 22351 // 22352 // * Must be in Universal Time Coordinated (UTC) 22353 // 22354 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window 22355 // 22356 // * Must be at least 30 minutes 22357 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 22358 22359 // The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur, 22360 // which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter does not result 22361 // in an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously 22362 // applied as soon as possible. If there are pending actions that cause a reboot, 22363 // and the maintenance window is changed to include the current time, then changing 22364 // this parameter will cause a reboot of the DB instance. If moving this window 22365 // to the current time, there must be at least 30 minutes between the current 22366 // time and end of the window to ensure pending changes are applied. 22367 // 22368 // Default: Uses existing setting 22369 // 22370 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 22371 // 22372 // Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun 22373 // 22374 // Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes 22375 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 22376 22377 // A value that specifies the order in which an Aurora Replica is promoted to 22378 // the primary instance after a failure of the existing primary instance. For 22379 // more information, see Fault Tolerance for an Aurora DB Cluster (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Aurora.Managing.html#Aurora.Managing.FaultTolerance). 22380 // 22381 // Default: 1 22382 // 22383 // Valid Values: 0 - 15 22384 PromotionTier *int64 `type:"integer"` 22385 22386 // Boolean value that indicates if the DB instance has a publicly resolvable 22387 // DNS name. Set to True to make the DB instance Internet-facing with a publicly 22388 // resolvable DNS name, which resolves to a public IP address. Set to False 22389 // to make the DB instance internal with a DNS name that resolves to a private 22390 // IP address. 22391 // 22392 // PubliclyAccessible only applies to DB instances in a VPC. The DB instance 22393 // must be part of a public subnet and PubliclyAccessible must be true in order 22394 // for it to be publicly accessible. 22395 // 22396 // Changes to the PubliclyAccessible parameter are applied immediately regardless 22397 // of the value of the ApplyImmediately parameter. 22398 // 22399 // Default: false 22400 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 22401 22402 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 22403 // 22404 // If you specify Provisioned IOPS (io1), you must also include a value for 22405 // the Iops parameter. 22406 // 22407 // If you choose to migrate your DB instance from using standard storage to 22408 // using Provisioned IOPS, or from using Provisioned IOPS to using standard 22409 // storage, the process can take time. The duration of the migration depends 22410 // on several factors such as database load, storage size, storage type (standard 22411 // or Provisioned IOPS), amount of IOPS provisioned (if any), and the number 22412 // of prior scale storage operations. Typical migration times are under 24 hours, 22413 // but the process can take up to several days in some cases. During the migration, 22414 // the DB instance is available for use, but might experience performance degradation. 22415 // While the migration takes place, nightly backups for the instance are suspended. 22416 // No other Amazon RDS operations can take place for the instance, including 22417 // modifying the instance, rebooting the instance, deleting the instance, creating 22418 // a Read Replica for the instance, and creating a DB snapshot of the instance. 22419 // 22420 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 22421 // 22422 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard 22423 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 22424 22425 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 22426 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 22427 22428 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 22429 // device. 22430 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 22431 22432 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to authorize on this DB instance. This 22433 // change is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. 22434 // 22435 // Amazon Aurora 22436 // 22437 // Not applicable. The associated list of EC2 VPC security groups is managed 22438 // by the DB cluster. For more information, see ModifyDBCluster. 22439 // 22440 // Constraints: 22441 // 22442 // * If supplied, must match existing VpcSecurityGroupIds. 22443 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 22444} 22445 22446// String returns the string representation 22447func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) String() string { 22448 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22449} 22450 22451// GoString returns the string representation 22452func (s ModifyDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 22453 return s.String() 22454} 22455 22456// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22457func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 22458 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBInstanceInput"} 22459 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 22460 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 22461 } 22462 22463 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22464 return invalidParams 22465 } 22466 return nil 22467} 22468 22469// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 22470func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22471 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 22472 return s 22473} 22474 22475// SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade sets the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade field's value. 22476func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22477 s.AllowMajorVersionUpgrade = &v 22478 return s 22479} 22480 22481// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 22482func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22483 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 22484 return s 22485} 22486 22487// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 22488func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22489 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 22490 return s 22491} 22492 22493// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 22494func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22495 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 22496 return s 22497} 22498 22499// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 22500func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22501 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 22502 return s 22503} 22504 22505// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 22506func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22507 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 22508 return s 22509} 22510 22511// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 22512func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22513 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 22514 return s 22515} 22516 22517// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 22518func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22519 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 22520 return s 22521} 22522 22523// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 22524func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22525 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 22526 return s 22527} 22528 22529// SetDBPortNumber sets the DBPortNumber field's value. 22530func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBPortNumber(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22531 s.DBPortNumber = &v 22532 return s 22533} 22534 22535// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 22536func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22537 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 22538 return s 22539} 22540 22541// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 22542func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22543 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 22544 return s 22545} 22546 22547// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 22548func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomain(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22549 s.Domain = &v 22550 return s 22551} 22552 22553// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 22554func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22555 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 22556 return s 22557} 22558 22559// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 22560func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22561 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 22562 return s 22563} 22564 22565// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 22566func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22567 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 22568 return s 22569} 22570 22571// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 22572func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22573 s.EngineVersion = &v 22574 return s 22575} 22576 22577// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 22578func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetIops(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22579 s.Iops = &v 22580 return s 22581} 22582 22583// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 22584func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22585 s.LicenseModel = &v 22586 return s 22587} 22588 22589// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 22590func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22591 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 22592 return s 22593} 22594 22595// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 22596func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22597 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 22598 return s 22599} 22600 22601// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 22602func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22603 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 22604 return s 22605} 22606 22607// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 22608func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22609 s.MultiAZ = &v 22610 return s 22611} 22612 22613// SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier sets the NewDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 22614func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetNewDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22615 s.NewDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 22616 return s 22617} 22618 22619// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 22620func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22621 s.OptionGroupName = &v 22622 return s 22623} 22624 22625// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 22626func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22627 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 22628 return s 22629} 22630 22631// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 22632func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22633 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 22634 return s 22635} 22636 22637// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 22638func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22639 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 22640 return s 22641} 22642 22643// SetPromotionTier sets the PromotionTier field's value. 22644func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPromotionTier(v int64) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22645 s.PromotionTier = &v 22646 return s 22647} 22648 22649// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 22650func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22651 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 22652 return s 22653} 22654 22655// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 22656func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetStorageType(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22657 s.StorageType = &v 22658 return s 22659} 22660 22661// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 22662func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22663 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 22664 return s 22665} 22666 22667// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 22668func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22669 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 22670 return s 22671} 22672 22673// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 22674func (s *ModifyDBInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBInstanceInput { 22675 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 22676 return s 22677} 22678 22679// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBInstanceResult 22680type ModifyDBInstanceOutput struct { 22681 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22682 22683 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 22684 // 22685 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 22686 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 22687} 22688 22689// String returns the string representation 22690func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 22691 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22692} 22693 22694// GoString returns the string representation 22695func (s ModifyDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 22696 return s.String() 22697} 22698 22699// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 22700func (s *ModifyDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *ModifyDBInstanceOutput { 22701 s.DBInstance = v 22702 return s 22703} 22704 22705// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBParameterGroupMessage 22706type ModifyDBParameterGroupInput struct { 22707 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22708 22709 // The name of the DB parameter group. 22710 // 22711 // Constraints: 22712 // 22713 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 22714 // 22715 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 22716 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 22717 22718 // An array of parameter names, values, and the apply method for the parameter 22719 // update. At least one parameter name, value, and apply method must be supplied; 22720 // subsequent arguments are optional. A maximum of 20 parameters can be modified 22721 // in a single request. 22722 // 22723 // Valid Values (for the application method): immediate | pending-reboot 22724 // 22725 // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use 22726 // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes 22727 // are applied when you reboot the DB instance without failover. 22728 // 22729 // Parameters is a required field 22730 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list" required:"true"` 22731} 22732 22733// String returns the string representation 22734func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 22735 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22736} 22737 22738// GoString returns the string representation 22739func (s ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 22740 return s.String() 22741} 22742 22743// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22744func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 22745 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBParameterGroupInput"} 22746 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 22747 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 22748 } 22749 if s.Parameters == nil { 22750 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Parameters")) 22751 } 22752 22753 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22754 return invalidParams 22755 } 22756 return nil 22757} 22758 22759// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 22760func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput { 22761 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 22762 return s 22763} 22764 22765// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 22766func (s *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ModifyDBParameterGroupInput { 22767 s.Parameters = v 22768 return s 22769} 22770 22771// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeMessage 22772type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput struct { 22773 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22774 22775 // The name of the DB snapshot attribute to modify. 22776 // 22777 // To manage authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual 22778 // DB snapshot, set this value to restore. 22779 // 22780 // AttributeName is a required field 22781 AttributeName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 22782 22783 // The identifier for the DB snapshot to modify the attributes for. 22784 // 22785 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 22786 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 22787 22788 // A list of DB snapshot attributes to add to the attribute specified by AttributeName. 22789 // 22790 // To authorize other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual snapshot, set 22791 // this list to include one or more AWS account IDs, or all to make the manual 22792 // DB snapshot restorable by any AWS account. Do not add the all value for any 22793 // manual DB snapshots that contain private information that you don't want 22794 // available to all AWS accounts. 22795 ValuesToAdd []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 22796 22797 // A list of DB snapshot attributes to remove from the attribute specified by 22798 // AttributeName. 22799 // 22800 // To remove authorization for other AWS accounts to copy or restore a manual 22801 // snapshot, set this list to include one or more AWS account identifiers, or 22802 // all to remove authorization for any AWS account to copy or restore the DB 22803 // snapshot. If you specify all, an AWS account whose account ID is explicitly 22804 // added to the restore attribute can still copy or restore the manual DB snapshot. 22805 ValuesToRemove []*string `locationNameList:"AttributeValue" type:"list"` 22806} 22807 22808// String returns the string representation 22809func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) String() string { 22810 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22811} 22812 22813// GoString returns the string representation 22814func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) GoString() string { 22815 return s.String() 22816} 22817 22818// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22819func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) Validate() error { 22820 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput"} 22821 if s.AttributeName == nil { 22822 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AttributeName")) 22823 } 22824 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 22825 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 22826 } 22827 22828 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22829 return invalidParams 22830 } 22831 return nil 22832} 22833 22834// SetAttributeName sets the AttributeName field's value. 22835func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetAttributeName(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { 22836 s.AttributeName = &v 22837 return s 22838} 22839 22840// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 22841func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { 22842 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 22843 return s 22844} 22845 22846// SetValuesToAdd sets the ValuesToAdd field's value. 22847func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToAdd(v []*string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { 22848 s.ValuesToAdd = v 22849 return s 22850} 22851 22852// SetValuesToRemove sets the ValuesToRemove field's value. 22853func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput) SetValuesToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeInput { 22854 s.ValuesToRemove = v 22855 return s 22856} 22857 22858// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeResult 22859type ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput struct { 22860 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22861 22862 // Contains the results of a successful call to the DescribeDBSnapshotAttributes 22863 // API action. 22864 // 22865 // Manual DB snapshot attributes are used to authorize other AWS accounts to 22866 // copy or restore a manual DB snapshot. For more information, see the ModifyDBSnapshotAttribute 22867 // API action. 22868 DBSnapshotAttributesResult *DBSnapshotAttributesResult `type:"structure"` 22869} 22870 22871// String returns the string representation 22872func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) String() string { 22873 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22874} 22875 22876// GoString returns the string representation 22877func (s ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) GoString() string { 22878 return s.String() 22879} 22880 22881// SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult sets the DBSnapshotAttributesResult field's value. 22882func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput) SetDBSnapshotAttributesResult(v *DBSnapshotAttributesResult) *ModifyDBSnapshotAttributeOutput { 22883 s.DBSnapshotAttributesResult = v 22884 return s 22885} 22886 22887// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotMessage 22888type ModifyDBSnapshotInput struct { 22889 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22890 22891 // The identifier of the DB snapshot to modify. 22892 // 22893 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 22894 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 22895 22896 // The engine version to upgrade the DB snapshot to. 22897 // 22898 // The following are the database engines and engine versions that are available 22899 // when you upgrade a DB snapshot. 22900 // 22901 // MySQL 22902 // 22903 // * 5.5.46 (supported for 5.1 DB snapshots) 22904 // 22905 // Oracle 22906 // 22907 // * 12.1.0.2.v8 (supported for 12.1.0.1 DB snapshots) 22908 // 22909 // * 11.2.0.4.v12 (supported for 11.2.0.2 DB snapshots) 22910 // 22911 // * 11.2.0.4.v11 (supported for 11.2.0.3 DB snapshots) 22912 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 22913 22914 // The option group to identify with the upgraded DB snapshot. 22915 // 22916 // You can specify this parameter when you upgrade an Oracle DB snapshot. The 22917 // same option group considerations apply when upgrading a DB snapshot as when 22918 // upgrading a DB instance. For more information, see Option Group Considerations 22919 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Oracle.html#USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Oracle.OGPG.OG). 22920 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 22921} 22922 22923// String returns the string representation 22924func (s ModifyDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 22925 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22926} 22927 22928// GoString returns the string representation 22929func (s ModifyDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 22930 return s.String() 22931} 22932 22933// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22934func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 22935 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSnapshotInput"} 22936 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 22937 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 22938 } 22939 22940 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22941 return invalidParams 22942 } 22943 return nil 22944} 22945 22946// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 22947func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput { 22948 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 22949 return s 22950} 22951 22952// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 22953func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput { 22954 s.EngineVersion = &v 22955 return s 22956} 22957 22958// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 22959func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBSnapshotInput { 22960 s.OptionGroupName = &v 22961 return s 22962} 22963 22964// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSnapshotResult 22965type ModifyDBSnapshotOutput struct { 22966 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22967 22968 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB snapshot. 22969 // 22970 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSnapshots action. 22971 DBSnapshot *DBSnapshot `type:"structure"` 22972} 22973 22974// String returns the string representation 22975func (s ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 22976 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22977} 22978 22979// GoString returns the string representation 22980func (s ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 22981 return s.String() 22982} 22983 22984// SetDBSnapshot sets the DBSnapshot field's value. 22985func (s *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBSnapshot(v *DBSnapshot) *ModifyDBSnapshotOutput { 22986 s.DBSnapshot = v 22987 return s 22988} 22989 22990// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroupMessage 22991type ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput struct { 22992 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22993 22994 // The description for the DB subnet group. 22995 DBSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 22996 22997 // The name for the DB subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 22998 // You can't modify the default subnet group. 22999 // 23000 // Constraints: Must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. Must not be 23001 // default. 23002 // 23003 // Example: mySubnetgroup 23004 // 23005 // DBSubnetGroupName is a required field 23006 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 23007 23008 // The EC2 subnet IDs for the DB subnet group. 23009 // 23010 // SubnetIds is a required field 23011 SubnetIds []*string `locationNameList:"SubnetIdentifier" type:"list" required:"true"` 23012} 23013 23014// String returns the string representation 23015func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) String() string { 23016 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23017} 23018 23019// GoString returns the string representation 23020func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string { 23021 return s.String() 23022} 23023 23024// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23025func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error { 23026 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput"} 23027 if s.DBSubnetGroupName == nil { 23028 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSubnetGroupName")) 23029 } 23030 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 23031 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 23032 } 23033 23034 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23035 return invalidParams 23036 } 23037 return nil 23038} 23039 23040// SetDBSubnetGroupDescription sets the DBSubnetGroupDescription field's value. 23041func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 23042 s.DBSubnetGroupDescription = &v 23043 return s 23044} 23045 23046// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 23047func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 23048 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 23049 return s 23050} 23051 23052// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 23053func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupInput { 23054 s.SubnetIds = v 23055 return s 23056} 23057 23058// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyDBSubnetGroupResult 23059type ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput struct { 23060 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23061 23062 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB subnet group. 23063 // 23064 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 23065 // action. 23066 DBSubnetGroup *DBSubnetGroup `type:"structure"` 23067} 23068 23069// String returns the string representation 23070func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) String() string { 23071 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23072} 23073 23074// GoString returns the string representation 23075func (s ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string { 23076 return s.String() 23077} 23078 23079// SetDBSubnetGroup sets the DBSubnetGroup field's value. 23080func (s *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput) SetDBSubnetGroup(v *DBSubnetGroup) *ModifyDBSubnetGroupOutput { 23081 s.DBSubnetGroup = v 23082 return s 23083} 23084 23085// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscriptionMessage 23086type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct { 23087 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23088 23089 // A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription. 23090 Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"` 23091 23092 // A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to. 23093 // You can see a list of the categories for a given SourceType in the Events 23094 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Events.html) 23095 // topic in the Amazon RDS User Guide or by using the DescribeEventCategories 23096 // action. 23097 EventCategories []*string `locationNameList:"EventCategory" type:"list"` 23098 23099 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic created for event notification. 23100 // The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and subscribe to 23101 // it. 23102 SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"` 23103 23104 // The type of source that is generating the events. For example, if you want 23105 // to be notified of events generated by a DB instance, you would set this parameter 23106 // to db-instance. if this value is not specified, all events are returned. 23107 // 23108 // Valid values: db-instance | db-parameter-group | db-security-group | db-snapshot 23109 SourceType *string `type:"string"` 23110 23111 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription. 23112 // 23113 // SubscriptionName is a required field 23114 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 23115} 23116 23117// String returns the string representation 23118func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string { 23119 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23120} 23121 23122// GoString returns the string representation 23123func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 23124 return s.String() 23125} 23126 23127// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23128func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 23129 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyEventSubscriptionInput"} 23130 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 23131 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 23132 } 23133 23134 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23135 return invalidParams 23136 } 23137 return nil 23138} 23139 23140// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value. 23141func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 23142 s.Enabled = &v 23143 return s 23144} 23145 23146// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value. 23147func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 23148 s.EventCategories = v 23149 return s 23150} 23151 23152// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value. 23153func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 23154 s.SnsTopicArn = &v 23155 return s 23156} 23157 23158// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. 23159func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 23160 s.SourceType = &v 23161 return s 23162} 23163 23164// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 23165func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput { 23166 s.SubscriptionName = &v 23167 return s 23168} 23169 23170// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyEventSubscriptionResult 23171type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct { 23172 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23173 23174 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 23175 // action. 23176 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 23177} 23178 23179// String returns the string representation 23180func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 23181 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23182} 23183 23184// GoString returns the string representation 23185func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 23186 return s.String() 23187} 23188 23189// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 23190func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput { 23191 s.EventSubscription = v 23192 return s 23193} 23194 23195// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroupMessage 23196type ModifyOptionGroupInput struct { 23197 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23198 23199 // Indicates whether the changes should be applied immediately, or during the 23200 // next maintenance window for each instance associated with the option group. 23201 ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"` 23202 23203 // The name of the option group to be modified. 23204 // 23205 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 23206 // can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed 23207 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 23208 // 23209 // OptionGroupName is a required field 23210 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 23211 23212 // Options in this list are added to the option group or, if already present, 23213 // the specified configuration is used to update the existing configuration. 23214 OptionsToInclude []*OptionConfiguration `locationNameList:"OptionConfiguration" type:"list"` 23215 23216 // Options in this list are removed from the option group. 23217 OptionsToRemove []*string `type:"list"` 23218} 23219 23220// String returns the string representation 23221func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) String() string { 23222 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23223} 23224 23225// GoString returns the string representation 23226func (s ModifyOptionGroupInput) GoString() string { 23227 return s.String() 23228} 23229 23230// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23231func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) Validate() error { 23232 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyOptionGroupInput"} 23233 if s.OptionGroupName == nil { 23234 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionGroupName")) 23235 } 23236 if s.OptionsToInclude != nil { 23237 for i, v := range s.OptionsToInclude { 23238 if v == nil { 23239 continue 23240 } 23241 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 23242 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OptionsToInclude", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 23243 } 23244 } 23245 } 23246 23247 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23248 return invalidParams 23249 } 23250 return nil 23251} 23252 23253// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value. 23254func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { 23255 s.ApplyImmediately = &v 23256 return s 23257} 23258 23259// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 23260func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { 23261 s.OptionGroupName = &v 23262 return s 23263} 23264 23265// SetOptionsToInclude sets the OptionsToInclude field's value. 23266func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionsToInclude(v []*OptionConfiguration) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { 23267 s.OptionsToInclude = v 23268 return s 23269} 23270 23271// SetOptionsToRemove sets the OptionsToRemove field's value. 23272func (s *ModifyOptionGroupInput) SetOptionsToRemove(v []*string) *ModifyOptionGroupInput { 23273 s.OptionsToRemove = v 23274 return s 23275} 23276 23277// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ModifyOptionGroupResult 23278type ModifyOptionGroupOutput struct { 23279 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23280 23281 OptionGroup *OptionGroup `type:"structure"` 23282} 23283 23284// String returns the string representation 23285func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) String() string { 23286 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23287} 23288 23289// GoString returns the string representation 23290func (s ModifyOptionGroupOutput) GoString() string { 23291 return s.String() 23292} 23293 23294// SetOptionGroup sets the OptionGroup field's value. 23295func (s *ModifyOptionGroupOutput) SetOptionGroup(v *OptionGroup) *ModifyOptionGroupOutput { 23296 s.OptionGroup = v 23297 return s 23298} 23299 23300// Option details. 23301// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Option 23302type Option struct { 23303 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23304 23305 // If the option requires access to a port, then this DB security group allows 23306 // access to the port. 23307 DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*DBSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroup" type:"list"` 23308 23309 // The description of the option. 23310 OptionDescription *string `type:"string"` 23311 23312 // The name of the option. 23313 OptionName *string `type:"string"` 23314 23315 // The option settings for this option. 23316 OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"` 23317 23318 // The version of the option. 23319 OptionVersion *string `type:"string"` 23320 23321 // Indicate if this option is permanent. 23322 Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"` 23323 23324 // Indicate if this option is persistent. 23325 Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"` 23326 23327 // If required, the port configured for this option to use. 23328 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 23329 23330 // If the option requires access to a port, then this VPC security group allows 23331 // access to the port. 23332 VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupMembership" type:"list"` 23333} 23334 23335// String returns the string representation 23336func (s Option) String() string { 23337 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23338} 23339 23340// GoString returns the string representation 23341func (s Option) GoString() string { 23342 return s.String() 23343} 23344 23345// SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships sets the DBSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. 23346func (s *Option) SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*DBSecurityGroupMembership) *Option { 23347 s.DBSecurityGroupMemberships = v 23348 return s 23349} 23350 23351// SetOptionDescription sets the OptionDescription field's value. 23352func (s *Option) SetOptionDescription(v string) *Option { 23353 s.OptionDescription = &v 23354 return s 23355} 23356 23357// SetOptionName sets the OptionName field's value. 23358func (s *Option) SetOptionName(v string) *Option { 23359 s.OptionName = &v 23360 return s 23361} 23362 23363// SetOptionSettings sets the OptionSettings field's value. 23364func (s *Option) SetOptionSettings(v []*OptionSetting) *Option { 23365 s.OptionSettings = v 23366 return s 23367} 23368 23369// SetOptionVersion sets the OptionVersion field's value. 23370func (s *Option) SetOptionVersion(v string) *Option { 23371 s.OptionVersion = &v 23372 return s 23373} 23374 23375// SetPermanent sets the Permanent field's value. 23376func (s *Option) SetPermanent(v bool) *Option { 23377 s.Permanent = &v 23378 return s 23379} 23380 23381// SetPersistent sets the Persistent field's value. 23382func (s *Option) SetPersistent(v bool) *Option { 23383 s.Persistent = &v 23384 return s 23385} 23386 23387// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 23388func (s *Option) SetPort(v int64) *Option { 23389 s.Port = &v 23390 return s 23391} 23392 23393// SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships sets the VpcSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. 23394func (s *Option) SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *Option { 23395 s.VpcSecurityGroupMemberships = v 23396 return s 23397} 23398 23399// A list of all available options 23400// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionConfiguration 23401type OptionConfiguration struct { 23402 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23403 23404 // A list of DBSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. 23405 DBSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 23406 23407 // The configuration of options to include in a group. 23408 // 23409 // OptionName is a required field 23410 OptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 23411 23412 // The option settings to include in an option group. 23413 OptionSettings []*OptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionSetting" type:"list"` 23414 23415 // The version for the option. 23416 OptionVersion *string `type:"string"` 23417 23418 // The optional port for the option. 23419 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 23420 23421 // A list of VpcSecurityGroupMemebrship name strings used for this option. 23422 VpcSecurityGroupMemberships []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 23423} 23424 23425// String returns the string representation 23426func (s OptionConfiguration) String() string { 23427 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23428} 23429 23430// GoString returns the string representation 23431func (s OptionConfiguration) GoString() string { 23432 return s.String() 23433} 23434 23435// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23436func (s *OptionConfiguration) Validate() error { 23437 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OptionConfiguration"} 23438 if s.OptionName == nil { 23439 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OptionName")) 23440 } 23441 23442 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23443 return invalidParams 23444 } 23445 return nil 23446} 23447 23448// SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships sets the DBSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. 23449func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetDBSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*string) *OptionConfiguration { 23450 s.DBSecurityGroupMemberships = v 23451 return s 23452} 23453 23454// SetOptionName sets the OptionName field's value. 23455func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionName(v string) *OptionConfiguration { 23456 s.OptionName = &v 23457 return s 23458} 23459 23460// SetOptionSettings sets the OptionSettings field's value. 23461func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionSettings(v []*OptionSetting) *OptionConfiguration { 23462 s.OptionSettings = v 23463 return s 23464} 23465 23466// SetOptionVersion sets the OptionVersion field's value. 23467func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetOptionVersion(v string) *OptionConfiguration { 23468 s.OptionVersion = &v 23469 return s 23470} 23471 23472// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 23473func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetPort(v int64) *OptionConfiguration { 23474 s.Port = &v 23475 return s 23476} 23477 23478// SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships sets the VpcSecurityGroupMemberships field's value. 23479func (s *OptionConfiguration) SetVpcSecurityGroupMemberships(v []*string) *OptionConfiguration { 23480 s.VpcSecurityGroupMemberships = v 23481 return s 23482} 23483 23484// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionGroup 23485type OptionGroup struct { 23486 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23487 23488 // Indicates whether this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC 23489 // instances. The value true indicates the option group can be applied to both 23490 // VPC and non-VPC instances. 23491 AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships *bool `type:"boolean"` 23492 23493 // Indicates the name of the engine that this option group can be applied to. 23494 EngineName *string `type:"string"` 23495 23496 // Indicates the major engine version associated with this option group. 23497 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 23498 23499 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the option group. 23500 OptionGroupArn *string `type:"string"` 23501 23502 // Provides a description of the option group. 23503 OptionGroupDescription *string `type:"string"` 23504 23505 // Specifies the name of the option group. 23506 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 23507 23508 // Indicates what options are available in the option group. 23509 Options []*Option `locationNameList:"Option" type:"list"` 23510 23511 // If AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is false, this field is blank. If 23512 // AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships is true and this field is blank, then 23513 // this option group can be applied to both VPC and non-VPC instances. If this 23514 // field contains a value, then this option group can only be applied to instances 23515 // that are in the VPC indicated by this field. 23516 VpcId *string `type:"string"` 23517} 23518 23519// String returns the string representation 23520func (s OptionGroup) String() string { 23521 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23522} 23523 23524// GoString returns the string representation 23525func (s OptionGroup) GoString() string { 23526 return s.String() 23527} 23528 23529// SetAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships sets the AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships field's value. 23530func (s *OptionGroup) SetAllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships(v bool) *OptionGroup { 23531 s.AllowsVpcAndNonVpcInstanceMemberships = &v 23532 return s 23533} 23534 23535// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 23536func (s *OptionGroup) SetEngineName(v string) *OptionGroup { 23537 s.EngineName = &v 23538 return s 23539} 23540 23541// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 23542func (s *OptionGroup) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroup { 23543 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 23544 return s 23545} 23546 23547// SetOptionGroupArn sets the OptionGroupArn field's value. 23548func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupArn(v string) *OptionGroup { 23549 s.OptionGroupArn = &v 23550 return s 23551} 23552 23553// SetOptionGroupDescription sets the OptionGroupDescription field's value. 23554func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupDescription(v string) *OptionGroup { 23555 s.OptionGroupDescription = &v 23556 return s 23557} 23558 23559// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 23560func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *OptionGroup { 23561 s.OptionGroupName = &v 23562 return s 23563} 23564 23565// SetOptions sets the Options field's value. 23566func (s *OptionGroup) SetOptions(v []*Option) *OptionGroup { 23567 s.Options = v 23568 return s 23569} 23570 23571// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value. 23572func (s *OptionGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *OptionGroup { 23573 s.VpcId = &v 23574 return s 23575} 23576 23577// Provides information on the option groups the DB instance is a member of. 23578// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionGroupMembership 23579type OptionGroupMembership struct { 23580 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23581 23582 // The name of the option group that the instance belongs to. 23583 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 23584 23585 // The status of the DB instance's option group membership. Valid values are: 23586 // in-sync, pending-apply, pending-removal, pending-maintenance-apply, pending-maintenance-removal, 23587 // applying, removing, and failed. 23588 Status *string `type:"string"` 23589} 23590 23591// String returns the string representation 23592func (s OptionGroupMembership) String() string { 23593 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23594} 23595 23596// GoString returns the string representation 23597func (s OptionGroupMembership) GoString() string { 23598 return s.String() 23599} 23600 23601// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 23602func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *OptionGroupMembership { 23603 s.OptionGroupName = &v 23604 return s 23605} 23606 23607// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 23608func (s *OptionGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *OptionGroupMembership { 23609 s.Status = &v 23610 return s 23611} 23612 23613// Available option. 23614// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionGroupOption 23615type OptionGroupOption struct { 23616 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23617 23618 // If the option requires a port, specifies the default port for the option. 23619 DefaultPort *int64 `type:"integer"` 23620 23621 // The description of the option. 23622 Description *string `type:"string"` 23623 23624 // The name of the engine that this option can be applied to. 23625 EngineName *string `type:"string"` 23626 23627 // Indicates the major engine version that the option is available for. 23628 MajorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 23629 23630 // The minimum required engine version for the option to be applied. 23631 MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 23632 23633 // The name of the option. 23634 Name *string `type:"string"` 23635 23636 // The option settings that are available (and the default value) for each option 23637 // in an option group. 23638 OptionGroupOptionSettings []*OptionGroupOptionSetting `locationNameList:"OptionGroupOptionSetting" type:"list"` 23639 23640 // The versions that are available for the option. 23641 OptionGroupOptionVersions []*OptionVersion `locationNameList:"OptionVersion" type:"list"` 23642 23643 // The options that conflict with this option. 23644 OptionsConflictsWith []*string `locationNameList:"OptionConflictName" type:"list"` 23645 23646 // The options that are prerequisites for this option. 23647 OptionsDependedOn []*string `locationNameList:"OptionName" type:"list"` 23648 23649 // Permanent options can never be removed from an option group. An option group 23650 // containing a permanent option can't be removed from a DB instance. 23651 Permanent *bool `type:"boolean"` 23652 23653 // Persistent options can't be removed from an option group while DB instances 23654 // are associated with the option group. If you disassociate all DB instances 23655 // from the option group, your can remove the persistent option from the option 23656 // group. 23657 Persistent *bool `type:"boolean"` 23658 23659 // Specifies whether the option requires a port. 23660 PortRequired *bool `type:"boolean"` 23661 23662 // If true, you must enable the Auto Minor Version Upgrade setting for your 23663 // DB instance before you can use this option. You can enable Auto Minor Version 23664 // Upgrade when you first create your DB instance, or by modifying your DB instance 23665 // later. 23666 RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 23667 23668 // If true, you can change the option to an earlier version of the option. This 23669 // only applies to options that have different versions available. 23670 SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 23671 23672 // If true, you can only use this option with a DB instance that is in a VPC. 23673 VpcOnly *bool `type:"boolean"` 23674} 23675 23676// String returns the string representation 23677func (s OptionGroupOption) String() string { 23678 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23679} 23680 23681// GoString returns the string representation 23682func (s OptionGroupOption) GoString() string { 23683 return s.String() 23684} 23685 23686// SetDefaultPort sets the DefaultPort field's value. 23687func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetDefaultPort(v int64) *OptionGroupOption { 23688 s.DefaultPort = &v 23689 return s 23690} 23691 23692// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 23693func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetDescription(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 23694 s.Description = &v 23695 return s 23696} 23697 23698// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value. 23699func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetEngineName(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 23700 s.EngineName = &v 23701 return s 23702} 23703 23704// SetMajorEngineVersion sets the MajorEngineVersion field's value. 23705func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetMajorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 23706 s.MajorEngineVersion = &v 23707 return s 23708} 23709 23710// SetMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion sets the MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion field's value. 23711func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetMinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 23712 s.MinimumRequiredMinorEngineVersion = &v 23713 return s 23714} 23715 23716// SetName sets the Name field's value. 23717func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetName(v string) *OptionGroupOption { 23718 s.Name = &v 23719 return s 23720} 23721 23722// SetOptionGroupOptionSettings sets the OptionGroupOptionSettings field's value. 23723func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionGroupOptionSettings(v []*OptionGroupOptionSetting) *OptionGroupOption { 23724 s.OptionGroupOptionSettings = v 23725 return s 23726} 23727 23728// SetOptionGroupOptionVersions sets the OptionGroupOptionVersions field's value. 23729func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionGroupOptionVersions(v []*OptionVersion) *OptionGroupOption { 23730 s.OptionGroupOptionVersions = v 23731 return s 23732} 23733 23734// SetOptionsConflictsWith sets the OptionsConflictsWith field's value. 23735func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionsConflictsWith(v []*string) *OptionGroupOption { 23736 s.OptionsConflictsWith = v 23737 return s 23738} 23739 23740// SetOptionsDependedOn sets the OptionsDependedOn field's value. 23741func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetOptionsDependedOn(v []*string) *OptionGroupOption { 23742 s.OptionsDependedOn = v 23743 return s 23744} 23745 23746// SetPermanent sets the Permanent field's value. 23747func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPermanent(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 23748 s.Permanent = &v 23749 return s 23750} 23751 23752// SetPersistent sets the Persistent field's value. 23753func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPersistent(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 23754 s.Persistent = &v 23755 return s 23756} 23757 23758// SetPortRequired sets the PortRequired field's value. 23759func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetPortRequired(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 23760 s.PortRequired = &v 23761 return s 23762} 23763 23764// SetRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade sets the RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade field's value. 23765func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetRequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 23766 s.RequiresAutoMinorEngineVersionUpgrade = &v 23767 return s 23768} 23769 23770// SetSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade sets the SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade field's value. 23771func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetSupportsOptionVersionDowngrade(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 23772 s.SupportsOptionVersionDowngrade = &v 23773 return s 23774} 23775 23776// SetVpcOnly sets the VpcOnly field's value. 23777func (s *OptionGroupOption) SetVpcOnly(v bool) *OptionGroupOption { 23778 s.VpcOnly = &v 23779 return s 23780} 23781 23782// Option group option settings are used to display settings available for each 23783// option with their default values and other information. These values are 23784// used with the DescribeOptionGroupOptions action. 23785// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionGroupOptionSetting 23786type OptionGroupOptionSetting struct { 23787 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23788 23789 // Indicates the acceptable values for the option group option. 23790 AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` 23791 23792 // The DB engine specific parameter type for the option group option. 23793 ApplyType *string `type:"string"` 23794 23795 // The default value for the option group option. 23796 DefaultValue *string `type:"string"` 23797 23798 // Boolean value where true indicates that this option group option can be changed 23799 // from the default value. 23800 IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"` 23801 23802 // The description of the option group option. 23803 SettingDescription *string `type:"string"` 23804 23805 // The name of the option group option. 23806 SettingName *string `type:"string"` 23807} 23808 23809// String returns the string representation 23810func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) String() string { 23811 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23812} 23813 23814// GoString returns the string representation 23815func (s OptionGroupOptionSetting) GoString() string { 23816 return s.String() 23817} 23818 23819// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. 23820func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetAllowedValues(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 23821 s.AllowedValues = &v 23822 return s 23823} 23824 23825// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value. 23826func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetApplyType(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 23827 s.ApplyType = &v 23828 return s 23829} 23830 23831// SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value. 23832func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetDefaultValue(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 23833 s.DefaultValue = &v 23834 return s 23835} 23836 23837// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value. 23838func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 23839 s.IsModifiable = &v 23840 return s 23841} 23842 23843// SetSettingDescription sets the SettingDescription field's value. 23844func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetSettingDescription(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 23845 s.SettingDescription = &v 23846 return s 23847} 23848 23849// SetSettingName sets the SettingName field's value. 23850func (s *OptionGroupOptionSetting) SetSettingName(v string) *OptionGroupOptionSetting { 23851 s.SettingName = &v 23852 return s 23853} 23854 23855// Option settings are the actual settings being applied or configured for that 23856// option. It is used when you modify an option group or describe option groups. 23857// For example, the NATIVE_NETWORK_ENCRYPTION option has a setting called SQLNET.ENCRYPTION_SERVER 23858// that can have several different values. 23859// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionSetting 23860type OptionSetting struct { 23861 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23862 23863 // The allowed values of the option setting. 23864 AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` 23865 23866 // The DB engine specific parameter type. 23867 ApplyType *string `type:"string"` 23868 23869 // The data type of the option setting. 23870 DataType *string `type:"string"` 23871 23872 // The default value of the option setting. 23873 DefaultValue *string `type:"string"` 23874 23875 // The description of the option setting. 23876 Description *string `type:"string"` 23877 23878 // Indicates if the option setting is part of a collection. 23879 IsCollection *bool `type:"boolean"` 23880 23881 // A Boolean value that, when true, indicates the option setting can be modified 23882 // from the default. 23883 IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"` 23884 23885 // The name of the option that has settings that you can set. 23886 Name *string `type:"string"` 23887 23888 // The current value of the option setting. 23889 Value *string `type:"string"` 23890} 23891 23892// String returns the string representation 23893func (s OptionSetting) String() string { 23894 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23895} 23896 23897// GoString returns the string representation 23898func (s OptionSetting) GoString() string { 23899 return s.String() 23900} 23901 23902// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. 23903func (s *OptionSetting) SetAllowedValues(v string) *OptionSetting { 23904 s.AllowedValues = &v 23905 return s 23906} 23907 23908// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value. 23909func (s *OptionSetting) SetApplyType(v string) *OptionSetting { 23910 s.ApplyType = &v 23911 return s 23912} 23913 23914// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value. 23915func (s *OptionSetting) SetDataType(v string) *OptionSetting { 23916 s.DataType = &v 23917 return s 23918} 23919 23920// SetDefaultValue sets the DefaultValue field's value. 23921func (s *OptionSetting) SetDefaultValue(v string) *OptionSetting { 23922 s.DefaultValue = &v 23923 return s 23924} 23925 23926// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 23927func (s *OptionSetting) SetDescription(v string) *OptionSetting { 23928 s.Description = &v 23929 return s 23930} 23931 23932// SetIsCollection sets the IsCollection field's value. 23933func (s *OptionSetting) SetIsCollection(v bool) *OptionSetting { 23934 s.IsCollection = &v 23935 return s 23936} 23937 23938// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value. 23939func (s *OptionSetting) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *OptionSetting { 23940 s.IsModifiable = &v 23941 return s 23942} 23943 23944// SetName sets the Name field's value. 23945func (s *OptionSetting) SetName(v string) *OptionSetting { 23946 s.Name = &v 23947 return s 23948} 23949 23950// SetValue sets the Value field's value. 23951func (s *OptionSetting) SetValue(v string) *OptionSetting { 23952 s.Value = &v 23953 return s 23954} 23955 23956// The version for an option. Option group option versions are returned by the 23957// DescribeOptionGroupOptions action. 23958// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OptionVersion 23959type OptionVersion struct { 23960 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23961 23962 // True if the version is the default version of the option, and otherwise false. 23963 IsDefault *bool `type:"boolean"` 23964 23965 // The version of the option. 23966 Version *string `type:"string"` 23967} 23968 23969// String returns the string representation 23970func (s OptionVersion) String() string { 23971 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23972} 23973 23974// GoString returns the string representation 23975func (s OptionVersion) GoString() string { 23976 return s.String() 23977} 23978 23979// SetIsDefault sets the IsDefault field's value. 23980func (s *OptionVersion) SetIsDefault(v bool) *OptionVersion { 23981 s.IsDefault = &v 23982 return s 23983} 23984 23985// SetVersion sets the Version field's value. 23986func (s *OptionVersion) SetVersion(v string) *OptionVersion { 23987 s.Version = &v 23988 return s 23989} 23990 23991// Contains a list of available options for a DB instance. 23992// 23993// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeOrderableDBInstanceOptions 23994// action. 23995// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/OrderableDBInstanceOption 23996type OrderableDBInstanceOption struct { 23997 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23998 23999 // A list of Availability Zones for a DB instance. 24000 AvailabilityZones []*AvailabilityZone `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 24001 24002 // The DB instance class for a DB instance. 24003 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 24004 24005 // The engine type of a DB instance. 24006 Engine *string `type:"string"` 24007 24008 // The engine version of a DB instance. 24009 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 24010 24011 // The license model for a DB instance. 24012 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 24013 24014 // Maximum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. 24015 MaxIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"` 24016 24017 // Maximum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. 24018 MaxIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"` 24019 24020 // Maximum storage size for a DB instance. 24021 MaxStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"` 24022 24023 // Minimum total provisioned IOPS for a DB instance. 24024 MinIopsPerDbInstance *int64 `type:"integer"` 24025 24026 // Minimum provisioned IOPS per GiB for a DB instance. 24027 MinIopsPerGib *float64 `type:"double"` 24028 24029 // Minimum storage size for a DB instance. 24030 MinStorageSize *int64 `type:"integer"` 24031 24032 // Indicates whether a DB instance is Multi-AZ capable. 24033 MultiAZCapable *bool `type:"boolean"` 24034 24035 // Indicates whether a DB instance can have a Read Replica. 24036 ReadReplicaCapable *bool `type:"boolean"` 24037 24038 // Indicates the storage type for a DB instance. 24039 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 24040 24041 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports Enhanced Monitoring at intervals 24042 // from 1 to 60 seconds. 24043 SupportsEnhancedMonitoring *bool `type:"boolean"` 24044 24045 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports IAM database authentication. 24046 SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 24047 24048 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports provisioned IOPS. 24049 SupportsIops *bool `type:"boolean"` 24050 24051 // True if a DB instance supports Performance Insights, otherwise false. 24052 SupportsPerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 24053 24054 // Indicates whether a DB instance supports encrypted storage. 24055 SupportsStorageEncryption *bool `type:"boolean"` 24056 24057 // Indicates whether a DB instance is in a VPC. 24058 Vpc *bool `type:"boolean"` 24059} 24060 24061// String returns the string representation 24062func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) String() string { 24063 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24064} 24065 24066// GoString returns the string representation 24067func (s OrderableDBInstanceOption) GoString() string { 24068 return s.String() 24069} 24070 24071// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 24072func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*AvailabilityZone) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24073 s.AvailabilityZones = v 24074 return s 24075} 24076 24077// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 24078func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24079 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 24080 return s 24081} 24082 24083// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 24084func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngine(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24085 s.Engine = &v 24086 return s 24087} 24088 24089// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 24090func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetEngineVersion(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24091 s.EngineVersion = &v 24092 return s 24093} 24094 24095// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 24096func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetLicenseModel(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24097 s.LicenseModel = &v 24098 return s 24099} 24100 24101// SetMaxIopsPerDbInstance sets the MaxIopsPerDbInstance field's value. 24102func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxIopsPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24103 s.MaxIopsPerDbInstance = &v 24104 return s 24105} 24106 24107// SetMaxIopsPerGib sets the MaxIopsPerGib field's value. 24108func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxIopsPerGib(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24109 s.MaxIopsPerGib = &v 24110 return s 24111} 24112 24113// SetMaxStorageSize sets the MaxStorageSize field's value. 24114func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMaxStorageSize(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24115 s.MaxStorageSize = &v 24116 return s 24117} 24118 24119// SetMinIopsPerDbInstance sets the MinIopsPerDbInstance field's value. 24120func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinIopsPerDbInstance(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24121 s.MinIopsPerDbInstance = &v 24122 return s 24123} 24124 24125// SetMinIopsPerGib sets the MinIopsPerGib field's value. 24126func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinIopsPerGib(v float64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24127 s.MinIopsPerGib = &v 24128 return s 24129} 24130 24131// SetMinStorageSize sets the MinStorageSize field's value. 24132func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMinStorageSize(v int64) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24133 s.MinStorageSize = &v 24134 return s 24135} 24136 24137// SetMultiAZCapable sets the MultiAZCapable field's value. 24138func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetMultiAZCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24139 s.MultiAZCapable = &v 24140 return s 24141} 24142 24143// SetReadReplicaCapable sets the ReadReplicaCapable field's value. 24144func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetReadReplicaCapable(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24145 s.ReadReplicaCapable = &v 24146 return s 24147} 24148 24149// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 24150func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetStorageType(v string) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24151 s.StorageType = &v 24152 return s 24153} 24154 24155// SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring sets the SupportsEnhancedMonitoring field's value. 24156func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsEnhancedMonitoring(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24157 s.SupportsEnhancedMonitoring = &v 24158 return s 24159} 24160 24161// SetSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 24162func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24163 s.SupportsIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 24164 return s 24165} 24166 24167// SetSupportsIops sets the SupportsIops field's value. 24168func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsIops(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24169 s.SupportsIops = &v 24170 return s 24171} 24172 24173// SetSupportsPerformanceInsights sets the SupportsPerformanceInsights field's value. 24174func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsPerformanceInsights(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24175 s.SupportsPerformanceInsights = &v 24176 return s 24177} 24178 24179// SetSupportsStorageEncryption sets the SupportsStorageEncryption field's value. 24180func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetSupportsStorageEncryption(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24181 s.SupportsStorageEncryption = &v 24182 return s 24183} 24184 24185// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 24186func (s *OrderableDBInstanceOption) SetVpc(v bool) *OrderableDBInstanceOption { 24187 s.Vpc = &v 24188 return s 24189} 24190 24191// This data type is used as a request parameter in the ModifyDBParameterGroup 24192// and ResetDBParameterGroup actions. 24193// 24194// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeEngineDefaultParameters 24195// and DescribeDBParameters actions. 24196// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Parameter 24197type Parameter struct { 24198 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24199 24200 // Specifies the valid range of values for the parameter. 24201 AllowedValues *string `type:"string"` 24202 24203 // Indicates when to apply parameter updates. 24204 ApplyMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ApplyMethod"` 24205 24206 // Specifies the engine specific parameters type. 24207 ApplyType *string `type:"string"` 24208 24209 // Specifies the valid data type for the parameter. 24210 DataType *string `type:"string"` 24211 24212 // Provides a description of the parameter. 24213 Description *string `type:"string"` 24214 24215 // Indicates whether (true) or not (false) the parameter can be modified. Some 24216 // parameters have security or operational implications that prevent them from 24217 // being changed. 24218 IsModifiable *bool `type:"boolean"` 24219 24220 // The earliest engine version to which the parameter can apply. 24221 MinimumEngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 24222 24223 // Specifies the name of the parameter. 24224 ParameterName *string `type:"string"` 24225 24226 // Specifies the value of the parameter. 24227 ParameterValue *string `type:"string"` 24228 24229 // Indicates the source of the parameter value. 24230 Source *string `type:"string"` 24231} 24232 24233// String returns the string representation 24234func (s Parameter) String() string { 24235 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24236} 24237 24238// GoString returns the string representation 24239func (s Parameter) GoString() string { 24240 return s.String() 24241} 24242 24243// SetAllowedValues sets the AllowedValues field's value. 24244func (s *Parameter) SetAllowedValues(v string) *Parameter { 24245 s.AllowedValues = &v 24246 return s 24247} 24248 24249// SetApplyMethod sets the ApplyMethod field's value. 24250func (s *Parameter) SetApplyMethod(v string) *Parameter { 24251 s.ApplyMethod = &v 24252 return s 24253} 24254 24255// SetApplyType sets the ApplyType field's value. 24256func (s *Parameter) SetApplyType(v string) *Parameter { 24257 s.ApplyType = &v 24258 return s 24259} 24260 24261// SetDataType sets the DataType field's value. 24262func (s *Parameter) SetDataType(v string) *Parameter { 24263 s.DataType = &v 24264 return s 24265} 24266 24267// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 24268func (s *Parameter) SetDescription(v string) *Parameter { 24269 s.Description = &v 24270 return s 24271} 24272 24273// SetIsModifiable sets the IsModifiable field's value. 24274func (s *Parameter) SetIsModifiable(v bool) *Parameter { 24275 s.IsModifiable = &v 24276 return s 24277} 24278 24279// SetMinimumEngineVersion sets the MinimumEngineVersion field's value. 24280func (s *Parameter) SetMinimumEngineVersion(v string) *Parameter { 24281 s.MinimumEngineVersion = &v 24282 return s 24283} 24284 24285// SetParameterName sets the ParameterName field's value. 24286func (s *Parameter) SetParameterName(v string) *Parameter { 24287 s.ParameterName = &v 24288 return s 24289} 24290 24291// SetParameterValue sets the ParameterValue field's value. 24292func (s *Parameter) SetParameterValue(v string) *Parameter { 24293 s.ParameterValue = &v 24294 return s 24295} 24296 24297// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 24298func (s *Parameter) SetSource(v string) *Parameter { 24299 s.Source = &v 24300 return s 24301} 24302 24303// Provides information about a pending maintenance action for a resource. 24304// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PendingMaintenanceAction 24305type PendingMaintenanceAction struct { 24306 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24307 24308 // The type of pending maintenance action that is available for the resource. 24309 Action *string `type:"string"` 24310 24311 // The date of the maintenance window when the action is applied. The maintenance 24312 // action is applied to the resource during its first maintenance window after 24313 // this date. If this date is specified, any next-maintenance opt-in requests 24314 // are ignored. 24315 AutoAppliedAfterDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 24316 24317 // The effective date when the pending maintenance action is applied to the 24318 // resource. This date takes into account opt-in requests received from the 24319 // ApplyPendingMaintenanceAction API, the AutoAppliedAfterDate, and the ForcedApplyDate. 24320 // This value is blank if an opt-in request has not been received and nothing 24321 // has been specified as AutoAppliedAfterDate or ForcedApplyDate. 24322 CurrentApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 24323 24324 // A description providing more detail about the maintenance action. 24325 Description *string `type:"string"` 24326 24327 // The date when the maintenance action is automatically applied. The maintenance 24328 // action is applied to the resource on this date regardless of the maintenance 24329 // window for the resource. If this date is specified, any immediate opt-in 24330 // requests are ignored. 24331 ForcedApplyDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 24332 24333 // Indicates the type of opt-in request that has been received for the resource. 24334 OptInStatus *string `type:"string"` 24335} 24336 24337// String returns the string representation 24338func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) String() string { 24339 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24340} 24341 24342// GoString returns the string representation 24343func (s PendingMaintenanceAction) GoString() string { 24344 return s.String() 24345} 24346 24347// SetAction sets the Action field's value. 24348func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAction(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 24349 s.Action = &v 24350 return s 24351} 24352 24353// SetAutoAppliedAfterDate sets the AutoAppliedAfterDate field's value. 24354func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetAutoAppliedAfterDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 24355 s.AutoAppliedAfterDate = &v 24356 return s 24357} 24358 24359// SetCurrentApplyDate sets the CurrentApplyDate field's value. 24360func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetCurrentApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 24361 s.CurrentApplyDate = &v 24362 return s 24363} 24364 24365// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 24366func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetDescription(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 24367 s.Description = &v 24368 return s 24369} 24370 24371// SetForcedApplyDate sets the ForcedApplyDate field's value. 24372func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetForcedApplyDate(v time.Time) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 24373 s.ForcedApplyDate = &v 24374 return s 24375} 24376 24377// SetOptInStatus sets the OptInStatus field's value. 24378func (s *PendingMaintenanceAction) SetOptInStatus(v string) *PendingMaintenanceAction { 24379 s.OptInStatus = &v 24380 return s 24381} 24382 24383// This data type is used as a response element in the ModifyDBInstance action. 24384// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PendingModifiedValues 24385type PendingModifiedValues struct { 24386 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24387 24388 // Contains the new AllocatedStorage size for the DB instance that will be applied 24389 // or is currently being applied. 24390 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 24391 24392 // Specifies the pending number of days for which automated backups are retained. 24393 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 24394 24395 // Specifies the identifier of the CA certificate for the DB instance. 24396 CACertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 24397 24398 // Contains the new DBInstanceClass for the DB instance that will be applied 24399 // or is currently being applied. 24400 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 24401 24402 // Contains the new DBInstanceIdentifier for the DB instance that will be applied 24403 // or is currently being applied. 24404 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 24405 24406 // The new DB subnet group for the DB instance. 24407 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 24408 24409 // Indicates the database engine version. 24410 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 24411 24412 // Specifies the new Provisioned IOPS value for the DB instance that will be 24413 // applied or is currently being applied. 24414 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 24415 24416 // The license model for the DB instance. 24417 // 24418 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 24419 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 24420 24421 // Contains the pending or currently-in-progress change of the master credentials 24422 // for the DB instance. 24423 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 24424 24425 // Indicates that the Single-AZ DB instance is to change to a Multi-AZ deployment. 24426 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 24427 24428 // Specifies the pending port for the DB instance. 24429 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 24430 24431 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 24432 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 24433} 24434 24435// String returns the string representation 24436func (s PendingModifiedValues) String() string { 24437 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24438} 24439 24440// GoString returns the string representation 24441func (s PendingModifiedValues) GoString() string { 24442 return s.String() 24443} 24444 24445// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 24446func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 24447 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 24448 return s 24449} 24450 24451// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 24452func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 24453 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 24454 return s 24455} 24456 24457// SetCACertificateIdentifier sets the CACertificateIdentifier field's value. 24458func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetCACertificateIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 24459 s.CACertificateIdentifier = &v 24460 return s 24461} 24462 24463// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 24464func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 24465 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 24466 return s 24467} 24468 24469// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 24470func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 24471 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 24472 return s 24473} 24474 24475// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 24476func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 24477 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 24478 return s 24479} 24480 24481// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 24482func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetEngineVersion(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 24483 s.EngineVersion = &v 24484 return s 24485} 24486 24487// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 24488func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetIops(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 24489 s.Iops = &v 24490 return s 24491} 24492 24493// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 24494func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetLicenseModel(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 24495 s.LicenseModel = &v 24496 return s 24497} 24498 24499// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 24500func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 24501 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 24502 return s 24503} 24504 24505// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 24506func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *PendingModifiedValues { 24507 s.MultiAZ = &v 24508 return s 24509} 24510 24511// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 24512func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetPort(v int64) *PendingModifiedValues { 24513 s.Port = &v 24514 return s 24515} 24516 24517// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 24518func (s *PendingModifiedValues) SetStorageType(v string) *PendingModifiedValues { 24519 s.StorageType = &v 24520 return s 24521} 24522 24523// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterMessage 24524type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput struct { 24525 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24526 24527 // The identifier of the DB cluster Read Replica to promote. This parameter 24528 // is not case-sensitive. 24529 // 24530 // Constraints: 24531 // 24532 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster Read Replica. 24533 // 24534 // Example: my-cluster-replica1 24535 // 24536 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 24537 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 24538} 24539 24540// String returns the string representation 24541func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) String() string { 24542 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24543} 24544 24545// GoString returns the string representation 24546func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 24547 return s.String() 24548} 24549 24550// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24551func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 24552 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput"} 24553 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 24554 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 24555 } 24556 24557 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24558 return invalidParams 24559 } 24560 return nil 24561} 24562 24563// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 24564func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterInput { 24565 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 24566 return s 24567} 24568 24569// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterResult 24570type PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput struct { 24571 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24572 24573 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 24574 // 24575 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 24576 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 24577} 24578 24579// String returns the string representation 24580func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) String() string { 24581 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24582} 24583 24584// GoString returns the string representation 24585func (s PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 24586 return s.String() 24587} 24588 24589// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 24590func (s *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *PromoteReadReplicaDBClusterOutput { 24591 s.DBCluster = v 24592 return s 24593} 24594 24595// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaMessage 24596type PromoteReadReplicaInput struct { 24597 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24598 24599 // The number of days to retain automated backups. Setting this parameter to 24600 // a positive number enables backups. Setting this parameter to 0 disables automated 24601 // backups. 24602 // 24603 // Default: 1 24604 // 24605 // Constraints: 24606 // 24607 // * Must be a value from 0 to 8 24608 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 24609 24610 // The DB instance identifier. This value is stored as a lowercase string. 24611 // 24612 // Constraints: 24613 // 24614 // * Must match the identifier of an existing Read Replica DB instance. 24615 // 24616 // Example: mydbinstance 24617 // 24618 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 24619 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 24620 24621 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 24622 // backups are enabled, using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 24623 // 24624 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 24625 // of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting 24626 // the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 24627 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 24628 // 24629 // Constraints: 24630 // 24631 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 24632 // 24633 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 24634 // 24635 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 24636 // 24637 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 24638 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 24639} 24640 24641// String returns the string representation 24642func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) String() string { 24643 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24644} 24645 24646// GoString returns the string representation 24647func (s PromoteReadReplicaInput) GoString() string { 24648 return s.String() 24649} 24650 24651// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24652func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) Validate() error { 24653 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PromoteReadReplicaInput"} 24654 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 24655 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 24656 } 24657 24658 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24659 return invalidParams 24660 } 24661 return nil 24662} 24663 24664// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 24665func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *PromoteReadReplicaInput { 24666 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 24667 return s 24668} 24669 24670// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 24671func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaInput { 24672 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 24673 return s 24674} 24675 24676// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 24677func (s *PromoteReadReplicaInput) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *PromoteReadReplicaInput { 24678 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 24679 return s 24680} 24681 24682// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PromoteReadReplicaResult 24683type PromoteReadReplicaOutput struct { 24684 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24685 24686 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 24687 // 24688 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 24689 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 24690} 24691 24692// String returns the string representation 24693func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) String() string { 24694 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24695} 24696 24697// GoString returns the string representation 24698func (s PromoteReadReplicaOutput) GoString() string { 24699 return s.String() 24700} 24701 24702// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 24703func (s *PromoteReadReplicaOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *PromoteReadReplicaOutput { 24704 s.DBInstance = v 24705 return s 24706} 24707 24708// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingMessage 24709type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput struct { 24710 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24711 24712 // The number of instances to reserve. 24713 // 24714 // Default: 1 24715 DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"` 24716 24717 // Customer-specified identifier to track this reservation. 24718 // 24719 // Example: myreservationID 24720 ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"` 24721 24722 // The ID of the Reserved DB instance offering to purchase. 24723 // 24724 // Example: 438012d3-4052-4cc7-b2e3-8d3372e0e706 24725 // 24726 // ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId is a required field 24727 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 24728 24729 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 24730 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 24731} 24732 24733// String returns the string representation 24734func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) String() string { 24735 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24736} 24737 24738// GoString returns the string representation 24739func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) GoString() string { 24740 return s.String() 24741} 24742 24743// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24744func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) Validate() error { 24745 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput"} 24746 if s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId == nil { 24747 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId")) 24748 } 24749 24750 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24751 return invalidParams 24752 } 24753 return nil 24754} 24755 24756// SetDBInstanceCount sets the DBInstanceCount field's value. 24757func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetDBInstanceCount(v int64) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { 24758 s.DBInstanceCount = &v 24759 return s 24760} 24761 24762// SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value. 24763func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { 24764 s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v 24765 return s 24766} 24767 24768// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 24769func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { 24770 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 24771 return s 24772} 24773 24774// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 24775func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingInput { 24776 s.Tags = v 24777 return s 24778} 24779 24780// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingResult 24781type PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput struct { 24782 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24783 24784 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances 24785 // and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions. 24786 ReservedDBInstance *ReservedDBInstance `type:"structure"` 24787} 24788 24789// String returns the string representation 24790func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) String() string { 24791 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24792} 24793 24794// GoString returns the string representation 24795func (s PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) GoString() string { 24796 return s.String() 24797} 24798 24799// SetReservedDBInstance sets the ReservedDBInstance field's value. 24800func (s *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput) SetReservedDBInstance(v *ReservedDBInstance) *PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOfferingOutput { 24801 s.ReservedDBInstance = v 24802 return s 24803} 24804 24805// A range of integer values. 24806// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Range 24807type Range struct { 24808 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24809 24810 // The minimum value in the range. 24811 From *int64 `type:"integer"` 24812 24813 // The step value for the range. For example, if you have a range of 5,000 to 24814 // 10,000, with a step value of 1,000, the valid values start at 5,000 and step 24815 // up by 1,000. Even though 7,500 is within the range, it isn't a valid value 24816 // for the range. The valid values are 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000... 24817 Step *int64 `type:"integer"` 24818 24819 // The maximum value in the range. 24820 To *int64 `type:"integer"` 24821} 24822 24823// String returns the string representation 24824func (s Range) String() string { 24825 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24826} 24827 24828// GoString returns the string representation 24829func (s Range) GoString() string { 24830 return s.String() 24831} 24832 24833// SetFrom sets the From field's value. 24834func (s *Range) SetFrom(v int64) *Range { 24835 s.From = &v 24836 return s 24837} 24838 24839// SetStep sets the Step field's value. 24840func (s *Range) SetStep(v int64) *Range { 24841 s.Step = &v 24842 return s 24843} 24844 24845// SetTo sets the To field's value. 24846func (s *Range) SetTo(v int64) *Range { 24847 s.To = &v 24848 return s 24849} 24850 24851// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstanceMessage 24852type RebootDBInstanceInput struct { 24853 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24854 24855 // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 24856 // 24857 // Constraints: 24858 // 24859 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 24860 // 24861 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 24862 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 24863 24864 // When true, the reboot is conducted through a MultiAZ failover. 24865 // 24866 // Constraint: You can't specify true if the instance is not configured for 24867 // MultiAZ. 24868 ForceFailover *bool `type:"boolean"` 24869} 24870 24871// String returns the string representation 24872func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) String() string { 24873 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24874} 24875 24876// GoString returns the string representation 24877func (s RebootDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 24878 return s.String() 24879} 24880 24881// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24882func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 24883 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootDBInstanceInput"} 24884 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 24885 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 24886 } 24887 24888 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24889 return invalidParams 24890 } 24891 return nil 24892} 24893 24894// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 24895func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RebootDBInstanceInput { 24896 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 24897 return s 24898} 24899 24900// SetForceFailover sets the ForceFailover field's value. 24901func (s *RebootDBInstanceInput) SetForceFailover(v bool) *RebootDBInstanceInput { 24902 s.ForceFailover = &v 24903 return s 24904} 24905 24906// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RebootDBInstanceResult 24907type RebootDBInstanceOutput struct { 24908 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24909 24910 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 24911 // 24912 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 24913 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 24914} 24915 24916// String returns the string representation 24917func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 24918 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24919} 24920 24921// GoString returns the string representation 24922func (s RebootDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 24923 return s.String() 24924} 24925 24926// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 24927func (s *RebootDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RebootDBInstanceOutput { 24928 s.DBInstance = v 24929 return s 24930} 24931 24932// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances 24933// and DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings actions. 24934// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RecurringCharge 24935type RecurringCharge struct { 24936 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24937 24938 // The amount of the recurring charge. 24939 RecurringChargeAmount *float64 `type:"double"` 24940 24941 // The frequency of the recurring charge. 24942 RecurringChargeFrequency *string `type:"string"` 24943} 24944 24945// String returns the string representation 24946func (s RecurringCharge) String() string { 24947 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24948} 24949 24950// GoString returns the string representation 24951func (s RecurringCharge) GoString() string { 24952 return s.String() 24953} 24954 24955// SetRecurringChargeAmount sets the RecurringChargeAmount field's value. 24956func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeAmount(v float64) *RecurringCharge { 24957 s.RecurringChargeAmount = &v 24958 return s 24959} 24960 24961// SetRecurringChargeFrequency sets the RecurringChargeFrequency field's value. 24962func (s *RecurringCharge) SetRecurringChargeFrequency(v string) *RecurringCharge { 24963 s.RecurringChargeFrequency = &v 24964 return s 24965} 24966 24967// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBClusterMessage 24968type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput struct { 24969 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24970 24971 // The name of the DB cluster to disassociate the IAM role from. 24972 // 24973 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 24974 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 24975 24976 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to disassociate from the Aurora 24977 // DB cluster, for example arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/AuroraAccessRole. 24978 // 24979 // RoleArn is a required field 24980 RoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 24981} 24982 24983// String returns the string representation 24984func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) String() string { 24985 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24986} 24987 24988// GoString returns the string representation 24989func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) GoString() string { 24990 return s.String() 24991} 24992 24993// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24994func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) Validate() error { 24995 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput"} 24996 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 24997 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 24998 } 24999 if s.RoleArn == nil { 25000 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) 25001 } 25002 25003 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25004 return invalidParams 25005 } 25006 return nil 25007} 25008 25009// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 25010func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput { 25011 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 25012 return s 25013} 25014 25015// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 25016func (s *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *RemoveRoleFromDBClusterInput { 25017 s.RoleArn = &v 25018 return s 25019} 25020 25021// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput 25022type RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput struct { 25023 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25024} 25025 25026// String returns the string representation 25027func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) String() string { 25028 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25029} 25030 25031// GoString returns the string representation 25032func (s RemoveRoleFromDBClusterOutput) GoString() string { 25033 return s.String() 25034} 25035 25036// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionMessage 25037type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput struct { 25038 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25039 25040 // The source identifier to be removed from the subscription, such as the DB 25041 // instance identifier for a DB instance or the name of a security group. 25042 // 25043 // SourceIdentifier is a required field 25044 SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25045 25046 // The name of the RDS event notification subscription you want to remove a 25047 // source identifier from. 25048 // 25049 // SubscriptionName is a required field 25050 SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25051} 25052 25053// String returns the string representation 25054func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) String() string { 25055 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25056} 25057 25058// GoString returns the string representation 25059func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) GoString() string { 25060 return s.String() 25061} 25062 25063// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25064func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) Validate() error { 25065 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput"} 25066 if s.SourceIdentifier == nil { 25067 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceIdentifier")) 25068 } 25069 if s.SubscriptionName == nil { 25070 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName")) 25071 } 25072 25073 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25074 return invalidParams 25075 } 25076 return nil 25077} 25078 25079// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value. 25080func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput { 25081 s.SourceIdentifier = &v 25082 return s 25083} 25084 25085// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value. 25086func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionInput { 25087 s.SubscriptionName = &v 25088 return s 25089} 25090 25091// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionResult 25092type RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput struct { 25093 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25094 25095 // Contains the results of a successful invocation of the DescribeEventSubscriptions 25096 // action. 25097 EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"` 25098} 25099 25100// String returns the string representation 25101func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) String() string { 25102 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25103} 25104 25105// GoString returns the string representation 25106func (s RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string { 25107 return s.String() 25108} 25109 25110// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value. 25111func (s *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *RemoveSourceIdentifierFromSubscriptionOutput { 25112 s.EventSubscription = v 25113 return s 25114} 25115 25116// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResourceMessage 25117type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct { 25118 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25119 25120 // The Amazon RDS resource that the tags are removed from. This value is an 25121 // Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For information about creating an ARN, see Constructing 25122 // an RDS Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.ARN.html#USER_Tagging.ARN.Constructing). 25123 // 25124 // ResourceName is a required field 25125 ResourceName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25126 25127 // The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed. 25128 // 25129 // TagKeys is a required field 25130 TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` 25131} 25132 25133// String returns the string representation 25134func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string { 25135 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25136} 25137 25138// GoString returns the string representation 25139func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string { 25140 return s.String() 25141} 25142 25143// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25144func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error { 25145 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromResourceInput"} 25146 if s.ResourceName == nil { 25147 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceName")) 25148 } 25149 if s.TagKeys == nil { 25150 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) 25151 } 25152 25153 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25154 return invalidParams 25155 } 25156 return nil 25157} 25158 25159// SetResourceName sets the ResourceName field's value. 25160func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetResourceName(v string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { 25161 s.ResourceName = &v 25162 return s 25163} 25164 25165// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. 25166func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput { 25167 s.TagKeys = v 25168 return s 25169} 25170 25171// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput 25172type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct { 25173 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25174} 25175 25176// String returns the string representation 25177func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string { 25178 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25179} 25180 25181// GoString returns the string representation 25182func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string { 25183 return s.String() 25184} 25185 25186// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstances 25187// and PurchaseReservedDBInstancesOffering actions. 25188// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ReservedDBInstance 25189type ReservedDBInstance struct { 25190 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25191 25192 // The currency code for the reserved DB instance. 25193 CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"` 25194 25195 // The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. 25196 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 25197 25198 // The number of reserved DB instances. 25199 DBInstanceCount *int64 `type:"integer"` 25200 25201 // The duration of the reservation in seconds. 25202 Duration *int64 `type:"integer"` 25203 25204 // The fixed price charged for this reserved DB instance. 25205 FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"` 25206 25207 // Indicates if the reservation applies to Multi-AZ deployments. 25208 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 25209 25210 // The offering type of this reserved DB instance. 25211 OfferingType *string `type:"string"` 25212 25213 // The description of the reserved DB instance. 25214 ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` 25215 25216 // The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. 25217 RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"` 25218 25219 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the reserved DB instance. 25220 ReservedDBInstanceArn *string `type:"string"` 25221 25222 // The unique identifier for the reservation. 25223 ReservedDBInstanceId *string `type:"string"` 25224 25225 // The offering identifier. 25226 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` 25227 25228 // The time the reservation started. 25229 StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 25230 25231 // The state of the reserved DB instance. 25232 State *string `type:"string"` 25233 25234 // The hourly price charged for this reserved DB instance. 25235 UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"` 25236} 25237 25238// String returns the string representation 25239func (s ReservedDBInstance) String() string { 25240 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25241} 25242 25243// GoString returns the string representation 25244func (s ReservedDBInstance) GoString() string { 25245 return s.String() 25246} 25247 25248// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 25249func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 25250 s.CurrencyCode = &v 25251 return s 25252} 25253 25254// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 25255func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 25256 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 25257 return s 25258} 25259 25260// SetDBInstanceCount sets the DBInstanceCount field's value. 25261func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDBInstanceCount(v int64) *ReservedDBInstance { 25262 s.DBInstanceCount = &v 25263 return s 25264} 25265 25266// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 25267func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedDBInstance { 25268 s.Duration = &v 25269 return s 25270} 25271 25272// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 25273func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstance { 25274 s.FixedPrice = &v 25275 return s 25276} 25277 25278// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 25279func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ReservedDBInstance { 25280 s.MultiAZ = &v 25281 return s 25282} 25283 25284// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 25285func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 25286 s.OfferingType = &v 25287 return s 25288} 25289 25290// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. 25291func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetProductDescription(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 25292 s.ProductDescription = &v 25293 return s 25294} 25295 25296// SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value. 25297func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedDBInstance { 25298 s.RecurringCharges = v 25299 return s 25300} 25301 25302// SetReservedDBInstanceArn sets the ReservedDBInstanceArn field's value. 25303func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstanceArn(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 25304 s.ReservedDBInstanceArn = &v 25305 return s 25306} 25307 25308// SetReservedDBInstanceId sets the ReservedDBInstanceId field's value. 25309func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstanceId(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 25310 s.ReservedDBInstanceId = &v 25311 return s 25312} 25313 25314// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 25315func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 25316 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 25317 return s 25318} 25319 25320// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. 25321func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *ReservedDBInstance { 25322 s.StartTime = &v 25323 return s 25324} 25325 25326// SetState sets the State field's value. 25327func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetState(v string) *ReservedDBInstance { 25328 s.State = &v 25329 return s 25330} 25331 25332// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 25333func (s *ReservedDBInstance) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstance { 25334 s.UsagePrice = &v 25335 return s 25336} 25337 25338// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeReservedDBInstancesOfferings 25339// action. 25340// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ReservedDBInstancesOffering 25341type ReservedDBInstancesOffering struct { 25342 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25343 25344 // The currency code for the reserved DB instance offering. 25345 CurrencyCode *string `type:"string"` 25346 25347 // The DB instance class for the reserved DB instance. 25348 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 25349 25350 // The duration of the offering in seconds. 25351 Duration *int64 `type:"integer"` 25352 25353 // The fixed price charged for this offering. 25354 FixedPrice *float64 `type:"double"` 25355 25356 // Indicates if the offering applies to Multi-AZ deployments. 25357 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 25358 25359 // The offering type. 25360 OfferingType *string `type:"string"` 25361 25362 // The database engine used by the offering. 25363 ProductDescription *string `type:"string"` 25364 25365 // The recurring price charged to run this reserved DB instance. 25366 RecurringCharges []*RecurringCharge `locationNameList:"RecurringCharge" type:"list"` 25367 25368 // The offering identifier. 25369 ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId *string `type:"string"` 25370 25371 // The hourly price charged for this offering. 25372 UsagePrice *float64 `type:"double"` 25373} 25374 25375// String returns the string representation 25376func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) String() string { 25377 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25378} 25379 25380// GoString returns the string representation 25381func (s ReservedDBInstancesOffering) GoString() string { 25382 return s.String() 25383} 25384 25385// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 25386func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 25387 s.CurrencyCode = &v 25388 return s 25389} 25390 25391// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 25392func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 25393 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 25394 return s 25395} 25396 25397// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 25398func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetDuration(v int64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 25399 s.Duration = &v 25400 return s 25401} 25402 25403// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 25404func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 25405 s.FixedPrice = &v 25406 return s 25407} 25408 25409// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 25410func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 25411 s.MultiAZ = &v 25412 return s 25413} 25414 25415// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 25416func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetOfferingType(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 25417 s.OfferingType = &v 25418 return s 25419} 25420 25421// SetProductDescription sets the ProductDescription field's value. 25422func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetProductDescription(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 25423 s.ProductDescription = &v 25424 return s 25425} 25426 25427// SetRecurringCharges sets the RecurringCharges field's value. 25428func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetRecurringCharges(v []*RecurringCharge) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 25429 s.RecurringCharges = v 25430 return s 25431} 25432 25433// SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId sets the ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId field's value. 25434func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetReservedDBInstancesOfferingId(v string) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 25435 s.ReservedDBInstancesOfferingId = &v 25436 return s 25437} 25438 25439// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 25440func (s *ReservedDBInstancesOffering) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *ReservedDBInstancesOffering { 25441 s.UsagePrice = &v 25442 return s 25443} 25444 25445// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBClusterParameterGroupMessage 25446type ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput struct { 25447 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25448 25449 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to reset. 25450 // 25451 // DBClusterParameterGroupName is a required field 25452 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25453 25454 // A list of parameter names in the DB cluster parameter group to reset to the 25455 // default values. You can't use this parameter if the ResetAllParameters parameter 25456 // is set to true. 25457 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 25458 25459 // A value that is set to true to reset all parameters in the DB cluster parameter 25460 // group to their default values, and false otherwise. You can't use this parameter 25461 // if there is a list of parameter names specified for the Parameters parameter. 25462 ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"` 25463} 25464 25465// String returns the string representation 25466func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) String() string { 25467 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25468} 25469 25470// GoString returns the string representation 25471func (s ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 25472 return s.String() 25473} 25474 25475// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25476func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 25477 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput"} 25478 if s.DBClusterParameterGroupName == nil { 25479 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterParameterGroupName")) 25480 } 25481 25482 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25483 return invalidParams 25484 } 25485 return nil 25486} 25487 25488// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 25489func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 25490 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 25491 return s 25492} 25493 25494// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 25495func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 25496 s.Parameters = v 25497 return s 25498} 25499 25500// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value. 25501func (s *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBClusterParameterGroupInput { 25502 s.ResetAllParameters = &v 25503 return s 25504} 25505 25506// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResetDBParameterGroupMessage 25507type ResetDBParameterGroupInput struct { 25508 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25509 25510 // The name of the DB parameter group. 25511 // 25512 // Constraints: 25513 // 25514 // * Must match the name of an existing DBParameterGroup. 25515 // 25516 // DBParameterGroupName is a required field 25517 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25518 25519 // To reset the entire DB parameter group, specify the DBParameterGroup name 25520 // and ResetAllParameters parameters. To reset specific parameters, provide 25521 // a list of the following: ParameterName and ApplyMethod. A maximum of 20 parameters 25522 // can be modified in a single request. 25523 // 25524 // MySQL 25525 // 25526 // Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot 25527 // 25528 // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use 25529 // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes 25530 // are applied when DB instance reboots. 25531 // 25532 // MariaDB 25533 // 25534 // Valid Values (for Apply method): immediate | pending-reboot 25535 // 25536 // You can use the immediate value with dynamic parameters only. You can use 25537 // the pending-reboot value for both dynamic and static parameters, and changes 25538 // are applied when DB instance reboots. 25539 // 25540 // Oracle 25541 // 25542 // Valid Values (for Apply method): pending-reboot 25543 Parameters []*Parameter `locationNameList:"Parameter" type:"list"` 25544 25545 // Specifies whether (true) or not (false) to reset all parameters in the DB 25546 // parameter group to default values. 25547 // 25548 // Default: true 25549 ResetAllParameters *bool `type:"boolean"` 25550} 25551 25552// String returns the string representation 25553func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) String() string { 25554 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25555} 25556 25557// GoString returns the string representation 25558func (s ResetDBParameterGroupInput) GoString() string { 25559 return s.String() 25560} 25561 25562// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25563func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) Validate() error { 25564 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ResetDBParameterGroupInput"} 25565 if s.DBParameterGroupName == nil { 25566 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBParameterGroupName")) 25567 } 25568 25569 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25570 return invalidParams 25571 } 25572 return nil 25573} 25574 25575// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 25576func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 25577 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 25578 return s 25579} 25580 25581// SetParameters sets the Parameters field's value. 25582func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetParameters(v []*Parameter) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 25583 s.Parameters = v 25584 return s 25585} 25586 25587// SetResetAllParameters sets the ResetAllParameters field's value. 25588func (s *ResetDBParameterGroupInput) SetResetAllParameters(v bool) *ResetDBParameterGroupInput { 25589 s.ResetAllParameters = &v 25590 return s 25591} 25592 25593// Describes the pending maintenance actions for a resource. 25594// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions 25595type ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions struct { 25596 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25597 25598 // A list that provides details about the pending maintenance actions for the 25599 // resource. 25600 PendingMaintenanceActionDetails []*PendingMaintenanceAction `locationNameList:"PendingMaintenanceAction" type:"list"` 25601 25602 // The ARN of the resource that has pending maintenance actions. 25603 ResourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 25604} 25605 25606// String returns the string representation 25607func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) String() string { 25608 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25609} 25610 25611// GoString returns the string representation 25612func (s ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) GoString() string { 25613 return s.String() 25614} 25615 25616// SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails sets the PendingMaintenanceActionDetails field's value. 25617func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetPendingMaintenanceActionDetails(v []*PendingMaintenanceAction) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions { 25618 s.PendingMaintenanceActionDetails = v 25619 return s 25620} 25621 25622// SetResourceIdentifier sets the ResourceIdentifier field's value. 25623func (s *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions) SetResourceIdentifier(v string) *ResourcePendingMaintenanceActions { 25624 s.ResourceIdentifier = &v 25625 return s 25626} 25627 25628// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3Message 25629type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input struct { 25630 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25631 25632 // A list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored DB cluster 25633 // can be created in. 25634 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 25635 25636 // The number of days for which automated backups of the restored DB cluster 25637 // are retained. You must specify a minimum value of 1. 25638 // 25639 // Default: 1 25640 // 25641 // Constraints: 25642 // 25643 // * Must be a value from 1 to 35 25644 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 25645 25646 // A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated 25647 // with the specified CharacterSet. 25648 CharacterSetName *string `type:"string"` 25649 25650 // The name of the DB cluster to create from the source data in the Amazon S3 25651 // bucket. This parameter is isn't case-sensitive. 25652 // 25653 // Constraints: 25654 // 25655 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 25656 // 25657 // * First character must be a letter. 25658 // 25659 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 25660 // 25661 // Example: my-cluster1 25662 // 25663 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 25664 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25665 25666 // The name of the DB cluster parameter group to associate with the restored 25667 // DB cluster. If this argument is omitted, default.aurora5.6 is used. 25668 // 25669 // Constraints: 25670 // 25671 // * If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBClusterParameterGroup. 25672 DBClusterParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 25673 25674 // A DB subnet group to associate with the restored DB cluster. 25675 // 25676 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 25677 // 25678 // Example: mySubnetgroup 25679 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 25680 25681 // The database name for the restored DB cluster. 25682 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 25683 25684 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 25685 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 25686 // 25687 // Default: false 25688 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 25689 25690 // The name of the database engine to be used for the restored DB cluster. 25691 // 25692 // Valid Values: aurora, aurora-postgresql 25693 // 25694 // Engine is a required field 25695 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25696 25697 // The version number of the database engine to use. 25698 // 25699 // Aurora 25700 // 25701 // Example: 5.6.10a 25702 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 25703 25704 // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB cluster. 25705 // 25706 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 25707 // key. If you are creating a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns 25708 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use 25709 // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. 25710 // 25711 // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value 25712 // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption 25713 // key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your 25714 // AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. 25715 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 25716 25717 // The password for the master database user. This password can contain any 25718 // printable ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 25719 // 25720 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 25721 // 25722 // MasterUserPassword is a required field 25723 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25724 25725 // The name of the master user for the restored DB cluster. 25726 // 25727 // Constraints: 25728 // 25729 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 25730 // 25731 // * First character must be a letter. 25732 // 25733 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 25734 // 25735 // MasterUsername is a required field 25736 MasterUsername *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25737 25738 // A value that indicates that the restored DB cluster should be associated 25739 // with the specified option group. 25740 // 25741 // Permanent options can't be removed from an option group. An option group 25742 // can't be removed from a DB cluster once it is associated with a DB cluster. 25743 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 25744 25745 // The port number on which the instances in the restored DB cluster accept 25746 // connections. 25747 // 25748 // Default: 3306 25749 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 25750 25751 // The daily time range during which automated backups are created if automated 25752 // backups are enabled using the BackupRetentionPeriod parameter. 25753 // 25754 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 25755 // of time for each AWS Region. To see the time blocks available, see Adjusting 25756 // the Preferred Maintenance Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 25757 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 25758 // 25759 // Constraints: 25760 // 25761 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 25762 // 25763 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 25764 // 25765 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 25766 // 25767 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 25768 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 25769 25770 // The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 25771 // Coordinated Time (UTC). 25772 // 25773 // Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi 25774 // 25775 // The default is a 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block 25776 // of time for each AWS Region, occurring on a random day of the week. To see 25777 // the time blocks available, see Adjusting the Preferred Maintenance Window 25778 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/AdjustingTheMaintenanceWindow.html) 25779 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 25780 // 25781 // Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 25782 // 25783 // Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window. 25784 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 25785 25786 // The name of the Amazon S3 bucket that contains the data used to create the 25787 // Amazon Aurora DB cluster. 25788 // 25789 // S3BucketName is a required field 25790 S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25791 25792 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management 25793 // (IAM) role that authorizes Amazon RDS to access the Amazon S3 bucket on your 25794 // behalf. 25795 // 25796 // S3IngestionRoleArn is a required field 25797 S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25798 25799 // The prefix for all of the file names that contain the data used to create 25800 // the Amazon Aurora DB cluster. If you do not specify a SourceS3Prefix value, 25801 // then the Amazon Aurora DB cluster is created by using all of the files in 25802 // the Amazon S3 bucket. 25803 S3Prefix *string `type:"string"` 25804 25805 // The identifier for the database engine that was backed up to create the files 25806 // stored in the Amazon S3 bucket. 25807 // 25808 // Valid values: mysql 25809 // 25810 // SourceEngine is a required field 25811 SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25812 25813 // The version of the database that the backup files were created from. 25814 // 25815 // MySQL version 5.5 and 5.6 are supported. 25816 // 25817 // Example: 5.6.22 25818 // 25819 // SourceEngineVersion is a required field 25820 SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 25821 25822 // Specifies whether the restored DB cluster is encrypted. 25823 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 25824 25825 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 25826 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 25827 25828 // A list of EC2 VPC security groups to associate with the restored DB cluster. 25829 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 25830} 25831 25832// String returns the string representation 25833func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) String() string { 25834 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25835} 25836 25837// GoString returns the string representation 25838func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) GoString() string { 25839 return s.String() 25840} 25841 25842// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25843func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) Validate() error { 25844 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input"} 25845 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 25846 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 25847 } 25848 if s.Engine == nil { 25849 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 25850 } 25851 if s.MasterUserPassword == nil { 25852 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUserPassword")) 25853 } 25854 if s.MasterUsername == nil { 25855 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MasterUsername")) 25856 } 25857 if s.S3BucketName == nil { 25858 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketName")) 25859 } 25860 if s.S3IngestionRoleArn == nil { 25861 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3IngestionRoleArn")) 25862 } 25863 if s.SourceEngine == nil { 25864 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngine")) 25865 } 25866 if s.SourceEngineVersion == nil { 25867 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngineVersion")) 25868 } 25869 25870 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25871 return invalidParams 25872 } 25873 return nil 25874} 25875 25876// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 25877func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25878 s.AvailabilityZones = v 25879 return s 25880} 25881 25882// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 25883func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25884 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 25885 return s 25886} 25887 25888// SetCharacterSetName sets the CharacterSetName field's value. 25889func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetCharacterSetName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25890 s.CharacterSetName = &v 25891 return s 25892} 25893 25894// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 25895func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25896 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 25897 return s 25898} 25899 25900// SetDBClusterParameterGroupName sets the DBClusterParameterGroupName field's value. 25901func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBClusterParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25902 s.DBClusterParameterGroupName = &v 25903 return s 25904} 25905 25906// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 25907func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25908 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 25909 return s 25910} 25911 25912// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 25913func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25914 s.DatabaseName = &v 25915 return s 25916} 25917 25918// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 25919func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25920 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 25921 return s 25922} 25923 25924// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 25925func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25926 s.Engine = &v 25927 return s 25928} 25929 25930// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 25931func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25932 s.EngineVersion = &v 25933 return s 25934} 25935 25936// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 25937func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25938 s.KmsKeyId = &v 25939 return s 25940} 25941 25942// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 25943func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25944 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 25945 return s 25946} 25947 25948// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 25949func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetMasterUsername(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25950 s.MasterUsername = &v 25951 return s 25952} 25953 25954// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 25955func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25956 s.OptionGroupName = &v 25957 return s 25958} 25959 25960// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 25961func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25962 s.Port = &v 25963 return s 25964} 25965 25966// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 25967func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25968 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 25969 return s 25970} 25971 25972// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 25973func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25974 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 25975 return s 25976} 25977 25978// SetS3BucketName sets the S3BucketName field's value. 25979func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3BucketName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25980 s.S3BucketName = &v 25981 return s 25982} 25983 25984// SetS3IngestionRoleArn sets the S3IngestionRoleArn field's value. 25985func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3IngestionRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25986 s.S3IngestionRoleArn = &v 25987 return s 25988} 25989 25990// SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value. 25991func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetS3Prefix(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25992 s.S3Prefix = &v 25993 return s 25994} 25995 25996// SetSourceEngine sets the SourceEngine field's value. 25997func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetSourceEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 25998 s.SourceEngine = &v 25999 return s 26000} 26001 26002// SetSourceEngineVersion sets the SourceEngineVersion field's value. 26003func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetSourceEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 26004 s.SourceEngineVersion = &v 26005 return s 26006} 26007 26008// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 26009func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 26010 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 26011 return s 26012} 26013 26014// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 26015func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 26016 s.Tags = v 26017 return s 26018} 26019 26020// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 26021func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Input { 26022 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 26023 return s 26024} 26025 26026// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromS3Result 26027type RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output struct { 26028 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26029 26030 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 26031 // 26032 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 26033 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 26034} 26035 26036// String returns the string representation 26037func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) String() string { 26038 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26039} 26040 26041// GoString returns the string representation 26042func (s RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) GoString() string { 26043 return s.String() 26044} 26045 26046// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 26047func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromS3Output { 26048 s.DBCluster = v 26049 return s 26050} 26051 26052// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotMessage 26053type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput struct { 26054 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26055 26056 // Provides the list of EC2 Availability Zones that instances in the restored 26057 // DB cluster can be created in. 26058 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationNameList:"AvailabilityZone" type:"list"` 26059 26060 // The name of the DB cluster to create from the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 26061 // This parameter isn't case-sensitive. 26062 // 26063 // Constraints: 26064 // 26065 // * Must contain from 1 to 255 letters, numbers, or hyphens 26066 // 26067 // * First character must be a letter 26068 // 26069 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 26070 // 26071 // Example: my-snapshot-id 26072 // 26073 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 26074 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26075 26076 // The name of the DB subnet group to use for the new DB cluster. 26077 // 26078 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 26079 // 26080 // Example: mySubnetgroup 26081 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 26082 26083 // The database name for the restored DB cluster. 26084 DatabaseName *string `type:"string"` 26085 26086 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 26087 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 26088 // 26089 // Default: false 26090 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 26091 26092 // The database engine to use for the new DB cluster. 26093 // 26094 // Default: The same as source 26095 // 26096 // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source 26097 // 26098 // Engine is a required field 26099 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26100 26101 // The version of the database engine to use for the new DB cluster. 26102 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 26103 26104 // The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster 26105 // from a DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 26106 // 26107 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 26108 // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns 26109 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use 26110 // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. 26111 // 26112 // If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following 26113 // will occur: 26114 // 26115 // * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is encrypted, 26116 // then the restored DB cluster is encrypted using the KMS key that was used 26117 // to encrypt the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot. 26118 // 26119 // * If the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot in SnapshotIdentifier is not 26120 // encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is not encrypted. 26121 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 26122 26123 // The name of the option group to use for the restored DB cluster. 26124 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 26125 26126 // The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. 26127 // 26128 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 26129 // 26130 // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. 26131 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 26132 26133 // The identifier for the DB snapshot or DB cluster snapshot to restore from. 26134 // 26135 // You can use either the name or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to specify 26136 // a DB cluster snapshot. However, you can use only the ARN to specify a DB 26137 // snapshot. 26138 // 26139 // Constraints: 26140 // 26141 // * Must match the identifier of an existing Snapshot. 26142 // 26143 // SnapshotIdentifier is a required field 26144 SnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26145 26146 // The tags to be assigned to the restored DB cluster. 26147 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 26148 26149 // A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster will belong to. 26150 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 26151} 26152 26153// String returns the string representation 26154func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) String() string { 26155 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26156} 26157 26158// GoString returns the string representation 26159func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 26160 return s.String() 26161} 26162 26163// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26164func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 26165 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput"} 26166 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 26167 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 26168 } 26169 if s.Engine == nil { 26170 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 26171 } 26172 if s.SnapshotIdentifier == nil { 26173 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnapshotIdentifier")) 26174 } 26175 26176 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26177 return invalidParams 26178 } 26179 return nil 26180} 26181 26182// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 26183func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 26184 s.AvailabilityZones = v 26185 return s 26186} 26187 26188// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 26189func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 26190 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 26191 return s 26192} 26193 26194// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 26195func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 26196 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 26197 return s 26198} 26199 26200// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value. 26201func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 26202 s.DatabaseName = &v 26203 return s 26204} 26205 26206// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 26207func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 26208 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 26209 return s 26210} 26211 26212// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 26213func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 26214 s.Engine = &v 26215 return s 26216} 26217 26218// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 26219func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 26220 s.EngineVersion = &v 26221 return s 26222} 26223 26224// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 26225func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 26226 s.KmsKeyId = &v 26227 return s 26228} 26229 26230// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 26231func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 26232 s.OptionGroupName = &v 26233 return s 26234} 26235 26236// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 26237func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 26238 s.Port = &v 26239 return s 26240} 26241 26242// SetSnapshotIdentifier sets the SnapshotIdentifier field's value. 26243func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 26244 s.SnapshotIdentifier = &v 26245 return s 26246} 26247 26248// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 26249func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 26250 s.Tags = v 26251 return s 26252} 26253 26254// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 26255func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotInput { 26256 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 26257 return s 26258} 26259 26260// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotResult 26261type RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput struct { 26262 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26263 26264 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 26265 // 26266 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 26267 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 26268} 26269 26270// String returns the string representation 26271func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) String() string { 26272 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26273} 26274 26275// GoString returns the string representation 26276func (s RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 26277 return s.String() 26278} 26279 26280// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 26281func (s *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterFromSnapshotOutput { 26282 s.DBCluster = v 26283 return s 26284} 26285 26286// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeMessage 26287type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput struct { 26288 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26289 26290 // The name of the new DB cluster to be created. 26291 // 26292 // Constraints: 26293 // 26294 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 26295 // 26296 // * First character must be a letter 26297 // 26298 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 26299 // 26300 // DBClusterIdentifier is a required field 26301 DBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26302 26303 // The DB subnet group name to use for the new DB cluster. 26304 // 26305 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 26306 // 26307 // Example: mySubnetgroup 26308 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 26309 26310 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 26311 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 26312 // 26313 // Default: false 26314 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 26315 26316 // The AWS KMS key identifier to use when restoring an encrypted DB cluster 26317 // from an encrypted DB cluster. 26318 // 26319 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 26320 // key. If you are restoring a DB cluster with the same AWS account that owns 26321 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB cluster, then you can use 26322 // the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KMS encryption key. 26323 // 26324 // You can restore to a new DB cluster and encrypt the new DB cluster with a 26325 // KMS key that is different than the KMS key used to encrypt the source DB 26326 // cluster. The new DB cluster is encrypted with the KMS key identified by the 26327 // KmsKeyId parameter. 26328 // 26329 // If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then the following 26330 // will occur: 26331 // 26332 // * If the DB cluster is encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is encrypted 26333 // using the KMS key that was used to encrypt the source DB cluster. 26334 // 26335 // * If the DB cluster is not encrypted, then the restored DB cluster is 26336 // not encrypted. 26337 // 26338 // If DBClusterIdentifier refers to a DB cluster that is not encrypted, then 26339 // the restore request is rejected. 26340 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 26341 26342 // The name of the option group for the new DB cluster. 26343 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 26344 26345 // The port number on which the new DB cluster accepts connections. 26346 // 26347 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 26348 // 26349 // Default: The same port as the original DB cluster. 26350 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 26351 26352 // The date and time to restore the DB cluster to. 26353 // 26354 // Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format 26355 // 26356 // Constraints: 26357 // 26358 // * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance 26359 // 26360 // * Must be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is not provided 26361 // 26362 // * Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true 26363 // 26364 // * Cannot be specified if RestoreType parameter is copy-on-write 26365 // 26366 // Example: 2015-03-07T23:45:00Z 26367 RestoreToTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 26368 26369 // The type of restore to be performed. You can specify one of the following 26370 // values: 26371 // 26372 // * full-copy - The new DB cluster is restored as a full copy of the source 26373 // DB cluster. 26374 // 26375 // * copy-on-write - The new DB cluster is restored as a clone of the source 26376 // DB cluster. 26377 // 26378 // Constraints: You can't specify copy-on-write if the engine version of the 26379 // source DB cluster is earlier than 1.11. 26380 // 26381 // If you don't specify a RestoreType value, then the new DB cluster is restored 26382 // as a full copy of the source DB cluster. 26383 RestoreType *string `type:"string"` 26384 26385 // The identifier of the source DB cluster from which to restore. 26386 // 26387 // Constraints: 26388 // 26389 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBCluster. 26390 // 26391 // SourceDBClusterIdentifier is a required field 26392 SourceDBClusterIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26393 26394 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 26395 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 26396 26397 // A value that is set to true to restore the DB cluster to the latest restorable 26398 // backup time, and false otherwise. 26399 // 26400 // Default: false 26401 // 26402 // Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreToTime parameter is provided. 26403 UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"` 26404 26405 // A list of VPC security groups that the new DB cluster belongs to. 26406 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 26407} 26408 26409// String returns the string representation 26410func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) String() string { 26411 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26412} 26413 26414// GoString returns the string representation 26415func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string { 26416 return s.String() 26417} 26418 26419// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26420func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error { 26421 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput"} 26422 if s.DBClusterIdentifier == nil { 26423 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBClusterIdentifier")) 26424 } 26425 if s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier == nil { 26426 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBClusterIdentifier")) 26427 } 26428 26429 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26430 return invalidParams 26431 } 26432 return nil 26433} 26434 26435// SetDBClusterIdentifier sets the DBClusterIdentifier field's value. 26436func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 26437 s.DBClusterIdentifier = &v 26438 return s 26439} 26440 26441// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 26442func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 26443 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 26444 return s 26445} 26446 26447// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 26448func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 26449 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 26450 return s 26451} 26452 26453// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 26454func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 26455 s.KmsKeyId = &v 26456 return s 26457} 26458 26459// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 26460func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 26461 s.OptionGroupName = &v 26462 return s 26463} 26464 26465// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 26466func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 26467 s.Port = &v 26468 return s 26469} 26470 26471// SetRestoreToTime sets the RestoreToTime field's value. 26472func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreToTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 26473 s.RestoreToTime = &v 26474 return s 26475} 26476 26477// SetRestoreType sets the RestoreType field's value. 26478func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreType(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 26479 s.RestoreType = &v 26480 return s 26481} 26482 26483// SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier sets the SourceDBClusterIdentifier field's value. 26484func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBClusterIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 26485 s.SourceDBClusterIdentifier = &v 26486 return s 26487} 26488 26489// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 26490func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 26491 s.Tags = v 26492 return s 26493} 26494 26495// SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value. 26496func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 26497 s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v 26498 return s 26499} 26500 26501// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 26502func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeInput { 26503 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 26504 return s 26505} 26506 26507// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeResult 26508type RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput struct { 26509 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26510 26511 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB cluster. 26512 // 26513 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBClusters action. 26514 DBCluster *DBCluster `type:"structure"` 26515} 26516 26517// String returns the string representation 26518func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) String() string { 26519 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26520} 26521 26522// GoString returns the string representation 26523func (s RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string { 26524 return s.String() 26525} 26526 26527// SetDBCluster sets the DBCluster field's value. 26528func (s *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBCluster(v *DBCluster) *RestoreDBClusterToPointInTimeOutput { 26529 s.DBCluster = v 26530 return s 26531} 26532 26533// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotMessage 26534type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput struct { 26535 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26536 26537 // Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB 26538 // instance during the maintenance window. 26539 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 26540 26541 // The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. 26542 // 26543 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. 26544 // 26545 // Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ 26546 // parameter is set to true. 26547 // 26548 // Example: us-east-1a 26549 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 26550 26551 // True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB 26552 // instance, and otherwise false. The default is false. 26553 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 26554 26555 // The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, 26556 // db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, 26557 // or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and 26558 // availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 26559 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 26560 // 26561 // Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. 26562 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 26563 26564 // Name of the DB instance to create from the DB snapshot. This parameter isn't 26565 // case-sensitive. 26566 // 26567 // Constraints: 26568 // 26569 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 numbers, letters, or hyphens 26570 // 26571 // * First character must be a letter 26572 // 26573 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 26574 // 26575 // Example: my-snapshot-id 26576 // 26577 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 26578 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26579 26580 // The database name for the restored DB instance. 26581 // 26582 // This parameter doesn't apply to the MySQL, PostgreSQL, or MariaDB engines. 26583 DBName *string `type:"string"` 26584 26585 // The identifier for the DB snapshot to restore from. 26586 // 26587 // Constraints: 26588 // 26589 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBSnapshot. 26590 // 26591 // * If you are restoring from a shared manual DB snapshot, the DBSnapshotIdentifier 26592 // must be the ARN of the shared DB snapshot. 26593 // 26594 // DBSnapshotIdentifier is a required field 26595 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26596 26597 // The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. 26598 // 26599 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 26600 // 26601 // Example: mySubnetgroup 26602 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 26603 26604 // Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in. 26605 Domain *string `type:"string"` 26606 26607 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 26608 // Directory Service. 26609 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 26610 26611 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 26612 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 26613 // 26614 // You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines 26615 // 26616 // * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher 26617 // 26618 // * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher 26619 // 26620 // * Aurora 5.6 or higher. 26621 // 26622 // Default: false 26623 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 26624 26625 // The database engine to use for the new instance. 26626 // 26627 // Default: The same as source 26628 // 26629 // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source. You can restore 26630 // a MariaDB 10.1 DB instance from a MySQL 5.6 snapshot. 26631 // 26632 // Valid Values: 26633 // 26634 // * aurora 26635 // 26636 // * aurora-postgresql 26637 // 26638 // * mariadb 26639 // 26640 // * mysql 26641 // 26642 // * oracle-ee 26643 // 26644 // * oracle-se2 26645 // 26646 // * oracle-se1 26647 // 26648 // * oracle-se 26649 // 26650 // * postgres 26651 // 26652 // * sqlserver-ee 26653 // 26654 // * sqlserver-se 26655 // 26656 // * sqlserver-ex 26657 // 26658 // * sqlserver-web 26659 Engine *string `type:"string"` 26660 26661 // Specifies the amount of provisioned IOPS for the DB instance, expressed in 26662 // I/O operations per second. If this parameter is not specified, the IOPS value 26663 // is taken from the backup. If this parameter is set to 0, the new instance 26664 // is converted to a non-PIOPS instance. The conversion takes additional time, 26665 // though your DB instance is available for connections before the conversion 26666 // starts. 26667 // 26668 // The provisioned IOPS value must follow the requirements for your database 26669 // engine. For more information, see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to 26670 // Improve Performance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS). 26671 // 26672 // Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000. 26673 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 26674 26675 // License model information for the restored DB instance. 26676 // 26677 // Default: Same as source. 26678 // 26679 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 26680 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 26681 26682 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. 26683 // 26684 // Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ 26685 // parameter is set to true. 26686 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 26687 26688 // The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. 26689 // 26690 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 26691 // can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed 26692 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 26693 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 26694 26695 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 26696 // 26697 // Default: The same port as the original DB instance 26698 // 26699 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 26700 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 26701 26702 // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true 26703 // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, 26704 // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal 26705 // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. 26706 // 26707 // Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been 26708 // requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. 26709 // 26710 // * Default VPC: true 26711 // 26712 // * VPC: false 26713 // 26714 // If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible 26715 // value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific 26716 // DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible 26717 // value has not been set, the DB instance is private. 26718 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 26719 26720 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 26721 // 26722 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 26723 // 26724 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 26725 // 26726 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard 26727 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 26728 26729 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 26730 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 26731 26732 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 26733 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 26734 26735 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 26736 // device. 26737 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 26738} 26739 26740// String returns the string representation 26741func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) String() string { 26742 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26743} 26744 26745// GoString returns the string representation 26746func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) GoString() string { 26747 return s.String() 26748} 26749 26750// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26751func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) Validate() error { 26752 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput"} 26753 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 26754 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 26755 } 26756 if s.DBSnapshotIdentifier == nil { 26757 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSnapshotIdentifier")) 26758 } 26759 26760 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26761 return invalidParams 26762 } 26763 return nil 26764} 26765 26766// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 26767func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26768 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 26769 return s 26770} 26771 26772// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 26773func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26774 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 26775 return s 26776} 26777 26778// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 26779func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26780 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 26781 return s 26782} 26783 26784// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 26785func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26786 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 26787 return s 26788} 26789 26790// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 26791func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26792 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 26793 return s 26794} 26795 26796// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 26797func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26798 s.DBName = &v 26799 return s 26800} 26801 26802// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 26803func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26804 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 26805 return s 26806} 26807 26808// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 26809func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26810 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 26811 return s 26812} 26813 26814// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 26815func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26816 s.Domain = &v 26817 return s 26818} 26819 26820// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 26821func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26822 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 26823 return s 26824} 26825 26826// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 26827func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26828 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 26829 return s 26830} 26831 26832// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 26833func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26834 s.Engine = &v 26835 return s 26836} 26837 26838// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 26839func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26840 s.Iops = &v 26841 return s 26842} 26843 26844// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 26845func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26846 s.LicenseModel = &v 26847 return s 26848} 26849 26850// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 26851func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26852 s.MultiAZ = &v 26853 return s 26854} 26855 26856// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 26857func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26858 s.OptionGroupName = &v 26859 return s 26860} 26861 26862// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 26863func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26864 s.Port = &v 26865 return s 26866} 26867 26868// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 26869func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26870 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 26871 return s 26872} 26873 26874// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 26875func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26876 s.StorageType = &v 26877 return s 26878} 26879 26880// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 26881func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26882 s.Tags = v 26883 return s 26884} 26885 26886// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 26887func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26888 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 26889 return s 26890} 26891 26892// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 26893func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotInput { 26894 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 26895 return s 26896} 26897 26898// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotResult 26899type RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput struct { 26900 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26901 26902 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 26903 // 26904 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 26905 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 26906} 26907 26908// String returns the string representation 26909func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) String() string { 26910 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26911} 26912 26913// GoString returns the string representation 26914func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) GoString() string { 26915 return s.String() 26916} 26917 26918// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 26919func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceFromDBSnapshotOutput { 26920 s.DBInstance = v 26921 return s 26922} 26923 26924// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Message 26925type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input struct { 26926 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26927 26928 // The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to allocate initially for the DB instance. 26929 // Follow the allocation rules specified in CreateDBInstance. 26930 // 26931 // Be sure to allocate enough memory for your new DB instance so that the restore 26932 // operation can succeed. You can also allocate additional memory for future 26933 // growth. 26934 AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"` 26935 26936 // True to indicate that minor engine upgrades are applied automatically to 26937 // the DB instance during the maintenance window, and otherwise false. 26938 // 26939 // Default: true 26940 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 26941 26942 // The Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. For information 26943 // about AWS Regions and Availability Zones, see Regions and Availability Zones 26944 // (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.RegionsAndAvailabilityZones.html). 26945 // 26946 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's AWS 26947 // Region. 26948 // 26949 // Example: us-east-1d 26950 // 26951 // Constraint: The AvailabilityZone parameter can't be specified if the MultiAZ 26952 // parameter is set to true. The specified Availability Zone must be in the 26953 // same AWS Region as the current endpoint. 26954 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 26955 26956 // The number of days for which automated backups are retained. Setting this 26957 // parameter to a positive number enables backups. For more information, see 26958 // CreateDBInstance. 26959 BackupRetentionPeriod *int64 `type:"integer"` 26960 26961 // True to copy all tags from the DB instance to snapshots of the DB instance, 26962 // and otherwise false. 26963 // 26964 // Default: false. 26965 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 26966 26967 // The compute and memory capacity of the DB instance, for example, db.m4.large. 26968 // Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, or for all 26969 // database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and availability 26970 // for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 26971 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 26972 // 26973 // Importing from Amazon S3 is not supported on the db.t2.micro DB instance 26974 // class. 26975 // 26976 // DBInstanceClass is a required field 26977 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26978 26979 // The DB instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase string. 26980 // 26981 // Constraints: 26982 // 26983 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens. 26984 // 26985 // * First character must be a letter. 26986 // 26987 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens. 26988 // 26989 // Example: mydbinstance 26990 // 26991 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 26992 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 26993 26994 // The name of the database to create when the DB instance is created. Follow 26995 // the naming rules specified in CreateDBInstance. 26996 DBName *string `type:"string"` 26997 26998 // The name of the DB parameter group to associate with this DB instance. If 26999 // this argument is omitted, the default parameter group for the specified engine 27000 // is used. 27001 DBParameterGroupName *string `type:"string"` 27002 27003 // A list of DB security groups to associate with this DB instance. 27004 // 27005 // Default: The default DB security group for the database engine. 27006 DBSecurityGroups []*string `locationNameList:"DBSecurityGroupName" type:"list"` 27007 27008 // A DB subnet group to associate with this DB instance. 27009 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 27010 27011 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 27012 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 27013 // 27014 // Default: false 27015 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 27016 27017 // True to enable Performance Insights for the DB instance, and otherwise false. 27018 EnablePerformanceInsights *bool `type:"boolean"` 27019 27020 // The name of the database engine to be used for this instance. 27021 // 27022 // Valid Values: mysql 27023 // 27024 // Engine is a required field 27025 Engine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27026 27027 // The version number of the database engine to use. Choose the latest minor 27028 // version of your database engine as specified in CreateDBInstance. 27029 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 27030 27031 // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to allocate 27032 // initially for the DB instance. For information about valid Iops values, see 27033 // see Amazon RDS Provisioned IOPS Storage to Improve Performance (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_Storage.html#USER_PIOPS). 27034 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 27035 27036 // The AWS KMS key identifier for an encrypted DB instance. 27037 // 27038 // The KMS key identifier is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the KMS encryption 27039 // key. If you are creating a DB instance with the same AWS account that owns 27040 // the KMS encryption key used to encrypt the new DB instance, then you can 27041 // use the KMS key alias instead of the ARN for the KM encryption key. 27042 // 27043 // If the StorageEncrypted parameter is true, and you do not specify a value 27044 // for the KmsKeyId parameter, then Amazon RDS will use your default encryption 27045 // key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key for your AWS account. Your 27046 // AWS account has a different default encryption key for each AWS Region. 27047 KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"` 27048 27049 // The license model for this DB instance. Use general-public-license. 27050 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 27051 27052 // The password for the master user. The password can include any printable 27053 // ASCII character except "/", """, or "@". 27054 // 27055 // Constraints: Must contain from 8 to 41 characters. 27056 MasterUserPassword *string `type:"string"` 27057 27058 // The name for the master user. 27059 // 27060 // Constraints: 27061 // 27062 // * Must be 1 to 16 letters or numbers. 27063 // 27064 // * First character must be a letter. 27065 // 27066 // * Cannot be a reserved word for the chosen database engine. 27067 MasterUsername *string `type:"string"` 27068 27069 // The interval, in seconds, between points when Enhanced Monitoring metrics 27070 // are collected for the DB instance. To disable collecting Enhanced Monitoring 27071 // metrics, specify 0. 27072 // 27073 // If MonitoringRoleArn is specified, then you must also set MonitoringInterval 27074 // to a value other than 0. 27075 // 27076 // Valid Values: 0, 1, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 27077 // 27078 // Default: 0 27079 MonitoringInterval *int64 `type:"integer"` 27080 27081 // The ARN for the IAM role that permits RDS to send enhanced monitoring metrics 27082 // to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. For example, arn:aws:iam:123456789012:role/emaccess. 27083 // For information on creating a monitoring role, see Setting Up and Enabling 27084 // Enhanced Monitoring (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Monitoring.OS.html#USER_Monitoring.OS.Enabling). 27085 // 27086 // If MonitoringInterval is set to a value other than 0, then you must supply 27087 // a MonitoringRoleArn value. 27088 MonitoringRoleArn *string `type:"string"` 27089 27090 // Specifies whether the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. If MultiAZ is 27091 // set to true, you can't set the AvailabilityZone parameter. 27092 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 27093 27094 // The name of the option group to associate with this DB instance. If this 27095 // argument is omitted, the default option group for the specified engine is 27096 // used. 27097 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 27098 27099 // The AWS KMS key identifier for encryption of Performance Insights data. The 27100 // KMS key ID is the Amazon Resource Name (ARN), the KMS key identifier, or 27101 // the KMS key alias for the KMS encryption key. 27102 PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId *string `type:"string"` 27103 27104 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 27105 // 27106 // Type: Integer 27107 // 27108 // Valid Values: 1150-65535 27109 // 27110 // Default: 3306 27111 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 27112 27113 // The time range each day during which automated backups are created if automated 27114 // backups are enabled. For more information, see The Backup Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.html#USER_WorkingWithAutomatedBackups.BackupWindow). 27115 // 27116 // Constraints: 27117 // 27118 // * Must be in the format hh24:mi-hh24:mi. 27119 // 27120 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 27121 // 27122 // * Must not conflict with the preferred maintenance window. 27123 // 27124 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 27125 PreferredBackupWindow *string `type:"string"` 27126 27127 // The time range each week during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal 27128 // Coordinated Time (UTC). For more information, see Amazon RDS Maintenance 27129 // Window (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_UpgradeDBInstance.Maintenance.html#Concepts.DBMaintenance). 27130 // 27131 // Constraints: 27132 // 27133 // * Must be in the format ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi. 27134 // 27135 // * Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun. 27136 // 27137 // * Must be in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC). 27138 // 27139 // * Must not conflict with the preferred backup window. 27140 // 27141 // * Must be at least 30 minutes. 27142 PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"` 27143 27144 // Specifies whether the DB instance is publicly accessible or not. For more 27145 // information, see CreateDBInstance. 27146 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 27147 27148 // The name of your Amazon S3 bucket that contains your database backup file. 27149 // 27150 // S3BucketName is a required field 27151 S3BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27152 27153 // An AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to allow Amazon RDS to access 27154 // your Amazon S3 bucket. 27155 // 27156 // S3IngestionRoleArn is a required field 27157 S3IngestionRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27158 27159 // The prefix of your Amazon S3 bucket. 27160 S3Prefix *string `type:"string"` 27161 27162 // The name of the engine of your source database. 27163 // 27164 // Valid Values: mysql 27165 // 27166 // SourceEngine is a required field 27167 SourceEngine *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27168 27169 // The engine version of your source database. 27170 // 27171 // Valid Values: 5.6 27172 // 27173 // SourceEngineVersion is a required field 27174 SourceEngineVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27175 27176 // Specifies whether the new DB instance is encrypted or not. 27177 StorageEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"` 27178 27179 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 27180 // 27181 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 27182 // 27183 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 27184 // 27185 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified; otherwise standard 27186 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 27187 27188 // A list of tags to associate with this DB instance. For more information, 27189 // see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 27190 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 27191 27192 // A list of VPC security groups to associate with this DB instance. 27193 VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationNameList:"VpcSecurityGroupId" type:"list"` 27194} 27195 27196// String returns the string representation 27197func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) String() string { 27198 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27199} 27200 27201// GoString returns the string representation 27202func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) GoString() string { 27203 return s.String() 27204} 27205 27206// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27207func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) Validate() error { 27208 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input"} 27209 if s.DBInstanceClass == nil { 27210 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceClass")) 27211 } 27212 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 27213 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 27214 } 27215 if s.Engine == nil { 27216 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Engine")) 27217 } 27218 if s.S3BucketName == nil { 27219 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketName")) 27220 } 27221 if s.S3IngestionRoleArn == nil { 27222 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3IngestionRoleArn")) 27223 } 27224 if s.SourceEngine == nil { 27225 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngine")) 27226 } 27227 if s.SourceEngineVersion == nil { 27228 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEngineVersion")) 27229 } 27230 27231 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27232 return invalidParams 27233 } 27234 return nil 27235} 27236 27237// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value. 27238func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27239 s.AllocatedStorage = &v 27240 return s 27241} 27242 27243// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 27244func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27245 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 27246 return s 27247} 27248 27249// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 27250func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27251 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 27252 return s 27253} 27254 27255// SetBackupRetentionPeriod sets the BackupRetentionPeriod field's value. 27256func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetBackupRetentionPeriod(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27257 s.BackupRetentionPeriod = &v 27258 return s 27259} 27260 27261// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 27262func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27263 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 27264 return s 27265} 27266 27267// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 27268func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27269 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 27270 return s 27271} 27272 27273// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 27274func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27275 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 27276 return s 27277} 27278 27279// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 27280func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27281 s.DBName = &v 27282 return s 27283} 27284 27285// SetDBParameterGroupName sets the DBParameterGroupName field's value. 27286func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBParameterGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27287 s.DBParameterGroupName = &v 27288 return s 27289} 27290 27291// SetDBSecurityGroups sets the DBSecurityGroups field's value. 27292func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBSecurityGroups(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27293 s.DBSecurityGroups = v 27294 return s 27295} 27296 27297// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 27298func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27299 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 27300 return s 27301} 27302 27303// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 27304func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27305 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 27306 return s 27307} 27308 27309// SetEnablePerformanceInsights sets the EnablePerformanceInsights field's value. 27310func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEnablePerformanceInsights(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27311 s.EnablePerformanceInsights = &v 27312 return s 27313} 27314 27315// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 27316func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27317 s.Engine = &v 27318 return s 27319} 27320 27321// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 27322func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27323 s.EngineVersion = &v 27324 return s 27325} 27326 27327// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 27328func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27329 s.Iops = &v 27330 return s 27331} 27332 27333// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value. 27334func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27335 s.KmsKeyId = &v 27336 return s 27337} 27338 27339// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 27340func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27341 s.LicenseModel = &v 27342 return s 27343} 27344 27345// SetMasterUserPassword sets the MasterUserPassword field's value. 27346func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMasterUserPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27347 s.MasterUserPassword = &v 27348 return s 27349} 27350 27351// SetMasterUsername sets the MasterUsername field's value. 27352func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMasterUsername(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27353 s.MasterUsername = &v 27354 return s 27355} 27356 27357// SetMonitoringInterval sets the MonitoringInterval field's value. 27358func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMonitoringInterval(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27359 s.MonitoringInterval = &v 27360 return s 27361} 27362 27363// SetMonitoringRoleArn sets the MonitoringRoleArn field's value. 27364func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMonitoringRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27365 s.MonitoringRoleArn = &v 27366 return s 27367} 27368 27369// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 27370func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27371 s.MultiAZ = &v 27372 return s 27373} 27374 27375// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 27376func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27377 s.OptionGroupName = &v 27378 return s 27379} 27380 27381// SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId sets the PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId field's value. 27382func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27383 s.PerformanceInsightsKMSKeyId = &v 27384 return s 27385} 27386 27387// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 27388func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27389 s.Port = &v 27390 return s 27391} 27392 27393// SetPreferredBackupWindow sets the PreferredBackupWindow field's value. 27394func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPreferredBackupWindow(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27395 s.PreferredBackupWindow = &v 27396 return s 27397} 27398 27399// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value. 27400func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27401 s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v 27402 return s 27403} 27404 27405// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 27406func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27407 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 27408 return s 27409} 27410 27411// SetS3BucketName sets the S3BucketName field's value. 27412func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3BucketName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27413 s.S3BucketName = &v 27414 return s 27415} 27416 27417// SetS3IngestionRoleArn sets the S3IngestionRoleArn field's value. 27418func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3IngestionRoleArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27419 s.S3IngestionRoleArn = &v 27420 return s 27421} 27422 27423// SetS3Prefix sets the S3Prefix field's value. 27424func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetS3Prefix(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27425 s.S3Prefix = &v 27426 return s 27427} 27428 27429// SetSourceEngine sets the SourceEngine field's value. 27430func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetSourceEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27431 s.SourceEngine = &v 27432 return s 27433} 27434 27435// SetSourceEngineVersion sets the SourceEngineVersion field's value. 27436func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetSourceEngineVersion(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27437 s.SourceEngineVersion = &v 27438 return s 27439} 27440 27441// SetStorageEncrypted sets the StorageEncrypted field's value. 27442func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetStorageEncrypted(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27443 s.StorageEncrypted = &v 27444 return s 27445} 27446 27447// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 27448func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27449 s.StorageType = &v 27450 return s 27451} 27452 27453// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 27454func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27455 s.Tags = v 27456 return s 27457} 27458 27459// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value. 27460func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Input { 27461 s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v 27462 return s 27463} 27464 27465// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Result 27466type RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output struct { 27467 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27468 27469 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 27470 // 27471 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 27472 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 27473} 27474 27475// String returns the string representation 27476func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) String() string { 27477 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27478} 27479 27480// GoString returns the string representation 27481func (s RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) GoString() string { 27482 return s.String() 27483} 27484 27485// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 27486func (s *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceFromS3Output { 27487 s.DBInstance = v 27488 return s 27489} 27490 27491// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeMessage 27492type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput struct { 27493 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27494 27495 // Indicates that minor version upgrades are applied automatically to the DB 27496 // instance during the maintenance window. 27497 AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 27498 27499 // The EC2 Availability Zone that the DB instance is created in. 27500 // 27501 // Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone. 27502 // 27503 // Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ 27504 // parameter is set to true. 27505 // 27506 // Example: us-east-1a 27507 AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"` 27508 27509 // True to copy all tags from the restored DB instance to snapshots of the DB 27510 // instance, and otherwise false. The default is false. 27511 CopyTagsToSnapshot *bool `type:"boolean"` 27512 27513 // The compute and memory capacity of the Amazon RDS DB instance, for example, 27514 // db.m4.large. Not all DB instance classes are available in all AWS Regions, 27515 // or for all database engines. For the full list of DB instance classes, and 27516 // availability for your engine, see DB Instance Class (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/Concepts.DBInstanceClass.html) 27517 // in the Amazon RDS User Guide. 27518 // 27519 // Default: The same DBInstanceClass as the original DB instance. 27520 DBInstanceClass *string `type:"string"` 27521 27522 // The database name for the restored DB instance. 27523 // 27524 // This parameter is not used for the MySQL or MariaDB engines. 27525 DBName *string `type:"string"` 27526 27527 // The DB subnet group name to use for the new instance. 27528 // 27529 // Constraints: If supplied, must match the name of an existing DBSubnetGroup. 27530 // 27531 // Example: mySubnetgroup 27532 DBSubnetGroupName *string `type:"string"` 27533 27534 // Specify the Active Directory Domain to restore the instance in. 27535 Domain *string `type:"string"` 27536 27537 // Specify the name of the IAM role to be used when making API calls to the 27538 // Directory Service. 27539 DomainIAMRoleName *string `type:"string"` 27540 27541 // True to enable mapping of AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) accounts 27542 // to database accounts, and otherwise false. 27543 // 27544 // You can enable IAM database authentication for the following database engines 27545 // 27546 // * For MySQL 5.6, minor version 5.6.34 or higher 27547 // 27548 // * For MySQL 5.7, minor version 5.7.16 or higher 27549 // 27550 // * Aurora 5.6 or higher. 27551 // 27552 // Default: false 27553 EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication *bool `type:"boolean"` 27554 27555 // The database engine to use for the new instance. 27556 // 27557 // Default: The same as source 27558 // 27559 // Constraint: Must be compatible with the engine of the source 27560 // 27561 // Valid Values: 27562 // 27563 // * aurora 27564 // 27565 // * aurora-postgresql 27566 // 27567 // * mariadb 27568 // 27569 // * mysql 27570 // 27571 // * oracle-ee 27572 // 27573 // * oracle-se2 27574 // 27575 // * oracle-se1 27576 // 27577 // * oracle-se 27578 // 27579 // * postgres 27580 // 27581 // * sqlserver-ee 27582 // 27583 // * sqlserver-se 27584 // 27585 // * sqlserver-ex 27586 // 27587 // * sqlserver-web 27588 Engine *string `type:"string"` 27589 27590 // The amount of Provisioned IOPS (input/output operations per second) to be 27591 // initially allocated for the DB instance. 27592 // 27593 // Constraints: Must be an integer greater than 1000. 27594 // 27595 // SQL Server 27596 // 27597 // Setting the IOPS value for the SQL Server database engine is not supported. 27598 Iops *int64 `type:"integer"` 27599 27600 // License model information for the restored DB instance. 27601 // 27602 // Default: Same as source. 27603 // 27604 // Valid values: license-included | bring-your-own-license | general-public-license 27605 LicenseModel *string `type:"string"` 27606 27607 // Specifies if the DB instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. 27608 // 27609 // Constraint: You can't specify the AvailabilityZone parameter if the MultiAZ 27610 // parameter is set to true. 27611 MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"` 27612 27613 // The name of the option group to be used for the restored DB instance. 27614 // 27615 // Permanent options, such as the TDE option for Oracle Advanced Security TDE, 27616 // can't be removed from an option group, and that option group can't be removed 27617 // from a DB instance once it is associated with a DB instance 27618 OptionGroupName *string `type:"string"` 27619 27620 // The port number on which the database accepts connections. 27621 // 27622 // Constraints: Value must be 1150-65535 27623 // 27624 // Default: The same port as the original DB instance. 27625 Port *int64 `type:"integer"` 27626 27627 // Specifies the accessibility options for the DB instance. A value of true 27628 // specifies an Internet-facing instance with a publicly resolvable DNS name, 27629 // which resolves to a public IP address. A value of false specifies an internal 27630 // instance with a DNS name that resolves to a private IP address. 27631 // 27632 // Default: The default behavior varies depending on whether a VPC has been 27633 // requested or not. The following list shows the default behavior in each case. 27634 // 27635 // * Default VPC:true 27636 // 27637 // * VPC:false 27638 // 27639 // If no DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible 27640 // value has not been set, the DB instance is publicly accessible. If a specific 27641 // DB subnet group has been specified as part of the request and the PubliclyAccessible 27642 // value has not been set, the DB instance is private. 27643 PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"` 27644 27645 // The date and time to restore from. 27646 // 27647 // Valid Values: Value must be a time in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC) format 27648 // 27649 // Constraints: 27650 // 27651 // * Must be before the latest restorable time for the DB instance 27652 // 27653 // * Cannot be specified if UseLatestRestorableTime parameter is true 27654 // 27655 // Example: 2009-09-07T23:45:00Z 27656 RestoreTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` 27657 27658 // The identifier of the source DB instance from which to restore. 27659 // 27660 // Constraints: 27661 // 27662 // * Must match the identifier of an existing DBInstance. 27663 // 27664 // SourceDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 27665 SourceDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27666 27667 // Specifies the storage type to be associated with the DB instance. 27668 // 27669 // Valid values: standard | gp2 | io1 27670 // 27671 // If you specify io1, you must also include a value for the Iops parameter. 27672 // 27673 // Default: io1 if the Iops parameter is specified, otherwise standard 27674 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 27675 27676 // A list of tags. For more information, see Tagging Amazon RDS Resources (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/USER_Tagging.html). 27677 Tags []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list"` 27678 27679 // The name of the new DB instance to be created. 27680 // 27681 // Constraints: 27682 // 27683 // * Must contain from 1 to 63 letters, numbers, or hyphens 27684 // 27685 // * First character must be a letter 27686 // 27687 // * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens 27688 // 27689 // TargetDBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 27690 TargetDBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27691 27692 // The ARN from the key store with which to associate the instance for TDE encryption. 27693 TdeCredentialArn *string `type:"string"` 27694 27695 // The password for the given ARN from the key store in order to access the 27696 // device. 27697 TdeCredentialPassword *string `type:"string"` 27698 27699 // Specifies whether (true) or not (false) the DB instance is restored from 27700 // the latest backup time. 27701 // 27702 // Default: false 27703 // 27704 // Constraints: Cannot be specified if RestoreTime parameter is provided. 27705 UseLatestRestorableTime *bool `type:"boolean"` 27706} 27707 27708// String returns the string representation 27709func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) String() string { 27710 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27711} 27712 27713// GoString returns the string representation 27714func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) GoString() string { 27715 return s.String() 27716} 27717 27718// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27719func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) Validate() error { 27720 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput"} 27721 if s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 27722 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceDBInstanceIdentifier")) 27723 } 27724 if s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 27725 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetDBInstanceIdentifier")) 27726 } 27727 27728 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27729 return invalidParams 27730 } 27731 return nil 27732} 27733 27734// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value. 27735func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27736 s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v 27737 return s 27738} 27739 27740// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 27741func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27742 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 27743 return s 27744} 27745 27746// SetCopyTagsToSnapshot sets the CopyTagsToSnapshot field's value. 27747func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetCopyTagsToSnapshot(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27748 s.CopyTagsToSnapshot = &v 27749 return s 27750} 27751 27752// SetDBInstanceClass sets the DBInstanceClass field's value. 27753func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBInstanceClass(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27754 s.DBInstanceClass = &v 27755 return s 27756} 27757 27758// SetDBName sets the DBName field's value. 27759func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27760 s.DBName = &v 27761 return s 27762} 27763 27764// SetDBSubnetGroupName sets the DBSubnetGroupName field's value. 27765func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDBSubnetGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27766 s.DBSubnetGroupName = &v 27767 return s 27768} 27769 27770// SetDomain sets the Domain field's value. 27771func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomain(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27772 s.Domain = &v 27773 return s 27774} 27775 27776// SetDomainIAMRoleName sets the DomainIAMRoleName field's value. 27777func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetDomainIAMRoleName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27778 s.DomainIAMRoleName = &v 27779 return s 27780} 27781 27782// SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication sets the EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication field's value. 27783func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27784 s.EnableIAMDatabaseAuthentication = &v 27785 return s 27786} 27787 27788// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 27789func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetEngine(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27790 s.Engine = &v 27791 return s 27792} 27793 27794// SetIops sets the Iops field's value. 27795func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetIops(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27796 s.Iops = &v 27797 return s 27798} 27799 27800// SetLicenseModel sets the LicenseModel field's value. 27801func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetLicenseModel(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27802 s.LicenseModel = &v 27803 return s 27804} 27805 27806// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value. 27807func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27808 s.MultiAZ = &v 27809 return s 27810} 27811 27812// SetOptionGroupName sets the OptionGroupName field's value. 27813func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetOptionGroupName(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27814 s.OptionGroupName = &v 27815 return s 27816} 27817 27818// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 27819func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetPort(v int64) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27820 s.Port = &v 27821 return s 27822} 27823 27824// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value. 27825func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27826 s.PubliclyAccessible = &v 27827 return s 27828} 27829 27830// SetRestoreTime sets the RestoreTime field's value. 27831func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetRestoreTime(v time.Time) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27832 s.RestoreTime = &v 27833 return s 27834} 27835 27836// SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier sets the SourceDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 27837func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetSourceDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27838 s.SourceDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 27839 return s 27840} 27841 27842// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 27843func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetStorageType(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27844 s.StorageType = &v 27845 return s 27846} 27847 27848// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 27849func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27850 s.Tags = v 27851 return s 27852} 27853 27854// SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the TargetDBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 27855func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTargetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27856 s.TargetDBInstanceIdentifier = &v 27857 return s 27858} 27859 27860// SetTdeCredentialArn sets the TdeCredentialArn field's value. 27861func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTdeCredentialArn(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27862 s.TdeCredentialArn = &v 27863 return s 27864} 27865 27866// SetTdeCredentialPassword sets the TdeCredentialPassword field's value. 27867func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetTdeCredentialPassword(v string) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27868 s.TdeCredentialPassword = &v 27869 return s 27870} 27871 27872// SetUseLatestRestorableTime sets the UseLatestRestorableTime field's value. 27873func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput) SetUseLatestRestorableTime(v bool) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeInput { 27874 s.UseLatestRestorableTime = &v 27875 return s 27876} 27877 27878// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeResult 27879type RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput struct { 27880 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27881 27882 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 27883 // 27884 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 27885 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 27886} 27887 27888// String returns the string representation 27889func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) String() string { 27890 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27891} 27892 27893// GoString returns the string representation 27894func (s RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) GoString() string { 27895 return s.String() 27896} 27897 27898// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 27899func (s *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *RestoreDBInstanceToPointInTimeOutput { 27900 s.DBInstance = v 27901 return s 27902} 27903 27904// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressMessage 27905type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { 27906 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27907 27908 // The IP range to revoke access from. Must be a valid CIDR range. If CIDRIP 27909 // is specified, EC2SecurityGroupName, EC2SecurityGroupId and EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId 27910 // can't be provided. 27911 CIDRIP *string `type:"string"` 27912 27913 // The name of the DB security group to revoke ingress from. 27914 // 27915 // DBSecurityGroupName is a required field 27916 DBSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 27917 27918 // The id of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security 27919 // groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId 27920 // and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. 27921 EC2SecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 27922 27923 // The name of the EC2 security group to revoke access from. For VPC DB security 27924 // groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId 27925 // and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. 27926 EC2SecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` 27927 27928 // The AWS Account Number of the owner of the EC2 security group specified in 27929 // the EC2SecurityGroupName parameter. The AWS Access Key ID is not an acceptable 27930 // value. For VPC DB security groups, EC2SecurityGroupId must be provided. Otherwise, 27931 // EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId and either EC2SecurityGroupName or EC2SecurityGroupId 27932 // must be provided. 27933 EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"` 27934} 27935 27936// String returns the string representation 27937func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) String() string { 27938 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 27939} 27940 27941// GoString returns the string representation 27942func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) GoString() string { 27943 return s.String() 27944} 27945 27946// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 27947func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) Validate() error { 27948 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput"} 27949 if s.DBSecurityGroupName == nil { 27950 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBSecurityGroupName")) 27951 } 27952 27953 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 27954 return invalidParams 27955 } 27956 return nil 27957} 27958 27959// SetCIDRIP sets the CIDRIP field's value. 27960func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetCIDRIP(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 27961 s.CIDRIP = &v 27962 return s 27963} 27964 27965// SetDBSecurityGroupName sets the DBSecurityGroupName field's value. 27966func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetDBSecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 27967 s.DBSecurityGroupName = &v 27968 return s 27969} 27970 27971// SetEC2SecurityGroupId sets the EC2SecurityGroupId field's value. 27972func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupId(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 27973 s.EC2SecurityGroupId = &v 27974 return s 27975} 27976 27977// SetEC2SecurityGroupName sets the EC2SecurityGroupName field's value. 27978func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupName(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 27979 s.EC2SecurityGroupName = &v 27980 return s 27981} 27982 27983// SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId sets the EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId field's value. 27984func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput) SetEC2SecurityGroupOwnerId(v string) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressInput { 27985 s.EC2SecurityGroupOwnerId = &v 27986 return s 27987} 27988 27989// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressResult 27990type RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput struct { 27991 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 27992 27993 // Contains the details for an Amazon RDS DB security group. 27994 // 27995 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSecurityGroups 27996 // action. 27997 DBSecurityGroup *DBSecurityGroup `type:"structure"` 27998} 27999 28000// String returns the string representation 28001func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) String() string { 28002 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28003} 28004 28005// GoString returns the string representation 28006func (s RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) GoString() string { 28007 return s.String() 28008} 28009 28010// SetDBSecurityGroup sets the DBSecurityGroup field's value. 28011func (s *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput) SetDBSecurityGroup(v *DBSecurityGroup) *RevokeDBSecurityGroupIngressOutput { 28012 s.DBSecurityGroup = v 28013 return s 28014} 28015 28016// Contains an AWS Region name as the result of a successful call to the DescribeSourceRegions 28017// action. 28018// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/SourceRegion 28019type SourceRegion struct { 28020 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28021 28022 // The endpoint for the source AWS Region endpoint. 28023 Endpoint *string `type:"string"` 28024 28025 // The name of the source AWS Region. 28026 RegionName *string `type:"string"` 28027 28028 // The status of the source AWS Region. 28029 Status *string `type:"string"` 28030} 28031 28032// String returns the string representation 28033func (s SourceRegion) String() string { 28034 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28035} 28036 28037// GoString returns the string representation 28038func (s SourceRegion) GoString() string { 28039 return s.String() 28040} 28041 28042// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. 28043func (s *SourceRegion) SetEndpoint(v string) *SourceRegion { 28044 s.Endpoint = &v 28045 return s 28046} 28047 28048// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value. 28049func (s *SourceRegion) SetRegionName(v string) *SourceRegion { 28050 s.RegionName = &v 28051 return s 28052} 28053 28054// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 28055func (s *SourceRegion) SetStatus(v string) *SourceRegion { 28056 s.Status = &v 28057 return s 28058} 28059 28060// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstanceMessage 28061type StartDBInstanceInput struct { 28062 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28063 28064 // The user-supplied instance identifier. 28065 // 28066 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 28067 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 28068} 28069 28070// String returns the string representation 28071func (s StartDBInstanceInput) String() string { 28072 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28073} 28074 28075// GoString returns the string representation 28076func (s StartDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 28077 return s.String() 28078} 28079 28080// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 28081func (s *StartDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 28082 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartDBInstanceInput"} 28083 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 28084 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 28085 } 28086 28087 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 28088 return invalidParams 28089 } 28090 return nil 28091} 28092 28093// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 28094func (s *StartDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *StartDBInstanceInput { 28095 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 28096 return s 28097} 28098 28099// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StartDBInstanceResult 28100type StartDBInstanceOutput struct { 28101 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28102 28103 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 28104 // 28105 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 28106 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 28107} 28108 28109// String returns the string representation 28110func (s StartDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 28111 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28112} 28113 28114// GoString returns the string representation 28115func (s StartDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 28116 return s.String() 28117} 28118 28119// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 28120func (s *StartDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *StartDBInstanceOutput { 28121 s.DBInstance = v 28122 return s 28123} 28124 28125// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstanceMessage 28126type StopDBInstanceInput struct { 28127 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28128 28129 // The user-supplied instance identifier. 28130 // 28131 // DBInstanceIdentifier is a required field 28132 DBInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"` 28133 28134 // The user-supplied instance identifier of the DB Snapshot created immediately 28135 // before the DB instance is stopped. 28136 DBSnapshotIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 28137} 28138 28139// String returns the string representation 28140func (s StopDBInstanceInput) String() string { 28141 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28142} 28143 28144// GoString returns the string representation 28145func (s StopDBInstanceInput) GoString() string { 28146 return s.String() 28147} 28148 28149// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 28150func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) Validate() error { 28151 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopDBInstanceInput"} 28152 if s.DBInstanceIdentifier == nil { 28153 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DBInstanceIdentifier")) 28154 } 28155 28156 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 28157 return invalidParams 28158 } 28159 return nil 28160} 28161 28162// SetDBInstanceIdentifier sets the DBInstanceIdentifier field's value. 28163func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) SetDBInstanceIdentifier(v string) *StopDBInstanceInput { 28164 s.DBInstanceIdentifier = &v 28165 return s 28166} 28167 28168// SetDBSnapshotIdentifier sets the DBSnapshotIdentifier field's value. 28169func (s *StopDBInstanceInput) SetDBSnapshotIdentifier(v string) *StopDBInstanceInput { 28170 s.DBSnapshotIdentifier = &v 28171 return s 28172} 28173 28174// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/StopDBInstanceResult 28175type StopDBInstanceOutput struct { 28176 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28177 28178 // Contains the details of an Amazon RDS DB instance. 28179 // 28180 // This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBInstances action. 28181 DBInstance *DBInstance `type:"structure"` 28182} 28183 28184// String returns the string representation 28185func (s StopDBInstanceOutput) String() string { 28186 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28187} 28188 28189// GoString returns the string representation 28190func (s StopDBInstanceOutput) GoString() string { 28191 return s.String() 28192} 28193 28194// SetDBInstance sets the DBInstance field's value. 28195func (s *StopDBInstanceOutput) SetDBInstance(v *DBInstance) *StopDBInstanceOutput { 28196 s.DBInstance = v 28197 return s 28198} 28199 28200// This data type is used as a response element in the DescribeDBSubnetGroups 28201// action. 28202// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Subnet 28203type Subnet struct { 28204 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28205 28206 // Contains Availability Zone information. 28207 // 28208 // This data type is used as an element in the following data type: 28209 // 28210 // * OrderableDBInstanceOption 28211 SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"` 28212 28213 // Specifies the identifier of the subnet. 28214 SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"` 28215 28216 // Specifies the status of the subnet. 28217 SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"` 28218} 28219 28220// String returns the string representation 28221func (s Subnet) String() string { 28222 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28223} 28224 28225// GoString returns the string representation 28226func (s Subnet) GoString() string { 28227 return s.String() 28228} 28229 28230// SetSubnetAvailabilityZone sets the SubnetAvailabilityZone field's value. 28231func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetAvailabilityZone(v *AvailabilityZone) *Subnet { 28232 s.SubnetAvailabilityZone = v 28233 return s 28234} 28235 28236// SetSubnetIdentifier sets the SubnetIdentifier field's value. 28237func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetIdentifier(v string) *Subnet { 28238 s.SubnetIdentifier = &v 28239 return s 28240} 28241 28242// SetSubnetStatus sets the SubnetStatus field's value. 28243func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetStatus(v string) *Subnet { 28244 s.SubnetStatus = &v 28245 return s 28246} 28247 28248// Metadata assigned to an Amazon RDS resource consisting of a key-value pair. 28249// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Tag 28250type Tag struct { 28251 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28252 28253 // A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to 28254 // 128 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or "rds:". 28255 // The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space, 28256 // '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). 28257 Key *string `type:"string"` 28258 28259 // A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1 28260 // to 256 Unicode characters in length and can't be prefixed with "aws:" or 28261 // "rds:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, 28262 // white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$"). 28263 Value *string `type:"string"` 28264} 28265 28266// String returns the string representation 28267func (s Tag) String() string { 28268 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28269} 28270 28271// GoString returns the string representation 28272func (s Tag) GoString() string { 28273 return s.String() 28274} 28275 28276// SetKey sets the Key field's value. 28277func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag { 28278 s.Key = &v 28279 return s 28280} 28281 28282// SetValue sets the Value field's value. 28283func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { 28284 s.Value = &v 28285 return s 28286} 28287 28288// A time zone associated with a DBInstance or a DBSnapshot. This data type 28289// is an element in the response to the DescribeDBInstances, the DescribeDBSnapshots, 28290// and the DescribeDBEngineVersions actions. 28291// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/Timezone 28292type Timezone struct { 28293 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28294 28295 // The name of the time zone. 28296 TimezoneName *string `type:"string"` 28297} 28298 28299// String returns the string representation 28300func (s Timezone) String() string { 28301 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28302} 28303 28304// GoString returns the string representation 28305func (s Timezone) GoString() string { 28306 return s.String() 28307} 28308 28309// SetTimezoneName sets the TimezoneName field's value. 28310func (s *Timezone) SetTimezoneName(v string) *Timezone { 28311 s.TimezoneName = &v 28312 return s 28313} 28314 28315// The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. 28316// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/UpgradeTarget 28317type UpgradeTarget struct { 28318 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28319 28320 // A value that indicates whether the target version is applied to any source 28321 // DB instances that have AutoMinorVersionUpgrade set to true. 28322 AutoUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 28323 28324 // The version of the database engine that a DB instance can be upgraded to. 28325 Description *string `type:"string"` 28326 28327 // The name of the upgrade target database engine. 28328 Engine *string `type:"string"` 28329 28330 // The version number of the upgrade target database engine. 28331 EngineVersion *string `type:"string"` 28332 28333 // A value that indicates whether a database engine is upgraded to a major version. 28334 IsMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"` 28335} 28336 28337// String returns the string representation 28338func (s UpgradeTarget) String() string { 28339 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28340} 28341 28342// GoString returns the string representation 28343func (s UpgradeTarget) GoString() string { 28344 return s.String() 28345} 28346 28347// SetAutoUpgrade sets the AutoUpgrade field's value. 28348func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetAutoUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { 28349 s.AutoUpgrade = &v 28350 return s 28351} 28352 28353// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. 28354func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetDescription(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 28355 s.Description = &v 28356 return s 28357} 28358 28359// SetEngine sets the Engine field's value. 28360func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngine(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 28361 s.Engine = &v 28362 return s 28363} 28364 28365// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value. 28366func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetEngineVersion(v string) *UpgradeTarget { 28367 s.EngineVersion = &v 28368 return s 28369} 28370 28371// SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade sets the IsMajorVersionUpgrade field's value. 28372func (s *UpgradeTarget) SetIsMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *UpgradeTarget { 28373 s.IsMajorVersionUpgrade = &v 28374 return s 28375} 28376 28377// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 28378// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 28379// action. You can use this information when you call ModifyDBInstance. 28380// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage 28381type ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage struct { 28382 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28383 28384 // Valid storage options for your DB instance. 28385 Storage []*ValidStorageOptions `locationNameList:"ValidStorageOptions" type:"list"` 28386} 28387 28388// String returns the string representation 28389func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) String() string { 28390 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28391} 28392 28393// GoString returns the string representation 28394func (s ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) GoString() string { 28395 return s.String() 28396} 28397 28398// SetStorage sets the Storage field's value. 28399func (s *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage) SetStorage(v []*ValidStorageOptions) *ValidDBInstanceModificationsMessage { 28400 s.Storage = v 28401 return s 28402} 28403 28404// Information about valid modifications that you can make to your DB instance. 28405// Contains the result of a successful call to the DescribeValidDBInstanceModifications 28406// action. 28407// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/ValidStorageOptions 28408type ValidStorageOptions struct { 28409 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28410 28411 // The valid range of Provisioned IOPS to gibibytes of storage multiplier. For 28412 // example, 3-10, which means that provisioned IOPS can be between 3 and 10 28413 // times storage. 28414 IopsToStorageRatio []*DoubleRange `locationNameList:"DoubleRange" type:"list"` 28415 28416 // The valid range of provisioned IOPS. For example, 1000-20000. 28417 ProvisionedIops []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"` 28418 28419 // The valid range of storage in gibibytes. For example, 100 to 16384. 28420 StorageSize []*Range `locationNameList:"Range" type:"list"` 28421 28422 // The valid storage types for your DB instance. For example, gp2, io1. 28423 StorageType *string `type:"string"` 28424} 28425 28426// String returns the string representation 28427func (s ValidStorageOptions) String() string { 28428 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28429} 28430 28431// GoString returns the string representation 28432func (s ValidStorageOptions) GoString() string { 28433 return s.String() 28434} 28435 28436// SetIopsToStorageRatio sets the IopsToStorageRatio field's value. 28437func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetIopsToStorageRatio(v []*DoubleRange) *ValidStorageOptions { 28438 s.IopsToStorageRatio = v 28439 return s 28440} 28441 28442// SetProvisionedIops sets the ProvisionedIops field's value. 28443func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetProvisionedIops(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions { 28444 s.ProvisionedIops = v 28445 return s 28446} 28447 28448// SetStorageSize sets the StorageSize field's value. 28449func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageSize(v []*Range) *ValidStorageOptions { 28450 s.StorageSize = v 28451 return s 28452} 28453 28454// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value. 28455func (s *ValidStorageOptions) SetStorageType(v string) *ValidStorageOptions { 28456 s.StorageType = &v 28457 return s 28458} 28459 28460// This data type is used as a response element for queries on VPC security 28461// group membership. 28462// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/rds-2014-10-31/VpcSecurityGroupMembership 28463type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct { 28464 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 28465 28466 // The status of the VPC security group. 28467 Status *string `type:"string"` 28468 28469 // The name of the VPC security group. 28470 VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"` 28471} 28472 28473// String returns the string representation 28474func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string { 28475 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 28476} 28477 28478// GoString returns the string representation 28479func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string { 28480 return s.String() 28481} 28482 28483// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. 28484func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership { 28485 s.Status = &v 28486 return s 28487} 28488 28489// SetVpcSecurityGroupId sets the VpcSecurityGroupId field's value. 28490func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetVpcSecurityGroupId(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership { 28491 s.VpcSecurityGroupId = &v 28492 return s 28493} 28494 28495const ( 28496 // ApplyMethodImmediate is a ApplyMethod enum value 28497 ApplyMethodImmediate = "immediate" 28498 28499 // ApplyMethodPendingReboot is a ApplyMethod enum value 28500 ApplyMethodPendingReboot = "pending-reboot" 28501) 28502 28503const ( 28504 // SourceTypeDbInstance is a SourceType enum value 28505 SourceTypeDbInstance = "db-instance" 28506 28507 // SourceTypeDbParameterGroup is a SourceType enum value 28508 SourceTypeDbParameterGroup = "db-parameter-group" 28509 28510 // SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup is a SourceType enum value 28511 SourceTypeDbSecurityGroup = "db-security-group" 28512 28513 // SourceTypeDbSnapshot is a SourceType enum value 28514 SourceTypeDbSnapshot = "db-snapshot" 28515 28516 // SourceTypeDbCluster is a SourceType enum value 28517 SourceTypeDbCluster = "db-cluster" 28518 28519 // SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot is a SourceType enum value 28520 SourceTypeDbClusterSnapshot = "db-cluster-snapshot" 28521) 28522